diff options
| author | Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org> | 2024-04-07 09:22:09 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org> | 2024-04-07 09:22:09 +0000 |
| commit | 43a97878ce14b72f0981164f87f2e35e14151312 (patch) | |
| tree | 620249daf56c0258faa40cbdcf9cfba06de2a846 /l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help | |
| parent | Initial commit. (diff) | |
| download | firefox-upstream.tar.xz firefox-upstream.zip | |
Adding upstream version 110.0.1.upstream/110.0.1upstream
Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help')
80 files changed, 23561 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8eb9542c69 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,491 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Certificate Information and Decisions</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only. + It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of + your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, + address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a + recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security + protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="certificate_information_and_decisions">Certificate Information and + Decisions</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use various windows displayed at different times by + Certificate Manager. The additional information given here appears when you click + the Help button in one of those windows.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</a></li> + <li><a href="#choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</a></li> + <li><a href="#encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</a></li> + <li><a href="#certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</a></li> + <li><a href="#user_identification_request">User Identification Request</a></li> + <li><a href="#new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</a></li> + <li><a href="#website_certificates">Website Certificates</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</h2> + +<p>The Certificate Viewer displays information about a certificate you selected + in one of the Certificate Manager tabs. The General tab summarizes + information about who issued the certificate, its verification status, what + the certificate can be used for, and so on. The Details tab provides complete + details on the certificate's contents.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Viewer, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li> + <li>Click the tab for the type of certificate whose details you want to + view.</li> + <li>Select the certificate whose details you want to view.</li> + <li>Click View.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#details_tab">Details Tab</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="general_tab">General Tab</h3> + +<p>When you first open the Certificate Viewer, the General tab displays several + kinds of information about the selected certificate:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>This certificate has been verified for the following + uses</strong>: See + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification">certificate verification</a> + for a discussion of how the Certificate Manager verifies certificates. Uses + can include any of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>SSL Client Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify + you to websites.</li> + <li><strong>SSL Server Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify + a website server to browsers.</li> + <li><strong>Email Signer Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to + identify you for the purposes of digitally signing email messages.</li> + <li><strong>Email Recipient Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to + identify someone else, for example so you can send that person + encrypted email.</li> + <li><strong>Status Responder Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to + identify an online status responder that uses the Online Certificate + Status Protocol (OCSP) to check the validity of certificates. For more + information about OCSP, see + <a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml">Certificates Settings</a>.</li> + <li><strong>SSL Certificate Authority</strong>: Certificate used to + identify a certificate authority—that is, a service that issues + certificates for use as identification over computer networks.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Issued To</strong>: Summarizes the following information about + the certificate: + <ul> + <li><strong>Common Name</strong>: The name of the person or other entity + that the certificate identifies.</li> + <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization to which + the entity belongs (such as the name of a company).</li> + <li><strong>Organizational Unit</strong>: The name of the organizational + unit to which the entity belongs (such as Accounting Department).</li> + <li><strong>Serial Number</strong>: The certificate's serial + number.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Issued By</strong>: Summarizes information (similar to that + provided under <q>Issued To</q>; see above) about the certificate authority + (CA) that issued the certificate.</li> + <li><strong>Validity</strong>: Indicates the period during which the + certificate is valid.</li> + <li><strong>Fingerprints</strong>: Lists the certificate's fingerprints. + A fingerprint is a unique number produced by applying a mathematical + function to the certificate contents. A certificate's fingerprint can + be used to verify that the certificate has not been tampered with.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="details_tab">Details Tab</h3> + +<p>Click the Details tab at the top of the Certificate Viewer to see more + detailed information about the selected certificate. To examine information + for any certificate in the Certificate Hierarchy area, select its name, + select the field under Certificate Fields that you want to examine, and + read the field's value under Field Value:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Certificate Hierarchy</strong>: Displays the certificate chain, + with the certificate you originally selected at the bottom. A certificate + chain is a hierarchical series of certificates signed by successive + certificate authorities (CAs). A CA certificate identifies a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a> + and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate + can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to + a <a href="glossary.xhtml#root_ca">root CA</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Certificate Fields</strong>: Displays the fields of the + certificate selected under Certificate Hierarchy.</li> + <li><strong>Field Value</strong>: Displays the value of the field selected + under Certificate Fields.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The Certificate Viewer displays basic ANSI types in human-readable form + wherever possible. For fields whose contents the Certificate Manager cannot + interpret, it displays the actual values contained in the certificate.</p> + +<h2 id="choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</h2> + +<p>A security device (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software + device that provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption + and stores certificates and keys. The Choose Security Device window appears + when Certificate Manager needs help deciding which security device to use + when importing a certificate or performing a cryptographic operation, such as + generating keys for a new certificate. This window allows you to select one + of two or more security devices that Certificate Manager has detected on your + machine.</p> + +<p>A smart card is one example of a security device. For example, if a smart + card reader connected to your computer has a smart card inserted in it, the + name of the smart card will show up in the drop-down menu. In this case, you + must choose the name of the smart card from the menu to let Certificate + Manager know that you want to use it.</p> + +<p>The Certificate Manager also supplies its own default, built-in security + device, which can always be used no matter what additional devices are or + aren't available.</p> + +<h2 id="encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</h2> + +<p><a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">Certificate authorities (CAs)</a> + that issue separate signing and encryption email certificates typically make + backup copies of your private + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key">encryption key</a> during the + certificate enrollment process.</p> + +<p>The Encryption Key Copy dialog box allows you to approve the creation of + such a backup or cancel the certificate request. A CA that has archived a + backup copy of your encryption key has the potential capability of + decrypting any messages you receive that were encrypted with your + corresponding public key.</p> + +<p>You can take these actions from the Encryption Key Copy dialog box:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To view the certificate identifying + the CA that is requesting the backup copy, click View Certificate.</li> + <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you trust the CA identified by the CA certificate + to decrypt encrypted messages that you receive, click OK. + + <p>If you are not sure whether to trust the CA that is requesting the + backup copy, talk to your system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you don't trust the CA that is + requesting the backup copy, don't request a certificate from it. Click + Cancel to stop both the backup procedure and the request for a + certificate.</li> +</ul> + +<p>After your CA makes a backup copy of the encryption key, you will be able to + use that key to access your encrypted mail even if you lose your password or + lose your own copy of the key. If no backup copy of your encryption key + exists and you lose your password or the key, you will have no way of reading + email messages that were encrypted with that key.</p> + +<h2 id="certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</h2> + +<p>When you receive a certificate, make a backup copy of the certificate and + its private key, then store the copy in a safe place. For example, you can + put the copy on a floppy disk and store it with other valuable items under + lock and key. That way, even if you have hard disk or file corruption + problems, you can easily restore the certificate.</p> + +<p>It can be inconvenient, at best, and in some situations catastrophic to lose + your certificate and its associated private key, depending on what you use it + for. For example:</p> + +<ul> + <li>If you lose a certificate that identifies you to important websites, you + will not be able to access those websites until you obtain a new + certificate. </li> + <li>If you lose a certificate used to encrypt email messages, you will not + be able to read any of your encrypted email—including both encrypted + messages that you have sent and encrypted messages that you have received. + In this case, if you cannot obtain a backup of the private encryption key + associated with the certificate, you will never be able to read any of the + messages encrypted with that key.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Like any other valuable data, certificates should be backed up to avoid + future trouble and expense. Do it now so you don't forget.</p> + +<h2 id="user_identification_request">User Identification Request</h2> + +<p>Some websites require that you identify yourself with a certificate rather + than a name and password, because certificates provide a more reliable form + of identification. This method of identifying yourself over the Internet is + sometimes called + <a href="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</p> + +<p>However, Certificate Manager may have more than one certificate on file that + can be used for the purposes of identifying yourself to a website. In this + case, Certificate Manager presents the User Identification Request dialog + box, which displays two kinds of information:</p> + +<p><strong>This site has requested that you identify yourself with a + certificate</strong>: This section of the dialog box lists the following + information:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Host name</strong>: The name of the server requesting + identification, used as part of its URL. For example, the host name for the + Netscape website is <tt>home.netscape.com</tt>.</li> + <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization that runs the + website.</li> + <li><strong>Issued under</strong>: The name of the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> + that issued the certificate.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Choose a certificate to present as identification</strong>: The + certificates you have available for the purposes of identifying yourself to a + website are listed in the drop-down list in this section of the dialog box. + Choose the certificate that seems most likely to be recognized by the website + you want to visit.</p> + +<p>To help you decide, the following details of the selected certificate are + displayed:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Issued to</strong>: Lists information about the person identified + by the certificate (for example, your name and email address) and the + certificate's serial number and validity dates.</li> + <li><strong>Issued by</strong>: Summarizes information about the CA that + issued the certificate, such as its name, location, and state.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</h2> + +<p>The certificates that the Certificate Manager has on file, whether stored on + your computer or on an external security device such as a smart card, include + certificates that identify + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities (CAs)</a>. + To be able to recognize any other certificates it has on file, Certificate + Manager must have certificates for the CAs that issued or authorized issuance + of those certificates.</p> + +<p>When you decide to trust a CA, Certificate Manager downloads that CA's + certificate and can then recognize the kinds of certificates you trust that + CA to issue.</p> + +<p>Before downloading a new CA certificate, Certificate Manager allows you to + specify the purposes for which you trust the certificate, if at all. You can + select any of the following options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify websites</strong>: Website certificates + for some websites, such as those that handle financial transactions, can be + extremely important, and inappropriate or false identification can have + negative consequences.</li> + <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify email users</strong>: If you intend to + send email users confidential information in encrypted form, or if accurate + identification of email users is important to you for any other reason, you + should consider carefully the CA's procedures for identifying + prospective certificate owners and whether they are appropriate for your + purposes before selecting this option.</li> + <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify software developers</strong>: Selecting + this option means that you trust the CA to issue certificates that identify + the origin of Java applets and JavaScript scripts requesting special access + to your computer, such as the ability to change files. Since such access + privileges can be misused, for example to destroy data stored on your hard + disk, be very careful about selecting this option unless you are certain + that you trust the CA for this purpose.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Before you decide to trust a new CA, make sure that you know who is + operating it. Make sure the CA's policies and procedures are + appropriate for the kinds of certificates it issues. For example, if the CA + issues certificates identifying websites you use for financial transactions, + make sure you are comfortable with the level of assurance the CA + provides.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Click this button to view the CA certificate you + are about to download. If you decide you don't want to download this + certificate, click Cancel.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="website_certificates">Website Certificates</h2> + +<p>When you attempt to go to a website that supports the use of + <a href="glossary.xhtml#ssl">SSL</a> for + <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>, you may be faced with an + error page. There are two types, one called + <a href="#secure_connection_failed_page">Secure Connection Failed</a> and one + called <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#secure_connection_failed_page">Secure Connection Failed + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#secure_connection_failed_dialog">Secure Connection Failed + Dialog</a></li> + <li><a href="#certificate_expired">Server Certificate Expired</a></li> + <li><a href="#certificate_not_yet_valid">Server Certificate Not Yet + Valid</a></li> + <li><a href="#domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="secure_connection_failed_page">Secure Connection Failed Page</h3> + +<p>In the case where you have disabled the SSL protocol (e.g. through + <a href="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_settings">SSL Settings</a>) or the website that + you are accessing is using an older, insecure version of the SSL protocol then + you will be presented with a page titled "Secure Connection Failed". + That page contains some basic background information (including the + <strong>Error code</strong> that uniquely identifies the type of problem + &brandShortName; detected with the website) and a <strong>Try Again</strong> + button that triggers a page reload.</p> + +<h3 id="untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection Page</h3> + +<p>If SSL itself is enabled then the error page that you will be presented with + will be titled "This Connection is Untrusted". There are many + different reasons why a connection can appear untrusted. Here are some of the + most common ones:</p> + +<ul> + <li>the certificate of the website is <a href="#certificate_expired">no longer + valid (expired)</a></li> + <li>the certificate of the website is + <a href="#certificate_not_yet_valid">not yet valid</a></li> + <li>the certificate of the website is only valid for another website + (<a href="#domain_name_mismatch">domain name mismatch</a>)</li> + <li>the certificate of the website is self-signed (thus the identity of the + website cannot be verified).</li> + <li>the issuer certificate is not trusted (&brandShortName; cannot + verify the identity of the website because it doesn't + recognize the <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate + authority (CA)</a> that issued the website's certificate)</li> +</ul> + +<p>The page displayed in the above cases is meant to help you understand why + &brandShortName; was unable to establish a secure connection to the website. + It starts by telling you that the website's identity could not be + verified, then offers you to leave the page by clicking the <strong>This + sounds bad, take me to my home page instead</strong> button. If you are unsure + what to do it is recommended that you follow this advice.</p> + +<p>If you want to know a little bit more about the actual problem at hand you + may expand the corresponding section by clicking the chevron in front of + <strong>Technical Details</strong>. That section also contains the + <strong>Error code</strong> that uniquely identifies the type of problem + &brandShortName; detected with the website.</p> + +<h4 id="add_security_exception">Adding a Security Exception</h4> + +<p>The <strong>I Understand the Risks</strong> section of the Untrusted + Connection page allows you to tell &brandShortName; to explicitly override the + security checks for this website by adding an exception. If you expand the + section by clicking the chevron in front of it you will see an <strong>Add + Exception</strong> button that will take you to a dialog allowing you to get + and view the website's certificate and optionally add a Security + Exception for it (either permanently or just for the current session). Those + exceptions can be administered through the Certificate Manager's + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#servers">Servers</a> tab.</p> + +<h3 id="secure_connection_failed_dialog">Secure Connection Failed Dialog</h3> + +<p>In cases where &brandShortName; cannot determine the actual cause of the + problem a dialog titled "Secure Connection Failed" is shown in + addition to the <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection + page</a>. That dialog includes a <strong>View Certificate</strong> button + that allows you to examine the website's certificate more closely.</p> + +<h3 id="certificate_expired">Certificate Expired</h3> + +<p>Like a credit card, a driver's license, and many other forms of + identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is + valid for a specified period of time. When a certificate expires, the owner + of the certificate needs to get a new one.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">warns</a> you when you + attempt to visit a website whose server certificate has expired. The first + thing you should do is make sure the time and date displayed by your computer + is correct. If your computer's clock is set to a date that is after the + expiration date, &brandShortName; treats the website's certificate as + expired.</p> + +<p>If your computer's clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision + about whether to trust the website. This decision depends on what you intend + to do at the website and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites + will make sure that they replace their certificates before they expire. If you + choose to continue you need to <a href="#add_security_exception">add a + security exception</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="certificate_not_yet_valid">Certificate Not Yet Valid</h3> + +<p>Like a credit card, a driver's license, and many other forms of + identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is + valid for a specified period of time.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">warns</a> you when you + attempt to visit a website whose server certificate's validity period has + not yet started. The first thing you should do is make sure the time and date + displayed by your own computer is correct. If your computer's clock is + set to the wrong date, &brandShortName; may treat the server certificate as + not yet valid even if this is not the case.</p> + +<p>If your computer's clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision + about whether to trust the website. This decision depends on what you intend + to do at the website and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites + will make sure that the validity period for their certificates has begun + before beginning to use them. If you choose to continue you need to + <a href="#add_security_exception">add a security exception</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</h3> + +<p>A server <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> specifies the + name of the server in the form of the website's domain name. For example, + the domain name for the Mozilla website is <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt>. If the + domain name in a server's certificate doesn't match the actual + domain name of the website, it may be a sign that someone is attempting to + intercept your communication with the website.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">warns</a> you when you + attempt to visit a website whose server certificate's domain does not + match the domain of the website you are trying to visit. The decision whether + to trust the website anyway depends on what you intend to do at the site and + what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will make sure that the + host name for a website certificate matches the website's actual host + name. If you choose to continue you need to + <a href="#add_security_exception">add a security exception</a>.</p> + +<p>If you decide to accept the certificate anyway (either for this session or + permanently), you should be cautious about what you do on the website, and you + should treat any information you find there as potentially suspect.</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..26e3aeaa43 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,423 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Certificate Manager</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only. + It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of + your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, + address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a + recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security + protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Certificate Manager. For more + information on using certificates, see <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using + Certificates</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Manager window, follow + these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#people">People</a></li> + <li><a href="#servers">Servers</a></li> + <li><a href="#authorities">Authorities</a></li> + <li><a href="#others">Others</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="your_certificates">Your Certificates</h2> + +<p>The Your Certificates tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate + Manager</a> displays the certificates on file that identify you. Your + certificates are listed under the names of the organizations that issued + them. If you can't see certificate names under an organization's + name, double-click the name to expand it.</p> + +<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions + require one or more certificates to be selected):</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Backup</strong>: Initiate the process of saving the selected + certificates. A window appears that allows you to choose a password to + protect the backup. You can then save the backup in a directory of your + choice.</li> + <li><strong>Backup All</strong>: Initiate the process of saving all the + certificates stored in the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security + Device</a>. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Certificates on smart cards cannot be backed up. + Whether you select some of your certificates and click Backup, or click + Backup All, the resulting backup file will not include any certificates + stored on smart cards or other external security devices. You can only + back up certificates that are stored on the built-in Software Security + Device.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more + certificates that were previously backed up. When you click Import, + Certificate Manager first asks you to locate the file that contains the + backup. The names of certificate backup files typically end in + <tt>.p12</tt>; for example, <tt>MyCert.p12</tt>. After you select the file + to be imported, Certificate Manager asks you to enter the password that you + set when you backed up the certificate.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="choose_a_certificate_backup_password">Choose a Certificate Backup + Password</h3> + +<p>A certificate backup password protects one or more certificates that you are + backing up from the <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in + the Certificate Manager.</p> + +<p>The Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when you back up + certificates, and requests it when you attempt to import certificates that + have previously been backed up.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Certificate backup password</strong>: Type your backup password + into this field.</li> + <li><strong>Certificate backup password (again)</strong>: Type your backup + password again. If you don't type it the second time exactly as you + did the first time, the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try + typing the new password again.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If someone obtains the file containing a certificate that you have backed up + and successfully imports the certificate, that person can send messages or + access websites while pretending to be you. This can be a problem, for + example, if you digitally sign important email messages or manage your bank + or investment accounts over the Internet.</p> + +<p>Therefore, it's important to select a certificate backup password that + is difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you + a rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors + such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers, + and symbols. It does not guarantee that your password cannot be guessed, + however.</p> + +<p>For further guidelines, see + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>It's also important to record the password in a safe place—and + not anywhere that's easily accessible to someone else. If you forget + this password, you can't import the backup of your certificate.</p> + +<h3 id="delete_your_certificates">Delete Your Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting one of your own expired certificates from the + <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in the Certificate + Manager, make sure you won't need it again some day for reading old + email messages that you may have encrypted with the corresponding private + key.</p> + +<h2 id="people">People</h2> + +<p>The People tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> + displays email certificates you have on file that identify other people.</p> + +<p>When people send you digitally signed email messages, Certificate Manager + imports their certificates automatically. You can use these certificates to + send encrypted messages to those people.</p> + +<p>Certificates that identify people are listed under the names of the + organizations that issued them. If you can't see certificate names under + an organization's name, double-click the name to expand it.</p> + +<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions + require one or more certificates to be selected):</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the trust settings that Certificate + Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these + settings to designate an email certificate as one that you trust or + don't trust for identification purposes.</li> + <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more + certificates. When you click Import, Certificate Manager first asks you + to locate the file that contains the certificate(s).</li> + <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can + choose among various formats.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="delete_email_certificates">Delete Email Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting someone else's certificate from the + <a href="#people">People</a> tab in the Certificate Manager, make sure you + won't need it again some day to send encrypted email to that person or + to verify digital signatures on messages from that person.</p> + +<h2 id="servers">Servers</h2> + +<p>The Servers tab in the Certificate Manager displays certificates you have + on file that identify servers (websites, mail servers).</p> + +<p>Certificates that identify servers are grouped under the names of the + organizations that issued them. If you can't see certificate names under + an organization's name, double-click the name to expand it.</p> + +<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions + require one or more certificates to be selected):</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the trust settings that Certificate + Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these + settings to designate a website certificate as one that you trust or + don't trust for identification purposes.</li> + <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more + certificates. When you click Import, Certificate Manager first asks you + to locate the file that contains the certificate(s).</li> + <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can + choose among various formats.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Add Exception</strong>: Add a security exception for a server + (website, mail server) that identifies itself with invalid information. + This is an advanced feature, act with caution.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="edit_website_certificate_trust_settings">Edit Website Certificate + Trust Settings</h3> + +<p>When you select a website certificate from the + <a href="#servers">Servers</a> tab in the Certificate Manager and click Edit, + you see a window entitled <q>Edit website certificate trust settings</q>. + Here you specify whether you want to trust the selected certificate for + identifying the website and setting up an encrypted connection.</p> + +<p>The dialog box contains these elements:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>The certificate <q><em>name of certificate</em></q> was + issued by</strong>: Provides information about the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a> + that issued this certificate.</li> + <li><strong>Edit certificate trust settings</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Trust the authenticity of this certificate</strong>: If you + select this option, Certificate Manager will henceforth trust this + certificate for the purposes of identifying this website or setting up + an encrypted connection. If you select this option and then attempt to + visit the website, your browser will access the site with few, if any, + warnings.</li> + <li><strong>Do not trust the authenticity of this certificate</strong>: + If you select this option, Certificate Manager will no longer trust + this certificate for the purposes of identifying this website or + setting up an encrypted connection. If you select this option and + then attempt to visit the website, you will see one or more warning + messages before you can access the site.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Edit CA Trust</strong>: Click this button to specify trust + settings for the certificate authority (CA) that issued the website + certificate. These settings allow you to trust or not to trust different + kinds of certificates issued by that certificate authority. For example, + you can choose to trust all website certificates issued by the + authority.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Click OK to confirm your choice.</p> + +<h3 id="delete_website_certificates">Delete Website Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting a server certificate from the + <a href="#servers">Servers</a> tab in the Certificate Manager, make sure that + you won't need it again for the purposes of identifying a website or + mail server and setting up an encrypted connection.</p> + +<h2 id="authorities">Authorities</h2> + +<p>The Authorities tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate + Manager</a> displays the certificates you have on file that identify + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities + (CAs)</a>.</p> + +<p>CA certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that issued + them. If you can't see certificate names under an organization's + name, double-click the name to expand it.</p> + +<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions + require one or more certificates to be selected):</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the settings that Certificate + Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these + settings to designate what kinds of certificates, if any, you trust that + are issued by the corresponding CAs.</li> + <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more + certificates. When you click Import, Certificate Manager first asks you + to locate the file that contains the certificate(s).</li> + <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can + choose among various formats.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To ensure that an entire + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> of CAs are + all trusted, you need to edit the root CA certifiate only.</p> + +<p>To import the chain, you click a link on a web page provided by the CA. You + can then use the authorities tab to locate the root certificate and edit its + trust settings.</p> + +<p>The root and intermediate CAs all appear under the same organization. The + root certificate is the one that lists itself as the issuer.</p> + +<p><strong>If you download an intermediate CA</strong>: If you download an + intermediate CA certificate that chains to a root certificate already marked + as trusted in your browser, you don't have to indicate what purposes you + trust it for. Intermediate certificates automatically inherit the trust + settings of their roots.</p> + +<h3 id="edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings">Edit CA Certificate Trust + Settings</h3> + +<p>When you select a CA certificate from the + <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager and + click Edit, you see a window entitled <q>Edit CA certificate trust + settings</q>. Here you specify the kinds of certificates you trust this CA + to certify. If you deselect all the checkboxes, Certificate Manager will not + trust any certificates issued by this CA.</p> + +<p>The settings have these effects:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>This certificate can identify websites</strong>: Certificate + Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of + identifying websites and encrypting website connections. If you deselect + this checkbox, Certificate Manager will not trust website certificates + issued by this CA.</li> + <li><strong>This certificate can identify mail users</strong>: Certificate + Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of + signing or encrypting email. If you deselect this checkbox, Certificate + Manager will not trust email certificates issued by this CA.</li> + <li><strong>This certificate can identify software makers</strong>: + Certificate Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the + purpose of identifying software makers. If you deselect this checkbox, + Certificate Manager will not trust such certificates issued by this + CA.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Click OK to confirm the settings you have selected.</p> + +<h3 id="delete_ca_certificates">Delete CA Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting a CA certificate from the + <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager, + make sure that you won't need it again to validate certificates issued + by that CA. If you delete the only valid certificate you have for a CA, + Certificate Manager will no longer trust any certificates issued by that + CA.</p> + +<h2 id="others">Others</h2> + +<p>The Others tab in the Certificate Manager displays certificates you have + on file that do not fit in any of the other categories, i.e. certificates + that neither belong to you, other people, servers or CAs.</p> + +<p>Other certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that + issued them. If you can't see certificate names under an + organization's name, double-click the name to expand it.</p> + +<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can + choose among various formats.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="device_manager">Device Manager</h2> + +<p>This section describes the options available in the Device Manager window. + For background information and step-by-step instructions on the use of the + Device Manager, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing + Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Device Manager window, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module, and the security + devices managed by each module below the module's name.</p> + +<p>When you select a module or device, information about the selected item + appears in the middle of the window, and some of the buttons on the right + side of the window become available. In general, you perform an action on + a module or device by selecting its name and clicking the appropriate + button:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Log In</strong>: Log into the selected security device. After you + have logged in to the device, the frequency with which you will be asked to + enter the master password for the device depends on the + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout">Master Password + Timeout</a> settings.</li> + <li><strong>Log Out</strong>: Log out of the selected security device. After + you have logged out of the device, the device and the certificates it + contains will not be available until you log in again.</li> + <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Change the master password for the + selected security device.</li> + <li><strong>Load</strong>: Displays a dialog box that allows you to specify + the name and location of a new PKCS #11 module. Before adding a new module, + you should first install the module software on your computer and if + necessary connect any associated hardware device. Follow the instructions + provided by the vendor.</li> + <li><strong>Unload</strong>: Unload the selected module. If you unload a + module, both the module and its security devices are no longer available + for use by the browser.</li> + <li><strong>Enable FIPS</strong>: Turns the FIPS mode on and off. For more + information, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS + Mode</a>.</li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..70c425a7ae --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> + <title>Súkromie a bezpečnosť - Certifikáty</title> + <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="helpFileLayout.css" /> +</head> + +<body> +<h1 id="certificate_settings">Nastavenia certifikátov</h1> + +<p>Táto kapitola popisuje postup ako nastaviť predvoľby pre certifikáty a ako používať Správcu certifikátov, + Správcu bezpečnostných zariadení a ďalšie dialógové okná, ktoré sa certifikátov týkajú.</p> + +<p>Ak si chcete pozrieť podrobné návody rôznych činností týkajúcich sa certifikátov, navštívte kapitolu + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Používanie certifikátov</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Nastavenie certifikátov</a></li> + <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml">Správa certifikátov</a></li> + <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Správa bezpečnostných zariadení</a></li> + <li><a href="cert_dialog_help.xhtml">Informácie o certifikátoch a rozhodnutia</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Súkromie a bezpečnosť - Certifikáty</h1> + +<p>Táto kapitola popisuje prácu s panelom Certifikáty. Ak ho chcete zobraziť, vykonajte nasledovné kroky:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a kliknite na položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Súkromie a bezpečnosť kliknite na podkategóriu Certifikáty. (Pokiaľ nevidíte žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitým + kliknutím na kategóriu Súkromie a bezpečnosť zobrazíte ich zoznam)</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="client_certificate_selection">Výber klientskeho certifikátu</h3> + +<p>Niektoré webové stránky vyžadujú, aby ste sa identifikovali certifikátom. Toto nastavenie určuje chovanie +prehliadača v prípadoch, kedy má k dispozícii viac ako jeden použiteľný certifikát:</p> +<ul> + <li><strong>Vybrať automaticky</strong>: Vyberte túto možnosť, +pokiaľ chcete, aby prehliadač vybral certifikát bez toho, aby sa vás predtým opýtal.</li> + <li><strong>Vždy sa opýtať</strong>: Ak chcete, aby vám prehliadač vždy dal na výber, aký certifikát použiť v okamihu, keď +webová stránka certifikát požaduje, vyberte túmo možnosť.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="manage_certificates">Správa certifikátov</h3> + +<p>Certifikáty sú digitálnymi ekvivalentami osobných preukazov. Pomáhajú ostatným ľuďom identifikovať vás +a vám identifikovať ostatných ľudí, webové stránky a organizácie.</p> + +<p>Ak si chcete prezrieť certifikáty alebo zmeniť nastavenia uložených certifikátov, +kliknite na tlačidlo Správa certifikátov. Ďalšie informácie o tomto dialógovom okne nájdete v časti +<a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates">Správa +certifikátov</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="manage_security_devices">Správa bezpečnostných zariadení</h3> + +<p>Bezpečnostné zariadenie je softvérové alebo hardvérové zariadenie, ktoré slúži +na ukladanie vašich certifikátov a šifrovacích kľúčov. Príkladom takého zariadenia je smart card. +Váš prehliadač má vlastné vstavané softvérové zariadenie, zároveň si môžete pridať ďalšie +bezpečnostné zariadenia ako napríklad smart cards.</p> + +<p>Ak si chcete prezrieť bezpečnostné zariadania alebo zmeniť ich nastavenia, kliknite na tlačidlo Správa bezpečnostných zariadení. +Ďalšie informácie o tomto dialógovom okne nájdete v časti <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Správa kariet + Smart card a ďalších bezpečnostných zariadení</a>.</p> + + +<h3 id="ocsp">OCSP</h3> + +<p>Online overenie stavu certifikátov (OCSP) umožňuje Správcovi + certifikátov skontrolovať online platnosť certifikátu pri každom jeho + prehliadaní alebo použití. Tento proces zahŕňa porovnanie certifikátu + so zoznamom zrušených certifikátov CRL udržovaným určeným webovým serverom. + Aby toto overenie fungovalo, musí byť počítač v režime online.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete upresniť využívanie OCSP, zvoľte jednu z nasledujúcich možností + nastavenia v sekcii Online overenie stavu certifikátov v podkategórii Overovanie:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Použiť Online overenie stavu certifikátov (OCSP) na potvrdenie + platnosti certifikátov</strong>: označte túto voľbu, ak chcete, aby + Správca certifikátov vykonal kontrolu online pri každom overení + certifikátu. Ak je toto nastavenie vypnuté, Správca certifikátov kontroluje len + lehotu platnosti certifikátu, či je správne podpísaný certifikačnou autoritou, + ktorej vlastný certifikát CA sa nachádza v zozname na karte Certifikáty CA + (v hlavnom okne Správcu certifikátov) a či je označený ako dôveryhodný + pre vydávanie daného typu certifikátov.</li> + <li><strong>Overiť certifikát, ak to určuje server OCSP</strong>: + označte túto voľbu, ak chcete overovať platnosť certifikátov pomocou služby + definovanej v certifikáte. Správca certifikátov sa potom + uisťuje, či je certifikát v zozname certifikátov určenej služby označený ako + platný a kontrolujte takisto lehotu jeho platnosti a nastavenie dôveryhodnosti.</li> + <li><strong>Overiť všetky certifikáty pomocou nasledujúceho servera OCSP</strong>: + označte túto voľbu, ak chcete určiť server OCSP, pomocou ktorého budete overovať + všetky certifikáty. Ak zvolíte toto nastavenie, mali by ste zvoliť certifikát + zo zoznamu "Odpoveď podpísal", ktorý slúži na identifikáciu toho, kto certifikát + podpísal. Po zapnutí tohto nastavenia Správca certifikátov rozpozná len tie + certifikáty, ktoré je možné overiť pomocou odpovede zo servera OCSP podpísanej + zvoleným certifikátom (alebo certifikátom, ktorý naň nadväzuje). + + <p>Keď vyberáte certifikát pre "Odpoveď podpísal" z rozbaľovacieho zoznamu, + Správca certifikátov vyplní pole Adresa URL služby automaticky. Ak sa tak + nestane, musíte ho vyplniť sami. Podrobnosti vám poskytne správca systému.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Ak pripojenie k serveru OCSP zlyhá, označiť certifikát ako + neplatný</strong>: označte túto voľbu, ak chcete v prípade nemožnosti + pripojiť sa k serveru OCSP označiť overenie ako neúspešné.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Podrobnejšie informácie nájdete v časti <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">Overovanie platnosti</a>.</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..69926e41fa --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,2498 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Creating Web Pages with &brandShortName; Composer</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="creating_web_pages_with_mozilla_composer">Creating Web Pages with + &brandShortName; Composer</h1> + +<p>&brandShortName; Composer lets you create your own web pages and publish + them on the web. You don't have to know HTML to use Composer; it is as + easy to use as a word processor.</p> + +<p>Toolbar buttons let you add lists, tables, images, links to other pages, + colors, and font styles. You can see what your document will look like on + the Web as you create it, and you can easily share your document with + other users, no matter what type of browser or HTML-capable email program + they use.</p> + +<p>To start using &brandShortName; Composer:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Composer icon in the lower-left corner of any + &brandShortName; window.</li> +</ul> + +<div><img src="images/composer_icon.png" width="128" height="23" + alt="" /></div> +<div style="-moz-margin-start: 80px;"><strong>Composer icon</strong></div> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#starting_a_new_page">Starting a New Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to + Your Web Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in + Composer</a></li> + <li><a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on + the Web</a></li> + <li><a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="starting_a_new_page" style="margin-top: 50px;">Starting a New Page</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your + New Page</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Composer is an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) editor that + allows you to create and edit web pages. Composer is a <em>WYSIWYG</em> (What + You See Is What You Get) editor, so you can display how your page will look + to the reader as you're creating it. It is not necessary for you to know + HTML, since most of the basic HTML functions are available as commands from + the toolbars and menus.</p> + +<p>Composer also lets you edit the HTML source if you want. To view or edit the + HTML source code, open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the + <HTML> Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the + Composer window.</p> + +<p>To create a web page, use one of the methods described below. Once + you've started a page, you can add and edit text just as you would + in a word processor.</p> + +<p><strong>To create a new page from the browser</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Composer Page. A Composer + window containing a blank page opens.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>To edit a page you're currently viewing in the + browser</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>In the browser window of the page you're viewing, open the File + menu and choose Edit Page. You see a Composer window that contains the + page you're viewing.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>To create a new page in Composer</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the New button in Composer's toolbar.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>To start from an HTML file stored on your local drive</strong>:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Composer. You see the Composer + window.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Open File. You see the Open HTML File + dialog box.</li> + <li>On your local drive, locate the file that you want to edit.</li> + <li>Click Open to display the specified file in a Composer window.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>To edit a web page</strong>:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Browser.</li> + <li>Go to a web page: type the URL of the page (for example, + <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>) in the Location Bar and press + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Edit Page.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: In the Composer window you can quickly open the most + recent file you've been working on by opening the File menu, choosing + Recent Pages, and then selecting the file you want from the list.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your New + Page</h2> + +<p>You can save Composer documents in HTML or text-only format. Saving a + document in HTML format preserves the document's formatting, such + as text styles (for example, bold or italic), tables, links, and images. + Saving a document in text-only format removes all the HTML tags but + preserves the document's text.</p> + +<p>To save a document as an HTML file:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Save or click the Save button on the + Composition toolbar. + + <p>If you haven't already given your page a title, Composer prompts + you to do so. Composer displays the page title in the browser + window's title bar when you view the page in the browser. The + document's page title also appears in your list of bookmarks + if you bookmark the page.</p> + + <p>Composer then prompts you to enter a filename and specify the location + where you want to save the file. Make sure you preserve the .html + extension in the filename.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To change the filename or location of an existing HTML file:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Choose Save As and select a different filename or location.</li> +</ul> + +<p>When you save a page in Composer, all parts of the page (the HTML, images + and other files, such as sound files and style sheets), are saved locally + on your hard drive. If you only want to save the HTML part of the page, you + must change the Composer preference for saving pages. See + <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</a> for more information + on changing Composer's setting for saving pages.</p> + +<p>If an image location is absolute (starts with <q>http://</q>) and you are + connected to the Internet, you will still see that image in the document in + Composer and the browser. However, if the image location is relative to the + page location (starts with <q>file:///</q>), then you won't see the + image in the local version of the document.</p> + +<p>To save a document as a text-only file:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Export to Text.</li> + <li>Enter the filename and specify the location where you want to save the + file.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Images do not appear in documents saved in the + text-only format.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can choose Revert to Last Saved from the File + menu to retrieve the most recently saved copy of the document in which + you're working. Keep in mind that your current changes will be lost.</p> + +<p>To view your page in a browser window in order to test your links:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Browse Page (or click Browse in the + Composition toolbar). If you have not yet saved your document, Composer + prompts you to enter a page title, filename, and location. The Composer + window remains open behind the new browser window.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting + Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists</a></li> + <li><a href="#working_with_lists">Working with Lists</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color, + Style, and Font</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or + Discontinuing Text Styles</a></li> + <li><a href="#finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing + Text</a></li> + <li><a href="#inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal + Lines</a></li> + <li><a href="#inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special + Characters</a></li> + <li><a href="#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML + Elements and Attributes</a></li> + <li><a href="#validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing + Mode</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting Paragraphs, + Headings, and Lists</h2> + +<p>To apply a format to a paragraph, begin from the Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the format to begin, + or select the text you want to format.</li> + <li>Choose a paragraph format using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar: + <ul> + <li><strong>Body Text</strong>: Applies the application default font and + style for regular text, without affecting the spacing before or after + the text.</li> + <li><strong>Paragraph</strong>: Inserts a paragraph tag (use this to + begin a new paragraph). The paragraph includes top and bottom + margins.</li> + <li><strong>Heading 1</strong> - <strong>Heading 6</strong>: Formats the + paragraph as a heading. Heading 1 is the highest-level heading, while + Heading 6 is the lowest-level heading.</li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: Can be used for a web page <q>signature</q> + that indicates the author of the page and the person to contact for + more information, for example: <tt>user@example.com</tt> + + <p>You might want to include the date and a copyright notice. This + format usually appears at the bottom of the web page under a + horizontal line. The browser displays the address format in + italics.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Preformat</strong>: This is useful for elements such as code + examples, column data, and mail messages that you want displayed in a + fixed-width font. In normal text, most browsers remove extra spaces, + tabs, and paragraph returns. However, text that uses the Preformatted + style is displayed with the white space intact, preserving the layout + of the original text.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To format text as a heading:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point anywhere within the text that you + want to format.</li> + <li>Using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar, choose the level of + heading you want, from 1 (largest) to 6 (smallest). Choose <q>Heading 1</q> + for your main heading, <q>Heading 2</q> for the next level, and so + forth.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To apply a list item format:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the line of text that you want + to format.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose List.</li> + <li>Choose the list style: + <ul> + <li><strong>Bulleted</strong>: Each item has a bullet (dot) next to it + (as in this list).</li> + <li><strong>Numbered</strong>: Items are numbered.</li> + <li><strong>Term</strong> and <strong>Definition</strong>: These two + styles work together, creating a glossary-style appearance. Use the + Term tag for the word being defined, and the Definition tag for the + definition. The Term text appears flush left, and the Definition + text appears indented.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly apply a list style to a block of + text by selecting the text and clicking the Numbered List + <img src="images/numbers.gif" width="21" height="21" alt="" /> + or Bulleted List + <img src="images/bullets.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" /> + buttons on the Format toolbar.</p> + +<p>To change the style of bullets or numbers:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the text of the list item you + want to change, or select one or more items in the list if you want to + apply a new style to the entire list.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose List Properties.</li> + <li>Select a bullet or number style from the drop-down list. For numbered + lists, you can specify a starting number. For bulleted lists, you can + change the bullet style.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click on a bullet or number in a + list to display the List Properties dialog box.</p> + +<p>To align a paragraph or text in your page, for example, centering or + aligning to the left or right:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the paragraph or line of text + you want to align.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Align; then choose an alignment + option.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also use the Format toolbar to align + text.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="working_with_lists">Working with Lists</h2> + +<p>To end a list and continue typing body text:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click to place the insertion point at the end of the last list item and + press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> twice to + end the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To change one or more list items to body text:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item, or select the + list items.</li> + <li>In a numbered list, click the numbered list button (or in a bulleted + list, click the bulleted list button) in the Format toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To position indented text below a list item:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item.</li> + <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Enter</kbd>to create the hanging indent.</li> + <li>Type the text you want to indent.</li> + <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create another indented paragraph, or press + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create the + next list item.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can increase or decrease the indentation of list + items by clicking anywhere in a list item and then clicking the Indent or + Outdent button on the Format toolbar. Alternatively, click anywhere in a + list item and press <kbd>Tab</kbd> to indent one level. Press + <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> to outdent one level.</p> + +<p>To merge two adjacent lists:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the two lists that you want to merge. Be sure to select all of + the elements in both lists. Note that any text in between the two lists + will also become part of the merged list.</li> + <li>Click the bulleted or numbered list button in the Format toolbar to + merge the lists.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color, Style, and + Font</h2> + +<p>To change the style, color, or font of selected text:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text you want to format.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose one of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>Font</strong>: Use this to choose a font. If you prefer to + use fonts specified by the reader's browser, select Variable + Width or Fixed Width. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: The fonts Helvetica, Arial, Times, and + Courier generally look the same when viewed on different computers. + If you select a different font, it may not look the same when viewed + using a different computer.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to choose a <em>relative</em> font + size or select an option to increase or decrease text size (relative + to the surrounding text).</li> + <li><strong>Text Style</strong>: Use this to select a style, such as + italic, bold, or underline, or to apply a structured style, for + example, Code.</li> + <li><strong>Text Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color from the + color picker. If you are familiar with HTML hexadecimal color codes, + you can type a specific code or you can just type a color name (for + example, <q>blue</q>). You'll find the official W3C list of CSS + supported color names + <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#color-units">here</a>, + and another list of commonly supported color names + <a href="http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_colornames.asp">here</a>. + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To change the background color of the page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click anywhere in the page.</li> + <li>Click the background color block in the Format toolbar.</li> + <li>Choose a background color from the Block Background Color dialog + box.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly change the color of text to the color + last used, select the text, then press Shift and click on the text color + block in the Format toolbar. This is useful when you want to use one + color for separate lines of text.</p> + +<p>You can also use an image as a background. See + <a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and + Backgrounds</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or Discontinuing Text + Styles</h2> + +<p>To remove all text styles (bold, italic, and so on) from selected text:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove All Text Styles.</li> + <li>Continue typing.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To continue typing text with all text styles removed:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Place the insertion point where you want to discontinue the text + styles.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Text Styles.</li> + <li>Continue typing.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing Text</h2> + +<p>To find text in the page you're currently working on:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your + search.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and + Replace dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the text you want to locate in the <q>Find what</q> field. To narrow + the search, check one or more of the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether + the search is for case-sensitive text.</li> + <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the + page and then start again from the top or bottom, depending on whether + you are searching forward or backwards.</li> + <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search back from the + insertion point to the beginning of the page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Find Next to begin searching. When Composer locates the first + occurrence of the text, click Find Next to search for the next + occurrence.</li> + <li>Click Close when you are done.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To find and replace text in the page you're currently working on:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your + search.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and + Replace dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the text you want to find and then type the replacement text.</li> + <li>To narrow the search, check one or more of the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether + the search is for case-sensitive text. If you don't select this + option, the search will find matching text in both upper and lower + case.</li> + <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the + page and then start again from the top.</li> + <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search from the end + to the beginning of the page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Find Next to search for the next occurrence. Composer selects the + next occurrence of the text.</li> + <li>Click Replace to replace the selected text with the replacement text. + Click Replace and Find to replace the selected text and find the next + occurrence. Click Replace All to replace every occurrence in the document + with the replacement text.</li> + <li>Click Close when you are done.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal Lines</h2> + +<p>Horizontal lines are typically used to separate different sections of a + document visually. To insert a horizontal line (also called a <em>rule</em>) + in your page, begin from the Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the line to + appear.</li> + <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Horizontal Line.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="setting_horizontal_line_properties">Setting Horizontal Line + Properties</h3> + +<p>You can customize a line's height, length, width, alignment, and + shading.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click the line to display the Horizontal Line Properties dialog + box.</li> + <li>Edit any of these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Width</strong>: Enter the width and then choose <q>% of + window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage, + the line's width changes whenever the Composer window's + or browser window's width changes.</li> + <li><strong>Height</strong>: Type a number for the line's height + (in pixels).</li> + <li><strong>3-D Shading</strong>: Select this to add depth to the line + by adding a bevel shading.</li> + <li><strong>Alignment</strong>: Specify where you want to place the + line (left, center, or right).</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Use as Default to use these settings as the default the next time + you insert a horizontal line.</li> + <li>To edit the properties of a horizontal line manually, click Advanced + Edit. See the section, + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>, + for details.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can select <q>HTML Tags</q> from the View menu to + show all the HTML elements in yellow boxes. Click any yellow box to select + everything within that HTML tag or element. Double-click any yellow box to + display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a> + dialog box for that HTML tag or element.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special Characters</h2> + +<p>To insert special characters such as accent marks, copyrights, or currency + symbols:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the special character + to appear.</li> + <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Characters and Symbols. You see the + Insert Character dialog box.</li> + <li>Select a category of characters. + <ul> + <li>If you choose Accent Uppercase or Accent Lowercase, then open the + Letter drop-down list and select the letter you wish to apply an + accent to. (Note: not all letters have accented forms.) Select + Common Symbols to insert special characters such as copyright symbols + or fractions.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>From the Character drop-down list, select the character you want to + insert.</li> + <li>Click Insert. + + <p>You can continue typing in your document (or in a mail compose window) + while you keep this dialog box open, in case you want to use it + again.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Close when you are done inserting special characters.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML Elements and + Attributes</h2> + +<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can insert + additional tags, style attributes, and JavaScript into your page. If you are + not sure how to work with HTML source code, it's best not to change it. + To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, or + select the text you want to edit, and then open the Insert menu and choose + HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter HTML tags and text, and then + click Insert.</li> + <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or + horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties + dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property + Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes, + JavaScript, and CSS to objects.</li> + <li>Open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the <HTML> + Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the Composer window. + (If you don't see the Edit Mode toolbar, open the View menu and choose + Show/Hide; then make sure the Edit Mode Toolbar is checked.)</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the Advanced Property + Editor</h3> + +<p>To add HTML attributes and JavaScript to objects such as tables, images, + and horizontal lines, you can use the Advanced Property Editor.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Unless you clearly understand how to add, delete, or + modify HTML attributes and their associated values, it's best not to do + so.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Advanced Property Editor dialog box, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>From the View menu (or the Edit Mode toolbar), choose HTML Tags.</li> + <li>Double-click the object that you want to modify to open its Properties + dialog box.</li> + <li>Click Advanced Edit to open the object's Advanced Property Editor. + The Advanced Property Editor has three tabs, each of which lists the + current properties for the selected object: + <ul> + <li><strong>HTML Attributes</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter + additional HTML attributes.</li> + <li><strong>Inline Style</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter + additional CSS (cascading style sheet) properties through the + <style> attribute. For more information on using CSS styles + in Composer, see + <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences -Composer</a>.</li> + <li><strong>JavaScript Events</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter + JavaScript events.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To edit a property or attribute in any of the three lists, select the + attribute you want to edit. You can then edit the attribute's name + or value using the editable Attribute and Value fields at the bottom of + the dialog box. To add a new attribute, type it in the Attribute field + at the bottom of the dialog box. The new attribute is automatically added + when you click in the Value field. To remove an attribute, select it in + the list, and click Remove Attribute. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Required attributes are highlighted in the + Attribute list.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to apply your changes to the Advanced Property Editor dialog + box.</li> + <li>Click OK again to exit the Properties dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Composer automatically places quotation marks around any attribute text.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</h2> + +<p>Before you put your document on a web server so that others can see it, you + should first check the document's HTML formatting to make sure it + conforms to web standards. Documents containing validated HTML are less + likely to cause problems when viewed by different browsers. Just visually + checking your web pages in the browser doesn't ensure that your document + will appear correctly when viewed in other web browsers.</p> + +<p>Composer provides a convenient way for you to check that your document + conforms to W3C (World Wide Web Consortium) HTML standards. Composer uses + the W3C HTML Validation Service, which checks your document's HTML + syntax for compliance with HTML 4.01 standards. This service also provides + information on how to correct errors.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You must be connected to the Internet to use this + feature.</p> + +<p>To validate your document's HTML syntax:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Validate HTML. If you have unsaved + changes, Composer asks you to save them before proceeding.</li> + <li>When the W3C HTML Validation Service page appears, click <q>Browse</q> + and locate the file on your hard disk that you want to validate.</li> + <li>Click <q>Check</q>.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing Mode</h2> + +<p>Typically, you won't need to change the editing mode from the default + (Normal). However, if you want to work with the document's HTML source + code, you may want to change editing modes.</p> + +<p>Composer allows you to quickly switch between four editing modes or views. + Each editing mode allows you to continue working on your document, but + displays varying levels of HTML tags (and tag icons).</p> + +<p>Before you choose an editing mode:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then make sure there is a + checkmark next to Edit Mode Toolbar.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The Edit Mode toolbar has four tabs:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Normal</strong>: Choose this editing mode to see how the document + will look online while you are creating it. Choose this mode to + show table borders and named anchor icons. All other HTML tag icons + are hidden.</li> + <li><strong>HTML Tags</strong>: Choose this mode to show all HTML tag + icons.</li> + <li><strong><HTML> Source</strong>: Choose this mode to view and edit + the document as unformatted HTML source code. When you save the + document, the Normal mode reappears.</li> + <li><strong>Preview</strong>: Choose this mode to display and edit the + document exactly as it would appear in a browser window, except + that links and JavaScript functions will not be active.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: JavaScript functions, frames, links, Java, + embedded objects and animated GIF files are not active in any of + the editing modes. To display these items in their active + state, click the Browse button on the Composition toolbar to + load the page into a browser window.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web Page</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table's + Properties</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and + Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells</a></li> + <li><a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and + Deleting Tables</a></li> + <li><a href="#converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a + Table</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</h2> + +<p>Tables are useful for organizing text, pictures, and data into formatted + rows and columns. To insert a table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the table to appear.</li> + <li>Click the Table button + <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the + Composition toolbar. The Insert Table dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Type the number of rows and columns you want. + <ul> + <li>(Optional) Enter a size for the table width, and select either + percentage of the window or pixels.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Enter a number for the border thickness (in pixels); enter zero for no + border. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a red dotted line to indicate + tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page + is viewed in a browser.</p> + </li> + <li>To apply additional table attributes or JavaScript, click Advanced Edit + to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings and view your new table.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To change additional properties for your new table, see + <a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table's + Properties</a>. +</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a table within a table, open the + Insert menu and choose Table.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table's Properties</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to modify properties that apply to an entire + table as well as the rows, columns, or individual cells within a table. If + you are not currently viewing the Table Properties dialog box, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the table, or click anywhere inside it.</li> + <li>Click the Table button + <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the + toolbar, or open the Table menu and choose Table Properties. The Table + Properties dialog box contains two tabs: Table and Cells.</li> + <li>Click the Table tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to specify the number of rows and + columns. Enter the width of the table and then choose <q>% of + window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage, the + table's width changes whenever the Composer window's or + browser window's width changes.</li> + <li><strong>Borders and Spacing</strong>: Use this to specify, in pixels, + the border line width, the space between cells, and the cell padding + (the space between the contents of the cell and its border). + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a dotted outline to display + tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page + is viewed in a browser.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Table Alignment</strong>: Use this to align the table within + the page. Choose an option from the drop-down list.</li> + <li><strong>Caption</strong>: Choose the caption placement from the + drop-down list.</li> + <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color for + the table background, or leave it as transparent.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit + to display the <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced + Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or + click OK to confirm them.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To view, change, or add properties for one or more cells:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the row, column, or cell, then open the Table menu and choose + Table Properties. The Table Properties dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Click the Cells tab to edit the following properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Selection</strong>: Choose Cell, Row, or Column from the + drop-down list. Click Previous or Next to move through rows, columns, + or cells.</li> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: Type a number for Height and Width, and then + choose <q>% of table</q> or <q>pixels</q>.</li> + <li><strong>Content Alignment</strong>: Select a vertical and horizontal + alignment type for the text or data inside each cell.</li> + <li><strong>Cell Style</strong>: Select Header from the drop-down list + for column or row headers (which centers and bolds the text in the + cell); otherwise choose Normal.</li> + <li><strong>Text Wrap</strong>: Select <q>Don't wrap</q> from the + drop-down list to keep text from wrapping to the next line unless you + insert a paragraph break. Otherwise, choose Wrap.</li> + <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Select a color for the cell + background or leave it as transparent. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript + events, click Advanced Edit to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property + Editor</a> + </p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or + click OK to confirm them.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the text color or background color of one + or more selected cells or the entire table, select the cells or click + anywhere in the table and then click the text color or background color + icon in the Format toolbar.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the color of cells to the color last used, + select the cell, then press Shift and click on the background color picker. + This is useful when you want to use one color for individual cells.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and Deleting Rows, + Columns, and Cells</h2> + +<p>Composer allows you to quickly add or delete one or more cells, columns, + or rows in a table. In addition, you can set options that allow you to + maintain the original rectangular structure or layout of the table while + you perform editing tasks.</p> + +<p>To add a cell, row, or column to your table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click inside the table where you want to add a cell (or cells).</li> + <li>Open the Table menu and then choose Insert.</li> + <li>Choose one of the cell groupings. (You can also insert a new table + within a table cell.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete a cell, row, or column:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click a row, column, or cell to place the insertion point. Or, + select neighboring cells to delete more than one row at a time. To + select neighboring cells, drag over the cells you want to select. + To select individual cells in a table, hold down the + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click + on the cells you want to select.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu and choose Delete.</li> + <li>Choose the item you want to delete.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To join (or merge) a cell with the cell on its right:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click inside the cell on the left, open the Table menu, and + choose Join with Cell to the Right.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To join (or merge) adjacent cells:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select adjacent cells by dragging over them.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu, and choose Join Selected Cells.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To split a joined cell back into two or more cells:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click inside the joined cell, open the Table menu, and then + choose Split Cell. Composer puts the entire contents of the joined + cell into the first of the two cells.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Refer to <a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a> + for information on how to select non-adjacent cells, rows, and + columns.</p> + +<h3 id="changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior">Changing the Default Table + Editing Behavior</h3> + +<p>By default, when you delete one or more cells, Composer preserves the + table's structure by adding cells at the end of a row, wherever + needed. This allows you to delete one or more cells but still maintain + the table's original rectangular layout, or structure. Otherwise, + deleting cells can result in a table with empty spaces, or whose outline + appears irregular due to an uneven number of cells.</p> + +<p>To change the default table editing behavior, begin from the Composer + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu, choose Preferences, and then choose + Composer.</li> + <li>Under Editing, set the following preference: + <ul> + <li>Make sure that <q>Maintain table layout when inserting or + deleting cells</q> is checked to ensure that you don't get an + irregularly shaped table.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li class="win">Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</h2> + +<p>You can use one of two ways to quickly select a table, cell, or group of + cells:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click in the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose + an item from the submenu. For example, to select a table, click anywhere + inside the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose + Table.</li> + <li>Or, you can use the mouse as a selection tool: + <ul> + <li>To select a group of adjacent cells: click in a cell, and then + drag to select the cells you want. Drag the mouse left or right to + select a row; up or down to select a column.</li> + <li>To select non-adjacent cells: press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> + <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> and then click inside a cell. Keep + pressing <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> + as you click to select additional cells.</li> + <li>To extend a selection to include adjacent cells: click inside a + cell and then drag over additional cells to extend the selection.</li> + <li>To select one or more adjacent columns or rows: drag up or down + to select the first column or row, and then drag left or right to + select additional adjacent columns or rows. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd> + and drag to the right to select an entire row. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd> + and drag up or down to select an entire column.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and Deleting + Tables</h2> + +<p>To move a table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click inside the table.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose Table.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li>To copy or move the table: Use the Edit menu's cut, copy, and + paste options.</li> + <li>To delete the table: Open the Table menu again, choose Delete, and + then choose Table.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a Table</h2> + +<p>To convert text into a table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text that you want to convert into a table. Keep in mind that + Composer creates a new table row for each paragraph in the selection.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu and choose Create Table from Selection. You see the + Convert to Table dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the character Composer uses to separate the selection into + columns, or specify a different character to use. If you choose Space as + the separator for columns, choose whether or not you want Composer to + ignore multiple space and treat them as one space.</li> + <li>Leave <q>Delete separator character</q> checked to have Composer remove + the separator character when it converts the text into a table. If you + don't want Composer to delete the separator character, uncheck this + option.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Text formatting is removed when the selected text + is converted to a table.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to Your Web + Page</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into + Your Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into Your + Page</h2> + +<p>You can insert GIF, JPEG, BMP, and PNG (Portable Network Graphics) images + into your web page. You can also use them to + <a href="#using_images_as_links">create links</a>. When you insert an image, + Composer saves a reference to the image in your page.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you plan to publish your pages to the web, + it's best not to use BMP images in your pages.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It's best to first save or publish your page + before you insert images into it. This allows Composer to automatically + use relative references to images once you insert them.</p> + +<p>To insert an image:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the image to + appear.</li> + <li>Click the Image button + <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" /> + on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Image. You see the + Image Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the location and filename of the image file, or click Choose File + to search for an image file on your hard drive or network.</li> + <li>Type a simple description of your image as the alternate text that will + appear in text-only browsers (as well as other browsers) when an image is + loading or when image loading is disabled. + + <p>Alternatively, you can choose not to include alternate text.</p> + </li> + <li>If needed, click other tabs so you can adjust the settings (for + example, alignment) in the + <a href="#editing_image_properties">Image Properties</a> dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly insert an image: Drag and drop it onto + your page.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a line break after all images in a + paragraph, choose Break Below Images from the Insert menu.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</h2> + +<p>Once you've inserted an image into your page, you can edit its + properties and customize the layout in your page, such as the height, + width, spacing, and text alignment. If you are not currently viewing + the Image Properties dialog box, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click the image, or select it and click the Image button + <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" /> on the toolbar + to display the Image Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Location tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Image Location</strong>: Type the filename and location of + the image file. Click Choose File to search for an image file on your + hard drive or network.</li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web + server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you + to keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other, + regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server. + + <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full + (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to + images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard + disk).</p> + + <p>If you have never saved or published the page, you must first save + the page in order to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not + available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message + compose window.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Attach this image to the message</strong>: If checked, + the image is attached to the message you are sending. If unchecked, a + link to the image location is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only + available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message + compose window.)</li> + <li><strong>Alternate Text</strong>: Enter text that will display in + place of the original image; for example, a caption or a brief + description of the image. It's a good practice to specify + alternate text for readers who use text-only web browsers or who have + image loading turned off.</li> + <li><strong>Don't use alternate text</strong>: Choose this option + if the image does not require alternate text or if you don't want + to include it.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Dimensions tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Actual Size</strong>: Select this option to undo any changes + you've made to the dimensions and return the image to its original + size.</li> + <li><strong>Custom Size</strong>: Select this option and specify the new + height and width, in pixels or as a percentage. This setting + doesn't affect the original image file, just the image inserted + in your page.</li> + <li><strong>Constrain</strong>: If you change the image size, it's + a good idea to select this in order to maintain the image's aspect + ratio (so that it doesn't appear distorted). If you choose this + option, then you only need to change the height or width, but not + both.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Appearance Tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Spacing</strong>: Specify the amount of space surrounding + the image; between the image and adjoining text. You can also put a + solid black border around the image and specify its width in pixels. + Specify zero for no border.</li> + <li><strong>Align Text to Image</strong>: If you've placed your + image next to any text, select an alignment icon to indicate how you + want text positioned relative to the image.</li> + <li><strong>Image Map</strong>: Click Remove to remove any image map + settings.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Link tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Enter a web page location</strong>: If you want to define + a link for this image, enter the URL of a remote or local page, or + select a named anchor or heading from the drop-down list. Click Choose + File to search for a file on your hard drive or network.</li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web + server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to + keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other, + regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server. + + <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full + (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to files + on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p> + + <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order + to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open + the Image Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Show border around linked image</strong>: If checked, + displays the link highlight color around the image.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit + to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page + Properties and Meta Tags</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and + Backgrounds</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page Properties and Meta + Tags</h2> + +<p>Use the Page Properties dialog box to enter properties such as the title, + author, and description of the document you're currently working on. + This information is useful if you plan to use the page on a website, since + search engines use this type of information to index your page. You can view + this information from the browser window by opening the View menu and + choosing Page Info.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Title and Properties.</li> + <li>Edit any of the following properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Title</strong>: Type the text you want to appear as the + window title when someone views the page through a browser. This + is how most web search tools locate web pages, so choose a title + that conveys what your page is about.</li> + <li><strong>Author</strong>: Type the name of the person who created the + document. This information is helpful to readers who locate the + document by using a web search tool to search on name. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter the Author name in + Composer's <a href="#new_page_settings">preferences</a>, then + you won't have to enter it each time you create a new page.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Description</strong>: Enter a brief description of the + document's contents.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and + Backgrounds</h2> + +<p>You can change the background color or specify a background + image for the page you're currently working on. These choices + affect the way text and links in your page appear to people viewing + the page through a browser.</p> + +<p>To set the colors and background for the current page, begin + from the Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</li> + <li>Edit any of the following properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Reader's default colors</strong>: Select this if you + want your page to use the color settings from the viewer's browser + for text and links.</li> + <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you want to + specify the colors of text and links. For each element, select a color + from the Color selection dialog. Sample output for each type of link + appears in the pane on the right.</li> + <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Select this if you want the + background of your page to be an image. Type the name of the image + file or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard + drive or network. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override + background color selections.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web + server so that others can view them. + + <p>Using relative URLs allows you to keep all your linked files in + the same place relative to each other, regardless of their location + on your hard disk or a web server.</p> + + <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a + full (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking + to images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard + disk).</p> + + <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in + order to enable this checkbox.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, + click Advanced Edit to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property + Editor</a>.</p> + +<p>You can also set the <a href="#new_page_settings">default page + background and colors</a> for every new page you create in Composer.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in Composer</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within + the Same Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other + Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing + Links</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within the Same + Page</h2> + +<p>To create a link within the same page, for example a link that the reader + can use to jump from one section to another, you must create an + <em>anchor</em> (target location), and then create a link that points to the + anchor. Anchors are also called <em>named anchors</em>. To create an anchor, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point at the beginning of a line where you + want to create an anchor, or select some text.</li> + <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Named Anchor. You see the Named Anchor + Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Type a unique name for the anchor in the Anchor Name field (up to 30 + characters). If you include spaces, they will be converted to underscores + ( _ ). If you selected some text in step 1, this box already contains a + name.</li> + <li>Click OK. An anchor icon appears in your document to mark the + anchor's location: + <img src="images/anchor-in-doc.gif" width="20" height="17" alt="" /></li> +</ol> + +<p>To create the link on which readers can click to jump to the object:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li> + <li>Click the Link button or open the Insert menu and choose Link. You see + the Link Properties dialog box. + <ul> + <li>If you're creating a link to an HTML file on your computer, + click Choose File to locate it.</li> + <li>If you're creating a link to a named anchor (target), select + it from the list of the anchors currently available in the page.</li> + <li>If you're creating a link to a level heading (for example, + Heading 1 - Heading 6), select it from the list of headings currently + available in the page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: To test the link you just created, open the File + menu and choose Browse Page, then click the link.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you did not first create named anchors, you can + use the Link dialog box to create links to headings that already occur in + the page.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other Pages</h2> + +<p>You can create links from your page to local pages on your own computer or + on your workplace's network, or to remote pages on the Internet.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It's best to first save or publish your page + before you create links to other pages. This allows Composer to automatically + use relative references for links once you create them.</p> + +<p>To create a link to another page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to create a link, or + select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li> + <li>Click the Link button. You see the Link Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Define your link: + <ul> + <li><strong>Link text</strong>: If you've already selected an image + file or text before clicking the Link button, the selected text or + file will be entered here. Otherwise, you must enter the text that you + want to use as the link.</li> + <li><strong>Link Location</strong>: Type the local path and filename or + remote URL of the page you want to link to. If you're not sure of + the path and filename for a local file, click Choose File to look for + it on your hard disk or network. For remote URLs, you can copy the URL + from the browser's Location Bar. Alternatively, you can select a + named anchor or a heading in the current page that you want to link + to.</li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web + server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to + keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other, + regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server. + + <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a full + (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to pages + on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p> + + <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order + to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open + the Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Attach the source of this link to the message</strong>: If + checked, the source of the specified link is added as an attachment to + the message you are sending. If unchecked, just a link to the location + is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only available if you open the + Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit + to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> + <li>To test the link you just created, click the Browse button and then click + the link to make sure it works as expected.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can copy a link quickly by clicking and dragging + the link from another window and then dropping it onto your page. For + example, you can click and drag a link from a web page, bookmark, or Mail + window and drop it onto your page. You can also right-click<span class="mac"> + or, if you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> a link on a + web page and choose Copy Link Location from the menu. Then you can paste the + link location into the Link Location field in the Link Properties dialog + box.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</h2> + +<p>You can make images, such as JPEG, GIF, or PNG files, behave like links in + your pages. When the reader clicks a linked image, the browser window + displays the page that the image is linked to.</p> + +<p>To make an image behaving like a link:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select an image on your page.</li> + <li>Click the Link button + <img src="images/link.gif" width="22" height="20" alt="" /> + on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Link.</li> + <li>Use the Link Properties dialog box to link the image to a + <a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">named anchor or heading + within the page</a>, or to a + <a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">separate local or remote page</a>. + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Drag and drop a linked image from the browser window + into a Composer window to copy both the image and the link.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: To remove the blue border that can appear around + images used as links:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the linked image.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Image and Link Properties.</li> + <li>In the dialog box, select the Link tab.</li> + <li>Uncheck <q>Show border around linked image</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing Links</h2> + +<p>To remove a link:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the linked text (normally blue and underlined) or image.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove Links.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To discontinue a link, so that text you type after the link is not included + as part of the link:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the link to end.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Link.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on the Web</h1> + +<p>If your pages exist only on your local hard disk, you can browse your pages, + but no one else can. Composer lets you publish your pages to a remote + computer called a web server.</p> + +<p>When you publish your pages to a web server, Composer copies (uploads) your + pages to a computer that lets others browse your pages. Most ISPs provide + space on their web servers for web page publishing. To find a web server + where you can publish your pages, ask your ISP, help desk, or system + administrator.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</a></li> + <li><a href="#updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published + Document</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the + Filename or Publishing Location</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing + Site</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default + Publishing Site</a></li> + <li><a href="#deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing + Site</a></li> + <li><a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing + Problems</a></li> + <li><a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</h2> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It's best to first save or publish your page + before you insert links or images into it. This allows Composer to + automatically use relative references for links and images once you insert + them.</p> + +<p>To publish a document:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the HTML document that you want to publish, or create a new Composer + document.</li> + <li>When you're ready to publish the document remotely, click the + Publish button. + + <p>If you have published this document before, Composer remembers the + document's publishing settings and starts publishing the document. + While publishing is in progress, Composer displays a publishing status + dialog box.</p> + <ul> + <li>If you have never published this document before, Composer displays + the Settings tab in the Publish Page dialog box so you can enter + information about the document's remote publishing location. See + <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more + information. When you're done entering information, click Publish. + </li> + <li>If you have never saved the document, Composer displays the Publish + tab in the Publish Page dialog box, so you can enter the + document's filename. See + <a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a> for more + information. After entering the filename, click Publish.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To browse your published page, click the Browse button. Test the + page's links and make sure there are no missing images.</li> + <li>Continue editing the page as necessary. When you're ready to update + the remote page with your changes, click the Publish button.</li> +</ol> + +<p>When you publish a document for the first time, Composer changes the + document's <tt>file:///</tt> URL to an <tt>http://</tt> URL to indicate + that you are now editing the published document. If you want to save the + document locally (on your computer's hard disk), click the Save button. + You'll be prompted to choose a filename and location on your hard disk + for the document.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images">Tips for Avoiding + Broken Links or Missing Images</h3> + +<ul> + <li>Make sure your Composer filenames end with the .html or .htm file + extension. Make sure your image filenames end with the .JPG, .GIF, or .PNG + file extension. Don't use spaces or other special symbols in your + filenames. Keep your filenames short and only use lowercase or uppercase + letters and numbers.</li> + <li>If your images appear as broken links when you browse a document on the + web server, you may have forgotten to include the images when you + published. Open the File menu, and choose Publish As to display the Publish + Page dialog box. In the Publish tab, make sure you check <q>Include images + and other files</q> and then click Publish.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more troubleshooting tips, see + <a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing + Problems</a>. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published Document</h2> + +<p>To update a published document:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then + select the document from the list. <p>Alternatively, browse to the location + of the document you want to update by entering the document's HTTP + address (the document's web address) in the browser's + Location Bar.</p></li> + <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li> + <li>When you're ready to update the remote page with your changes, click + Publish in Composer's toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To delete a page or image you've published on a + web server, you must use an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP (File Transfer + Protocol)</a> program. You also must use an FTP program if you want to create + subdirectories or to rename files on the web server. Ask your service + provider if they recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find + information on FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service + provider's website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites + such as ZDNet Downloads.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename or + Publishing Location</h2> + +<p>To change a document's filename or publishing location:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then + select the document from the list. + + <p>Alternatively, browse to the location of the document you want to update + by entering the document's HTTP address (the document's web + address) in the browser's Location Bar.</p> + </li> + <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li> + <li>Open Composer's File menu and choose Publish As. Composer displays + the Publish tab in the Publish Page dialog box.</li> + <li>Enter a different page title, if necessary.</li> + <li>Enter a different filename for the page, if necessary.</li> + <li>From the Site Name list, choose the publishing location you want to use. + To set up a new publishing location, click New Site. See + <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more + information.</li> + <li>Click Publish to save the document to the new location.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing Site</h2> + +<p>If you plan to publish documents to more than one remote location, you can + set up Composer to save the publishing information for each remote site you + use, so that you don't have to enter it each time you want to + publish.</p> + +<p>To create a new publishing site, begin from a Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer + displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click New Site.</li> + <li>For <q>Site Name</q>, enter the nickname by which you want to refer to + this publishing site. + + <p>For example, if you will use the new site to publish documents + related to the <q>Meteor</q> project, you might want to use the site + name <q>Meteor</q>. Site names remind you about the types of documents + you publish at each site.</p> + </li> + <li>For <q>Publishing address</q>, enter the complete URL provided to + you by your ISP, system administrator, or web hosting service. This + URL must begin with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. + + <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are + published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter, + ask your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li>For <q>HTTP address of your home page</q>, enter the complete URL + that you would enter in the browser to view pages at this + site. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as part of the URL. + + <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, + this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure + what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave + it blank.</p> + </li> + <li>For <q>user name</q>, enter the user name you use to log in to your ISP + or web hosting service.</li> + <li>For <q>password</q>, enter the password for your user name.</li> + <li>Select <q>Save Password</q> to save your password securely using + Password Manager so that you don't have to enter it each time you + publish pages at this site.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default Publishing + Site</h2> + +<p>If you have set up more than one publishing site, but you typically use + only one site for most of your publishing needs, you can designate the site + you use most often as the default publishing site. Composer will use the + default publishing site for all documents that you publish, unless you + specifically choose an alternate site.</p> + +<p>Regardless of how many sites you've set up, you can always publish a + document to a different site by choosing Publish As from Composer's + File menu. See + <a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename + or Publishing Location</a> for more information.</p> + +<p>To choose the default publishing site, begin from a Composer + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. + Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select a publishing site from the list. + + <p>If you only have one publishing site set up, Composer uses that + one as the default site.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Set as Default.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing Site</h2> + +<p>Deleting a publishing site removes the site's settings from Composer. + If you later wish to publish to the site, you must re-enter the site's + settings.</p> + +<p>To delete a publishing site's settings, begin from a Composer + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer + displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select a publishing site from the list.</li> + <li>Click Remove Site. + + <p>Composer only removes the site's settings; the remote site itself + is not affected.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing + Problems</h2> + +<p>If one or more of your files fail to publish, the Publishing + Status dialog box displays an error message that can help you + determine what went wrong and how to fix it.</p> + +<p>If you are still unable to publish a file, save the file to your + hard disk by opening Composer's File menu, and choosing Save. You + can then open the file at a later time to try to publish it. To + quickly locate the file later, open Composer's File menu, and + choose Recent Pages.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing + Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</a></li> + <li><a href="#fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing + Settings</h3> + +<p>To verify your publishing settings:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Close the Publishing Status dialog box, if it is open.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.</li> + <li>In the Publish Settings dialog box, confirm that the site settings are + correct for the site you are trying to publish to. If you're not + sure, check with your ISP or web hosting service. + <ul> + <li><strong>Verify that you correctly entered the publishing + settings</strong>: You may have accidentally mis-typed one of the + settings.</li> + <li><strong>Verify that you entered the correct publishing + address</strong>: Web hosting services or ISPs may refer to the + publishing address as the <q>server name</q>, the <q>hostname</q>, or + the <q>server/host</q>. They often specify the publishing location as + <tt>ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>, where <tt>username</tt> is your + user name. + + <p>For the publishing address to be correct, you must precede the + publishing location with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. + For example, the correct publishing address for the above-mentioned + site would be <tt>ftp://ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</h3> + +<p>Examine the names of any files that failed to publish. Make sure that the + filenames:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Use only numbers or lowercase or uppercase letters. While it's + acceptable to create filenames that use uppercase letters, you can avoid + potential errors in later locating the published file if you only use + lowercase letters in your filenames. + + <p>When you publish files to a web server, filenames become + case-sensitive on the web server. It may be harder for you to remember + files names that use only uppercase letters or that use a mix of + uppercase and lowercase letters.</p> + + <p>For example, when you try to locate a published file by typing the + filename's web address into the browser's Location Bar, you + must enter the filename exactly as you created it, using the same + combination of uppercase and lowercase letters.</p> + </li> + <li>Don't use punctuation characters or spaces. Underscores ( _ ) + or hyphens ( - ) are OK.</li> + <li>End with .html or .htm (for Composer filenames).</li> + <li>Use less than 32 characters.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</h3> + +<p>If one or more of your files fails to publish, look at the messages + Composer displays in the Publishing Status area of the Publishing dialog box. + You can use these error messages to help determine what went wrong and what + to do to fix the problem.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <p>Error Messages:</p> + <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to + publish.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var> + doesn't exist on this site or the filename <var>filename</var> is + already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is + already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#server_not_found"><tt>The server is not available. Check your + connection and try again later.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#no_permission"><tt>You do not have permission to publish to this + location.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#offline_error"><tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon + near the lower-right corner of any window to go online.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#no_disk_space"><tt>There is not enough disk space available to + save the file <var>filename</var>.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#name_too_long"><tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too + long.</tt></a></p> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="file_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt> + <p>or</p> + <tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to publish.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: One or more image files or CSS files + failed to publish because Composer could not find them. Some typical + reasons might be:</p> + + <ul> + <li>The file location you typed is incorrect.</li> + <li>The file's location on the web is not accessible.</li> + <li>The file's location was changed or the file was deleted or + moved to another location.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Look for broken images in the page you are trying to publish. Broken + images will appear with this icon + <img src="images/broken.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" /> in the + page. To correct the image's address, double-click the broken + image to display the Image Properties dialog box so you can enter the + correct address.</li> + <li>Remove the broken image from the page by selecting it (click once on + the image), and then pressing <kbd>Backspace</kbd> or <kbd>Delete</kbd> + on your keyboard.</li> + <li>If the image is unavailable because the server where the image resides + is inaccessible, try publishing the page at a later time.</li> + <li>If the missing file is a CSS file, you must first verify the correct + location of the CSS file. To fix the file's address in Composer, + click the HTML Source tab and edit the file's location in the HTML + source code. You should only edit the HTML source if you are familiar + with HTML tags.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="subdir_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var> doesn't exist on this + site or the filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another + subdirectory</tt> + <p>or</p> + <tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another + subdirectory</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You specified the name of a remote + subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing site. Composer can only + publish to a remote subdirectory that already exists at the publishing + location. Or, you specified a filename that is identical to the name of an + existing subdirectory at the publishing site.</p> + + <p>For example, in the Publish Page dialog box, under the Publish tab:</p> + + <ul> + <li>for <q>Site subdirectory for this page</q>, you may have typed the name + of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing location.</li> + <li>you checked <q>Include images and other files</q>, and then you typed + the name of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing + location.</li> + <li>one of the files you are attempting to publish has the same name as a + subdirectory at the publishing site.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Use a separate FTP program if you want to create, rename, or delete + subdirectories at the publishing site. Ask your service provider if they + recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find information on + FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service + provider's website. FTP programs are also available from shareware + sites such as ZDNet Downloads.</li> + <li>Don't use subdirectory names that end with <q>.html</q> or + <q>.htm</q>. Only your Composer filenames should end with <q>.html</q> + or <q>.htm</q>.</li> + <li>Subdirectory names are case-sensitive, so be sure to enter a + subdirectory name exactly as it appears at the publishing location.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="server_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>The server is not available. Check your connection and try again + later.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: This error can have many causes. For + example:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Your publishing site settings may not be correct.</li> + <li>Your Internet connection may have been lost.</li> + <li>Your modem or other equipment that you use to connect to the Internet + might not be functioning correctly.</li> + <li>The web server that you are trying to publish to might be unavailable + due to a technical problem or to an unknown circumstance.</li> + <li>Your ISP or web hosting service may be experiencing technical + problems.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Verify that your publishing settings are correct and that you entered + them correctly. See + <a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing + Settings</a> for more information.</li> + <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a + web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can + successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li> + <li>If your Internet connection is not working, verify that all hardware, + telephone connections, modems, and network connections are functioning + properly.</li> + <li>Use the browser to try to view a page at the website you are + attempting to publish to. If you can successfully view other websites but + cannot view a page at the publishing site, your ISP or web hosting + service may be experiencing technical problems.</li> + <li>Try publishing again later. Your ISP, web hosting service, or the web + server may be experiencing temporary technical difficulties.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="no_permission"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>You do not have permission to publish to this location.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish to a + location that you are not authorized to use. You can only publish to sites + where you have been granted access by your ISP or web hosting service.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Verify that you entered the correct user name and password in the + Publishing Site Settings dialog box, or in the Publish tab of the + Publish dialog box.</li> + <li>Contact your ISP to find out where you can publish your pages at their + site.</li> + <li>Find a web hosting service that you can use to publish your pages. In + the browser, search for <q>web hosting</q>.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="offline_error"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon near the lower-right corner + of any window to go online.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish, but + your &brandShortName; Internet connection is currently in the + <q>offline</q> state. Your Internet connection must be in the <q>online</q> + state (connected to the Internet) in order to publish your pages.</p> + + <p>Verify that your Internet connection is currently offline by looking at + the online/offline icon in the lower right corner of any &brandShortName; + window. If you are currently offline, the icon appears as + <img src="images/offline.png" width="32" height="21" alt="" />.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Click the online/offline icon to go online. In the online state, the + icon should look like this: + <img src="images/online.png" width="32" height="20" alt="" />.</li> + <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a + web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can + successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="no_disk_space"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>There is not enough disk space available to save the file + <var>filename</var>.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The remote web server's hard + disk is full, or you may have exceeded the amount of disk space allocated + to you by your ISP or web hosting service.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Use a separate FTP program to delete unnecessary files at your + publishing site. Ask your service provider if they recommend a + particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP programs + in the Help or Support sections of your service provider's website. + FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such as ZDNet + Downloads.</li> + <li>Find out from your ISP or web hosting service about increasing your + disk space allocation, or switch to a different service that can satisfy + your needs.</li> + <li>If the web server is located at your company or school, contact the + network administrator to find out if you can publish to a different + location that has more disk space, or if you can request that + additional disk space be allocated to your current publishing + location.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="name_too_long"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too long.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The number of characters in the + filename or the subdirectory name is not supported by the web server + computer that you are trying to publish to.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Limit the length of your filenames and subdirectory names to less than + 32 characters. Some operating systems do not support names longer than 32 + characters.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</h2> + +<p>This section describes Composer's publishing settings. For + information on Composer's general and new page settings, see + <a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a></li> + <li><a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#publish_settings">Publish Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</h3> + +<p>The Publish Page - Publish tab lets you specify where you want + to publish a document. These settings apply to the current + document.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Publish tab, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page + dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Click the Publish tab.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Lists all the publishing sites you've + created, so you can choose the site that you want to publish to. To + create a new site, click New Site.</li> + <li><strong>Page Title</strong>: Specifies the document's page title as + it appears in the browser window's title bar when you view the page in + the browser. The document's page title also appears in your list of + bookmarks if you bookmark the page.</li> + <li><strong>Filename</strong>: Specifies the document's filename. Make + sure you include the .html or .htm extension in the filename. + + <p><strong>Warning</strong>: If a file on the remote site you're + publishing to has the same filename as one you're uploading, the + newly uploaded file will replace the existing one. You will not be + asked to confirm the action.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Site subdirectory for this page</strong>: If you leave this + blank, Composer publishes the page to the main (root) publishing + directory at this site. If you want to publish the page to a remote + subdirectory that resides underneath the main publishing directory + at this site, enter the name of the subdirectory or choose it from + the list. Composer keeps track of the locations you type here, so + you can select from a list of remote locations you've previously + used. Keep in mind that subdirectory names are case-sensitive. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: The site subdirectory you choose must + already exist at the remote server.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Include images and other files</strong>: If checked, + Composer publishes any images and other files referenced by this + page. You can choose to publish these files to the same location as + the page, or else you can choose to publish these files into a + remote subdirectory that exists underneath the main publishing + directory.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To create remote subdirectories or delete + published pages or images, you must use an FTP (File Transfer + Protocol) program. Ask your service provider if they recommend a + particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP + programs in the Help or Support sections of your service provider's + website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such + as ZDNet Downloads.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</h3> + +<p>The Publish Page - Settings tab lets you specify your login information for + the remote publishing site, as well as the publishing settings for the remote + site. These settings apply to the current document and any other files you + publish to this location.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Settings tab, follow + these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page dialog box + appears.</li> + <li>Click the Settings tab.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the nickname you want to use for + this publishing site. Enter a short name that will help you identify this + publishing site.</li> + <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided + to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin with + either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. This name is often referred to + as the <q>host name</q> or the <q>host server name</q>. + + <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are + published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter, + ask your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>HTTP address of your home page</strong>: Specifies the complete + address of your publishing home directory. This is the web address of the + home page at your website. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as + part of the URL. + + <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, this + URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure what to + enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave it blank.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log into + your ISP or network.</li> + <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user + name.</li> + <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to encrypt and save your + password securely using Password Manager so that you don't have to + enter it each time you publish pages at this site.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="publish_settings">Publish Settings</h3> + +<p>The Publish Settings dialog box lets you create, edit, and + delete publishing site settings, and also lets you set the default + publishing site.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Settings dialog box, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. + Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>New Site</strong>: Lets you specify settings for a new publishing + site. Composer adds the name of the new publishing site to the list + of available publishing sites.</li> + <li><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Sets the selected publishing site as the + default publishing site. Typically, the default publishing site is + the remote location that you most often use for publishing + documents. All documents you create or edit will be published to + the default publishing site, unless you specifically choose an + alternate site in the Publish Page dialog box. + + <p>To publish a document to a different remote location, open the + File menu and choose Publish As to choose a different publishing + destination.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Removes the selected site and its settings + from Composer.</li> + <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the name by which you want to refer + to this publishing site.</li> + <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided + to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin + with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. + + <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents + are published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to + enter, ask your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>HTTP address of your homepage</strong>: Specifies the HTTP + address of your publishing home directory. Do not include a + filename or subdirectory as part of the URL. + + <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, + this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure + what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave + it blank.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log in to + your ISP or network.</li> + <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user + name.</li> + <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to save your + password securely using Password Manager so you don't have to enter + it each time you publish pages at this site.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</h1> + +<p>This section describes the settings in the Composer preferences panel. If + you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Double-click the Composer category to expand the list.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For information on Composer's publishing settings, see + <a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#composer">Composer</a></li> + <li><a href="#new_page_settings">New Page Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</h2> + +<p>Composer preferences allow you to specify settings for saving files and for + table editing. These settings apply to every document you create.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Composer preferences, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Composer category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Maximum number of pages listed</strong>: Specify the maximum + number of pages that are listed under Recent Pages in the File menu.</li> + <li><strong>Preserve original source formatting</strong>: Select this if you + want to preserve the original white space (extra lines, tabs, etc.) in the + HTML source code. Deselect this if you prefer Composer to indent and add + linebreaks to the code in order to make it more readable. <em>This + preference does not affect how your pages appear in a browser + window.</em></li> + <li><strong>Save images and other associated files when saving + pages</strong>: If checked, all images, JavaScript (JS), Cascading Style + Sheet (CSS), and other associated files are saved in the same location as + the document when the document is saved for the first time or when the + document is saved to a new location. If unchecked, only the HTML file is + saved. + + <p>For example, when editing a remote page, this setting ensures that all + related files associated with the remote page will be saved locally when + you save the page to your hard disk.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Always show Publish dialog when publishing pages</strong>: If + checked, Composer always displays the Publish Page dialog box when you + click the Publish button or choose Publish from the File menu. If not + checked, Composer only displays the Publish Page dialog box if it needs + more information in order to publish the page.</li> + <li><strong>Maintain table layout when inserting or deleting cells</strong>: + Select this if you want Composer to always preserve the table's + layout (that is, keep it in a rectangular shape) by adding cells where + needed. If you deselect this option, when you delete one or more cells, + Composer removes the cell border as well, which can result in a table with + empty spaces, or an outline that appears irregular due to an uneven number + of cells.</li> + <li><strong>Use CSS styles instead of HTML elements and attributes</strong>: + Enables the use of Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) formatting in your Composer + documents. With this preference enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01 + formatting with CSS inline styles for elements. + + <p>If this preference is not enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01 + formatting, but does not use CSS styles.</p> + + <p>Compared to HTML, HTML with CSS formatting is more portable, more + maintainable, and more compatible when viewed with different browsers. + If you enable this preference and then edit a document created without + CSS, Composer replaces the edited elements with CSS styles.</p> + + <p>If you enable CSS styles, you can choose a text highlight color for + selected text using the text highlight color button on the Format + toolbar. You can also choose a color background for any element on the + page. (These features are not available if this preference is not + enabled.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong><kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in a + paragraph always creates a new paragraph</strong>: If selected, a new + paragraph will be added everytime you press the <kbd class="mac">Return + </kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key inside a paragraph. If + deselected, a linebreak will be added when you press the <kbd + class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="new_page_settings">Composer Preferences - New Page Settings</h2> + +<p>New page preferences allow you to specify settings for colors and + background images that apply to every document you create.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the New Page Settings, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Double-click the Composer category and click New Page Settings.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Author</strong>: Enter your name. This will add your name to the + HTML source code for each new page you create.</li> + <li><strong>Reader's default colors</strong>: Select this if you always + want your pages to use the color settings from the viewer's browser + for text and link elements.</li> + <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you always want to + specify the colors that are applied to text and link elements. Then for + each element, select a color by clicking the color button next to each + element.</li> + <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Type the location and name of an image + file, or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard disk or + network. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override + background color.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To change the author name for an individual page: Open the Format menu and + choose Page Title and Properties.</p> + +<p>To change the page colors and background image for an individual page: Open + the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae9fec6ef1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,705 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Advanced Preferences Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="advanced_preferences">Advanced Preferences</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Advanced preferences panel. If you are + not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Advanced category.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#advanced">Advanced</a></li> + <li><a href="#scripts_and_plugins">Scripts & Plugins</a></li> + <li><a href="#keyboard_navigation">Keyboard Navigation</a></li> + <li><a href="#fayt">Find As You Type</a></li> + <li><a href="#cache">Cache</a></li> + <li><a href="#offline_apps">Offline Apps</a></li> + <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li> + <li><a href="#http_networking">HTTP Networking</a></li> + <li><a href="#software_installation">Software Installation</a></li> + <li><a href="#mouse_wheel">Mouse Wheel</a></li> + <li><a href="#dom_inspector">DOM Inspector</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="advanced">Advanced Preferences - Advanced</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the main Advanced preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Advanced category.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The main Advanced preferences panel allows you to:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="unix"><strong>Use Preferences from System</strong>: Select this to + use the already set system preferences, overriding &brandShortName;'.</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Check default application settings on startup</strong>: + Select this to have &brandShortName; check whether it is the default + application for tasks like browsing and mail. If &brandShortName; detects + on startup that it is not the default application for any of these tasks, + a dialog will appear that allows you to choose which tasks &brandShortName; + should handle by default.</li> + <li><strong>Submit crash reports</strong>: Select this to enable the Mozilla + Crash Reporter. If &brandShortName; crashes, you will be asked in each case + whether to report the issue.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="scripts_and_plugins">Advanced Preferences - Scripts & + Plugins</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Scripts & Plugins preferences + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts & Plugins. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Scripts & Plugins preferences panel allows you to control how + JavaScript and plugins are used:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Enable JavaScript for</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Browser</strong>: Select this to turn on JavaScript for web + pages opened in the browser.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Allow scripts to</strong>: Select these checkboxes to control + how JavaScript can be used: + <ul> + <li><strong>Move or resize existing windows</strong>: Allows open windows + to be resized or moved.</li> + <li><strong>Raise or lower windows</strong>: Allows windows to be placed + under or on top of other windows.</li> + <li><strong>Hide the status bar</strong>: Allows the status bar to be + hidden.</li> + <li><strong>Change status bar text</strong>: Allows status bar text to be + changed, such as in scrolling text in the status bar.</li> + <li><strong>Change images</strong>: Allows images to be changed or + animated, such as in image rollovers (images that change when the mouse + cursor is placed over them).</li> + <li><strong>Disable or replace context menus</strong>: Allows right-click + menus<span class="mac"> or, if you're using a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click menus</span> to be replaced or disabled by + webpages.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Enable Plugins for</strong>: Use these checkboxes to control how + plugins are used: + <ul> + <li><strong>Suite</strong>: Globally enables or disables plugins.</li> + <li><strong>Mail & Newsgroups</strong>: Allows plugins to be used in + Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>When a page requires plugins</strong>: Select these + checkboxes to control what &brandShortName; should do if a web page requires + plugins: + <ul> + <li><strong>Activate all plugins by default</strong>: If you select this, + &brandShortName; will load and run all plugins found on the web page. + Otherwise, if the page requires plugins, &brandShortName; will show a + notification (plugin icon in the location bar or notification bar), plus + a placeholder for every plugin instance found on the page (unless the + website is whitelisted, see below). + You can activate individual visible plugin instances with a left mouse + click or use the notification to activate all the plugins on the page. + From the notification you have the option to either temporarily activate + the plugins or remember the choice for the current website. Remembered + choices can be edited using the Data Manager (Permissions tab).</li> + <li><strong>Warn me if additional plugins need to be installed</strong>: + When a website requires a plugin which is not installed, + a notification bar will be displayed above the website content area. + From the bar you will be able to download and install the missing + plugin.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about plugins, see + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="keyboard_navigation">Advanced Preferences - Keyboard Navigation</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Keyboard Navigation preferences + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Keyboard Navigation. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Keyboard Navigation preferences panel allows you to control how you use + the keyboard to navigate in web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="noMac"><strong>Tab Key Navigation</strong>: Select which elements + should be taken into account when using the Tab key on a page: + <ul> + <li><strong>Links</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd> or + <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between links.</li> + <li><strong>Buttons, radio buttons, checkboxes, and selection + lists</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd> or + <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between buttons, radio buttons, + check boxes, and selection lists.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Browse With Caret</strong>: Select if and how <a + href="glossary.xhtml#caret_browsing">caret browsing</a> should be used: + <ul> + <li><strong>Use caret browsing</strong>: If checked, caret browsing will + be enabled by default when you load a web page.</li> + <li><strong>Use the F7 shortcut to toggle caret browsing</strong>: If + checked, the F7 shortcut will toggle caret browsing on or off. Otherwise + &brandShortName; will not use the shortcut and the below option will + have no effect.</li> + <li><strong>Warn me before turning on caret browsing</strong>: If checked, + &brandShortName; will issue a warning dialog if the caret browsing mode + is about to be entered, allowing you to choose whether to proceed or + not. (There is no warning when leaving caret browsing mode.)</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="fayt">Advanced Preferences - Find As You Type</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Find As You Type references + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Find As You Type. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Find As You Type preferences panel allows you to control how you use + the keyboard to search for text in web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Find automatically when typing within a web page</strong>: If + checked, typing text in a web page automatically activates Find As You Type + and locates the text you typed (if it exists in the page). Choose whether + you want typing to find any text in the page or links only. If unchecked, + you must choose Find Links As You Type or Find Text As You Type from the + Edit menu before typing the text you want to find.</li> + <li><strong>Play a sound when typed text isn't found</strong>: If + checked, Find As You Type plays a sound when the typed text isn't + found in the web page.</li> + <li><strong>Clear the current search after a few seconds of + inactivity</strong>: If checked, the search will be cancelled after a few + seconds of keyboard inactivity.</li> + <li><strong>Show the find toolbar during find as you type</strong>: If + checked, the find toolbar will open when Find As You Type is activated and + what you type will be entered into the toolbar search field. If unchecked, + the find toolbar will not be opened and the search string will be displayed + in the status bar. Note that international text entry will not work in this + mode.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="cache">Advanced Preferences - Cache</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Cache preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Cache preferences panel allows you to adjust the &brandShortName; memory + and disk cache:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Let &brandShortName; manage the size of my cache</strong>: Select + this to let &brandShortName; apply a heuristic based on the space available + on your hard disk in order to determine your cache size. (This is the + default.)</li> + <li><strong>Use up to [__] MB of disk space for the cache</strong>: Type in + the amount of disk cache you want to allocate for &brandShortName;. The disk + cache is saved to your hard disk (drive) and can be used again, even if you + have restarted your computer. (The default is 1024 MB. This preference is + ignored if the above checkbox is selected.)</li> + <li><strong>Clear Cache</strong>: Click this to clear the disk cache.</li> + <li><strong>Cache Folder Location</strong>: Shows the current location of the + disk cache folder + <ul> + <li><strong>Choose Folder</strong>: Click this to choose a folder + location for the disk cache.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Compare the page in the cache to the page on the + network</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view + it.</li> + <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you + want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page + is determined by the server to have expired.</li> + <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time + you start &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want + &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Prefetch web pages when idle, so that links in web pages + designed for prefetching can load more quickly</strong>: Select this to + decrease the time it takes to load web pages when you click a link in a web + page that uses prefetching. For more information about Link Prefetching, see + the online + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/netlib/Link_Prefetching_FAQ.html">Link + Prefetching FAQ</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="offline_apps">Advanced Preferences - Offline Apps</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Offline Web Applications preferences + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Offline Apps. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Offline Web Applications panel allows you to control and monitor how + websites use &brandShortName;'s offline storage. Websites can provide + complex functionality beyond just the presentation of content, implementing + <a href="glossary.xhtml#web_application">web applications</a>. In general, + such web applications require you to stay online in order to use them, thus + won't function when you are disconnected from the network (offline). + If permitted, websites can store their content and any data you entered + locally in &brandShortName;. In this way, web applications can be used even + without a network connection.</p> + +<p>The <strong>Offline Web Content and User Data</strong> section provides the + following functions:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Your offline storage currently uses [__] of disk space</strong>: + This entry is informational and provides you with an estimate of the + offline data currently used by all web applications combined.</li> + <li><strong>Clear</strong>: Immediately clears data that has been saved + by all websites for use when you are offline.</li> + <li><strong>Allow all websites to store data for offline use</strong>: Select + this option if you want to permit websites by default to store web content + and user data locally on the disk of your computer.</li> + <li><strong>Only allow websites with explicit permissions</strong>: Select + this option if you want to control whether or not a website can store web + content for offline use locally. Unless explicit permission has been + granted, the website's request to access the offline storage is + blocked or a notification shown to give you the option to allow it.</li> + <li><strong>Notify me when websites want to store data for offline + use</strong>: Check this box if you want to be notified when a website + requests to store content or data in the offline storage but does not + currently have any permissions set whether or not it is allowed to do so. + An information bar will appear for this site offering the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Always Allow</strong>: Permanently allow this site the use + of the offline storage for this and future accesses.</li> + <li><strong>Never for This Site</strong>: Permanently deny this site + the use of the offline storage for this and future accesses.</li> + <li><strong>Not Now</strong>: Deny this site the use of the offline + storage for this request but ask again for future accesses.</li> + </ul> + <p><strong>Note</strong>: The offline storage is <em>not</em> available in + a <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#browsing_in_a_private_window">private + window</a>. You will receive a notification if this option is checked, + but all requests will be blocked.</p> + </li> + <!-- NOTE: link "Data Manager" below once bug 599097 has been fixed --> + <li><strong>Manage Permissions</strong>: Opens the Data Manager in a new + tab or window where you can modify the Offline Web Applications permissions + for each domain: + <ul> + <li><strong>Use Default</strong>: Check this box to return to the default + behavior, thus presenting the information bar with the next request + from a site within each domain if the notification option is chosen + (effectively removes the entry from this listing).</li> + <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Select this option to allow this site + the use of the offline storage for all accesses.</li> + <li><strong>Block</strong>: Select this option to deny this site + the use of the offline storage for all accesses.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>The following websites are using offline storage</strong>: + Lists the domains of all websites which have stored offline data, along + with the amount of data currently used by this domain.</li> + <li><strong>Clear Data</strong>: Select a website domain and click this + button to delete all offline data for the specified domain. Click <q>Remove + offline data</q> after being prompted for confirmation to do so.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="proxies">Advanced Preferences - Proxies</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Proxies preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Proxies. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Proxies preferences panel allows you to set up &brandShortName; to use a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#proxy">proxy</a>:</p> + +<p><strong>Before you start</strong>: Ask your network administrator if you + have a proxy configuration file or for the names and port numbers of the + proxy.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Direct connection to the Internet</strong>: Choose this if you + don't want to use a proxy.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically discover the proxy configuration</strong>: Choose + this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically detect and configure the + proxy settings, using the <a href="glossary.xhtml#wpad">WPAD protocol</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Automatic proxy configuration URL</strong>: Choose this if you + have a proxy configuration file or URL, then enter the configuration + URL. + <ul> + <li><strong>Reload</strong>: Click this to reload the configuration file. + + <p>For more information about Automatic Proxy Configuration, see the + online + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/catalog/end-user/customizing/enduserPAC.html">End + User Guide to Proxy AutoConfiguration</a>.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Manual proxy configuration</strong>: Choose this if you + don't have a proxy location (URL), or the automatic proxy discovery + was unable to setup the proxy settings correctly. + <ul> + <li><strong>Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address of + the proxy server.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Enter the port number in the Port field. Click + on <q>Advanced</q> to set + <a href="#advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</a></li> + <li><strong>No Proxy for</strong>: Type the domains and/or IP addresses + that you do not want to use a proxy for. Separate each entry with a + comma. (Example: <kbd>.mozilla.org, .net.nz, 192.168.1.0/24</kbd>.) + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</h3> + +<p>If you want to use different proxies for different protocols or need to use + a SOCKS proxy:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>HTTP Proxy</strong>, <strong>SSL Proxy</strong>, + <strong>FTP Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address + of the proxy server. Type the port in the Port fields. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you're using the same settings + for all types of proxies, click on <q>Use HTTP Proxy settings + for all protocols</q>.</p> + + </li> + <li><strong>SOCKS Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address + of the proxy server. Enter the port number in the Port field. + <ul> + <li><strong>SOCKS v4, SOCKS v5</strong>: When entering a SOCKS Proxy, + select <q>SOCKS v4</q> or <q>SOCKS v5</q>, depending on what version + of <a href="glossary.xhtml#socks">SOCKS</a> is used for the proxy.</li> + <li><strong>Use for resolving hostnames</strong>: Select this to + use the SOCKS Proxy for resolving hostnames. This is + recommended for SOCKS v5 proxies.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="http_networking">Advanced Preferences - HTTP Networking</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the HTTP Networking preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click HTTP Networking. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The HTTP Networking preferences panel is used to configure HTTP-based + networking:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Direct Connection Options, Proxy Connection Options</strong>: + Choose the HTTP version and options for direct and proxy connections. + <ul> + <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.0</strong>: Choose this to use the original + version of HTTP, standardized in 1996.</li> + <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.1</strong>: Choose this to use the new version of + HTTP, which offers performance enhancements, including more efficient + use of HTTP connections, better support for client-side caching, + multiple HTTP requests (pipelining), and more refined control over + cache expiration and replacement policies.</li> + <li><strong>Enable Pipelining</strong>: Select this to + enable pipelining, which allows for more than one HTTP request to be + sent to the server at once, reducing delays loading web pages. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Pipelining is only available with + HTTP 1.1.</p></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>User Agent String</strong>: + The identifier sent by &brandShortName; to all websites is used for + statistics about website usage but also sometimes to expose certain features + only to known browsers (a practice known as "sniffing"). + <ul> + <li><strong>Advertise Firefox compatibility</strong>: If this is enabled, + &brandShortName; will identify itself as both &brandShortName; and also + compatible with Firefox. This allows websites that check for certain + browsers rather than certain functionality to work with &brandShortName;.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="software_installation">Advanced Preferences - Software + Installation</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Software Installation preferences + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Software Installation. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Software Installation preferences panel is used to enable add-on + installation and updates. The Add-ons Manager allows you to view and manage + all your installed extensions and themes.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Add-ons</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Allow websites to install add-ons and updates</strong>: + Select this if you want to allow websites to install add-ons and + updates to be used with &brandShortName;. You will be prompted before + each installation. + <ul> + <li><strong>Allowed Websites</strong>: Click this link to open the + Data Manager tab, where you can view and edit the list of websites + that you want to allow to install software</li> + <li><strong>Automatically check for updates</strong>:Select this to + be notified when a new version of one of your installed add-ons is + available. Choose whether you want &brandShortName; to do a + <strong>daily</strong> or a <strong>weekly</strong> check for new + versions.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically download and install the update</strong>: + Select this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically download + and install updates for you when they become available. The download + will happen in the background, with low priority. After the download + has finished the update to the add-on will be installed + automatically the next time you start &brandShortName;.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Personalize Add-on recommendations</strong>: Select this to + be offered suggestions for add-ons in the "Get Add-ons" tab + of the manager: + <ul> + <li>Note that this function involves sending a list of your + currently installed add-ons to the add-on website.</li> + <li>Disabling this option will also suppress contacting the add-on + site periodically for any new information about installed add-ons, + but won't affect automated updates.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Manage Add-ons</strong>: Click this link to open the Add-ons + Manager in a new browser tab.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>&brandShortName;</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Automatically check for updates</strong>:Select this to be + notified when a new version of &brandShortName; is available. Choose + whether you want &brandShortName; to do a <strong>daily</strong> or + a <strong>weekly</strong> check for new versions. + <ul> + <li><strong>Automatically download and install the update</strong>: + Select this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically download + and install updates for you when they become available. The download + will happen in the background, with low priority. After the download + has finished the update to &brandShortName; will be installed + automatically the next time you start it.</li> + <li><strong>Warn me if this will disable any of my add-ons</strong>: + Select this to be notified if an automatic update will disable any + of your installed add-ons. In that case you will be shown a list + of incompatible add-ons and you can choose whether you want to + download and install the update or not.</li> + </ul> + <p><strong>Note</strong>: You can use Check for Updates from the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Help</span> + menu to manually initiate the search for a &brandShortName; update. + <span class="noMac">The label of the menu item will change when an + update is being downloaded or ready to be applied.</span></p> + </li> + <li><strong>Show Update History…</strong>: Click this to open the Update + History dialog box which shows a list of &brandShortName; updates that + have been installed, including the update type (e.g. Security Update), + time of installation and installation status. The Details link next to + each update takes you to a web page that contains further information + regarding the update.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences - Mouse Wheel</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Mouse Wheel preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Mouse Wheel. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Mouse Wheel preferences panel allows you to control how the mouse wheel + on your mouse (in between your mouse buttons) is used in &brandShortName;. + Modern mice may have two wheels or a button that can be used to switch the + scroll direction of the wheel. The behaviour for the vertical wheel function + is set in the upper panel <strong>Vertical scrolling</strong> while the + horizontal mode is controlled by the lower panel <strong>Horizontal + scrolling</strong>.</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select <q>No modifier key</q> or select a key that you want to use + along with the mouse wheel. Use the checkboxes below to configure mouse + wheel behavior: + + <ul> + <li><strong>Same as vertical scrolling</strong>: Choose this when your + mouse has a single control that provides both vertical and horizontal + scrolling. If your mouse has a separate horizontal scrolling control + then you can choose to assign a different function to it.</li> + <li><strong>Do nothing</strong>: Choose this to disable the scroll wheel + when used with the specified modifier key.</li> + <li><strong>Scroll the document</strong>: Choose this to scroll the + document by the system default number of lines or characters.</li> + <li><strong>Move back and forward in the browsing history</strong>: + Choose this to use the mouse wheel to navigate back or forward to + previous pages you've visited.</li> + <li><strong>Zoom the page in or out</strong>: Choose this to use + the mouse wheel to increase or decrease the size of a web page. + This setting can help you better read a page, or make text fit on the + screen.</li> + </ul> + + <p>Use the <strong>Mouse wheel speed</strong> option to adjust the + responsiveness of the wheel. To reverse the scroll direction, use negative + numbers or select <strong>Reverse direction</strong>.</p> + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Each modifier key can be assigned to a different + function.</p> + </li> + <li>If your mouse does not have a mode for horizontal scrolling, any setting + in the lower panel <strong>Horizontal scrolling</strong> will be ignored. + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="dom_inspector">Advanced Preferences - DOM Inspector</h2> + +<p>DOM Inspector is an optional <a href="developer_tools.xhtml">Web development + component</a>. This section describes how to use its preferences panel. + If you are not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click DOM Inspector. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>When you select an element, DOM Inspector can automatically highlight it by + flashing it or its border:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Blink Selected Element</strong>: Check this option to enable the + highlighting of an element that you select. By default, a flashing border + will appear around the element. + <ul> + <li><strong>Border Color</strong>: Select the color of the border around + the element.</li> + <li><strong>Border Width</strong>: Enter the width of the border around + the element.</li> + <li><strong>Blink Duration</strong>: Enter the length of time + (in milliseconds) for which you want the flashing to occur.</li> + <li><strong>Blink Speed</strong>: Enter the time interval + (in milliseconds) between the flashes.</li> + <li><strong>Invert Color</strong>: Check this option to paint the + selected element with the inverted border color. This will cause the + whole element—including its border—to flash.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bfdd092903 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Nastavenie vzhľadu &brandShortName;</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="appearance_preferences">Nastavenie vzhľadu</h1> + +<p>Táto kapitola popisuje používanie panela nastavení Vzhľad. Ak chcete zobraziť tento panel, + postupujte nasledovne:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a vyberte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>Dvojitým kliknutím na položku Vzhľad rozbalíte zoznam dostupných podkategórií.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#appearance">Vzhľad</a></li> + <li><a href="#content">Obsah</a></li> + <li><a href="#fonts">Písma</a></li> + <li><a href="#colors">Farby</a></li> + <li><a href="#spelling">Pravopis</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="appearance">Nastavenie vzhľadu - Vzhľad</h2> + +<p>Táto sekcia popisuje používanie panela nastavení Vzhľad. Ak chcete zobraziť tento panel, + postupujte nasledovne:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>Kliknite na kategóriu Vzhľad.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Panel nastavení Vzhľad umožňuje prispôsobiť nastavenia spustenia &brandShortName; a + takisto jeho používateľského rozhrania:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Po spustení &brandShortName; otvoriť</strong>: tu môžete určiť, ktoré + komponenty &brandShortName; sa otvoria po jeho spustení.</li> + <li>Zobraziť panely s nástrojmi ako: + <ul> + <li><strong>Ikona a text</strong>: zvoľte túto možnosť, ak majú jednotlivé tlačidlá + obsahovať ikonu aj textový popis.</li> + <li><strong>Iba ikony</strong>: zvoľte túto možnosť, ak chcete vidieť len ikony.</li> + <li><strong>Iba text</strong>: zvoľte túto možnosť, ak chcete vidieť len textové tlačidlá.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Zobrazovať bublinové popisy</strong>: tu môžete určiť, či sa majú nad jednotlivými + prvkami používateľského rozhrania alebo niektorými prvkami stránok zobrazovať + <a href="glossary.xhtml#tooltip">pomocné texty</a>. Tieto prvky zobrazíte podržaním myši + nad daným prvkom.</li> + <li><strong>Jazyk používateľského rozhrania</strong>: toto nastavenie umožňuje zmeniť + jazyk používaný v používateľskom rozhraní &brandShortName;. + Jednotlivé jazyky je možné nainštalovať na domovskej stránke &brandShortName;. + <strong>Poznámka</strong>: Pri zmene jazyka je potrebné &brandShortName; reštartovať. + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="content">Nastavenie vzhľadu - Obsah</h2> + +<p>Táto sekcia popisuje používanie panela nastavení Obsah. Ak chcete zobraziť tento panel, + postupujte nasledovne:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Vzhľad kliknite na položku Obsah (ak nie sú + viditeľné žiadne podkategórie, dvojitým kliknutím na kategóriu Vzhľad ich zobrazíte).</li> +</ol> + +<p>Panel nastavení Obsah umožňuje zmeniť nastavenia, ktoré ovplyvňujú zobrazenie webových + stránok a obsahu správ v programe &brandShortName;</p> + +<ul> + <li>Ikony webových stránok: + <ul> + <li><strong>Zobrazovať ikony webových stránok</strong>: zvoľte, ak chcete namiesto + štandardnej ikony záložky <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png" + alt="Ikona záložky"/> vidieť jej vlastnú ikonu. Ikony webových stránok sú zobrazené vľavo + v paneli s adresou a na karte.</li> + <li><strong>Agresívne hľadať ikony webových stránok, ak nie sú definované</strong>: ak stránka + vo svojom kóde nedefinuje ikonu, zapnutím tejto voľby umožní &brandShortName; hľadať ikonu + "favicon" na danom serveri a ak ju nájde, použije ju.</li> + <li>Zobrazovanie ikon webových stránok v ponuke záložiek a v paneli nástrojov: + <ul> + <li><strong>Nikdy nezobrazovať ikony v záložkách</strong>: zvoľte, ak + chcete zobrazovať pri záložkách na paneli záložiek alebo v ponuke Záložiek + štandardnú ikonu.</li> + <li><strong>Len ak bola stránka nedávno načítaná</strong>: zvoľte, ak + chcete zobraziť ikonu stránky, ak táto bola nedávno načítaná a ikona sa teda nachádza + vo vyrovnávacej pamäti prehliadača.</li> + <li><strong>Vždy načítať ikony webových stránok v záložkách</strong>: zvoľte, ak + chcete vždy zobrazovať ikonu stránky (aj v prípade, že sa nenachádza vo vyrovnávacej + pamäti prehliadača).</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Použiť plynulé posúvanie</strong>: týmto povolíte plynulé posúvanie. Ak je povolené, + pri stlačení klávesu Page Down sa stránka — namiesto toho, aby skočila — pomaly + presunie na určené miesto.</li> + <li><strong>Použiť hardvérové urýchľovanie (ak je dostupné)</strong>: zvoľte, ak chcete + aby &brandShortName; využíval hardvérové urýchľovanie (ak je dostupné) pri vykresľovaní + webových stránok. Ak sa objavia problémy s vizuálnym zobrazením webového obsahu, + vypnutím hardvérového urchýľovania je možné problém vyriešiť.</li> + <li><strong>Meniť veľkosť veľkých obrázkov na veľkosť okna</strong>: zvoľte, ak + chcete, aby &brandShortName; automaticky upravil veľkosť priveľkých obrázkov tak, aby boli celé + viditeľné v okne prehliadača. Kliknutím na takýto obrázok ho zobrazíte v plnej veľkosti.</li> + <li><strong>Meniť veľkosť textu namiesto celého obsahu stránok</strong>: zvoľte, ak + chcete, aby &brandShortName; pri použití funkcie "Lupa" menil iba veľkosť textu. + Inak bude meniť aj veľkosť ostatných prvkov na stránkach, ako napr. obrázkov.</li> + <li><strong>Upozorniť, ak sa webová stránka pokúša o presmerovanie alebo obnovenie</strong>: + zvoľte, ak chcete, aby &brandShortName; predvolene blokoval automatické presmerovanie cez + značku meta (HTTP-EQUIV=refresh). Ak sa má vykonať presmerovanie, zobrazí sa + notifikačný panel, kde môžete dané presmerovanie povoliť.</li> + <li><strong>Pamätať si nastavenie lupy pre každú stránku zvlášť</strong>: zvoľte, ak + chcete, aby si prehliadač pamätal nastavenie lupy pre každú stránku zvlášť.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: Ďalšie nastavenia farieb, písma a jazykov nájdete v oddelených paneloch + nastavení a takisto v sekcii Súkromie a Bezpečnosť, kde nájdete bezpečnostné nastavenia, ktoré + môžu ovplyvniť aj zobrazovanie obsahu na stránkach.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="fonts">Nastavenie vzhľadu - Písma</h2> + +<p>Táto sekcia popisuje používanie panela nastavení Písma. Ak chcete zobraziť tento panel, + postupujte nasledovne:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Vzhľad kliknite na položku Písma (ak nie sú + viditeľné žiadne podkategórie, dvojitým kliknutím na kategóriu Vzhľad ich zobrazíte).</li> +</ol> + +<p>Panel Písma umožňuje nastaviť rôzne druhy a veľkosti písma pri zobrazení webových stránok.</p> + +<p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: voľba niektorých písiem môže byť zablokovaná + z dôvodu neexistencie písma pre danú položku.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Písma pre</strong>: zvoľte kódovanie, ktoré odpovedá vášmu umiestneniu. Napríklad, + na Slovensku zvoľte <q>Stredoeurópske</q>. Pre Unicode alebo skupinu jazykov, ktorá sa nenachádza v zozname, + zvoľte položku <q>Unicode</q>. Ďalšie informácie o písmach, vrátane skupiny <q>Vlastné</q>, + nájdete v kapitole <a href="nav_help.xhtml#selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts">Výber kódovania + znakov a písma</a>.<br/> + Všetky ďalej uvádzané nastavenia, okrem označovacieho políčka, sú ukladané zvlášť pre každú skupinu písiem, + tj. každá môže mať vlastnú definíciu písiem. + <ul> + <li><strong>S premenlivou šírkou</strong>: zvoľte, či chcete používať pätkové + (ako napr. Times Roman) či bezpätkové písmo (ako napr. Arial). Môžete tiež použiť rôznu veľkosť + písma pre písma s premenlivou šírkou. Znaky s premenlivou šírkou majú rôznu šírku.</li> + <li><strong>Pätkové (Serif)</strong>: zvoľte typ pre pätkové písmo.</li> + <li><strong>Bezpätkové (Sans-serif)</strong>: zvoľte typ pre bezpätkové písmo.</li> + <li><strong>Kurzíva</strong>: zvoľte typ písma pre kurzívu.</li> + <li><strong>Ozdobné</strong>: zvoľte typ pre ozdobné písmo.</li> + <li><strong>Pevná šírka</strong>: zvoľte typ a veľkosť pre písma s pevnou šírkou. + Znaky písma s pevnou šírkou majú rovnakú šírku, zaberajú teda rovnaké miesto.</li> + <li><strong>Minimálna veľkosť písma</strong>: ak chcete, aby prehliadač používal písma + od určitej veľkosti, zvoľte hodnotu z rozbaľovacieho zoznamu.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Povoliť dokumentom používať iné písma</strong>: označením tohto poľa povolíte + prehliadaču používať typ písma a jeho veľkosť definovanú autorom webovej stránky.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="colors">Nastavenie vzhľadu - Farby</h2> + +<p>Táto sekcia popisuje používanie panela nastavení Farby. Ak chcete zobraziť tento panel, + postupujte nasledovne:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Vzhľad kliknite na položku Farby (ak nie sú + viditeľné žiadne podkategórie, dvojitým kliknutím na kategóriu Vzhľad ich zobrazíte).</li> +</ol> + +<p>Panel Farby vám umožňuje nastaviť predvolené farby pre text a pozadie webových stránok:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Text a pozadie</strong>: kliknite na tlačidlo s aktuálnou farbou textu + a pozadia a zvoľte farby, ktoré sa budú používať pre text a pozadie zobrazované + na webových stránkach. + <ul> + <li><strong>Použiť systémové farby</strong>: zvoľte, ak chcete použiť predvolené + nastavenie farieb vášho operačného systému.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Farby odkazov</strong>: kliknite na tlačidlo s aktuálnou farbou odkazov + a zvoľte farby, ktoré sa budú používať pre navštívené, aktívne a nenavštívené odkazy + webových stránok. + <ul> + <li><strong>Podčiarkovať odkazy</strong>: zvoľte, ak chcete vidieť text odkazu + podčiarknutý.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Keď stránka poskytuje vlastné farby a pozadie</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Vždy použiť farby a pozadie definované stránkou</strong>: + umožňuje zobraziť farby a pozadie špecifikované autorom webovej stránky.</li> + <li><strong>Použiť mnou definované farby, ignorovať farby a pozadie definované + stránkou</strong>: umožňuje ignorovať farby a pozadie špecifikované autorom + webovej stránky.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="spelling">Appearance Preferences - Spelling</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Spelling preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Spelling. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Spelling preferences panel allows you to determine how spelling is + handled throughout &brandShortName;:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>General</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Language</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the language + you want to use to check the spelling in your messages or to download more + dictionaries.</li> + <li><strong>When typing, check my spelling</strong>: Use the drop-down + list to select if and how your typing is spell checked.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Mail & Newsgroups</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Check spelling before sending</strong>: Select this option to + have Mail & Newsgroups always check the spelling of your message before + you send it.</li> + <li><strong>Check spelling as you type</strong>: Select this option to have + Mail & Newsgroups always check the spelling of your message as you type + it.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fd5a3b48db --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,694 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Browser Preferences Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="navigator_preferences">Browser Preferences</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Browser preference panel. If + you're not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Choose Browser.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#navigator">Browser</a></li> + <li><a href="#history">History</a></li> + <li><a href="#languages">Languages</a></li> + <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li> + <li><a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a></li> + <li><a href="#internet_search">Internet Search</a></li> + <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li> + <li><a href="#link_behavior">Link Behavior</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloads">Downloads</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="navigator">Browser Preferences - Browser</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the main browser preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Browser category.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Browser preferences panel allows you to customize certain aspects of + the browser.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Display on</strong>: Use the drop-down list in combination with + the checkboxes to control what will be displayed at startup or when you + open a new window or tab: + <ol> + <li> + <ul> + <li>Select <strong>Browser Startup</strong> to set what the browser + will display at startup.</li> + <li>Select <strong>New Window</strong> to set what will be displayed + when opening a new browser window.</li> + <li>Select <strong>New Tab</strong> to set what will be displayed + when opening a new tab.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Select one of the following checkboxes: + <ul> + <li><strong>Blank page</strong>: Causes the browser to display a blank + page.</li> + <li><strong>Home page</strong>: Causes the browser to load your home + page (specified below).</li> + <li><strong>Last page visited</strong>: Causes the browser to load the + page you were viewing right before you last exited + &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Restore Previous Session</strong>: Causes the browser to + restore the windows and tabs you were viewing right before you last + exited &brandShortName;, including form data and browsing + history. This option is only available in connection with + <strong>Display on Browser Startup</strong>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ol> + </li> + <li class="win"><strong>Default Browser</strong>: Allows you to set + &brandShortName; as the default browser or shows you that it is. + <ul> + <li><strong>Set Default Browser</strong>: Unless it is greyed out, click + this to set &brandShortName; as your default browser.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>When restoring sessions and windows</strong>: Choose how many + (if any) browser tabs should be restored at a time upon startup. + <ul> + <li><strong>Restore all tabs immediately</strong>: All the tabs you had + open the last time will be restored and loaded at once. This can affect + startup performance negatively if a large amount of tabs needs to be + restored in parallel.</li> + <li><strong>Restore [__] tab(s) at a time</strong>: If you choose this, + only the specified amount of tabs will be restored at a time. If you + had more tabs open than specified here, any extra tabs will only be + loaded once the loading of one of the other tabs has finished.</li> + <li><strong>Only restore tabs when I need them</strong>: This disables + automatic restoring of tabs, i.e. tabs will only be loaded if you + switch to or reload them.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Home button preferences: In the field, type the web page you want as + your home page or do one of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>Choose File</strong>: Click this to locate a file on disk + that you want to load as your home page.</li> + <li><strong>Use Current Page</strong>: Click this to use the web page + currently displayed in the browser as your home page.</li> + <li><strong>Use Current Group</strong>: If you have two or more browser + tabs open, click this to set them as your Home Page Group (a group of + tabs that are opened as your home page). After clicking this button, + the message <q>Home Page Group is Set</q> appears in the location + field. + + <p><strong>Caution</strong>: If you edit the field after clicking Use + Current Group, your Home Page Group will be lost.</p> + + </li> + <li><strong>Restore Default</strong>: Click this to revert to the + default home page.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="history">Browser Preferences - History</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the History preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span>menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The History preferences panel allows you to configure the history settings + for the browser.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Browsing History</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Clear History</strong>: Click this to delete the list of + websites visited.</li> + <li><strong>Remember visited pages</strong>: Select this to make + &brandShortName; remember pages you visit within the browsing history. + For example, you need that to be able to search for pages you have + already visited from the location bar or history window.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Location Bar History</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Enable Location Bar history</strong>: Check this to enable + &brandShortName; to keep the location bar history.</li> + <li><strong>Clear Location Bar</strong>: Click this to clear the list of + websites in the Location bar menu.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Form and Search History</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Enable form and search history</strong>: Select this to let + &brandShortName; keep a history of the forms you fill in and the + searches you do.</li> + <li><strong>Remember form and search history for up to [__] days</strong>: + Type the maximum number of days you want &brandShortName; to keep track + of forms you fill in and searches you do. For example, if you set this + number to 180 days, forms and searches 180 days old or less will be + kept.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about history in &brandShortName;, see + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="languages">Browser Preferences - Languages</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Languages preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Languages. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Languages preferences panel allows you to choose the languages and + character encoding for displaying web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Languages for Web Pages</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Move Up / Move Down</strong>: Click one of these buttons to + move a selected language up or down, which sets the order of preference + for the listed languages.</li> + <li><strong>Add</strong>: Click this to add additional languages for + displaying web pages. In the dialog, select a language from the list. + If you want to add a language that is not in the list, type a language + code (both two- and three-letter codes can be used) in the field below + the list. See the online document + <a href="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php">Codes + for the Representation of Names of Languages</a> for a complete list of + language codes. Click OK to close the dialog and save your + changes.</li> + <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Click this to remove a selected + language.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Character Encoding for Legacy Content</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Fallback Character Encoding</strong>: Web pages are supposed + to declare the character encoding in which they are to be displayed, + but legacy content may not do so. Use the drop-down list to select the + default character encoding to be used for such web pages. This setting + does not affect any web pages which properly declare their encoding. + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="helper_applications">Browser Preferences - Helper Applications</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Helper Applications preferences panel. + If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Helper Applications. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Helper Applications preferences panel lets you choose applications and + other handlers to handle different types of content (e.g. PDF documents). + It shows you a list of content types and lets you select a handler for each + type. To filter the list, use the search field. Text entered in there will + narrow the list to entries containing that text either in the type description + or the currently selected action.</p> +<p>You can choose a local application to handle any type. For some types, you + can also choose a <a href="glossary.xhtml#web_application">web application</a> + to handle the type, choose a <a href="glossary.xhtml#plugin">plugin</a> in + &brandShortName; to handle the type, or save the type on your computer.</p> +<p>To choose a handler for a type, select the type from the list. The current + handler for the type will turn into a menu. Open the menu and select the + handler you want to handle the type. Depending on the actual type, you can:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Choose an application by selecting it from the menu. If you want a local + application that is not in the menu to handle the type, select + <strong>Use other…</strong> from the menu and navigate to its location.</li> + <li>Choose a <!-- feature or --> plugin by selecting it from the menu.</li> + <li>Save files of this type on your computer by selecting + <strong>Save File</strong> from the menu. If you have selected the + <strong>Automatically download files to specified download folder</strong> + preference in the <strong>Downloads</strong> panel, &brandShortName; will + save content of this type on your computer automatically. Otherwise, when + you encounter this type, &brandShortName; will prompt you for a location on + your computer to save it to.</li> + <li>Tell &brandShortName; to <strong>always ask</strong> what to do when + encountering this type. When you choose this option, a dialog will always be + shown when files of this type are accessed, and you can choose how to handle + that specific file from there.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note:</strong> When a plugin is available to handle a type, and you + choose another handler for that type, &brandShortName; will only use your + chosen handler when you access the type directly. When the type is embedded + inside a web page, &brandShortName; will continue to use the plugin to handle + it. See also + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="location_bar">Browser Preferences - Location Bar</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Location Bar preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Location Bar. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Location Bar Preferences panel lets you fine-tune the behavior of the + Location Bar.</p> + +<ul> + <li id="location_bar_autocomplete"><strong>Autocomplete</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</strong>: + Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically show suggestions from + your browsing history when you type in the Location Bar. + <ul> + <li><strong>Match only websites you've typed previously</strong>: + Shows only websites that you've typed in the Location Bar and + not websites that were opened in other ways, such as clicking a link + on a web page.</li> + <li><strong>Only match locations, not website titles</strong>: Shows + only websites where the location matches what you typed. Websites + where the title matches what you typed will not show up as + autocomplete suggestions unless their location matches, too.</li> + <li><strong>Match</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Anywhere in the location or title</strong>: The + autocomplete suggestions will include all websites where what + you typed matches any part of the website's location or + title.</li> + <li><strong>Anywhere but preferring word boundaries</strong>: The + autocomplete suggestions will include all websites where what + you typed matches any part of the website's location or + title but matches at word boundaries (see next point) are + preferred. This is the default setting.</li> + <li><strong>Only on word boundaries</strong>: The autocomplete + suggestions will include all websites where what you typed + matches the beginning of any word contained in the + website's location or title. Matches may also be found + inside a word if it contains medial capital letters (as in + CamelCase) since all non-lowercase characters are treated as + word boundaries.</li> + <li><strong>Only at the beginning of the location or + title</strong>: The autocomplete suggestions will include all + websites where what you typed matches the beginning of the + website's location or title.</li> + </ul></li> + <li><strong>Automatically prefill the best match</strong>: As you + type in the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will automatically + complete your web address using the visited website it most closely + matches. <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: Having this + option on will prefill local addresses (like paths to files on your + hard drive) even if you have turned off <q>Autocomplete from your + browsing history as you type</q>.</span></li> + <li><strong>Show list of matching results</strong>: As you type in + the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will show a drop-down list of + matching visited web addresses. + <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: If you have turned off + <q>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</q> + matching results from locations on your hard drive will still be + shown in the drop-down list.</span></li> + </ul></li> + <li><strong>Show default Internet search engine</strong>: Shows a drop-down + list item, allowing you to search with the default search engine for + words you enter.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Formatting</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Highlight the effective domain for websites and FTP + servers</strong>: Grays out all of the URL except for the effective + domain, so that it is clear which site you are visiting.</li> + <li><strong>Highlight web pages with a high level of connection + security</strong>: Colorizes the location bar for the next page + loaded if all of its components are fully encrypted.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Unknown Locations</strong> + <ul> + <li><strong>Add <q>www.</q> and <q>.com</q> to the location if a web page + is not found</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; to + automatically add <tt>www.</tt> to the beginning and <tt>.com</tt> to + the end of a web page location that can't be found. For more + detailed information about this feature, see the online document + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/domain-guessing.html"> + Domain Guessing</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Perform a web search when entered text is not a web + location</strong>: Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically + search the web for text entered in the Location Bar. If the text + you've typed is not a web location, &brandShortName; will do a web + search when you press <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd> in the Location Bar.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="internet_search">Browser Preferences - Internet Search</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Internet Search preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Internet Search preferences panel allows you to configure how you search + using &brandShortName;:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Default Search Engine</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Search using</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the + search engine you want use for web searching.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Search Results</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Open the Search tab in the Sidebar when search results are + available</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; open the + Sidebar and show your search results.</li> + <li><strong>Open tab instead of window for a context menu web + search</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; show your search + results in a new tab rather than a new window when you search on + selected words in a web page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Sidebar Search Tab Preference</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Basic</strong>: Choose this to use one search engine when + searching in &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: <strong></strong>Choose this to select one + or more search engines from a list when searching in + &brandShortName;.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Tabbed Browsing preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Tabbed Browsing. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Tabbed Browsing preferences panel allows you to set up Tabbed + Browsing:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Tab Display</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Hide the tab bar when only one tab is open</strong>: Select + this to display the Tabbed Browsing bar only when more then one + browser tab is open.</li> + <li><strong>Switch to new tabs opened from links</strong>: Select this to + make &brandShortName; switch to the new tab when using <q>Open in a + New Tab</q> to open a link.</li> + <li><strong>Warn me when closing a window with multiple tabs</strong>: + Select this to make &brandShortName; warn you when you try to close a + browser window which has multiple tabs open in it.</li> + <li><strong>Open related tabs after current tab</strong>: + Select this to make new tabs open next to the tab from which they have + been opened. When unchecked, new tabs open after the last tab on the + tab bar.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>When opening a bookmark group</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Add tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a bookmark group + to be opened in new tabs.</li> + <li><strong>Replace existing tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a + bookmark group to replace your existing tabs.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Open tabs instead of windows for</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong><span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+click or + <kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Return</kbd></span> + <span class="noMac">Middle-click, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+click or + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links in a Web + page</span></strong>: Select this to open Web page links in a new tab + when clicking a link <span class="mac">and holding down the + <kbd>Command</kbd> key or holding down the <kbd>Command</kbd> key and + pressing <kbd>Return</kbd> on links</span> <span class="noMac">with the + middle mouse button, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-clicking on links, and pressing + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links</span>. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use Find Links as You Type to navigate to the + link you want to open with the keyboard commands above.</p> + </li> + + <li><strong> + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd + class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in the Location + bar</strong>: Select this to open a Web page in a new tab when you type + the URL of the page in the Location Bar and press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd + class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="link_behavior">Browser Preferences - Link Behavior</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Link Behavior preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Link Behavior. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Link Behavior preferences panel allows you to configure how links are + opened in &brandShortName;:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Link open behavior</strong>: If a webpage is designed so that + certain links open in a new window by default, you may want to override + this. You can define the behavior separately for links with a target + attribute and windows opened using JavaScript: + <ul> + <li><strong>Open links meant to open a new window in</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in + the current tab of the active window.</li> + <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked + page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li> + <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new + window. (This does not override the webpage design and disables + the below options for pages opened from scripts.)</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>When scripts want to open a new window</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Always divert windows into tabs</strong>: Open the page to + be loaded in a tab according to the above settings.</li> + <li><strong>Don't divert custom windows into tabs</strong>: Open + the page to be loaded in a popup window if the script explicitly + specifies features of the new window (such as size or position), + else open the page in a tab according to the above settings.</li> + <li><strong>Always open new windows</strong>: Open the page to be + loaded in a new window. (This does not override the webpage + design.)</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Links from other applications</strong>: If &brandShortName; is + called from another application with a webpage address as an argument (like + a click on a link in an external email program), you can control where the + page will be loaded: + <ul> + <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in the + current tab of the active window.</li> + <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked + page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li> + <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new + window.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<div class="win"> + <p>To ensure that &brandShortName; opens a new window, select the Browser + option in <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance + Preferences - Appearance</a>.</p> + + <p>If you want &brandShortName; to open a new tab instead of a new window when + you launch it and it is already running, ensure the following:</p> + + <ul> + <li>If &brandShortName; is launched from the command line, no command line + parameters that open windows (like <kbd>-new-window</kbd>) are used.</li> + <li>No <q>When &brandShortName; starts up, open</q> option is set in + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences + - Appearance</a>.</li> + <li>The <q>Links from other applications</q> preference is set to <q>A new + tab in the current window</q>.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloads">Browser Preferences - Downloads</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Downloads preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Downloads. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Downloads preferences panel allows you to set up how &brandShortName; + handles files you download from web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When starting a download</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Flash the download manager if it is already open</strong>: + Select this to change focus to the Download Manager if it is currently + open. It displays the status for current and previous downloads in a + single window. This option only takes effect if the Download Manager + is already open and overrides the other settings.</li> + <li><strong>Open the download manager</strong>: Select this to display + the Download Manager when starting a new download. It will be opened + if the window isn't currently shown.</li> + <li><strong>Open a progress dialog</strong>: Select this to display a + progress dialog box, which display the status for your current + download. The status of each download is kept in a separate + window.</li> + <li><strong>Don't open anything</strong>: Select this if you want to + download files invisibly. No status is given for all your + downloads.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When saving a file</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Save files to</strong>: Select this if you want files to be + saved to the specified folder without &brandShortName; prompting you + for the download location.</li> + <li><strong>Always ask me where to save files</strong>: Select this if + you always want to be able to choose a folder for the file to be saved. + The default will be the folder you last downloaded a file to.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Download history</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Remove download entries</strong>: This determines when + a completed entry is removed from the Download Manager listing + (the downloaded file itself will <em>not</em> be affected): + <ul> + <li><strong>When they have completed</strong>: Select this to + remove an entry immediately once the download is successfully + completed.</li> + <li><strong>When quitting &brandShortName;</strong>: Select this + to retain all entries until closing the program, the list will + be empty upon restarting &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this to not remove <em>any</em> + entry automatically, even after &brandShortName; is restarted. + You can remove them manually in the Download Manager.</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When a download completes</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to play a custom sound (typically in WAV format) when + a download is completed. Use the Browse button to select the sound file + in the file locator. To listen to the sound you've chosen, click + Play.</li> + <li><strong>Show an alert</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to show an alert on the screen when a download is + completed.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about downloading files from web pages, see + <a href= "nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and + Downloads</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1d61755333 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Pomocník pre blokovanie vyskakovacích okien v aplikácii &brandShortName;</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">Tento dokument je poskytnutý len pre vašu informáciu. Môže vám pomôcť + urobiť konkrétne kroky pre ochranu súkromia a bezpečnosti vašich informácií na internete. + Napriek tomu sa tento dokument nezaoberá všetkými témami online + súkromia a bezpečnosti, ani nereprezentuje odporúčania o tom, + čo znamená adekvátna ochrana súkromia a bezpečnosti na internete.</div> + +<h1 id="controlling_popups">Ovládanie vyskakovacích okien</h1> + +<p><strong>Čo sú vyskakovacie okná?</strong></p> + +<p>Vyskakovacie okná sú okná, ktoré sa objavujú automaticky bez vášho povolenia. + Majú rôzne veľkosti, ale obyčajne nezaberajú celú obrazovku. + Niektoré okná sa objavujú nad aktuálnym oknom prehliadača, + iné môžu byť pod ním.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; vám umožňuje kontrolovať oba druhy vyskakovacích okien pomocou + <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">panel Vyskakovacie okná v okne Možnosti</a>. + Keďže je potláčanie vyskakovacích okien štandardne vypnuté, + musíte ho zapnúť, aby sa už vyskakovacie okná v prehliadači neobjavovali.</p> + +<p>Ak je okno potlačené, &brandShortName; môže prehrať zvuk, zobraziť ikonu + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Ikona na ovládanie + vyskakovacích okien"/> v stavovom riadku, notifikačný panel nad obsahom stránky alebo + kombináciu týchto možností. Ikonu a notifikačný panel môžete použiť na pridanie aktuálnej + webovej stránky do zoznamu výnimiek, čím bude mať táto stránka nabudúce povolené + vyskakovacie okná zobraziť.</p> + +<p><strong>Potláčanie vyskakovacích okien môže narušiť funkciu niektorých stránok</strong>: + Niektoré servery, napríklad bankové, používajú vyskakovacie okná na dôležité funkcie. + Zakázanie všetkých okien spôsobí zablokovanie takýchto funkcií. Ak chcete povoliť zvoleným serverom + používať vyskakovacie okná, ale zároveň zakázať ich všetkým ostatným, môžete tieto servery pridať do + zoznamu povolených serverov. Bližšie informácie nájdete v sekcii + <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Súkromie a bezpečnosť - Vyskakovacie okná</a>.</p> + +<p><b>Blokovanie vyskakovacích okien nefunguje vždy</b>: Aj keď &brandShortName; potlačí + väčšinu okien, niektoré stránky, hoci blokované, môžu použiť iné metódy na zobrazenie + vyskakovacích okien.</p> + +<p><strong>Povolenie vyskakovacích okien z určitých serverov</strong>: Ak ste zapli + blokovanie vyskakovacích okien, stále môžete dovoliť niektorým serverom ich zobrazovanie. + Prejdite na stránku a potom v menu Nástroje vyberte Správca vyskakovacích okien. + Tam zvoľte Povoliť vyskakovacie okná z tohto servera.</p> + +<p>Ďalšia sekcia popisuje ovládanie správania sa vyskakovacích okien pomocou nastavení a ikony +vyskakovacích okien.</p> + +<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Súkromie a bezpečnosť - Vyskakovacie okná</h2> + +<p>Táto sekcia popisuje, ako používať panel nastavení vyskakovacích okien. + Ak ho ešte nemáte otvorený, použite tento postup:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a vyberte položku + Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Súkromie a bezpečnosť vyberte položku Vyskakovacie okná. (Ak nevidíte žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitým + kliknutím na položku Súkromie a bezpečnosť zobrazíte ich zoznam.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Blokovať nevyžiadané vyskakovacie okná</strong>: Vyberte túto možnosť, ak chcete potlačiť otváranie + vyskakovacích okien v prehliadači.</li> + <li><strong>Povolené stránky:</strong> Kliknutím na toto tlačidlo zobrazíte a môžete upraviť zoznam serverov, + ktorým chcete povoliť zobrazovanie vyskakovacích okien. + <ul> + <li><strong>Povolené stránky</strong>: Zoznam povolených stránok sa zobrazí, keď kliknete na tlačidlo + "Povolené servery". Môžete pridávať alebo odstrániť servery, ktoré majú povolené zobrazovať vyskakovacie okná.</li> + <li><strong>Povoliť</strong>: Zadajte názov servera, ktorý chcete pridať do zoznamu a potom kliknite na toto tlačidlo.</li> + <li><strong>Odstrániť</strong>: Použite na vymazanie označeného servera.</li> + <li><strong>Odstrániť všetky</strong>: Toto tlačidlo vymaže všetky servery v zozname.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<h3>Pri zablokovaní vyskakovacieho okna</h3> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Prehrať zvuk</strong>: Ak chcete prehrať zvuk vždy, keď prehliadač + zablokuje vyskakovacie okno, zvoľte túto možnosť a určte systémový zvuk alebo + umiestnenie zvukového súboru. + <ul> + <li><strong>Prehľadávať</strong>: Použite na vyhľadanie súboru.</li> + <li><strong>Prehrať</strong>: Kliknutím si vypočujete zvolený zvuk.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Zobraziť ikonu v stavovom riadku prehliadača</strong>: Vyberte na + zobrazenie ikony <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" + alt="Ikona na ovládanie vyskakovacích okien"/> v stavovom riadku prehliadača. Ikona upozorní, + že práve bolo zablokované vyskakovacie okno. + + <p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: Keď sa ikona + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Ikona na ovládanie + vyskakovacích okien"/> objaví, ostane viditeľná až kým neprejdete na iný server.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Zobraziť notifikačný panel nad horným okrajom stránky</strong>: + Po označení tejto voľby sa vždy po zablokovaní vyskakovacieho okna objaví nad obsahom stránky + notifikačný panel. Spôsob spracovávania vyskakovacích okien nastavíte po + kliknutí na tlačidlo Nastavenia v pravej časti tohto panela. + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Použitie ikony vyskakovacích okien alebo notifikačného panela na povolenie vyskakovacích + okien zo servera</strong>: Ikonu vyskakovacích okien prípadne notifikačný panel + môžete použiť aj na rýchle pridanie servera do zoznamu povolených serverov. Kliknite + na ikonu <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Ikona na ovládanie + vyskakovacích okien"/> a otvorí sa zoznam povolených serverov. Aktuálny server je + predvyplnený. Kliknite na tlačidlo Povoliť a potom na OK, čím potvrdíte pridanie. + Podobne môžete využiť aj notifikačný panel, keď kliknete na tlačidlo Nastavenia v pravej + časti tohto panela.</p> + +<p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: Zakázanie vyskakovacích okien nemusí vždy fungovať a môže narušiť +funkčnosť niektorých stránok. Ďalšie informácie o blokovaní vyskakovacích okien nájdete v kapitole +<a href="#controlling_popups">Ovládanie vyskakovacích okien</a>.</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4265da1bb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1360 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Prispôsobenie programu &brandShortName;</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">Tento dokument vydaný Mozillou je určený len pre vašu + informáciu. Môže vám pomôcť urobiť konkrétne kroky pre ochranu súkromia a + bezpečnosti vašich informácií na internete. Napriek tomu sa tento dokument + nezaoberá všetkými témami online súkromia a bezpečnosti, ani nereprezentuje + odporúčanie Mozilly o tom, čo znamená adekvátna ochrana súkromia a bezpečnosti + na internete.</div> + +<h1 id="customizing_mozilla">Prispôsobenie programu &brandShortName;</h1> + +<p>&brandShortName; umožňuje upravovať nastavenia mnohých svojich funkcií, ako + napríklad Bočného panelu, záložiek, prehliadania na kartách alebo doplnkov, tak, aby lepšie + vyhovovali vašim požiadavkám.</p> + +<p>Táto sekcia opisuje nastaviteľné vlastnosti prehliadača ako súčasti programu + &brandShortName;.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#sidebar">Bočný panel</a></li> + <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Prehliadanie na kartách</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Zmena písma, farieb a + tém vzhľadu</a></li> + <li><a href="#toolbars">Panely s nástrojmi</a></li> + <li><a href="#bookmarks">Záložky</a></li> + <li><a href="#add-ons">Doplnky</a></li> + <li><a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Spustenie programu + &brandShortName;</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml">Nastavenia vzhľadu</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Nastavenia prehliadača</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml">Rozšírené nastavenia</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="sidebar">Bočný panel</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_is_sidebar">Čo je Bočný panel?</a></li> + <li><a href="#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Otvorenie, zatvorenie + a zmena veľkosti Bočného panela</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_sidebar_tabs">Zobrazenie kariet Bočného + panela</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_sidebar_tabs">Pridanie kariet Bočného + panela</a></li> + <li><a href="#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Prispôsobenie + individuálnych kariet Bočného panela</a></li> + <li><a href="#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Usporiadanie kariet Bočného + panela</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_sidebar_tabs">Odstránenie kariet Bočného + panela</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="what_is_sidebar">Čo je Bočný panel?</h3> + +<p>Bočný panel je prispôsobiteľný rámec, kde si môžete odkladať + veci, ktoré sú pre vás potrebné — najnovšie správy, počasie, + adresár, hodnoty akcií, kalendár a mnoho iných. Položky sú + zobrazené na kartách, ktoré sa neustále aktualizujú.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; prichádza s dopredu nastaveným Bočným panelom. + Môžete si ho ale upraviť pridaním, odobraním či upravením kariet.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Otvorenie, zatvorenie + a zmena veľkosti Bočného panela</h3> + +<p>Bočný panel otvoríte <span class="noMac">stlačením klávesu <kbd>F9</kbd> + alebo</span> pomocou ponuky Zobraziť, zvolením položky Panely s nástrojmi + a v podponuke kliknutím na položku Bočný panel.</p> + +<p>Keď je Bočný panel otvorený, na jeho zatvorenie, opätovné otvorenie či + zmenu veľkosti môžete použiť Prepínač Bočného panela. Presúvajte ukazovateľ + myši hore a dole pozdĺž ľavého okraja okna &brandShortName;. Keď sa budete + nachádzať nad <q>prepínačom</q>, ukazovateľ sa zmení na ikonu ruky tak, + ako je zobrazené na obrázku.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"></td> + </tr> + <tr style="vertical-align: top;"> + <td><img src="images/sidebar.png" alt="Prepínač Bočného panela"/></td> + <td style="vertical-align: middle;"> + <p><strong>Prepínač<br/>Bočného panela</strong></p> + </td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>Kliknutím na prepínač zatvoríte/otvoríte Bočný panel</li> + <li>Kliknutím na prepínač a potiahnutím zmeníte veľkosť Bočného panela</li> +</ul> + +<p>Ak chcete Bočný panel zavrieť:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="noMac">Stlačte kláves <kbd>F9</kbd></li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo X v pravom hornom rohu panela</li> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Zobraziť, zvoľte Panely s nástrojmi a z podponuky položku + Bočný panel</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="viewing_sidebar_tabs">Zobrazenie kariet Bočného + panela</h3> + +<p>Ak chcete zobraziť kartu:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Kliknite na titulok karty; napríklad, kliknite na slovo <q>Vyhľadávanie</q>. + Otvorí sa karta Vyhľadávanie, ktorá umožňuje vyhľadávať vo webových stránkach.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Ak chcete opätovne načítať kartu v Bočnom paneli, kliknite na + jej titulok pravým tlačidlom myši a v ponuke vyberte položku Obnoviť.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="adding_sidebar_tabs">Pridanie kariet Bočného + panela</h3> + +<p>Ak chcete pridať novú kartu:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Kliknite na nápis <q>Karty</q> v hornej časti Bočného panela a v ponuke + zvoľte položku Prispôsobiť Bočný panel…</li> + <li>V dialógovom okne Prispôsobiť Bočný panel si vyberte novú kartu v zozname + naľavo. Priečinky môžete otvárať a zatvárať dvojitým kliknutím na ich názvy.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Pridať.</li> + <li>Takýmto spôsobom môžete pridať toľko kariet, koľko si želáte.</li> + <li>Postup ukončíte kliknutím na tlačidlo OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: Ak na Bočný panel umiestnite viac ako osem kariet, + &brandShortName; skryje ostatné karty z dôvodu zachovania prehľadnosti. Ak + chcete zobraziť skryté karty, klikajte na šípku nadol na spodnom okraji + Bočného panela, pokým sa neukáže požadovaná karta. Naspäť sa dostanete klikaním + na šípku nahor.</p> + +<p><strong>Tipy</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Ak chcete vidieť kartu predtým ako ju pridáte do Bočného panela, zvoľte + si kartu zo zoznamu v ľavej časti dialógového okna a kliknite na tlačidlo Ukážka. + Po niekoľkých sekundách sa karta zobrazí v novom okne Ukážka karty.</li> + <li>Ak chcete vidieť rozsiahly do kategórií rozdelený zoznam kariet, ktoré sú na + internete k dispozícii pre Bočný panel, kliknite na nápis "Karty" v hornej časti + Bočného panela a zvoľte položku Priečinok Bočného panela.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Môžete tiež zapínať a vypínať jednotlivé karty.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Kliknite na nápis <q>Karty</q> v hornej časti Bočného panela. Zoznam aktuálnych + kariet sa nachádza v dolnej časti zobrazenej ponuky.</li> + <li>Kliknutím na jednotlivé položky môžete prepínať zapnutie/vypnutie daných kariet.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Ak chcete rýchlo skryť nejakú kartu, kliknite na ňu pravým + tlačidlom myši a v ponuky zvoľte položku Skryť kartu.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Prispôsobenie + individuálnych kariet Bočného panela</h3> + +<p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: Nie všetky karty sa dajú prispôsobiť.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Kliknite na nápis <q>Karty</q> v hornej časti Bočného panela a zvoľte položku + Prispôsobiť Bočný panel.</li> + <li>Zvoľte si kartu zo zoznamu vpravo.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Prispôsobiť kartu (ak je povolené). Zobrazí sa okno s + informáciami a nastaveniami karty. + + <p>Možnosti nastavenia karty závisia od poskytovateľa karty — okrem + &brandShortName; môžu byť poskytovateľmi kariet rôzne firmy, organizácie + alebo osoby používajúce internet.</p> + </li> + <li>Po úprave nastavenia podľa inštrukcií poskytovateľa karty okno zatvorte + (prípadne sa riaďte inštrukciami poskytovateľa karty).</li> + <li>Zmenu nastavenia ukončíte kliknutím na tlačidlo OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Usporiadanie kariet Bočného + panela</h3> + +<ol> + <li>Kliknite na nápis <q>Karty</q> v hornej časti Bočného panela a zvoľte položku + Prispôsobiť Bočný panel.</li> + <li>Zvoľte si kartu zo zoznamu vpravo.</li> + <li>Kliknutím na tlačidlá Posunúť nahor resp. Posunúť nadol zmeňte umiestnenie karty.</li> + <li>Opakujte body 2. a 3. pre ďalšie karty, pre ktoré chcete zmeniť poradie.</li> + <li>Zmenu nastavenia ukončíte kliknutím na tlačidlo OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="removing_sidebar_tabs">Odstránenie kariet Bočného + panela</h3> + +<ol> + <li>Kliknite na nápis <q>Karty</q> v hornej časti Bočného panela a zvoľte položku + Prispôsobiť Bočný panel.</li> + <li>Zvoľte si kartu zo zoznamu vpravo.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Odstrániť.</li> + <li>Opakujte body 2. a 3. pre ďalšie karty, ktoré chcete odstrániť.</li> + <li>Zmenu nastavenia ukončíte kliknutím na tlačidlo OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Prehliadanie na kartách</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_is_tabbed_browsing">Čo je prehliadanie na kartách?</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Nastavenie prehliadania na kartách</a></li> + <li><a href="#opening_tabs">Otváranie kariet</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_tabs">Presúvanie kariet</a></li> + <li><a href="#bookmarking_tabs">Vytváranie záložiek z kariet</a></li> + <li><a href="#closing_tabs">Zatváranie kariet</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="what_is_tabbed_browsing">Čo je prehliadanie na kartách?</h3> + +<p>Prehliadanie na kartách vám umožňuje otvoriť viac ako jednu internetovú + stránku v jednom okne. Každá internetová stránka má vlastnú kartu v hornej časti + okna prehliadača. Každá karta sa zobrazí v Paneli kariet. Napríklad môžete + navštíviť mozilla.org, mozilla.sk a seamonkey-project.org v rámci jedného okna + namiesto troch samostatných okien.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td>Kliknutím sem otvoríte novú kartu.</td> + <td></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"> + <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="Panel kariet"/> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: left;">Práve prehliadaná karta.</td> + <td style="text-align: right;">Kliknutím sem zatvoríte aktuálne prezeranú + kartu.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Panel kariet</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>Nepotrebujete mať otvorených niekoľko okien na to, aby ste navštívili + niekoľko stránok. Takto ušetríte miesto na vašej ploche. Môžete pohodlne + otvárať, zatvárať a obnovovať webové stránky na jednom mieste bez + potreby prepnúť do iného okna.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Nastavenie prehliadania na kartách</h3> + +<p>Existuje niekoľko spôsobov ako nastaviť prehliadanie na kartách. Napríklad, + môžete zmeniť vaše predvoľby pre otvorenie kariet prehliadača po zadaní + adresy do panela s adresou. Prehliadanie na kartách môžete tiež nastaviť + inými spôsobmi, ako napríklad načítavanie nových kariet prehliadača na pozadí + tak, že prvá stránka ostáva navrchu, zatiaľ čo druhá sa načítava. Ak sa chcete + o nastavení prehliadania na kartách v &brandShortName; dozvedieť viac, pozrite + tiež sekciu <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Nastavenia prehliadača + - prehliadanie na kartách</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="opening_tabs">Otváranie kariet</h3> + +<p>Kartu prehliadača môžete otvoriť nasledujúcimi spôsobmi:</p> + +<p><strong>Otvorenie novej prázdnej karty prehliadača</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Pomocou ponuky Súbor</strong>: otvorte ponuku Súbor, zvoľte položku + Nový objekt a kliknite na položku Karta prehliadača.</li> + <li><strong>Pomocou panela kariet</strong>: ak je zobrazený, kliknite na ikonu + <q>nová karta</q> <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/tab-new.gif" + alt="Ikona Nová karta"/> umiestnenú na ľavej strane panela.</li> + <li><strong>Pomocou kontextovej ponuky</strong>: ak je zobrazený, kliknite naň + pravým tlačidlom myši a z ponuky zvoľte položku Nová karta.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Otvorenie odkazu na webovú stránku na karte prehliadača</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Z kontextovej ponuky</strong>: Kliknite pravým tlačidlom myši + <span class="mac"> (v prípade jednotlačidlovej myši použite + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-kliknutie)</span> na odkaz + a zvoľte položku Otvoriť odkaz na novej karte.</li> + <li><strong>Z panela s adresou</strong>: Zadajte adresu do panela s adresou + a stlačte <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac"> + Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>. + + <p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: Na otvorenie karty prehliadača z panela s adresou + musíte najprv nastaviť predvoľby Prehliadania na kartách. Ďalšie informácie nájdete + v sekcii <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Nastavenia prehliadača + - prehliadanie na kartách</a>.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tipy</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Na rýchle otvorenie novej prázdnej karty prehliadača stlačte + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> + <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>T</kbd>.</li> + <li>Ak chcete obnoviť obsah jednej alebo všetkých kariet, kliknite + pravým tlačidlom myši<span class="mac"> (v prípade jednotlačidlovej myši + použite <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-kliknutie)</span> niekam na Panel kariet + a zvoľte položky Obnoviť kartu resp. Obnoviť všetky karty.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="moving_tabs">Presúvanie kariet</h3> + +<p>Karty sú zobrazované podľa poradia, v ktorom boli otvorené, čo vám nemusí + vždy vyhovovať. Ak chcete presunúť kartu na iné miesto v rámci okna &brandShortName;, + jednoducho je presuňte pomocou myši. Počas presúvania karty &brandShortName; + zobrazuje indikátor, podľa ktorého viete, kam bude karta umiestnená. Alternatívne + môžete na presun kariet použiť + <a href="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">klávesové + skratky</a>.</p> + +<p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: Klávesové skratky fungujú v prípade, že sa kurzor + nachádza v textovom poli.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="bookmarking_tabs">Vytváranie záložiek z kariet</h3> + +<p>Záložka vytvorená pre skupinu kariet sa nazýva Skupinová záložka. Ak chcete + vytvoriť záložku pre skupinu kariet prehliadača v aktuálnom okne:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Záložky a zvoľte položku <q>Pridať túto skupinu kariet + k záložkám</q>.</li> + <li>Do poľa Názov zadajte názov skupiny záložiek.</li> + <li>Vyberte priečinok, v ktorom bude skupinová záložka vytvorená alebo + kliknite na tlačidlo Nový priečinok.</li> + <li>Kliknutím na tlačidlo OK vytvoríte novú skupinovú záložku.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Ak sa chcete dozvedieť viac o tom, ako použiť + skupinu kariet ako vašu domovskú stránku, pozrite si sekciu + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Nastavenia prehliadača - + prehliadač</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="closing_tabs">Zatváranie kariet</h3> + +<p>Karty prehliadača môžete zatvoriť niekoľkými spôsobmi:</p> + +<p><strong>Zatvorenie karty prehliadača, ktorú práve prehliadate</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Súbor a zvoľte položku Zavrieť kartu.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo <q>X</q> na pravej strane Panela kariet.</li> +</ul> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td>Kliknutím sem otvoríte novú kartu.</td> + <td></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"> + <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="Panel kariet"/> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: left;">Práve prehliadaná karta.</td> + <td style="text-align: right;">Kliknutím sem zatvoríte aktuálne prezeranú + kartu.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Panel kariet</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p><strong>Tipy</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Kartu prehliadača, aj keď je skrytá, môžete zavrieť kliknutím pravým + tlačidlom myši na danú kartu a zvolením položky Zavrieť kartu.</li> + <li>Ak chcete zavrieť všetky karty prehliadača okrem tej, ktorá je práva zobrazená, + kliknite na ňu pravým tlačidlom myši a z ponuky zvoľte položku Zavrieť ostatné karty.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Zmena písma, farieb a + tém vzhľadu</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#changing_the_default_fonts">Zmena nastavenia predvolených + písiem</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_default_colors">Zmena nastavenia predvolených + farieb</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_theme">Zmena témy vzhľadu</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="changing_the_default_fonts">Zmena nastavenia predvolených písiem</h3> + +<p>Obyčajne sú stránky zobrazované písmami, ktoré sú prednastavené vo + vašom prehliadači, alebo písmami, ktoré si vybral autor stránky.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete zmeniť prednastavené písma:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Vzhľad vyberte položku Písma (ak podkategórie nie sú zobrazené, + kliknite dvakrát na túto kategóriu, čím sa rozbalí zoznam podkategórií).</li> + <li>V sekcii "Písma pre" vyberte z rozbaľovacej ponuky kódovanie. + Napríklad, pre nastavenie písiem pre stredoeurópske kódovania zvoľte + <q>Stredoeurópske</q>.</li> + <li>Pre písma s premenlivou šírkou si zvoľte pätkové písmo (ako Times Roman) + alebo bezpätkové písmo (ako Arial). Potom zadajte veľkosť písma.</li> + <li>Ak existuje vhodné písmo pre zadané kódovanie, zvoľte písma pre + pätkový typ, bezpätkový typ, kurzívu, ozdobné a písma s pevnou šírkou. + Pre písma s pevnou šírkou môžete určiť aj veľkosť písma.</li> + <li>Zvoľte, či má byť predvolené písmo s pätkou alebo bez pätky.</li> + <li>Zvoľte si veľkosť a typ písma s pevnou šírkou. Niektoré druhy textu, + napríklad rovnice a vzorce, sú zobrazené písmom s pevnou šírkou.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Veľa autorov internetových stránok používa vlastné písma a veľkosti písiem. + Ak chcete povoliť používanie aj iných písiem, ako sú tie, ktoré ste nastavili, + označte voľbu <q>Povoliť dokumentom používať iné písma</q>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_the_default_colors">Zmena nastavenia predvolených farieb</h3> + +<p>Obyčajne sú farby textu a pozadia stránky prednastavené vo vašom prehliadači, + prípadne sú určené autorom stránky.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete zmeniť nastavenie farieb:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Vzhľad vyberte položku Farby (ak podkategórie nie sú zobrazené, + kliknite dvakrát na túto kategóriu, čím sa rozbalí zoznam podkategórií).</li> + <li>Kliknite na farebné tlačidlá vedľa nápisov Text, Pozadie, Nenavštívené odkazy a + Navštívené odkazy. Pre každý si vyberte farbu z farebnej tabuľky. Môžete tiež + určiť, či majú byť odkazy podčiarknuté alebo nie.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Väčšina autorov na svojich stránkach nastavuje svoje vlastné farby. Toto + nastavenie môžete ignorovať nastavením voľby <q>Použiť mnou definované farby, + ignorovať farby a pozadie definované stránkou</q>.</p> + +<p>Pri zobrazení zdrojového kódu stránky môžete vidieť syntax HTML zvýraznenú + niekoľkými farbami, pokiaľ označíte voľbu <q>Povoliť zvýrazňovanie syntaxe</q>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_the_theme">Zmena témy vzhľadu</h3> + +<p>Zmenou témy môžete zmeniť vzhľad &brandShortName;. Zmenu môžete vykonať buď + využitím ponuky Zobraziť alebo takisto Správcu doplnkov.</p> + +<p>Pomocou ponuky Zobraziť:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Zobraziť, zvoľte položku Použiť tému a vyberte tému z podponuky.</li> + <li>Ukončite a reštartujte &brandShortName;.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Pomocou Správcu doplnkov:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Nástroje a zvoľte položku Doplnky.</li> + <li>V otvorenom okne kliknite na Vzhľad.</li> + <li>Vyberte tému zo zoznamu a kliknite na tlačidlo Použiť.</li> + <li>Ukončite a reštartujte &brandShortName;.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="toolbars">Panely s nástrojmi</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#navigation_toolbar">Navigačný panel</a></li> + <li><a href="#personal_toolbar">Osobný panel</a></li> + <li><a href="#status_bar">Stavový riadok</a></li> + <li><a href="#component_bar">Panel komponentov</a></li> + <li><a href="#hiding_a_toolbar">Skrytie panela s nástrojmi</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="navigation_toolbar">Navigačný panel</h3> + +<p>Navigačný panel, zobrazený nižšie, slúži na navigáciu po webových stránkach.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td colspan="4"> + <img src="images/reload.gif" alt="Navigačný panel"/> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Naspäť</strong></td> + <td><strong>Dopredu</strong></td> + <td><strong>Obnoviť</strong></td> + <td><strong>Zastaviť</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="personal_toolbar">Osobný panel</h3> + +<p>Osobný panel je úplne prispôsobiteľný — vy rozhodujete o tom, aké záložky v ňom majú byť.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Osobný panel"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Osobný panel</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>V osobnom paneli môžete jednoducho pridať, odstrániť a zmeniť poradie položiek.</p> + +<h4 id="adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Pridanie záložiek na Osobný panel</h4> + +<p>Na Osobný panel môžete pridať vaše obľúbené záložky, alebo priečinky obsahujúce + skupiny záložiek. Ak chcete vytvoriť novú záložku na Osobnom paneli:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte stránku, pre ktorú chcete vytvoriť záložku.</li> + <li>Presuňte ikonu záložky + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png" + alt="Ikona záložky"/> (nachádza sa naľavo od adresy URL v paneli s adresou) + na požadované miesto na Osobnom paneli. Ikonu môžete potiahnuť priamo na + Osobný panel, alebo do niektorého priečinka na Osobnom paneli. Ďalšie informácie + nájdete aj v sekcii + <a href="#adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar">Pridanie priečinkov + na osobný panel</a>.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: Ikona záložky + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png" alt="Ikona + záložky"/> môže byť nahradená inou, stránkami špecifikovanou ikonou, ak ste + v nastaveniach označili voľbu Zobrazovať ikony webových stránok. Ďalšie informácie + nájdete v sekcii + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Nastavenia vzhľadu - + Vzhľad</a>.</p> + +<p>Každá položka na Osobnom paneli je zobrazená ako tlačidlo. Na zobrazenie všetkých + tlačidiel môže byť potrebné rozšíriť okno prehliadača.</p> + +<h4 id="adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar">Pridanie priečinkov + na osobný panel</h4> + +<p>Na osobnom paneli môžete vytvárať priečinky, aby ste vaše obľúbené záložky + mohli triediť do kategórií. Napríklad si môžete na Osobnom paneli vytvoriť + priečinok pre záložky súvisiace záľubami a priečinok pre záložky + súvisiace s prácou. Ak chcete vytvoriť priečinok na Osobnom paneli:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Záložky a zvoľte položku Správa záložiek.</li> + <li>Označte nastavený <q>Priečinok Osobného panela</q>.</li> + <li>V paneli nástrojov kliknite na tlačidlo "Nový priečinok".</li> + <li>Zadajte názov nového priečinka. Predvolený názov je + <q>Nový priečinok</q>.</li> + <li>Kliknutím na tlačidlo OK potvrdíte vytvorenie nového priečinka.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Nový priečinok záložiek sa objaví na konci Osobného panela.</p> + +<h4>Výber priečinka záložiek pre Osobný panel</h4> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Záložky a zvoľte položku Správa záložiek.</li> + <li>Označte priečinok, ktorého obsah chcete zobraziť na Osobnom paneli.</li> + <li>V ponuke Zobraziť zvoľte položku Nastaviť ako priečinok Osobného panela. </li> +</ol> + +<p>Tlačidlá na Osobnom paneli teraz odpovedajú záložkám v priečinku, ktorý ste nastavili.</p> + +<h4>Odstránenie záložiek z Osobného panela</h4> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Záložky a zvoľte položku Správa záložiek.</li> + <li>Kliknite na položku Priečinok Osobného panela.</li> + <li>Označte záložku alebo priečinok, ktorý chcete odstrániť.</li> + <li>Stlačením klávesu Delete odstránite označenú položku.</li> + <li>Zavrite okno Správcu záložiek.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Ak chcete rýchlo odstrániť záložku na Osobnom paneli + (nie v priečinku), kliknite pravým tlačidlom myši na záložku na paneli + a zvoľte položku Odstrániť.</p> + +<h4>Zmena poradia položiek na Osobnom paneli</h4> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Záložky a zvoľte položku Správa záložiek.</li> + <li>Kliknite na položku Priečinok Osobného panela.</li> + <li>Označte záložku alebo priečinok a presuňte ho myšou na nové miesto.</li> + <li>Po usporiadaní záložiek zavrite okno Správcu záložiek.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Ak chcete rýchlo zmeniť polohu záložky na Osobnom paneli, + alebo ju presunúť do priečinka, presuňte ju myšou na nové miesto na paneli + alebo do priečinka na paneli.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="status_bar">Stavový riadok</h3> + +<p>Stavový riadok sa nachádza v spodnej časti ktoréhokoľvek okna Mozilly. + Obsahuje nasledovné:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Panel komponentov: slúži na prepínanie medzi jednotlivými úlohami. + Ďalšie informácie v sekcii <a href="#component_bar">Panel komponentov</a>.</li> + <li>Stavová informácia: zobrazuje informácie ako napríklad adresu URL + načítavanej webovej stránky a informáciu o stave načítania stránky.</li> + <li>Ikona Režim offline + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/offline.png" + alt="Ikona Režim offline"/> alebo Režim Online + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/online.png" + alt="Ikona Režim Online"/>: kliknutím na ikonu prepnete + medzi prácou v režime offline a online. Práca v režime offline zabraňuje + programu &brandShortName; pokúsiť sa o pripojenie na internet, napríklad načítať + obrázky na stránkach alebo automaticky skontrolovať poštu.</li> + <li>Ikona zámky (napríklad: + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.png" + alt="Ikona zámky"/>): indikuje, či bol obsah webovej stránky + pri prenose do vášho počítača zašifrovaný. Ďalšie informácie v sekcii + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Kontrola + zabezpečenia webovej stránky</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="component_bar">Panel komponentov</h3> + +<p>Panel komponentov v spodnej časti okna sa používa na prepínanie medzi + jednotlivými komponentmi (Prehliadač, Pošta a diskusné skupiny, Composer, Adresár + a Chatzilla) balíka &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p><img src="images/taskbar.png" alt="Panel komponentov"/></p> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="hiding_a_toolbar">Skrytie panela s nástrojmi</h3> + +<p>Panely nástrojov sa dajú skryť dvomi spôsobmi.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete panel minimalizovať:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Kliknite na úzky pás na ľavom okraji panela nástrojov. Ak chcete + panel zobraziť, kliknite naň znova (Poznámka: Panel komponentov sa + takto skryť nedá).</li> +</ul> + +<p>Ak chcete panel úplne skryť:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Zobraziť.</li> + <li>V podponuke položky Panely s nástrojmi kliknite na názov panelu, + ktorý chcete skryť.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Ak chcete panel znovu zobraziť, zopakujte ten istý postup.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="bookmarks">Záložky</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_are_bookmarks">Čo sú záložky?</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_bookmarks">Používanie záložiek</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_new_bookmarks">Vytváranie nových záložiek</a></li> + <li><a href="#organizing_your_bookmarks">Usporiadanie záložiek</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_individual_bookmarks">Úprava jednotlivých záložiek</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_your_bookmarks">Hľadanie v záložkách</a></li> + <li><a href="#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Export a + import zoznamu záložiek</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="what_are_bookmarks">Čo sú záložky?</h3> + +<p>Záložky sú skratky k vaším obľúbeným a najčastejšie navštevovaným stránkam. + Namiesto zadávania dlhých adries URL môžete vytvárať záložky, pomocou ktorých + sa dostanete na príslušnú stránku jedným kliknutím myšou.</p> + +<p>K záložkám pristupujete cez ponuku Záložky, cez Bočný panel Záložky a cez + okno Správca záložiek. Obsah ponuky Záložky ovládate pridávaním nových + záložiek a správou vašich záložiek.</p> + +<h3 id="using_bookmarks">Používanie záložiek</h3> + +<p>&brandShortName; prichádza už s niektorými predvolenými záložkami. Ak chcete + použiť záložku:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Záložky.</li> + <li>Vyberte si záložku zo zoznamu alebo z priečinku v zozname.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="creating_new_bookmarks">Vytváranie nových záložiek</h3> + +<p>Záložky si môžete vytvoriť pre vaše obľúbené webové stránky, + aby ste sa na ne mohli ľahko vrátiť.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete vytvoriť záložku pre aktuálne zobrazenú stránku, vykonajte + jeden z týchto krokov:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Ak chcete pridať záložku do ponuky Záložky, otvorte ponuku Záložky + a zvoľte položku Pridať k záložkám.</li> + <li>Ak chcete pridať záložku do konkrétneho priečinka v ponuke Záložky, + alebo zadať záložke odlišný názov alebo adresu: + <ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Záložky a zvoľte položku Pridať k záložkám ako. Môžete + zmeniť ľubovoľné z týchto vlastností: + <ul> + <li><strong>Názov</strong>: môžete zadať odlišný názov záložky.</li> + <li><strong>Umiestnenie</strong>: môžete zadať inú adresu URL.</li> + <li><strong>Kľúčové slovo</strong>: zadajte kľúčové slovo záložky, ak chcete + otvárať túto záložku zadaním tohto slova do panela s adresou (viď sekciu + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">Používanie kľúčových slov pri + záložkách</a>).</li> + <li><strong>Cieľové umiestnenie</strong>: môžete si vybrať priečinok, + v ktorom sa má záložka vytvoriť.</li> + <li><strong>Nový priečinok</strong>: kliknite na toto tlačidlo, + ak chcete vytvoriť nový priečinok, v ktorom sa má záložka vytvoriť.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Kliknutím na tlačidlo OK vytvoríte takto zadefinovanú záložku.</li> + </ol> + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Ak máte otvorených niekoľko kariet prehliadača, + označením voľby <q>Pridať skupinu kariet medzi záložky</q> sa pridá jedna záložka, + ktorá bude otvárať všetky otvorené karty v aktuálnom okne.</p> + </li> + <li>Ak chcete pridať záložku na Osobný panel, presuňte myšou ikonu záložky + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png" + alt="Ikona záložky"/> z panela s adresou na zvolené miesto na Osobnom paneli. + Záložku môžete presunúť na niektoré z týchto miest: + <ul> + <li>Do priečinka Záložky na Osobnom paneli.</li> + <li>Do priečinka so záložkami, ktorý ste vytvorili na Osobnom paneli.</li> + <li>Na samotný Osobný panel, doprava od všetkých priečinkov so záložkami. + <p>Ďalšie informácie o pridávaní záložiek na Osobný panel nájdete v + časti <a href="#adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Pridanie záložiek na Osobný + panel</a>.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Osobný panel"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Osobný panel</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>Ak chcete pridať záložku na kartu Záložky v Bočnom paneli, + otvorte Bočný panel, kliknite na kartu Záložky a presuňte ikonu záložky + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png" + alt="Ikona záložky"/> z panela s adresou na zvolené miesto na karte Záložky. + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Poznámky</strong>:</p> +<ul> + <li>Ikona záložky + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png" + alt="Ikona záložky"/> môže byť nahradená inou, stránkami špecifikovanou ikonou, + ak ste v nastaveniach označili voľbu Zobrazovať ikony webových stránok. + Ďalšie informácie nájdete v sekcii + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Nastavenia vzhľadu - + Vzhľad</a>.</li> + <li>Po pridaní záložiek ľubovoľným z vyššie uvedených postupov je možné k nej + pristúpiť v Bočnom paneli Záložky, v okne Správa záložiek a v ponuke Záložky.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="organizing_your_bookmarks">Usporiadanie záložiek</h3> + +<p>Ak chcete usporiadať vaše záložky, otvorte ponuku Záložky a + zvoľte položku Správa záložiek. Otvorí sa okno "Správca záložiek", + ktorom môžete robiť nasledujúce operácie:</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Okno "Správca záložiek" môžete otvoriť aj + z Bočného panela, karta Záložky kliknutím na tlačidlo Spravovať v hornej + časti karty.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete vidieť záložky v priečinkoch:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Dvojitým kliknutím na priečinok zobrazíte jeho obsah.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Ak chcete presunúť záložku alebo priečinok na iné miesto v zozname:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Presuňte záložku alebo priečinok pomocou myši na nové miesto. Ak chcete + vložiť záložku do zatvoreného priečinka, presuňte ju na tento priečinok.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Ak chcete vytvoriť nový priečinok alebo oddeľovač:</p> + +<ul> + <li>V okne Správca záložiek kliknite na tlačidlo Nový priečinok alebo Nový + oddeľovač. Nový priečinok alebo oddeľovač sa objaví pod aktuálnou pozíciou.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Ak chcete odstrániť záložku alebo priečinok zo zoznamu:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Kliknutím označte záložku alebo priečinok, ktorý chcete odstrániť.</li> + <li>Na klávesnici stlačte klávesu Delete, alebo kliknite na tlačidlo + Odstrániť v okne Správca záložiek.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Ak chcete usporiadať záložky v okne Správca záložiek:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Kliknite na priečinok, ktorého obsah chcete usporiadať.</li> + <li>Ak chcete usporiadať záložky podľa názvu, otvorte ponuku Upraviť + a zvoľte položku Usporiadať priečinok podľa názvu.</li> + <li>Ak chcete záložky usporiadať podľa ďalších atribútov, otvorte + ponuku Upraviť a zvoľte položku Usporiadať priečinok. V zobrazenom + dialógovom okne zvoľte nastavenia usporiadania. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Ak chcete zobraziť viac stĺpcov, otvorte + ponuku Zobraziť, kliknite na položku <q>Zobraziť stĺpce</q> a + zvoľte požadovaný stĺpec.</p></li> +</ul> + +<h4>Nastavenie priečinka pre nové záložky</h4> + +<p>Keď vytvoríte novú záložku, &brandShortName; ju pridá na koniec + zoznamu záložiek. Ak chcete, aby sa nové záložky radšej ukladali + do nejakého priečinka, môžete určiť priečinok pre nové záložky:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Záložky a zvoľte položku Správa záložiek.</li> + <li>V okne Správca záložiek označte priečinok, kam sa majú ukladať nové záložky.</li> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Zobraziť a zvoľte položku Nastaviť ako priečinok Záložky.</li> +</ol> + +<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_individual_bookmarks">Úprava jednotlivých záložiek</h3> + +<p>Vlastnosti jednotlivých záložiek je možné meniť.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Záložky a zvoľte položku Správa záložiek.</li> + <li>V okne Správca záložiek označte záložku.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Vlastnosti.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Záložku môžete premenovať (zmeniť názov, pod ktorým je zobrazená v + zozname záložiek), pridať opisnú informáciu, alebo zadať + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">kľúčové slová</a>.</p> + +<p>Môžete tiež nastaviť, aby &brandShortName; kontroloval aktualizáciu + stránky na internete:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Záložky a zvoľte položku Správa záložiek.</li> + <li>V okne Správca záložiek označte záložku.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Vlastnosti.</li> + <li>Pomocou rozbaľovacej ponuky a textových polí v sekcii <q>Kontrolovať + aktualizácie</q> určte, ako často má &brandShortName; kontrolovať + zmeny na danej stránke.</li> + <li>V sekcii <q>Notifikácia</q> si nastavte spôsob, akým vás bude &brandShortName; + o zmenách stránky informovať.</li> +</ol> + +<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="searching_your_bookmarks">Hľadanie v záložkách</h3> + +<p>Ak chcete hľadať v zozname záložiek:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Záložky a zvoľte položku Správa záložiek.</li> + <li>V okne Správca záložiek otvorte ponuku Nástroje a zvoľte položku + Hľadať záložky. Zobrazí sa dialógové okno Hľadať záložky.</li> + <li>Zadajte vyhľadávaciu podmienku a kliknite na tlačidlo Hľadať. + Zobrazia sa záložky, ktoré vyhovujú zadanej podmienke. Vybrať si môžete + z nasledujúcich podmienok na hľadanie: + <ul> + <li>Vyberte "obsahuje", "začína s", alebo "končí s", ak poznáte + len časť slova alebo frázy, ktorú hľadáte.</li> + <li>Vyberte "je" ak viete presne čo hľadáte.</li> + <li>Vyberte "nie je" alebo "neobsahuje", ak chcete zobraziť stránky, + na ktorých hľadaný text nenachádza.</li> + <li>Kliknite do vyplňovacieho poľa a napíšte časť alebo celý názov, + prípadne adresu URL záložiek alebo položiek histórie, ktoré chcete + nájsť alebo vylúčiť.</li> + <li>Ak chcete hľadanie uložiť na ďalšie použitie, označte voľbu + <q>Uložiť hľadanie medzi záložky</q>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Dvojitým kliknutím na záložku v zozname sa dostanete na príslušnú stránku.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Ak je zoznam výsledkov ťažko čitateľný, skúste zväčšiť okno + s výsledkami hľadania.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Export a import zoznamu záložiek</h3> + +<p>Vaše záložky sú uložené v súbore bookmarks.html. &brandShortName; umožňuje exportovať kópiu + tohto súboru a uložiť ju do priečinka, ktorý si vyberiete. Tento súbor môžete potom + upravovať a narábať s ním ako s ľubovoľným iným súborom HTML.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Záložky a zvoľte položku Správa záložiek.</li> + <li>V okne Správcu záložiek otvorte ponuku Nástroje a zvoľte položku Exportovať.</li> + <li>V dialógovom okne <q>Exportovať súbor so záložkami</q> si zvoľte priečinok. + Súbor bookmarks.html bude uložený do zvoleného priečinka.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Uložiť.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Vaše záložky v programe &brandShortName; nie sú týmto postupom nijako dotknuté.</p> + +<p>Môžete tiež importovať záložky z iných zdrojov. Napríklad, môžete importovať záložky + z predchádzajúcich verzií &brandShortName;, iných prehliadačov, alebo zo súborov, ktoré + vám pošlú priatelia.</p> + +<p>Pred importovaním sa uistite, že súbor, z ktorého chcete importovať záložky, je súbor HTML.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Záložky a zvoľte položku Správa záložiek.</li> + <li>V okne Správcu záložiek otvorte ponuku Nástroje a zvoľte položku Importovať.</li> + <li>V zobrazenom dialógovom okne si vyberte, či idete importovať záložky z + iných verzií &brandShortName;, prípadne zo súboru.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Ďalej.</li> + <li>Ak ste zvolili import záložiek z predchádzajúcich verzií + &brandShortName;, vyberte profil, z ktorého chcete záložky importovať a + kliknite na tlačidlo Ďalej. Ak ste zvolili import záložiek zo súboru, + nájdite súbor, z ktorého chcete importovať a kliknite na tlačidlo Otvoriť.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Importovaný súbor je uložený ako nová skupina záložiek, ktorá je pridaná na koniec + zoznamu záložiek. Ak máte vytvorený priečinok pre nové záložky, importované + záložky sú pridané do tohto priečinka. </p> + +<p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: Import súboru so záložkami importuje len záložky + a priečinky z daného súboru. Nevytvorí tak dva súbory so záložkami.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="add-ons">Doplnky</h2> + +<p>Jedným z najvzrušujúcejších spôsobov prispôsobenia programu &brandShortName; je + používanie doplnkov. V tejto kapitole sa naučíte, čo doplnky sú, ako ich inštalovať + a ako používať Správcu doplnkov.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_add-ons">Čo sú doplnky</a></li> + <li><a href="#installing_add-ons">Inštalácia doplnkov</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Používame Správcu doplnkov</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="about_add-ons">Čo sú doplnky</h3> + +<p>Doplnok Softvér pre program &brandShortName;, ktorý mení jeho vzhľad, + správanie alebo pridáva nové funkcie. Doplnok môže takisto meniť jazyk + používateľského rozhrania programu. Je možné ich rozdeliť na štyri typy:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Rozšírenia</strong>: tento typ doplnku buď mení spôsob, ako sa + &brandShortName; správa alebo do programu nové funkcie. Napríklad existujú + rozšírenia, ktoré poskytujú predpovede počasia, pridávajú plnohodnotného + klienta alebo blokujú reklamy na webových stránkach. Niektoré rozšírenia + sú navrhnuté pre konkrétne webové stránky.</li> + <li><strong>Témy</strong>: témy vzhľadu menia vzhľad programu &brandShortName;, + nepridávajú ani nemenia žiadne funkcie. Sú známe aj ako tzv. skiny. + &brandShortName; je dodávaný s dvoma témami, predvolenou a modernou, ďalšie + si môžete pridať podľa svojho výberu.</li> + <li><strong>Jazykové balíky</strong>: aj keď si môžete &brandShortName; prevziať + v mnohých jazykových mutáciách, môžete si do neho pridať ďalšie jazyky pomocou + jazykových balíkov. Týmto spôsobom môžu &brandShortName; používať rôzni + používatelia v rôznych jazykoch bez nutnosti inštalovať program pre každého + zvlášť. Toto je užitočné, ak inštalujete &brandShortName; na počítači, ktorý + používajú viacerí používatelia, napríklad v počítačovom laboratóriu. + <p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: jazykové balíky menia len jazyk používateľského + rozhrania. Webové stránky, správy, diskusné skupiny a príspevky informačných + kanálov a blogov zostávajú v originálnom jazyku, v ktorom boli napísané.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Zásuvné moduly</strong>: zásuvné moduly prepájajú &brandShortName; + s inými programami. Umožňujú zobrazovať špecifický obsah (ako videá vo formáte + Flash alebo dokumenty typu PDF) priamo v okne prehliadača &brandShortName;. + Na ich zobrazenie teda nie je potrebné otvárať ďalší program.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Doplnky sú vždy dodávané ako balíky. Každý doplnok je súbor s koncovkou XPI, + netýka sa to niektorých zásuvných modulov, ktoré môžu byť dostupné vo forme + binárnych súborov špecifických pre daný operačný systém.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#add-ons">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="installing_add-ons">Inštalácia doplnkov</h3> + +<p>Existuje niekoľko spôsobov, ako jednoducho nainštalovať doplnky:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Kliknutím na odkaz doplnku na webovej stránke. Tým sa otvorí + dialógové okno &brandShortName;, kde je potrebné potvrdiť alebo zrušiť inštaláciu + pričom prvých niekoľko sekúnd je tlačidlo Inštalovať zakázané. Dôvodom je snaha zabrániť + náhodnému odsúhlaseniu inštalácie doplnku. + <p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: ako ďalší bezpečnostný prvok &brandShortName; umožňuje + inštaláciu doplnkov len zo stránok, ktoré sú v zozname povolených stránok v nastaveniach + programu, panel <a + href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Inštalácia softvéru</a>.</p> + </li> + <li>Otvorením predtým uloženého rozšírenia podobným spôsobom, ako otvárate klasický súbor + uložený na disk: zvolením položky Otvoriť súbor v ponuke Súbor alebo stlačením skratky + <span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd></span><span class="noMac"><kbd>Ctrl</kbd></span>+<kbd>O</kbd>.</li> + <li>Použitím panela Získať doplnky v okne Správcu doplnkov alebo kliknutím na tlačidlo + Inštalovať v ktoromkoľvek paneli Správcu doplnkov.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: zásuvné moduly sú zvyčajne inštalované ako oddelený + program v čase, keď &brandShortName; nie je spustený. Tým sa zabezpečí, že externý + program a daný zásuvný modul pre &brandShortName; sú nainštalované korektne.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#add-ons">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="using_the_add-on_manager">Používame Správcu doplnkov</h3> + +<p>Správca doplnkov umožňuje inštaláciu a odinštalovanie doplnkov, ich povolenie + alebo zakázanie a v niektorých prípadoch aj možnosť zvoliť špecifické nastavenia + doplnkov.</p> + +<p id="accessing_the_add-on_manager">Ak chcete otvoriť okno Správcu doplnkov, + vykonajte jeden z nasledujúcich krokov:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Nástroje a zvoľte položku Doplnky.</li> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span + class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti, rozbaľte kategóriu + Rozšírené a kliknite na položku Inštaláciu softvéru.</li> +</ul> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#the_get_add-ons_panel">Panel Získať doplnky</a></li> + <li><a href="#the_extensions_panel">Panel Rozšírenia</a></li> + <li><a href="#the_appearance_panel">Panel Vzhľad</a></li> + <li><a href="#the_plugins_panel">Panel Zásuvné moduly</a></li> + <li><a href="#the_languages_panel">Panel Jazykové balíky</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h4 id="the_get_add-ons_panel">Panel Získať doplnky</h4> + +<p>Panel Získať doplnky v okne Správcu doplnkov používa webovú službu poskytovanú + stránkou Mozilla Add-ons na zobrazenie zoznamu odporúčaných doplnkov s možnosťou + prehľadávania stránky Mozilla Add-ons priamo z okna Správcu doplnkov. Po otvorení + <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">okna Správcu doplnkov</a> kliknite na panel + Získať doplnky, kde môžete vykonať nasledujúce akcie:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Ak chcete vyhľadať doplnok podľa jeho názvu, popisu alebo značiek, použite + vyhľadávacie pole. Zadajte slovo alebo frázu a stlačte kláves <span + class="mac"><kbd>Return</kbd></span><span + class="noMac"><kbd>Enter</kbd></span>. Zobrazí sa zoznam nájdených doplnkov. + Ak chcete zrušiť vyhľadávanie, kliknite na tlačilo v pravej časti vyhľadávacieho poľa. + <p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: doplnky, ktoré sú už nainštalované alebo nie sú + kompatibilné s aktuálne používanou verziou &brandShortName; sa v zozname + nájdených doplnkov nezobrazia.</p> + </li> + <li>Ak chcete otvoriť webovú stránku Mozilla Add-ons v novom okne prehliadača + (alebo v závislosti na vašich nastaveniach na novej karte), kliknite na odkaz + Prehľadávať všetky doplnky.</li> + <li>Ak chcete získať ďalšie informácie o jednom z odporúčaných doplnkov v predvolenom + zozname, kliknite na danú položku, ktorá sa následne rozbalí a zobrazí sa + väčší obrázok, plný popis doplnku a indikáciu typu doplnku (rozšírenie, téma atď). + Zobrazí sa tiež tlačidlo umožňujúce nainštalovanie doplnku priamo do &brandShortName;.</li> + <li>Ak chcete zobraziť celý zoznam odporúčaných doplnkov pre &brandShortName; + v novom okne prehliadača (alebo v závislosti na vašich nastaveniach na novej + karte), prejdite na koniec zoznamu odporúčaných a kliknite na odkaz Zobraziť + všetky odporúčané doplnky.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="the_extensions_panel">Panel Rozšírenia</h4> + +<p>Panel Rozšírenia nachádzajúci sa v okne Správcu doplnkov zobrazuje zoznam + nainštalovaných rozšírení. Po otvorení <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager"> + okna Správcu doplnkov</a> kliknite na panel Rozšírenia, kde môžete vykonať nasledujúce + akcie:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Ak chcete získať ďalšie informácie o ktoromkoľvek z nainštalovaných rozšírení, + kliknite na jeho položku v zozname, čím dôjde k zobrazeniu ďalších informácií. + + <p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: zakázané rozšírenia sú zobrazené sivou farbou. + Nekompatibilné rozšírenia sú takisto zobrazené sivou farbou, pretože tieto sú + vlastne tiež zakázané. Takisto sa pri ich ikone zobrazuje znak zakázaného rozšírenia + (nekompatibilné rozšírenia sú tie, ktoré obsahujú informáciu o nekompatibilite + s verziou programu &brandShortName;, ktorú práve používate).</p> + </li> + <li>Ak chcete zobraziť okno nastavení rozšírenia (ak rozšírenie poskytuje možnosť + zmeniť jeho nastavenia), kliknite na jeho položku v zozname + a následne kliknite na tlačidlo Možnosti. + <p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: ak rozšírenie neposkytuje možnosť + zmeniť jeho nastavenia, tlačidlo Možnosti nebude povolené. K nastaveniam zakázaných + alebo nekompatibilných rozšírení nie je možné pristupovať.</p> + </li> + <li>Ak chcete rozšírenie zakázať, kliknite na jeho položku v zozname + a následne kliknite na tlačidlo Zakázať. Zobrazí sa informačný panel pripomínajúci, že + zmeny sa prejavia až po reštartovaní &brandShortName;. Informačný panel obsahuje + tlačidlo na reštartovanie programu &brandShortName;.</li> + <li>Ak chcete rozšírenie povoliť, kliknite na jeho položku v zozname + a následne kliknite na tlačidlo Povoliť. Zobrazí sa informačný panel pripomínajúci, že + zmeny sa prejavia až po reštartovaní &brandShortName;. Informačný panel obsahuje + tlačidlo na reštartovanie programu &brandShortName;.</li> + <li>Ak chcete rozšírenie odinštalovať, kliknite na jeho položku v zozname + a následne kliknite na tlačidlo Odinštalovať. Zobrazí sa informačný panel pripomínajúci, že + zmeny sa prejavia až po reštartovaní &brandShortName;. Informačný panel obsahuje + tlačidlo na reštartovanie programu &brandShortName;.</li> + <li>Ak chcete vyhľadať aktualizácie pre ktorékoľvek z nainštalovaných rozšírení + (vrátane tých označených ako nekompatibilné), kliknite na tlačidlo Hľadať aktualizácie + v dolnej časti okna Správcu doplnkov. + <p>Pri nájdení aktualizácii budú tieto zobrazené v novom paneli, kde si môžete zvoliť, + ktoré rozšírenia si prajete aktualizovať. Následne kliknite na tlačidlo Nainštalovať + aktualizácie. Nové verzie budú použité až po reštartovaní &brandShortName;.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="the_appearance_panel">Panel Témy</h4> + +<p>Panel Vzhľad nachádzajúci sa v okne Správcu doplnkov zobrazuje zoznam + nainštalovaných tém vzhľadu. Po otvorení <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager"> + okna Správcu doplnkov</a> kliknite na panel Vzhľad, kde môžete vykonať nasledujúce + akcie:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Ak chcete získať ďalšie informácie a ukážku ktorejkoľvek z nainštalovaných tém vzhľadu, + kliknite na jej položku v zozname, čím dôjde k zobrazeniu popisu témy a jej ukážky + v pravej časti okna Správcu doplnkov (možno bude nutné rozšíriť okno, ak sa nezobrazí + kompletná ukážka).</li> + <li>Ak chcete tému vzhľadu použiť, kliknite na jej položku v zozname + a následne kliknite na tlačidlo Použiť tému. Informačný panel obsahuje + tlačidlo na reštartovanie programu &brandShortName;. + <p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: Na rozdiel od rozšírení môžete v jednom čase používať len + jednu tému vzhľadu.</p> + </li> + <li>Ak chcete tému vzhľadu odinštalovať, kliknite na jej položku v zozname + a následne kliknite na tlačidlo Odinštalovať. Zobrazí sa informačný panel pripomínajúci, že + zmeny sa prejavia až po reštartovaní &brandShortName;. Informačný panel obsahuje + tlačidlo na reštartovanie programu &brandShortName;.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="the_plugins_panel">Panel Zásuvné moduly</h4> + +<p>Panel Zásuvné moduly nachádzajúci sa v okne Správcu doplnkov zobrazuje zoznam + nainštalovaných doplnkov typu zásuvný modul. Po otvorení <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">okna + Správcu doplnkov</a> kliknite na panel Zásuvné moduly, kde môžete vykonať nasledujúce + akcie:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Ak chcete zásuvný modul zakázať, kliknite na jeho položku v zozname + a následne kliknite na tlačidlo Zakázať.</li> + <li>Ak chcete zásuvný modul povoliť, kliknite na jeho položku v zozname + a následne kliknite na tlačidlo Povoliť.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: Na rozdiel od ostatných typov doplnkov, povolenie a + zakázanie zásuvných modulov nevyžaduje reštartovanie programu &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="the_languages_panel">Panel Jazykové balíky</h4> + +<p>Panel Zásuvné moduly nachádzajúci sa v okne Správcu doplnkov zobrazuje zoznam + nainštalovaných jazykových balíkov. Tento panel je zobrazený len v prípade, + že máte nainštalovaný nejaký jazykový balík.</p> + +<p>Po otvorení <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">okna + Správcu doplnkov</a> kliknite na panel Jazykové balíky, kde môžete vykonať nasledujúce + akcie:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Ak chcete jazykový balík zakázať, kliknite na jeho položku v zozname + a následne kliknite na tlačidlo Zakázať. Zobrazí sa informačný panel pripomínajúci, že + zmeny sa prejavia až po reštartovaní &brandShortName;. Informačný panel obsahuje + tlačidlo na reštartovanie programu &brandShortName;.</li> + <li>Ak chcete jazykový balík povoliť, kliknite na jeho položku v zozname + a následne kliknite na tlačidlo Povoliť. Zobrazí sa informačný panel pripomínajúci, že + zmeny sa prejavia až po reštartovaní &brandShortName;. Informačný panel obsahuje + tlačidlo na reštartovanie programu &brandShortName;.</li> + <li>Ak chcete jazykový balík odinštalovať, kliknite na jeho položku v zozname + a následne kliknite na tlačidlo Odinštalovať. Zobrazí sa informačný panel pripomínajúci, že + zmeny sa prejavia až po reštartovaní &brandShortName;. Informačný panel obsahuje + tlačidlo na reštartovanie programu &brandShortName;.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: Povolenie jazykového balíka v paneli Jazykové balíky + nezmení jazyk používateľského rozhrania programu &brandShortName;, len pridá daný jazyk + ako voľbu do okna <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Možnosti - Vzhľad</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Spustenie programu &brandShortName;</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#specifying_a_starting_page">Určenie štartovacej stránky</a></li> + <li><a href="#session_restore">Obnovenie relácie</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_your_home_page">Zmena nastavenia domovskej stránky</a></li> + <li><a href="#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Voľba komponentov, + ktoré sa majú spustiť pri štarte</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="specifying_a_starting_page">Určenie štartovacej stránky</h3> + +<p>Môžete určiť, ktorú stránku má prehliadač načítať pri svojom štarte:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V sekcii "Zobraziť pri spustení prehliadača" zvoľte, či chcete pri spustení + prehliadača načítať prázdnu stránku, domovskú stránku alebo naposledy + navštívenú stránku. Prípadne môžete + &brandShortName; určiť, aby obnovil predchádzajúcu reláciu, tj. okná + a karty, ktoré boli otvorené pri poslednom ukončení &brandShortName;. + <p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: Ak ste zvolili voľbu Domovskú stránku, zadajte v sekcii + Domovská stránka jej adresu (URL).</p></li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="session_restore">Obnovenie relácie</h3> + +<p>&brandShortName; pravidelne ukladá relácie prehliadania (otvorené okná + a karty, vrátane údajov zadaných do fomulárov) na pevný disk. Ak spustíte &brandShortName; s + povolenou obnovou relácií, budú po spustení obnovené všetky okná a karty z predchádzajúcej + relácie. Toto je užitočné najmä v prípade, ak bola vaša predchádzajúca relácia ukončená + neočakávane (napr. zamrznutie počítača alebo neočakávané zlyhanie + &brandShortName;). &brandShortName; automaticky obnoví + predchádzajúcu reláciu, ak je označená voľba "Obnoviť predchádzajúcu reláciu" v sekcii "Zobraziť pri spustení + prehliadača". Ak ste si zvolili nebyť upozornený pri zatváraní okna prehliadača, ktoré + obsahuje viacero otvorených kariet (viď nastavenia panela <a href="#tabbed_browsing">Prehliadanie + na kartách</a>), &brandShortName; otvorí stránku, kde si môžete zvoliť, + ktoré okná/karty z poslednej relácie chcete opätovne otvoriť. + Toto nastane aj v prípade, že &brandShortName; zlyhá viac krát za sebou.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_your_home_page">Zmena nastavenia domovskej stránky</h3> + +<p>Domovská stránka je stránka, ktorá sa zobrazí po kliknutí na tlačidlo Domov + na Osobnom paneli. V závislosti na nastaveniach sa táto stránka môže + automaticky zobrazovať aj pri spustení &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete zadať vašu domovskú stránku:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>Kliknite na kategóriu Prehliadač.</li> + <li>V sekcii Domovská stránka vykonajte jeden z nasledujúcich krokov: + <ul> + <li>Zadajte adresu URL (internetovú adresu) vašej domovskej + stránky do poľa s adresami.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Použiť aktuálnu stránku, čím sa nastaví + stránka práve zobrazená v okne prehliadača.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Vybrať súbor, ak chcete vybrať súbor + nachádzajúci sa na vašom počítači.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Na rýchle nastavenie domovskej stránky presuňte ikonu záložky + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png" + alt="Ikona záložky"/> z panela s adresou na tlačidlo Domov na Osobnom paneli.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Voľba komponentov, ktoré + sa majú spustiť pri štarte</h3> + +<p>Môžete si vybrať komponenty (ako Pošta a diskusné skupiny alebo Composer), + ktoré sa majú spúšťať pri každom štarte &brandShortName;:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>Kliknite na kategóriu Vzhľad.</li> + <li>Zvoľte komponenty, ktoré sa majú spustiť pri každom štarte &brandShortName;.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7889fe1ec4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Nástroje &brandShortName; a vývoj</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="web_development_tools">Nástroje na vývoj webových aplikácií</h1> + +<p>Pre webových vývojárov poskytuje &brandShortName; niekoľko nástrojov, ktoré + pomáhajú pri vývoji a ladení webových aplikácií. Niektoré z týchto nástrojov sú voliteľnou súčasťou inštalácie. + Tieto nástroje nájdete v ponuke Nástroje, položka Vývoj webu.</p> + +<ul class="separate"> + <li id="js_console"> + <strong>Chybová konzola</strong>: konzolové okno, ktoré zobrazuje problémy s kódom + <a href="glossary.xhtml#javascript">JavaScriptu</a> a CSS vo webových aplikáciách a v aplikácii &brandShortName; samotnej. + Predvolene sa zobrazujú chyb spracovania CSS a chyby JavaScriptu. Konzola môže tiež zobrazovať + zaznamenané správy z kódu <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul"> + XUL</a> a JavaScriptu. + </li> + <li id="inspector"> + <strong>DOM Inspector</strong>: nástroj, pomocou ktorého je možné prehliadať a upravovať DOM ľubovoľného webového dokumentu alebo aplikácie využívajúcej XUL. + + <p>Zdroje online:</p> + + <ul> + <li><a href="http://www.brownhen.com/DI/">Úvod k nástroju DOM + Inspector</a> (Ian Oeschger)</li> + <li><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/inspector/faq.html">DOM + Inspector FAQ</a> (mozilla.org)</li> + <!-- 2006-01-27: Removed link (404). + <li><a href="http://gr.ayre.st/moz/evangelism/tutorials/dominspectortutorial.shtml">grayrest's + Guide to the DOM Inspector</a></li> + --> + <li>Vytvárame aplikácie Mozilla - Príloha B3: + <a href="http://books.mozdev.org/html/mozilla-app-b-sect-3.html">DOM Inspector</a></li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b9935fd684 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Pre používateľov aplikácie Microsoft Internet Explorer</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="for_internet_explorer_users">Pre používateľov aplikácie Microsoft Internet Explorer</h1> + +<p>Pokiaľ ste doteraz používali prehliadač Microsoft® Internet Explorer zistíte, že je veľmi jednoduché začať používať &brandShortName; na <a href="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web">prehliadanie webových stránok</a>, <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml">správu pošty</a> a mnoho iných vecí.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: +<ul> +<li><a href="#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">Rozdiely v terminológii &brandShortName; a Internet Explorera</a></li> +<li><a href="#about_your_ie_favorites">Obľúbené položky v IE</a></li> +<li><a href="#browser_features">Funkcie prehliadača</a></li> +<li><a href="#other_features">Ďalšie funkcie</a></li> +<li><a href="#keyboard_shortcuts">Klávesové skratky</a></li> +</ul></div> + +<h2 id="mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">Rozdiely v terminológii aplikácií &brandShortName; a Internet Explorera</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<thead> +<tr> +<th>Internet Explorer</th> +<th>&brandShortName;</th> +</tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> +<tr> +<td>Možnosti siete Internet</td> +<td><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Možnosti</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Dočasné internetové súbory</td> +<td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings">Vyrovnávacia pamäť</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Obľúbené položky</td> +<td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks">Záložky</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Panel Adresa</td> +<td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page">Panel s adresou</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Aktualizovať</td> +<td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading">Obnoviť</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Odkazy</td> +<td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar">Panel s nástrojmi</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Kopírovať pdkaz</td> +<td>Kopírovať adresu odkazu</td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="about_your_ie_favorites">Obľúbené položky v IE</h2> + +<p>Vaše Obľúbené položky sú z IE automaticky importované. Dostanete sa k nim otvorením ponuky Záložky a vyberiete položku Importované Obľúbené položky IE.</p> + +<h2 id="browser_features">Funkcie prehliadača</h2> + +<ul> +<li><strong><a href="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing">Prehliadanie na kartách</a></strong>: + Namiesto otvorenia nových okien v priehliadači pre každú navštívenú stránku môžete otvoriť viacero stránok na kartách v rámci jedného okna prehliadača a prepínať medzi nimi. Taktiež môžete nastaviť <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">skupinu kariet ako svoju domovskú stránku</a>.</li> +<li><strong><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml">Ovládanie vyskakovacích okien</a></strong>: Umožňuje povoliť alebo zakázať vyskakovacie okná, ktoré sa samovoľne otvárajú pri spustení webových stránok.</li> +<li><strong><a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Bočný panel</a></strong>: Prispôsobte si &brandShortName; využitím pomôcok ako sú napríklad novinky, prehľad akcií, vaše záložky, história a mnohé iné.</li> +<li><strong><a href="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles">Správca profilov</a></strong>: Vytvorte si rôzne profily, každý s vlastnými záložkami, predvoľbami, nastavením pošty a pod. Je to užitočné v prípade, pokiaľ musíte zdieľať &brandShortName; s viacerými ľuďmi na jednom PC alebo chcete oddeliť svoje pracovné a osobné nastavenia.</li> +<li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml">Správca cookies</a></strong>: Umožňuje zobraziť detailné informácie o každom súbore cookie a odstrániť tie súbory cookies, ktoré nechce mať vo svojom počítači uložené. Môžete tiež určiť, ktoré stránky môžu ukladať cookies.</li> +<li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Správca obrázkov</a></strong>: Poskytuje možnosť zablokovať obrázky na určitých alebo na všetkých stránkach. Je to užitočné, keď potrebujete skrátiť čas potrebný na načítanie stránok.</li></ul> + +<h2 id="other_features">Ďalšie funkcie</h2> + +<p>V ľavom dolnom rohu prehliadača máte možnosť rýchleho prístupu k niektorým užitočným funkciám:</p> + +<ul> +<li><strong><a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml">Pošta a diskusné skupiny</a></strong>: Určené na pohodlné spravovanie elektronickej komunikácie. Môžete si vytvoriť niekoľko pracovných, či osobných účtov a elektronických diskusných skupín, všetko v jednom okne. Taktiež môžete <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">importovať</a> poštu a nastavenia z iných programov.</li> +<li><strong><a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#using_address_books">Adresár</a></strong>:Vytvorte nový adresár alebo <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books">importujte</a> kontakty z iných poštových programov.</li> +<li><strong><a href="composer_help.xhtml">Composer</a></strong>: Umožňuje vytvárať, upravovať a publikovať webové stránky.</li> +<li><strong>ChatZilla</strong>: Zabudovaný klient IRC, ktorý umožňuje komunikovať s ľuďmi cez sieť IRC.</li></ul> + +<h2 id="keyboard_shortcuts">Klávesové skratky</h2> + +<p>Všimnite si, že Microsoft Internet Explorer a &brandShortName; používajú mnohé spoločné klávesové skratky. Úplný zoznam nájdete v sekcii <a href="shortcuts.xhtml">Klávesové skratky pre &brandShortName;</a>.</p> + +</body> +</html> + diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..52cb891aea --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,404 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Slovník</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">Obsah tohto slovníka je len pre vašu informáciu a nekladie si za cieľ byť kompletným alebo smerodajným popisom termínov uvedených nižšie.</div> + +<h1 id="glossary">Slovník</h1> + +<dl> + +<dt id="location_bar">Adresný riadok</dt> + <dd>Pole (a priľahlé tlačidlá) v hornej časti okna prehliadača, kde je možné vpísať <a href="#url">adresu URL</a> alebo vyhľadávať.</dd> + +<dt id="authentication">Autorizácia</dt> + <dd>Použitie hesla, certifikátu, osobného identifikačného čísla (PIN) alebo iných informácií na overenie identity cez počítačovú sieť. Príbuzné témy: <a href="#password-based_authentication">Autorizácia heslom</a>, <a href="#certificate-based_authentication">Autorizácia certifikátu</a>, <a href="#client_authentication">Klientska autorizácia</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">Autorizácia servera</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate-based_authentication">Autorizácia pomocou certifikátu</dt> + <dd>Overenie identity založené na certifikátoch a šifrovaní verejným kľúčom. Pozrite taktiež <a href="#password-based_authentication">Autorizácia heslom</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="password-based_authentication">Autorizácia heslom</dt> + <dd>Dôveryhodná identifikácia pomocou mena a hesla. Pozrite taktiež <a href="#authentication">Autorizácia</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="client_authentication">Autorizácia klienta</dt> + <dd>Proces identifikácie <a href="#client">klienta</a> <a href="#server">serverom</a>. Napríklad menom a heslom alebo použitím <a href="#client_ssl_certificate">SSL certifikátu klienta</a> a niektorých digitálne podpísaných dát. Pozrite taktiež <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">Autorizácia servera</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="server_authentication">Autorizácia servera</dt> + <dd>Proces identifikácie <a href="#server">servera</a> <a href="#client">klientom</a> použitím <a href="#server_ssl_certificate">SSL certifikátu klienta</a>. Ďalšie informácie nájdete pri termínoch <a href="#client_authentication">Autorizácia klienta</a>, <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="secure_authentication">Bezpečné overenie</dt> + <dd>Typ <a href="#authentication">autorizácie</a>, ktorý používa <a href="#secure_connection">zabezpečené pripojenie</a>, takže komunikácia medzi klientom a serverom je šifrovaná.</dd> + +<dt id="security_device">Bezpečnostné zariadenie</dt> + <dd>Hardvér alebo softvér, ktorý zabezpečuje šifrovacie služby ako zašifrovanie a dešifrovanie a môže uchovávať certifikáty a kľúče. <a href="#smart_card">Smart karta</a> je príkladom bezpečnostného zariadenia implementovaného v hardvéri. <a href="#certificate_manager">Správca certifikátov</a> obsahuje vlastné zabudované bezpečnostné zariadenie, ktoré sa volá <a href="#software_security_device">Softvérové bezpečnostné zariadenie</a> a funguje, keď je spustený prehliadač. Každé bezpečnostné zariadenie je chránené vlastným <a href="#master_password">Hlavným heslom</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="security_certificate">Bezpečnostný certifikát</dt> + <dd>Viď <a href="#certificate">Certifikát</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="security_module">Bezpečnostný modul</dt> + <dd>Viď <a href="#pkcs_11_module">Modul PKCS #11</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="security_token">Bezpečnostný token</dt> + <dd>Viď <a href="#security_device">Bezpečnostné zariadenie</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="ca">CA</dt> + <dd>Viď <a href="#certificate_authority">Certifikačná autorita (CA)</a></dd> + +<dt id="certificate_authority">Certifikačná autorita (CA)</dt> + <dd>Služba, ktorá vydáva certifikát potom, ako bola overená identita osoby alebo entity, ktorú mal certifikát identifikovať. CA taktiež obnovuje/ruší certifikáty a pravidelne vytvára zoznam zrušených certifikátov. CA môže byť dodávateľ alebo osoba, či organizácia používajúca server so softvérom, ktorý vydáva certifikáty (ako napríklad &brandShortName; Certificate Management System). Pozrite tiež <a href="#certificate">Certifikát</a>, <a href="#crl">CRL (Zoznam zrušených certifikátov/Certificate revocation list)</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate">Certifikát</dt> + <dd>Digitálny ekvivalent identifikačnej karty. Certifikát obsahuje meno jednotlivca, podniku alebo inej spoločnosti a overuje, či verejný kľúč obsiahnutý v certifikáte prislúcha tejto spoločnosti. Keď digitálne podpisujete správu alebo iné údaje, digitálny podpis pre túto správu je vytvorený pomocou súkromného kľúča, ktorý zodpovedá verejnému kľúču vo vašom certifikáte. Certifikát je vydávaný a digitálne podpísaný <a href="#certificate_authority">Certifikačnou autoritou (CA)</a>. Pravosť certifikátu môže byť overená skontrolovaním <a href="#digital_signature">digitálneho podpisu</a> tiež nazývaného digitálne ID, digitálny pas, certifikát verejného kľúča, X.509 certifikát, bezpečnostný certifikát. Pozrite tiež <a href="#public-key_cryptography">Šifrovanie verejným kľúčom</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="ca_certificate">Certifikát CA</dt> + <dd>Certifikát, ktorý identifikuje certifikačnú autoritu. Taktiež pozrite <a href="#certificate_authority">Certifikačná autorita (CA)</a>, <a href="#subordinate_ca">Podriadená CA</a>, <a href="#root_ca">Kmeňová CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="object-signing_certificate">Certifikát podpisovaného objektu</dt> + <dd>Certifikát, ktorého korešpondujúci súkromný kľúč sa používa na podpisovanie objektov ako napríklad kódových súborov. Taktiež pozrite <a href="#object_signing">Podpisovanie objektu</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="cookie">Cookie</dt> + <dd>Malá informácia ukladaná na vašom počítači niektorými webovými stránkami. Keď takú stránku navštívite, stránka požiada &brandShortName; o umiestnenie jedného alebo viacerých cookie súborov na váš pevný disk. Pri ďalšej návšteve stránky jej &brandShortName; odošle príslušný cookie súbor. Cookies pomáhajú webovým stránkam sledovať informácie o vašej aktivite. Môžete nastaviť možnosti pre cookies tak, aby ste mohli kontrolovať ich použitie a určovať množstvo informácií prístupných webovým stránkam. Pozrite aj <a href="#foreign_cookie">Cudzie cookies</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="third-party_cookie">Cookies tretej strany</dt> + <dd>Viď <a href="#foreign_cookie">Cudzie cookies</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="crl">CRL (Zoznam zrušených certifikátov/certificate revocation list)</dt> + <dd>Zoznam zrušených certifikátov, ktorý je generovaný a podpísaný <a href="#certificate_authority">Certifikačnou autoritou(CA)</a>. Môžete prevziať najnovšiu verziu CRL do svojho prehliadača alebo servera a skontrolovať, či sú používané certifikáty stále platné, predtým ako budú zautorizované. </dd> + +<dt id="foreign_cookie">Cudzie cookies</dt> + <dd><a href="#cookie">Cookie</a> z jednej stránky, ktorá sa uloží do počítača, keď navštívite inú stránku. Niekedy <a href="#website">webový server</a> zobrazí obsah, ktorý je uložený na inom webovom serveri. Tento obsah môže byť hocičo od obrázku cez text po reklamu. Druhý webový server, ktorý obsahuje tieto prvky, má možnosť ukladať cookies vo vašom prehliadači, i keď ho nenavštívite priamo. Je to tiež známe ako <q>cookies tretej strany</q>.</dd> + +<dt id="decryption">Dešifrovanie</dt> + <dd>Proces dešifrovania údajov, ktoré sú zašifrované. Ďalšie informácie nájdete pri termíne <a href="#encryption">Šifrovanie</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="tamper_detection">Detekcia falšovania</dt> + <dd>Mechanizmus, ktorý zaisťuje, že dáta, ktoré boli prijaté v elektronickej forme, nie sú falošné. To znamená, že prijaté dáta úplne zodpovedajú originálnej verzii.</dd> + +<dt id="digital_id">Digitálne ID</dt> + <dd>Viď <a href="#certificate">Certifikát</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="digital_signature">Digitálny podpis</dt> + <dd>Kód vytvorený z podpisových dát a súkromného kľúča podpisovateľa. Je jedinečný pre každý nový kus dát. I obyčajná čiarka vložená do správy zmení jej digitálny podpis. Úspešné overenie vášho digitálneho podpisu patričným softvérom nielenže potvrdí, že transakcia alebo správa súhlasia, ale tiež, že ich dáta sa nezmenili odvtedy, čo boli digitálne podpísané. Digitálny podpis nemá nič s rukou urobeným podpisom, i keď môžu byť niekedy použité na podobné právne účely. Pozrite taktiež <a href="#nonrepudiation">Nepopierateľnosť</a>, <a href="#tamper_detection">Detekcia falšovania</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="home_page">Domovská stránka</dt> + <dd>Stránka, ktorú &brandShortName; zobrazí pri spustení alebo po kliknutí na tlačidlo Domov. Môže tiež odkazovať na hlavnú stránku webového servera, z ktorého prehliadate ostatné stránky, ktoré obsahuje.</dd> + +<dt id="add-on">Doplnok</dt> + <dd>Softvér pre program &brandShortName;, ktorý mení jeho vzhľad, správanie alebo pridáva nové funkcie. Doplnok môže takisto meniť jazyk používateľského rozhrania programu. Viď <a href="#extension">rozšírenie</a>, <a href="#language_pack">jazykový balík</a>, <a href="#plugin">zásuvný modul</a> a <a href="#theme">téma</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="trust">Dôvera</dt> + <dd>Dôvera v osobu alebo inú entitu. V kontexte <a href="#pki">PKI (infraštruktúra verejného kľúča)</a> dôvera znamená vzťah medzi používateľom certifikátu a <a href="#certificate_authority">certifikačnou autoritou (CA)</a>, ktorá vydáva certifikát. Ak používate Správcu certifikátov na špecifikáciu dôvery k CA, Správca certifikátov dôveruje platným certifikátom vydaným CA, pokiaľ nedefinujete iné nastavenia pre jednotlivé certifikáty. Ak chcete spresniť, ktorým certifikátom vydaným CA dôverujete alebo nie, kliknite na položku Autority v Správcovi certifikátov. </dd> + +<dt id="dual_key_pairs">Dvojité páry kľúčov</dt> + <dd>Dva páry verejno-súkromných kľúčov, t.j. 4 kľúče dokopy, korešpondujúce s dvomi rozdielnymi certifikátmi. Súkromný kľúč z jedného páru sa používa pri podpisových operáciách a verejný a súkromný kľúč z druhého páru sa používajú na zašifrovanie a dešifrovanie. Každý pár korešponduje s iným <a href="#certificate">certifikátom</a>. Pozrite tiež <a href="#public-key_cryptography">Šifrovanie verejným kľúčom</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="fips_pubs_140-1">FIPS PUBS 140-1</dt> + <dd>Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 je norma vlády USA na implementáciu šifrovacích modulov — hardvéru alebo softvéru, ktoré zašifrujú a dešifrujú údaje alebo vykonajú iné šifrovacie operácie (napríklad vytváranie alebo overovanie digitálnych podpisov). Veľmi veľa produktov dodávaných vláde USA musí spĺňať jednu či viac FIPS noriem.</dd> + +<dt id="ftp">FTP (File Transfer Protocol)</dt> + <dd>Norma, ktorá umožňuje používateľom prenos súborov z jedného počítača do iného prostredníctvom siete. Na prenos súborov pomocou protokolu FTP je možné použiť aj &brandShortName;.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_backup_password">Heslo zálohovaného certifikátu</dt> + <dd>Heslo, ktoré chráni certifikát, ktorý zálohujete alebo ste zálohovali. Správca certifikátov vás požiada, aby ste toto heslo nastavili, keď zálohujete certifikát a vypýta si ho, ak sa pokúsite obnoviť dané dáta.</dd> + +<dt id="master_password">Hlavné heslo</dt> + <dd>Heslo používané Správcom certifikátov na ochranu hlavného kľúča a/alebo súkromných kľúčov uložených na <a href="#security_device">bezpečnostnom zariadení</a>. Správca certifikátov potrebuje prístup k vašim súkromným kľúčom vtedy, keď napríklad podpisujete správu alebo používate jeden zo svojich vlastných certifikátov. Prístup k hlavnému heslu je potrebný, keď Správca hesiel alebo Správca formulárov čítajú či pridávajú vaše osobné údaje. Môžete nastaviť alebo zmeniť hlavné heslo v paneli nastavení Hlavného hesla. Každé bezpečnostné zariadenie požaduje odlišné hlavné heslo. Ďalšie informácie nájdete v sekciách <a href="#private_key"> Súkromný kľúč</a>, <a href="#master_key">Hlavný kľúč</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="master_key">Hlavný kľúč</dt> + <dd>Symetrický kľúč používaný <a href="#certificate_manager">Správcom certifikátov</a> na zašifrovanie informácií. Napríklad, <a href="#password_manager">Správca hesiel</a> použije Správcu certifikátov a hlavný kľúč na zašifrovanie hesiel e-mailových účtov, hesiel webových stránok a iných citlivých informácií. Ďalšie informácie nájdete pod pojmom <a href="#symmetric_encryption">symetrické šifrovanie</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="html">HTML (HyperText Markup Language)</dt> + <dd>Formát dokumentu používaný pri webových stránkach. Norma HTML definuje značky a kódy použité na určenie usporiadania textu, písmen, štýlov, obrázkov a ďalších prvkov, ktoré tvoria vzhľad webovej stránky.</dd> + +<dt id="http">HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol)</dt> + <dd>Protokol používaný na prenos <a href="#web_page">webových stránok</a> (hypertextové dokumenty) medzi prehliadačmi a <a href="#server">serverom</a> cez <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="https">HTTPS (HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure)</dt> + <dd>Bezpečná verzia HTTP protokolu, ktorá používa <a href="#ssl">SSL</a> na utajenie používateľových dát (napríklad informácií o kreditnej karte) počas pripojenia na <a href="#internet">Internete</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="misrepresentation">Chybný výklad</dt> + <dd>Prezentácia entity ako osoby alebo organizácie, ktorou nie je. Napríklad sa webová stránka tvári ako predajňa nábytku, ale v skutočnosti len prijíma platby a nikdy nepošle žiaden tovar. Pozrite aj <a href="#spoofing">Spoofing</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="imap">IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol)</dt> + <dd>Štandardný protokol servera elektronickej pošty, ktorý povoľuje ukladanie všetkých správ a ich zmien nie v počítači na pevnom disku, ale na serveri. Používaním IMAPu radšej ako <a href="#pop">POP</a> ušetríte miesto na disku a zároveň sa dostanete do celého obsahu svojej poštovej schránky, vrátane odoslaných e-mailov, konceptov a vlastných priečinkov z akéhokoľvek miesta na internete. Používanie modemu a IMAP servera je rýchlejšie, pretože prevezmete len hlavičky správ. Nie všetci <a href="#isp">poskytovatelia</a> podporujú IMAP.</dd> + +<dt id="implicit_consent">Implicitný súhlas</dt> + <dd>Tiež známy ako <q>opt-out</q> súhlas. Slúži na definovanie súkromných nastavení, ktorými je možné povoliť webovým stránkam zbierať informácie o používateľovi (takými sú napríklad <a href="#cookie">cookies</a> a online formuláre). Môžete zvoliť výhradné odmietnutie poskytnutia súhlasu zvolením tejto možnosti na stránke, ktorú webová stránka na tento účel vytvorila. Váš súhlas nemusí byť vyžiadaný, keď bola informácia už poskytnutá.</dd> + +<dt id="internet">Internet</dt> + <dd>Celosvetová sieť miliónov počítačov, ktoré medzi sebou komunikujú prostredníctvom štandardných protokolov ako je <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>. Pôvodne (v roku 1969) bola táto sieť vyvíjaná pre armádu USA. Internet sa neskôr rozvinul do vzdelávacej a výskumnej sféry a potom v 90. rokoch sa k nemu pripojilo množstvo obchodníkov, organizácií a jednotlivcov. Dnes Internet slúži na posielanie e-mailov, prehliadanie <a href="#world_wide_web">webu</a>, posielanie krátkych správ, prehliadanie diskusných skupín a množstvo ďalších vecí.</dd> + +<dt id="ip_address">IP adresa (Internet protocol address)</dt> + <dd>Adresa počítača v sieti <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>. Každý počítač na <a href="#internet">Internete</a> má adresu IP. <a href="#client">Klienti</a> majú buď stálu adresu IP alebo im je prideľovaná vždy, keď sa pripoja do siete. Adresy IP sú napísané ako súbor štyroch setov čísiel, napríklad ako 204.171.64.2.</dd> + +<dt id="irc">IRC (Internet Relay Chat)</dt> + <dd>Protokol používaný na chat s ostatnými ľuďmi v reálnom čase použitím <a href="#client">klienta</a> IRC.</dd> + +<dt id="isp">ISP (Internet Service Provider)</dt> + <dd>Spoločnosť/inštitúcia, ktorá zabezpečuje <a href="#internet">internetové</a> pripojenie.</dd> + +<dt id="java">Java</dt> + <dd>Programovací jazyk vyvíjaný firmou Sun Microsystems. Samostatný program Java môže byť spustený na množstve počítačov s odlišným operačným systémom. Nie je teda potrebné vytvárať pre každý z nich špeciálnu verziu. Po inštalácii Javy môže &brandShortName; automaticky preberať a spúšťať Java programy (tiež nazývané aplety).</dd> + +<dt id="javascript">JavaScript</dt> + <dd>Skriptovací jazyk, ktorý je používaný pri vytváraní <a href="#web_page">webových stránok</a>. Programátori používajú JavaScript na vytváranie webových stránok, ktoré sú tak viac interaktívne. JavaScript môže byť použitý napríklad na zobrazenie tlačidiel a formulárov <a href="#java">Javy</a>, ale jedná sa o technicky samostatný jazyk. Java nie je na správnu funkčnosť JavaScriptu nutná.</dd> + +<dt id="language_pack">Jazykový balík</dt> + <dd>Typ <a href="#add-on">doplnku</a>, ktorý pridáva nový jazyk do používateľského rozhrania programu &brandShortName;.</dd> + +<dt id="feed">Kanál</dt> + <dd>Pravidelne aktualizovaný zdroj odkazov na webové stránky, zvyčajne príspevky blogu alebo správy. Technicky je to dokument typu XML dostupný cez verejne známu adresu URL obsahujúci niekoľko položiek, pričom každá z nich obsahuje rôzne meta-údaje (prípadne krátky súhrn správy) a adresu k plnej verzii článku alebo správy. Dokument XML je generovaný v určených intervaloch alebo pri pridaní nového článku na danej webovej stránke. Webové aplikácie sa môžu prihlásiť k odberu kanála a prezentovať nové články po ich sprístupnení v dokumente XML. Existuje niekoľko formátov XML pre kanály, najčastejšie používané sú <a href="#rss">RSS</a> a Atom.</dd> + +<dt id="client">Klient</dt> + <dd>Softvér (napríklad webový prehliadač) zasielajúci požiadavky na získanie informácií zo <a href="#server">servera</a>, ktorý je spustený na inom počítači. Počítač, na ktorom je klientsky softvér spustený, je často popisovaný ako klient.</dd> + +<dt id="key">Kľúč</dt> + <dd>Veľké číslo používané <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">šifrovacím algoritmom </a> na zašifrovanie alebo dešifrovanie dát. Napríklad osobný verejný kľúč povoľuje ostatným používateľom zašifrovať správy osoby, ktorá ho vlastní. Zašifrovaná správa musí byť dešifrovaná príslušným súkromným kľúčom. Pozrite aj <a href="#public-key_cryptography">šifrovanie verejným kľúčom</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="root_ca">Koreňová CA</dt> + <dd><a href="#certificate_authority">Certifikačný autorita (CA)</a> so samopodpisovacím certifikátom na vrchole <a href="#certificate_chain">Reťazca certifikátov</a>. Pozrite aj <a href="#subordinate_ca">Podriadená CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="ldap">LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)</dt> + <dd>Štandardný protokol, ktorý umožňuje prístup do služieb priečinkov ako napríklad korporátnych adresárov skrz rôzne platformy. Je možné nastaviť prehliadač tak, aby pristupoval do adresárov LDAP priamo cez adresár. Podobne je možné nastaviť Poštu a diskusné skupiny.</dd> + +<dt id="pkcs_11_module">Modul PKCS #11</dt> + <dd>Počítačový program, ktorý spravuje šifrovacie operácie ako zašifrovanie a dešifrovanie použitím normy PKCS #11. Tiež nazývaný <em>šifrovací modul</em>, <em>správca šifrovacích operácií</em> alebo <em>bezpečnostný modul</em>. Modul PKCS #11 kontroluje ako hardvérové tak i softvérové zariadenia. Modul PKCS #11 vždy kontroluje jeden alebo viacero slotov, ktoré sa môžu implementovať ako určité formy fyzickej čítačky (napríklad na čítanie smart kariet) alebo v softvéri. Každý slot modulu PKCS #11 môže taktiež obsahovať <a href="#security_device">bezpečnostné zariadenie</a> (nazývané aj <em>token</em>), ktoré je buď hardvérovým alebo softvérovým zariadením zabezpečujúcim šifrovacie operácie a ukladajúcim certifikáty a kľúče. <a href="#certificate_manager">Správca certifikátov</a> poskytuje dva zabudované moduly PKCS #11. Do svojho počítača si môžete inštalovať prídavné moduly, ktoré budú kontrolovať čítačky smart kariet alebo iných hardvérových zariadení.</dd> + +<dt id="navigation_toolbar">Navigačný panel nástrojov</dt> + <dd>Panel, ktorý je umiestnený v hornej časti okna prehliadača. Obsahuje tlačidlá ako Naspäť či Dopredu.</dd> + +<dt id="subject_name">Názov subjektu</dt> + <dd><a href="#distinguished_name">Príznačný názov (PN)</a>, ktorý jedinečne popisuje <a href="#subject">subjekt</a> <a href="#certificate">certifikátu</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="nonrepudiation">Nepopierateľnosť</dt> + <dd>Nemožnosť odosielateľa správy poprieť jej odosielanie. Regulárny rukou urobený podpis je jeden zo spôsobov, ako dosiahnuť nepopierateľnosť. <a href="#digital_signature">Digitálny podpis</a> symbolizuje druhý.</dd> + +<dt id="notification_bar">Notifikačný panel</dt> + <dd>Panel, ktorý sa objavuje v hornej časti prehliadača nad obsahom stránky. Jeho úlohou je informovať vás o veciach, ktoré by ste nemali prehliadnuť. Zobrazuje napr. informácie o zablokovaní vyskakovacieho okna, možnosti uloženia hesla alebo požiadavke na inštaláciu dodatočného zásuvného modulu.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_renewal">Obnovenie certifikátu</dt> + <dd>Proces obnovenia <a href="#certificate">certifikátu</a>, ktorému končí platnosť.</dd> + +<dt id="ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</dt> +<dd>Súbor pravidiel, ktoré dovoľujú <a href="#certificate_manager">Správcovi certifikátov</a> skontrolovať platnosť certifikátu v každom momente použitia. Tento proces využíva zoznam platných certifikátov pre daný webový server a konfrontuje ho s práve použitým certifikátom. Váš počítač musí byť on-line, aby OCPS mohol fungovať.</dd> + +<dt id="eavesdropping">Odpočúvanie</dt> + <dd>Tajné odpočúvanie informácií posielaných sieťou, osobou, ktorej neboli určené.</dd> + +<dt id="fingerprint">Odtlačok</dt> + <dd>Viď <a href="#certificate_fingerprint">Odtlačok certifikátu</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_fingerprint">Odtlačok certifikátu</dt> + <dd>Unikátne číslo, ktoré je spájané s certifikátom. Nie je jeho časťou, ale je vytvorené aplikovaním matematickej funkcie na obsah certifikátu. Ak sa tento obsah zmení, čo i len o jediný znak, bude vytvorené nové číslo. Odtlačok certifikátu sa preto používa na overenie, či certifikát nebol sfalšovaný.</dd> + +<dt id="opml">OPML (Outline Processor Markup Language)</dt> + <dd>Formát XML používaný na zobrazenie kolekcie <a href="#feed">kanálov</a>. Aj keď je podľa špecifikácie určený širšie použitie, v súčasnosti sa používa hlavne na importovanie a exportovanie kolekcií medzi rôznymi čítačkami kanálov, ako napr. &brandShortName;.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_verification">Overenie certifikátu</dt> + <dd>Keď <a href="#certificate_manager">Správca certifikátov</a> overí certifikát, potvrdí tým, že digitálny podpis bol vytvorený certifikačnou autoritou, ktorej vlastný certifikát je v zozname Správcu certifikátov a zároveň je označený ako dôveryhodný. Taktiež to potvrdzuje, že certifikát, ktorý bol overený, nemôže byť označený ako nedôveryhodný. Nakoniec, ak <a href="#ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</a> bol aktivovaný, Správca certifikátov urobí online kontrolu a to tak, že ho vyhľadá v zozname platných certifikátov, ktoré sú uchované na <a href="#url">adrese URL</a>, ktorá je špecifikovaná buď v certifikáte samotnom alebo v prehliadači v Možnostiach - Overenie platnosti. Ak akákoľvek z týchto kontrol zlyhá, Správca certifikátov označí daný certifikát ako neoverený a nepotvrdí identitu daného predmetu.</dd> + +<dt id="component_bar">Panel komponentov</dt> + <dd>Panel nástrojov umiestnený v ľavom dolnom rohu okna &brandShortName;. Umožňuje prepínať medzi jednotlivými nástrojmi &brandShortName; jednoduchým kliknutím na ikony Prehliadač, Pošta a diskusné skupiny, Composer a podobne.</dd> + +<dt id="pkcs_11">PKCS #11</dt> + <dd>Šifrovacia norma verejného kľúča, ktorý riadi bezpečnostné zariadenia ako smart karty. Taktiež pozri <a href="#security_device">Bezpečnostné zariadenie</a>, <a href="#smart_card">Smart karta</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="pki">PKI (Infraštruktúra verejného kľúča)</dt> + <dd>Normy a služby, ktoré napomáhajú využitiu šifrovania verejným kľúčom a certifikátov v prostredí sieti.</dd> + +<dt id="object_signing">Podpisovanie objektu</dt> + <dd>Technológia, ktorá dovoľuje softvérovým vývojárom podpísať kód Java, JavaScript alebo iný druh súboru. Taktiež dovoľuje používateľovi identifikovať podpisovateľa a kontrolovať prístup k miestnym systémovým zdrojom pomocou podpisového kódu.</dd> + +<dt id="signing_certificate">Podpisový certifikát</dt> + <dd>Certifikát, ktorý sa zhoduje so <a href="#private_key">súkromným kľúčom</a> a používa sa na podpisovanie prenesených dát, takže si príjemca môže overiť identitu odosielateľa. Certifikačné autority (CA) často vydávajú podpisový certifikát, ktorý bude použitý na podpísanie e-mailových správ v rovnakom čase ako <a href="#encryption_certificate">šifrovací certifikát</a>, ktorý zašifruje e-mailovú správu. Pozrite taktiež <a href="#dual_key_pairs">Dvojité páry kľúčov </a> a <a href="#digital_signature">Digitálny podpis</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="signing_key">Podpisový kľúč</dt> + <dd>Súkromný kľúč, ktorý slúži len na podpisovanie. Podpisový kľúč a jeho ekvivalent verejný kľúč spolu tvoria <a href="#encryption_key">šifrovací kľúč</a> a jeho ekvivalent súkromný kľúč, čo sú spolu <a href="#dual_key_pairs">Dvojité páry kľúčov</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="subordinate_ca">Podriadená CA</dt> + <dd><a href="#certificate_authority">Certifikačná autorita (CA)</a>, ktorej certifikát je podpísaný od inej podriadenej alebo koreňovej CA. Pozrite tiež <a href="#certificate_chain">Reťazový certifikát</a>, <a href="#root_ca">Koreňová CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="phishing">Podvodná stránka</dt> + <dd>Podvodná stránka je podvodná obchodná metóda, ktorej úlohou je vytvoriť falošnú webovú stránku, napríklad bánk, internetových obchodov a kreditných spoločností, za účelom získania osobných informácií používateľov.</dd> + +<dt id="helper_application">Pomocná aplikácia</dt> + <dd>Akákoľvek aplikácia, ktorá slúži na otváranie alebo prezeranie si prevzatých súborov prehliadačom. <a href="#plug-in">Zásuvný modul</a> je špeciálny typ pomocnej aplikácie, ktorý sa nainštaluje do priečinka Plugins v hlavnom inštalačnom priečinka prehliadača a obvykle môže byť otvorený v rámci samotnej aplikácie. Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop a iné externé aplikácie sa považujú za pomocné aplikácie, ale nie zásuvné moduly, pretože sa nedokážu nainštalovať do priečinka prehliadača, ale dajú sa otvoriť z dialógového okna Preberanie súborov.</dd> + +<dt id="tooltip">Pomôcka</dt> + <dd>Malé okienko s textom, ktoré sa zobrazí keď ponecháte kurzor myši nad určitými položkami. Obvykle obsahuje informácie vzťahujúce sa k položke, nad ktorou držíte kurzor myši.</dd> + +<dt id="pop">POP (Post Office Protocol)</dt> + <dd>Štandardný protokol poštového servera, ktorý vyžaduje, aby ste prevzali nové správy do svojho lokálneho počítača, aj keď môžete ukladať kópie na server. So službou POP je možné uchovať všetky správy vrátane odoslaných e-mailov, konceptov, vlastných priečinkov. Na porovnanie protokol <a href="#imap">IMAP</a> umožňuje dlhodobé uchovávanie všetkých správ a zmien na serveri, kam sa dostanete z akéhokoľvek počítača. Väčšina <a href="#isp">ISP</a> podporuje práve POP.</dd> + +<dt id="caret_browsing">Prehliadanie s kurzorom</dt><dd>Funkcia &brandShortName;, ktorá umožňuje prechádzať textom na webových stránkach a v e-mailových správach (alebo v okne tohto pomocníka) pomocou kurzora. Pomocou klávesnice tak môžete prechádzať a označovať text presne tak, ako to robíte v textovom editore. Funkciu prehliadania s kurzorom je možné zapnúť resp. vypnúť pomocou klávesu <kbd>F7</kbd>. Režim Prehliadanie s kurzorom je možné zapnúť/vypnúť aj v okne nastavení, panel Rozšírené - Navigácia klávesnicou.</dd> + +<dt id="distinguished_name">Príznačný názov (PN)</dt> + <dd>Špecificky formátovaný názov, ktorý unikátne identifikuje predmet <a href="#certificate">certifikátu</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="proxy">Proxy</dt> + <dd>Prostredník či <q>sprostredkovateľský</q> program, ktorý sprostredkováva komunikáciu medzi <a href="#server">serverom</a> a <a href="#client">klientom</a> pre požiadavky iných klientov.</dd> + +<dt id="frame">Rámec</dt> + <dd>Rámce sú <a href="#web_page">webové stránky</a> obsiahnuté v rámci jednej stránky.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_chain">Reťazový certifikát</dt> + <dd>Hierarchické série certifikátov podpísané za sebou idúcimi certifikačnými autoritami. CA certifikátu idetifikuje <a href="#certificate_authority">certifikačnú autoritu (CA)</a> a používa sa na podpísanie certifikátov vydaných danou autoritou. CA certifikátu môže naopak byť podpísaná certifikátom CA z nadriadenej CA a tak ďalej až po <a href="#root_ca">Koreňovú CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="rss">RSS (Really Simple Syndication)</dt> + <dd>Údajový formát <a href="#xml">XML</a> pre webové <a href="#feed">kanály</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="extension">Rozšírenie</dt> + <dd>Typ <a href="#add-on">doplnku</a>, ktorý mení správanie &brandShortName; alebo pridáva do programu nové funkcie.</dd> + +<dt id="server">Server</dt> + <dd>Softvér (ako napr. softvér, ktorý poskytuje webové stránky), ktorý prijíma požiadavky a posiela informácie <a href="#client">klientovi</a>, ktorý je obyčajne spustený na inom počítači. Počítač, na ktorom softvér serveru funguje, býva označovaný ako server.</dd> + +<dt id="slot">Slot</dt> + <dd>Časť hardvéru alebo jeho ekvivalent v softvéri, ktorý je kontrolovaný <a href="#pkcs_11_module">Modulom PKCS #11</a> a navrhnutý na ovládanie <a href="#security_device">bezpečnostného zariadenia</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="smart_card">Smart karta</dt> + <dd>Malé zariadenie väčšinou veľkosti kreditnej karty obsahujúce mikroprocesor, ktoré je schopné uchovávať šifrovacie informácie (ako kľúče a certifikáty) a zabezpečiť šifrovacie operácie. Smart karty používajú normu <a href="#pkcs_11">PKCS #11</a> a sú typom <a href="#security_device">bezpečnostného zariadenia</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="smtp">SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)</dt> + <dd>Protokol, ktorý posiela e-maily cez sieť <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="socks">SOCKS</dt> + <dd>Protokol, ktorý používa server <a href="#proxy">proxy</a> na akceptovanie požiadaviek od klienta v sieti, aby ich mohol poslať ďalej v sieti <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="software_security_device">Softvérové bezpečnostné zariadenie</dt> + <dd>Predvolené <a href="#security_device">bezpečnostné nastavenie</a> používané <a href="#certificate_manager">správcom certifikátov</a> na uchovanie súkromných kľúčov spájaných s certifikátmi. Okrem súkromných kľúčov je v softvérovom bezpečnostnom zariadení uložený hlavný kľúč používaný <a href="#password_manager">správcom hesiel</a> na šifrovanie e-mailových hesiel, hesiel webových stránok a iných citlivých informácií. Pozrite aj termíny <a href="#private_key">Súkromný kľúč</a> a <a href="#master_password">Hlavné heslo</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="spoofing">Spoofing</dt> + <dd>Vydávanie sa za niekoho iného. Napríklad osoba môže tvrdiť, že má e-mailovú adresu <tt>jdoe@mozilla.com</tt> alebo počítač sa bude identifikovať ako stránka <tt>www.mozilla.com</tt> aj keď ňou v skutočnosti nie je. Spoofing je jednou z foriem <a href="#misrepresentation">dezinformovanosti</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_manager">Správca certifikátov</dt> + <dd>Časť prehliadača, ktorá vám umožňuje zobrazovať a spravovať certifikáty. Na zobrazeniu hlavného okna Správca certifikátov otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span>, vyberte položku Možnosti, kliknite na Súkromie a Bezpečnosť a položku Certifikáty.</dd> + +<dt id="cookie_manager">Správca cookie</dt> + <dd>Časť prehliadača, ktorá slúži na ovládanie súborov <a href="#cookie">cookies</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="password_manager">Správca hesiel</dt> + <dd>Časť prehliadača, ktorá vám pomáha pamätať si niektoré alebo všetky prihlasovacie mená a heslá, ich uložením na pevný disk a vložením do príslušného formulára ako náhle navštívite stránku, ktorá vyžaduje takéto prihlásenie.</dd> + +<dt id="ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</dt> + <dd>Protokol, ktorý umožňuje obojstrannú autorizáciu medzi <a href="#client">klientom</a> a <a href="#server">serverom</a> za účelom vytvorenia overeného a šifrovaného spojenia. SSL beží nad protokolom <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> a pod protokolmi <a href="#http">HTTP</a>, <a href="#ldap">LDAP</a>, <a href="#imap">IMAP</a>, NNTP a ďalšími vyššími sieťovými protokolmi. Nový štandard Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) zvaný Transport Layer Security (TLS) je založený na SSL. Ďalšie informácie nájdete aj pri termínoch: <a href="#authentication">Autorizácia</a>, <a href="#encryption">Zašifrovanie</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="client_ssl_certificate">SSL certifikát klienta</dt> + <dd>Certifikát, ktorý predkladá <a href="#client">klient</a> (ako napríklad prehliadač) <a href="#server">serveru</a>, aby mohla byť overená jeho identita (alebo identita osoby používajúcej daného klienta) pomocou protokolu <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a>. Pozrite aj <a href="#client_authentication">Autorizácia klienta</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="server_ssl_certificate">SSL certifikát servera</dt> + <dd>Certifikát, ktorý predkladá <a href="#server">server</a> danému <a href="#client">klientovi</a>, aby mohla byť overená jeho identita použitím protokolu <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="status_bar">Stavový riadok</dt> + <dd>Stavový riadok, ktorý je umiestnený v dolnej časti okna &brandShortName;. Zahŕňa <a href="#component_bar">Panel komponentov</a> na ľavej strane a ikony stavu na pravej.</dd> + +<dt id="subject">Subjekt</dt> + <dd>Entita (ako osoba, organizácia alebo router) identifikovaná <a href="#certificate">certifikátom</a>. Pole subjektu v certifikáte môže obsahovať overené položky ako <a href="#subject_name">Názov subjektu</a> a iné znaky.</dd> + +<dt id="private_key">Súkromný kľúč</dt> + <dd>Jeden z páru <a href="#key">kľúčov</a> používaný v asymetrickom šifrovaní. Súkromný kľúč je tajný a je používaný na dešifrovanie správ, ktoré boli zašifrované verejným kľúčom.</dd> + +<dt id="symmetric_encryption">Symetrické šifrovanie</dt> + <dd>Šifrovacia metóda, ktorá používa jednoduchý šifrovací kľúč na zašifrovanie a dešifrovanie danej správy.</dd> + +<dt id="cipher">Šifra</dt> + <dd>Viď <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">Šifrovací algoritmus</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="cryptographic_algorithm">Šifrovací algoritmus</dt> + <dd>Súbor pravidiel alebo príkazov používaných na vykonanie šifrovacích operácií ako <a href="#encryption">zašifrovanie</a> a <a href="#decryption">dešifrovanie</a> údajov. Niekedy zvykne byť označovaný ako <em>šifra</em>.</dd> + +<dt id="encryption_certificate">Šifrovací certifikát</dt> + <dd><a href="#certificate">Certifikát</a>, ktorého verejný kľúč sa používa len na zašifrovanie. Šifrovacie certifikáty sa nepoužívajú na operácie, ktoré vyžadujú podpis. Pozrite <a href="#dual_key_pairs">Dvojité páry kľúčov</a>, <a href="#signing_certificate">Podpisový certifikát</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="encryption_key">Šifrovací kľúč</dt> + <dd>Súkromný kľúč, ktorý sa používa len na zašifrovanie. Šifrovací kľuč a jeho ekvivalent súkromný kľúč plus <a href="#signing_key">podpisový kľúč</a> a jeho ekvivalent verejný kľúč tvoria <a href="#dual_key_pairs">Dvojité páry kľúčov</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="cryptography">Šifrovanie</dt> + <dd>Umenie a postupy zašifrovania a dešifrovania informácií. Tieto šifrovacie techniky sú napríklad použité pri zašifrovaní a dešifrovaní informácií vymieňaných medzi komerčnými webovými stránkami a prehliadačom. Pozri <a href="#public-key_cryptography">Šifrovanie verejným kľúčom</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="public-key_cryptography">Šifrovanie verejným kľúčom</dt> +<dd>Súbor známych techník a noriem, ktoré dovoľujú entite (napríklad osobe, organizácii alebo hardvéru, ktorým môže byť router) overiť identitu elektronickou formou alebo podpísať elektronické dáta. Sú potrebné dva kľúče: <a href="#public_key">verejný kľúč</a> a <a href="#private_key">súkromný kľúč</a>. Verejný kľúč je vydaný ako súčasť <a href="#certificate">certifikátu</a>, ktorý spája tento kľúč s určitou identitou. Korešpondujúci súkromný kľúč je držaný v tajnosti. Dáta, ktorá boli zašifrované verejným kľúčom, môžu byť dešifrované jedine súkromný kľúčom.</dd> + +<dt id="tcp">TCP</dt> + <dd>Viď <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="tcp_ip">TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol)</dt> + <dd>Unixový protokol používaný na spojenie počítačov s rôznymi operačnými systémami. TCP/IP je nevyhnutný protokol siete internet a stal sa všeobecne uznávanou normou.</dd> + +<dt id="theme">Téma</dt> + <dd>Typ <a href="#add-on">doplnku</a>, ktorý mení vzhľad programu &brandShortName;.</dd> + +<dt id="tls">TLS</dt> + <dd>Viď <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer).</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="token">Token</dt> + <dd>Viď <a href="#security_device">Bezpečnostné zariadenie</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="url">URL (Uniform Resource Locator)</dt> + <dd>Štandardizovaná adresa, ktorá povie prehliadaču &brandShortName;, ako sa dostať k súboru alebo k inému zdroju na webe. Napríklad: <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>. Môžete napísať adresu URL do <a href="#location_bar">Adresného riadka</a> prehliadača, aby ste sa dostali na požadovanú <a href="#web_page">webovú stránku</a>. Adresa URL sa taktiež používa ako odkaz na webovej stránke, na ktorý môžete kliknúť, ak sa chcete dostať na inú stránku. Poznáme ho pod názvom internetová adresa alebo webová adresa.</dd> + +<dt id="public_key">Verejný kľúč</dt> + <dd>Jeden z páru <a href="#key">kľúčov</a>, ktoré sa používajú v šifrovaní verejným kľúčom. Tento kľúč je voľne distribuovaný a vydaný ako súčasť <a href="#certificate">certifikátu</a>. Obvykle sa používa na zašifrovanie dát vlastníka tohto kľúča, ktorý ich môže dešifrovať príslušným súkromným kľúčom.</dd> + +<dt id="personal_toolbar">Osobný panel nástrojov</dt> + <dd>Upraviteľný panel nástrojov, ktorý sa automaticky objaví pod adresným riadkom. Obsahuje štandardné tlačidlá ako Domov, Záložky a podobne, ktoré môžete pridať alebo odstrániť. Taktiež môžete pridať tlačidlá pre svoje obľúbené záložky alebo priečinky, ktoré budú obsahovať tieto záložky. </dd> + +<dt id="search_engine">Vyhľadávač</dt> + <dd>Program, ktorý umožňuje používateľom vyhľadávať a získavať konkrétne informácie z <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>. Vyhľadávač môže prehľadávať text webových dokumentov alebo zoznam kľúčových slov, môže tiež využívať knižničné služby, ktoré prehľadávajú dokumenty a ručne ich indexujú. Obvykle používateľ uvádza slovo alebo frázu do okna vyhľadávania a vyhľadávač zobrazí odkazy na zodpovedajúce webové stránky.</dd> + +<dt id="cache">Vyrovnávacia pamäť (cache)</dt> + <dd>Skupina kópií webových stránok uložená na vašom pevnom disku alebo v operačnej pamäti (RAM). &brandShortName; zhromažďuje tieto webové stránky počas vášho prehliadania webu. Ak kliknete na odkaz alebo zadáte <a href="#url">adresu URL</a> na zobrazenie príslušnej webovej stránky a táto je už vo vyrovnávacej pamäti uložená, vykoná sa porovnanie s originálom. Ak sa na stránke nevyskytujú zmeny, &brandShortName; použije uloženú webovú stránku. Urýchli sa tým zobrazenie webovej stránky a ušetrí sa prenosová kapacita linky.</dd> + +<dt id="web_page">Webová stránka</dt> + <dd>Jeden dokument na World Wide Web, ktorý je reprezentovaný unikátnou webovou adresou <a href="#url">URL</a>. Môže obsahovať text, odkazy a grafiku.</dd> + +<dt id="website">Webový server</dt> + <dd>Skupina príbuzných webových stránok prepojená webovými odkazmi a spravovaná spoločnosťou, organizáciou či konkrétnym jednotlivcom. Webové stránky môžu obsahovať text, grafiku, audio či video súbory a odkazy na iné webové stránky.</dd> + +<dt id="world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</dt> + <dd>Tiež známy ako web. Časť <a href="#internet">Internetu</a>, ktorá sa skladá z webových stránok uložených na webových <a href="#server">serveroch</a> zobrazovaných pomocou <a href="#client">klientov</a> nazývaných webové prehliadače (ako napríklad &brandShortName;).</dd> + +<dt id="wpad">WPAD (Web Proxy AutoDiscovery)</dt> + <dd>Webový protokol, ktorý umožňuje prehliadaču automaticky vyhľadať a pripojiť sa k <a href="#proxy">proxy</a> serverom dostupným na sieti.</dd> + +<dt id="xml">XML (Extensible Markup Language)</dt> + <dd>Voľne dostupná norma pre popis údajov. Na rozdiel od <a href="#html">HTML</a>, XML dovoľuje tvorcovi webovej stránky definovať špeciálne značky. Ďalšie informácie nájdete v online dokumente W3C na stránke <a href="http://www.w3.org/XML/">Extensible Markup Language (XML)</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="xslt">XSLT (Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformation)</dt> + <dd>Jazyk používaný na konvertovanie dokumentov XML do iných dokumentov XML alebo do iného formátu.</dd> + +<dt id="xul">XUL (XML User Interface Language)</dt> + <dd> XML je štandardný jazyk, ktorý slúži na vytváranie používateľského rozhrania v aplikáciách.</dd> + +<dt id="secure_connection">Zabezpečené pripojenie</dt> + <dd>Spojenie medzi klientom a serverom, ktoré používa nejaký typ šifrovania (zvyčajne <a href="#ssl">SSL</a>) na zabezpečenie pred prečítaním údajov treťou stranou. Server väčšinou poskytuje na svoju identifikáciu certifikát.</dd> + +<dt id="encryption">Zašifrovanie</dt> + <dd>Proces zmeny informácie spôsobom, ktorý skryje jej význam. Napríklad, zašifrované spojenia medzi počítačmi zásadne znižujú možnosť úspešného odpočúvania alebo <em>dešifrovania</em> vymieňaných informácií treťou osobou. Zašifrované informácie môžu byť dešifrované len vlastníkom príslušného kľúča. Pozrite aj <a href="#public-key_cryptography">Šifrovanie verejným kľúčom</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="bookmark">Záložka</dt> + <dd>Uložená <a href="#url">adresa URL</a> ľubovoľnej <a href="#web_page">webovej stránky</a>, ktorú môžete zobraziť jednoduchým kliknutím na jej záložku na <a href="#personal_toolbar">osobnom paneli nástrojov</a> alebo ju vyberiete z ponuky Záložky.</dd> + +<dt id="plug-in">Zásuvný modul</dt> + <dd>Druh <a href="#helper_application">pomocnej aplikácie</a>, ktorá pridáva nové možnosti prehliadaču &brandShortName;, napríklad možnosť prehrávať zvuky alebo videoklipy. Na rozdiel od iných druhov pomocných aplikácií sa zásuvné moduly inštalujú do priečinka Plugins v hlavnom inštalačnom adresári &brandShortName; a sú otvárané priamo vo vnútri prehliadača &brandShortName;. Napríklad, zásuvný modul na prehrávanie zvuku vám umožní prehrávať zvukové súbory priamo na <a href="#web_page">webových stránkach</a> alebo v e-mailových správach. Macromedia Flash Player a Java sú príklady takýchto zásuvných modulov. </dd> + +</dl> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1cbd283c49 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + +<!-- HELP Glossary SECTION --> + <rdf:Description about="urn:root"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Adresa IP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ip_address"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Adresný riadok" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Autorizácia" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Autorizácia certifikátu authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Autorizácia heslom" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Autorizácia klienta" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Autorizácia servera" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Bezpečné overenie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#secure_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Bezpečnostné zariadenie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_device"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Bezpečnostný certifikát" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Bezpečnostný modul" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_module"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Bezpečnostný token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_token"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA certifikát" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Certifikačná autorita (CA)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Certifikát" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Certifikát podpisovaného objektu" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object-signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Cookie tretej strany" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#third-party_cookie"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CRL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#crl"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Cudzia cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#foreign_cookie"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Dešifrovanie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#decryption"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Detekcia falšovanian" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tamper_detection"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Digitálne ID" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_id"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Digitálny podpis" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Domovská stránka" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#home_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Doplnok" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#add-on"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Dôvera" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#trust"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Dvojité páry kľúčov" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#dual_key_pairs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FIPS PUBS 140-1" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fips_pubs_140-1"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ftp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Heslo zálohovaného certifikátu password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Hlavné heslo" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Hlavný kľúč" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#html"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#http"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTPS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#https"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Chybný výklad" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#misrepresentation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IMAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#imap"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Implicitný súhlas" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#implicit_consent"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Internet" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#internet"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IRC" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#irc"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="ISP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#isp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Java" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#java"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="JavaScript" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#javascript"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Jazykový balík" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#language_pack"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Kanál" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#feed"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Klient" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Kľúč" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Koreňová CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#root_ca"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="LDAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ldap"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Modul PKCS #11 " nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Navigačný panel" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Názov subjektu" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject_name"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Nepopierateľnosť" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#nonrepudiation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Notifikačný panel" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#notification_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Obnovenie certifikátu" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_renewal"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="OCSP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ocsp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Odpočúvanie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#eavesdropping"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Odtlačok" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fingerprint"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Odtlačok certifikátu" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_fingerprint"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="OPML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#opml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Overenie certifikátu" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Panel nástrojov" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKI" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pki"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Podpisovanie objektu" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object_signing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Podpisový certifikát" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Podpisový kľúč" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Podriadená CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subordinate_ca"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Podvodná stránka" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#phishing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Pomocná aplikácia" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#helper_application"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Pomôcka" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tooltip"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="POP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pop"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Prehliadanie s kurzorom" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#caret_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Príznačný názov (PN)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#distinguished_name"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Proxy" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#proxy"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Rámec" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#frame"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Reťazový certifikát" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Rozšírenie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#extension"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="RSS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#rss"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Server" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Slot" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#slot"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Smart karta" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smart_card"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SMTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smtp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SOCKS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#socks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Softvérové bezpečnostné zariadenie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Spoofing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#spoofing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Správca certifikátov" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Správca cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Správca hesiel" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SSL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ssl"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SSL certifikát klienta" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SSL certifikát servera" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Stavový riadok" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="STARTTLS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#starttls"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Subjekt" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Súkromný kľúč" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#private_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Symetrické šifrovanie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#symmetric_encryption"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Šifra" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cipher"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Šifrovací algoritmus" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptographic_algorithm"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Šifrovací certifikát" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Šifrovací kľúč" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Šifrovanie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptography"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Šifrovanie verejným kľúčom" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP/IP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp_ip"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Téma" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#theme"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TLS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tls"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#token"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="URL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#url"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Verejný kľúč" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Vlastný panel nástrojov" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Vyhľadávač" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#search_engine"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Vyrovnávacia pamäť (cache)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Webová stránka" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Webový server" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#website"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="World Wide Web (WWW)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#world_wide_web"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="WPAD" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#wpad"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XSLT" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xslt"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XUL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xul"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Zabezpečené pripojenie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Zašifrovanie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Záložka" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#bookmark"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Zásuvný modul" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#plug-in"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95a3c43f6e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,2209 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#a"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Account_Settings" + nc:name="Nastavenie účtov" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding" + nc:name="pridanie"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons" + nc:name="doplnky" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books" + nc:name="adresáre" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#about_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="attaching_files_to_messages" + nc:name="pripojenie súborov k správe" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#adding"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:images_to_web_pages" + nc:name="vloženie obrázkov do webových stránok" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:blog_account" + nc:name="vytvorenie nového účtu blogu" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:mail_account" + nc:name="vytvorenie nového poštového účtu" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:newsgroup_account" + nc:name="vytvorenie nového účtu diskusných skupín" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:table_elements" + nc:name="vloženie prvkov tabuľky" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#address_books"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:adding_entries" + nc:name="vloženie položiek do adresára" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating" + nc:name="vytvorenie nového adresára" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating_mailing_lists" + nc:name="vytvorenie mailing-listu" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:exporting" + nc:name="exportovanie adresárov" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#exporting_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:importing" + nc:name="importovanie adresárov" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:LDAP_directories" + nc:name="priečinky LDAP" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:searching" + nc:name="vyhľadávanie v adresári" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#add-ons"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:about" + nc:name="čo je" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#about_add-ons"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:installing" + nc:name="inštalácia" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#installing_add-ons"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:manager" + nc:name="Správca doplnkov" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-ons_manager"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#add-ons:manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:get_add-ons" + nc:name="Panel Získať doplnky" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_get_add-ons_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:extensions_panel" + nc:name="Panel Rozšírenia" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_extensions_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:appearance_panel" + nc:name="Panel Vzhľad" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_appearance_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:languages_panel" + nc:name="Panel Jazykové balíky" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_languages_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:plugins_panel" + nc:name="Panel Zásuvné moduly" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_plugins_panel"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#b"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="backing_up_certificates" + nc:name="záloha certifikátov" + nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks" + nc:name="záložky" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser" + nc:name="prehliadač" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browsing_anonymously" + nc:name="anonymné prehliadanie" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#bookmarks"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:changing_bookmarks" + nc:name="zmena záložiek" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:creating_bookmarks" + nc:name="vytvorenie záložiek" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:exporting_bookmarks" + nc:name="exportovanie záložiek" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:organizing_bookmarks" + nc:name="správa záložiek" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:searching_bookmarks" + nc:name="vyhľadávanie záložiek" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:using_bookmarks" + nc:name="používame záložky" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:visiting" + nc:name="návšteva stránok v záložkách" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:what_are_bookmarks" + nc:name="čo sú záložky" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#browser"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:changing_your_home_page" + nc:name="zmena domovskej stránky" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:controlling_popups" + nc:name="ovládanie vyskakovacích okien" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:Download_Manager" + nc:name="Správca preberania súborov" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:full_screen_mode" + nc:name="Režim Na celú obrazovku" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#full_screen_mode"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:helper_applications" + nc:name="pomocné aplikácie" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:home_page" + nc:name="domovská stránka" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:keyboard_shortcuts" + nc:name="klávesové skratky" + nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:opening_pages" + nc:name="otváranie stránok" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:preferences" + nc:name="Nastavenia prehliadača" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:set_as_wallpaper" + nc:name="nastavenie ako pozadie pracovnej plochy" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_page" + nc:name="úvodná stránka" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:session_restore" + nc:name="obnovenie relácií" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#session_restore"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:crash_recovery" + nc:name="obnovenie po zlyhaní" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#session_restore"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_up_components" + nc:name="komponenty pri spustení" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#c"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cache" + nc:name="vyrovnávacia pamäť" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="caret_browsing" + nc:name="prehliadanie s kurzorom" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates" + nc:name="Certifikáty" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer" + nc:name="Composer" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager" + nc:name="Správa Cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies" + nc:name="súbory cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="copy web pages" + nc:name="kopírovanie" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="CRLs" + nc:name="Zrušené certifikáty (CRL)" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Customizing" + nc:name="Prispôsobenia písiem a farieb" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cache"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cache:changing_settings" + nc:name="zmena nastavení vyrovnávacej pamäte" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cache:preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia vyrovnávacej pamäte" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Certificates"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:certificate_authority" + nc:name="certifikačná autorita" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:getting" + nc:name="získanie certifikátov" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:managing" + nc:name="Správa certifikátov" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:preferences" + nc:name="Nastavenie certifikátov" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:selecting_for_client_authentication" + nc:name="Výber pre autentifikáciu klienta" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#client_certificate_selection"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:server" + nc:name="identita servera" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:using" + nc:name="Používanie certifikátov" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:validation" + nc:name="overenie certifikátu" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:website" + nc:name="identita webovej stránky" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_websites"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:your_own" + nc:name="Vaša vlastná identita" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Composer"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:adding_tables" + nc:name="pridanie tabuliek" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:Advanced_Property_Editor" + nc:name="Rozšírený editor vlastností" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_color" + nc:name="zmena farby textu" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_font" + nc:name="zmena písma textu" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:checking_html" + nc:name="kontrola kódu html" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_links" + nc:name="vytvorenie odkazov" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_new_pages" + nc:name="vytvorenie nových stránok" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_image_properties" + nc:name="úprava vlastností obrázka" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_modes" + nc:name="režimy úpravy" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:finding_replacing_text" + nc:name="hľadanie a nahradenie textu" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_lists" + nc:name="formátovanie zoznamov" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_paragraphs" + nc:name="formátovanie odstavcov" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:general_preferences" + nc:name="všeobecné nastavenia" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_horizontal_lines" + nc:name="vloženie horizontálnych čiar" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_images" + nc:name="vloženie obrázkov" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:keyboard_shortcuts" + nc:name="klávesové skratky" + nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:removing_text_styles" + nc:name="odstránenie štýlov textu" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:saving_pages" + nc:name="uloženie stránok v editore" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_colors" + nc:name="nastavenie farieb stránky" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_properties" + nc:name="nastavenie vlastností stránky" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:special_characters" + nc:name="špeciálne znaky" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:working_with_lists" + nc:name="práca so zoznamami" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Cookie_Manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:cookies_stored_by" + nc:name="uložené cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:using" + nc:name="používanie cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cookies"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:about" + nc:name="čo sú cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:email_and" + nc:name="e-mail a cookies" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:foreign" + nc:name="cookies tretích strán" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:managing_per_site" + nc:name="správa cookies pre jednotlivé stránky" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia cookie" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:removing" + nc:name="odstránenie cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:viewing" + nc:name="zobrazenie cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="default_account" + nc:name="predvolený účet" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#set_as_default"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="device_manager" + nc:name="Správa zariadení" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="DOM_Inspector" + nc:name="DOM Inspector" + nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#inspector"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager" + nc:name="Správca preberania súborov" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Download_Manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager:preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia správcu preberania" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#e"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses" + nc:name="e-mailové adresy"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption" + nc:name="šifrovanie" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="JSConsole" + nc:name="chybová konzola" + nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="extensions_panel" + nc:name="panel rozšírenia" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_extensions_panel"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#email_addresses"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:address_books_and" + nc:name="pridanie e-mailovej adresy do adresára" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:in_mail_messages" + nc:name="e-mailová adresa v správe" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#encryption"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:about" + nc:name="čo je šifrovanie a podpisovanie" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_email_messages" + nc:name="zašifrované e-mailové adresy" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_stored_sensitive_information" + nc:name="ukladanie citlivých informácií" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:settings_for_email" + nc:name="nastavenia šifrovania" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#configuring_security_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:status_of_web_page" + nc:name="bezpečnosť webovej stránky" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#f"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="feeds" + nc:name="Feeds" + nc:link="glossary.xhtml#feed"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="file_types" + nc:name="typy súborov" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Filing_messages" + nc:name="vypĺňanie správ" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Find_Links_As_You_Type" + nc:name="Hľadanie odkazov počas písania" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Find_Text_As_You_Type" + nc:name="Hľadanie textu počas písania" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="FIPS_mode" + nc:name="Režim FIPS" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="font_changing_in_composer" + nc:name="Zmena písma v Composeri" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#feeds"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="feeds:subscribing" + nc:name="prihlásenie k odberu kanála" + nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="feeds:reading" + nc:name="čítanie kanála" + nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="feeds:exporting_importing" + nc:name="export a import kanálov" + nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#exporting_and_importing_feeds"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#g"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="GIF" + nc:name="GIF, vloženie" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#h"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="helper_applications" + nc:name="pomocné aplikácie" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="home_page" + nc:name="domovská stránka" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML" + nc:name="HTML"/> + </rdf:li><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTTP_Networking" + nc:name="HTTP Networking" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#HTML"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML:editing_in_mail_messages" + nc:name="úprava HTML v e-mailových správach" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_Composer" + nc:name="vloženie HTML v Composeri" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_mail_messages" + nc:name="používanie HTML v poštových správach" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#i"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images" + nc:name="obrázky"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP" + nc:name="IMAP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import" + nc:name="import"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#images"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:email_and" + nc:name="e-mail a obrázky" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:managing" + nc:name="správa obrázkov" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia obrázkov" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:set_as_wallpaper" + nc:name="nastavenie ako pozadie pracovnej plochy" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#IMAP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:about" + nc:name="čo je IMAP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:advanced_mail_settings" + nc:name="rozšírené nastavenia IMAP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:server_settings" + nc:name="nastavenia servera IMAP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#import"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:address_book" + nc:name="import adresárov" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:bookmark_list" + nc:name="import záložiek" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:certificates" + nc:name="import certifikátov" + nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:feeds" + nc:name="import kanálov" + nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#exporting_and_importing_feeds"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:mail" + nc:name="import pošty alebo nastavení z iných aplikácií" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#j"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="java" + nc:name="Java" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript" + nc:name="JavaScript"/> + </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#JavaScript"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript:preferences" + nc:name="Nastavenie JavaScriptu" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#k"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia klávesnice" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts" + nc:name="klávesové skratky" + nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keywords" + nc:name="kľúčové slová" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#keyboard_shortcuts"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Composer" + nc:name="klávesové skratky Composera" + nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:general" + nc:name="všeobecné klávesové skratky" + nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:help" + nc:name="klávesové skratky pomocníka" + nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Mail_and_Newsgroups" + nc:name="klávesové skratky poštového klienta" + nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Navigator" + nc:name="klávesové skratky prehliadača" + nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#l"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="languages" + nc:name="jazyky" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="languages_panel" + nc:name="panel jazyky" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_languages_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP" + nc:name="LDAP" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="lock_icon" + nc:name="ikona zámku" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#languages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="languages:and_international_content" + nc:name="jazyky a medzinárodný obsah" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="languages:Appearance_preferences" + nc:name="Jazyky používateľského rozhrania" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#LDAP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:adding_to_address_book" + nc:name="pridanie priečinkov do adresára" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:directory_server_settings" + nc:name="nastavenie priečinkov servera" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#directory_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:global_settings" + nc:name="nastavenie LDAP" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#m"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="mail" + nc:name="nastavenia bezpečnosti pošty" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups" + nc:name="Pošta a diskusné skupiny" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password" + nc:name="Hlavné heslo" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="mouse_wheel" + nc:name="koliesko myši" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Mail_and_Newsgroups"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Account_Setup_Wizard" + nc:name="Sprievodca nastavením účtu" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:adding_accounts" + nc:name="pridanie účtov" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:address_autocompletion" + nc:name="automatické dokončovanie adries" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_messages" + nc:name="adresovanie správ" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia adresovania" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Advanced_IMAP_settings" + nc:name="Rozšírené nastavenia IMAP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:attaching_files" + nc:name="pripojenie súborov" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:changing_account_settings" + nc:name="zmena nastavení účtu" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Character_Encoding" + nc:name="Kódovanie" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#character_encoding"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Compose_window" + nc:name="Okno písania správy" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:composing_messages" + nc:name="písanie správ" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copies_and_folder_settings" + nc:name="kópie a nastavenia priečinkov" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copying_folders" + nc:name="kopírovanie priečinkov" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_filters" + nc:name="vytvorenie filtrov" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_folders" + nc:name="vytvorenie priečinkov" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_HTML_mail_messages" + nc:name="vytvorenie e-mailových správ v kóde HTML" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:disk_space_and_storage_settings" + nc:name="nastavenie miesta na disku a úložiska" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:filing_messages" + nc:name="vypĺňanie správ" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:forwarding_messages" + nc:name="preposielanie správ" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#forwarding_a_message"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:general_preferences" + nc:name="všeobecné nastavenia pošty" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:getting_new_messages" + nc:name="získanie nových správ" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_recipients" + nc:name="príjemcovia správ HTML" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_sending_options" + nc:name="možnosti odoslania správy v HTML" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_Message_Source" + nc:name="zdrojový kód správy v HTML" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:identity_settings" + nc:name="nastavenia identity" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:mail_window_layout" + nc:name="rozloženie okna pošty" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:message_searching" + nc:name="vyhľadávanie správ" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:network_preferences" + nc:name="nastavenie siete pre poštu a diskusné skupiny" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:offline_synchronization_settings" + nc:name="nastavenie synchronizácie pre režim offline" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:POP_settings" + nc:name="nastavenia POP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:renaming_folders" + nc:name="premenovanie priečinkov" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:replying_to_messages" + nc:name="odpovedanie na správy" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#replying_to_a_message"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_and_printing_messages" + nc:name="ukladanie a vytlačenie správ" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_attachments" + nc:name="uloženie príloh" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_attachments"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_messages_drafts" + nc:name="uloženie rozpísaných správ" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_messages" + nc:name="odoslanie správ" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_options" + nc:name="nastavenie odosielania" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:SMTP_settings" + nc:name="nastavenia SMTP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sorting_and_threading_messages" + nc:name="usporiadanie a triedenie správ" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_address_books" + nc:name="používanie adresára" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#using_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_attachments" + nc:name="používanie príloh" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_HTML_in_messages" + nc:name="používanie kódu HTML v správach" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:viewing_attachments" + nc:name="zobrazenie príloh" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:working_offline" + nc:name="práca v režime offline" + nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#master_password"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password:changing" + nc:name="Zmena hlavného hesla" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password:forgetting" + nc:name="Zabudnuté hlavné heslo" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password:preferences" + nc:name="Nastavenia hlavného hesla" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password:timeout" + nc:name="Časový limit pre hlavné heslo" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#n"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="navigation" + nc:name="navigácia" + nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups" + nc:name="Diskusné skupiny" + nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Newsgroups"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:getting_started" + nc:name="začíname s diskusnými skupinami" + nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:server_settings" + nc:name="newsgroup server settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#o"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Offline" + nc:name="Režim Offline"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="OPML" + nc:name="OPML" + nc:link="glossary.xhtml#opml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Offline"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Offline:general_preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia režimu offline" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Offline:offline_apps" + nc:name="Webové aplikácie v režime offline" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#offline_apps"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Offline:Mail_and_Newsgroups" + nc:name="Diskusné skupiny a pošta offline" + nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#p"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="page_info" + nc:name="informácie o stránke" + nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#viewing_page_info"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager" + nc:name="Správca hesiel" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="phishing" + nc:name="podvody" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#phishing_detection"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="plugins" + nc:name="zásuvné moduly" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="plugins_panel" + nc:name="panel zásuvné moduly" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_plugins_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="POP" + nc:name="POP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords" + nc:name="Heslá" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows" + nc:name="vyskakovacie okná" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="popups" + nc:name="vyskakovacie okná" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="print" + nc:name="tlač" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy" + nc:name="súkromie" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles" + nc:name="profily" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies" + nc:name="servery proxy" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages" + nc:name="publikovanie stránok" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#password_manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:encrypting_stored_passwords" + nc:name="Šifrovanie uložených hesiel" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:master_password" + nc:name="Hlavné heslo" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:preferences" + nc:name="Nastavenia hesiel" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#passwords"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords:choosing" + nc:name="Zvolenie dobrého hesla" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords:preferences" + nc:name="Nastavenia hesiel" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords:remembering_automatically" + nc:name="Automatické zapamätanie" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords:timeout_for_master_password" + nc:name="Časový limit pre hlavné heslo" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#POP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="POP:server_settings" + nc:name="Nastavenie servera POP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#popup_windows"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows:preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia vyskakovacích okien" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#preferences"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:advanced" + nc:name="rozšírené nastavenia" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:appearance" + nc:name="nastavenia vzhľadu" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cache" + nc:name="nastavenia vyrovnávacej pamäte" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:certificates" + nc:name="nastavenia certifikátov" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:colors" + nc:name="nastavenia farieb" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:content" + nc:name="nastavenia obsahu" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#content"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cookies" + nc:name="nastavenia cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Downloads" + nc:name="nastavenia preberania súborov" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:fonts" + nc:name="nastavenia písma" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:helper_applications" + nc:name="nastavenia pomocných aplikácií" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:history" + nc:name="nastavenia histórie" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:images" + nc:name="nastavenia obrázkov" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:internet_search" + nc:name="nastavenia vyhľadávania na webe" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:JavaScript" + nc:name="nastavenia JavaScriptu" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:keyboard" + nc:name="nastavenia klávesnice" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:languages" + nc:name="nastavenia jazykov" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Link_Behavior" + nc:name="nastavenia správania sa odkazov" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#link_behavior"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Navigator" + nc:name="nastavenia prehliadača" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:passwords" + nc:name="nastavenia hesiel" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:popup_windows" + nc:name="nastavenia vyskakovacích okien" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:privacy" + nc:name="nastavenia súkromia" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:proxies" + nc:name="nastavenia serverov proxy" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:security" + nc:name="bezpečnostné nastavenia" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:SSL" + nc:name="nastavenia SSL" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Tabbed_Browsing" + nc:name="nastavenia prehliadania na kartách" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#privacy"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:about" + nc:name="čo je súkromie" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:cookies_and" + nc:name="cookies a súkromie" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:IP_address" + nc:name="adresa IP" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#internet_address"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia súkromia" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:protecting" + nc:name="ochrana vášho súkromia" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#using_privacy_features"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:viewing_site_policy" + nc:name="zobrazenie zásad stránok" + nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#profiles"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:creating" + nc:name="vytvorenie profilu" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:deleting" + nc:name="odstránenie profilu" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:managing" + nc:name="správa profilov" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:renaming" + nc:name="premenovanie profilu" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#proxies"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies:advanced" + nc:name="rozšírené nastavenia serverov proxy" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies:preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia serverov proxy" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies:setting" + nc:name="nastavenia hodnôt pre proxy" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#publishing_pages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:settings" + nc:name="nastavenia publikovania stránok" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:tips" + nc:name="tipy pre publikovanie stránok" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#r"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="resetting_master_password" + nc:name="vynulovanie hlavného hesla" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts" + nc:name="potvrdenie o prečítaní" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#return_receipts"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:general_preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia pre potvrdenia o prečítaní" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/> + </rdf:li><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:using" + nc:name="používanie potvrdení o prečítaní" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#s"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="save" + nc:name="uloženie"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security" + nc:name="bezpečnosť"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_devices" + nc:name="bezpečnostné zariadenia" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings" + nc:name="nastavenia"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_modules" + nc:name="bezpečnostné moduly" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="search" + nc:name="hľadanie" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar" + nc:name="Bočný panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="signing_email_messages" + nc:name="podpisovanie e-mailových správ" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="smart_cards" + nc:name="zariadenia smart cards" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSL" + nc:name="SSL" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SMTP" + nc:name="SMTP"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="software_installation" + nc:name="inštalácia softvéru" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#save"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="save:web_pages" + nc:name="uloženie a vytlačenie webovej stránky" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="save:messages" + nc:name="uloženie a vytlačenie správy" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#search"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="search:Advanced_mode" + nc:name="Rozšírený režim vyhľadávania v Bočnom paneli" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#sidebar_advanced_search_mode"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="search:bookmarks" + nc:name="vyhľadávanie záložiek" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="search:setting_preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia vyhľadávania" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#security"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_before_sending_message" + nc:name="kontrola bezpečnosti pred odoslaním správy" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#message_security_compose_window"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_a_web_page" + nc:name="kontroly bezpečnosti webovej stránky" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_received_messages" + nc:name="kontrola bezpečnosti prijatých správ" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia bezpečnosti" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#security_devices"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_devices:managing" + nc:name="Správa bezpečnostných zariadení" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#security_modules"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_modules:managing" + nc:name="Správa bezpečnostných modulov" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings:certificate" + nc:name="nastavenia certifikátov" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings:signed_and_encrypted mail" + nc:name="nastavenia pre podpísané a šifrované správy" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings:SSL" + nc:name="nastavenia SSL" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Sidebar"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:adding_tabs" + nc:name="pridanie kariet Bočného panela" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:customizing_tabs" + nc:name="prispôsobenie kariet Bočného panela" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:description" + nc:name="čo je Bočný panel?" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:opening_closing_resizing" + nc:name="otvorenie, zatvorenie a zmena veľkosti Bočného panela" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:removing_tabs" + nc:name="odstránenie karty Bočného panela" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:reorganizing_tabs" + nc:name="zmena usporiadania kariet Bočného panela" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:search_categories" + nc:name="kategórie vyhľadávania" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#customizing_search_categories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:searching_from" + nc:name="vyhľadávanie z Bočného panela" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_from_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:viewing_tabs" + nc:name="zobrazenie kariet Bočného panela" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#SMTP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:choosing_a_different" + nc:name="výber iného servera SMTP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:server_settings" + nc:name="nastavenia servera SMTP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#SSL"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSL:preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia SSL" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSL:protocols" + nc:name="protokoly SSL" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_protocol_versions"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#t"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tab_Key_Navigation" + nc:name="Navigácia pomocou klávesu Tab" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing" + nc:name="Prehliadanie na kartách" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tags" + nc:name="Značky" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#tagging_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="themes" + nc:name="témy" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="appearance_panel" + nc:name="panel vzhľad" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_appearance_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar" + nc:name="panel nástrojov"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Tabbed_Browsing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:bookmarking_tabs" + nc:name="pridanie kariet medzi záložky" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:closing_tabs" + nc:name="zatváranie kariet" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:introduction" + nc:name="používanie prehliadania na kartách" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:moving_tabs" + nc:name="presun kariet" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:opening_tabs" + nc:name="otvorenie kariet" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:setting_up" + nc:name="nastavenie prehliadania na kartách" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:what_is" + nc:name="čo je prehliadanie na kartách" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Tags"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tags:general_preferences" + nc:name="nastavenia značiek" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#tags"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#toolbar"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:hiding_a_toolbar" + nc:name="skrytie panela s nástrojmi" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:navigation_toolbar" + nc:name="Navigačný panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:personal_toolbar" + nc:name="Osobný panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#u"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="uploading_pages" + nc:name="odoslanie stránok na server" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#validation"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation:about" + nc:name="čo je overenie" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation:OCSP" + nc:name="OCSP" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#ocsp"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation:settings" + nc:name="nastavenia overovania" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#w"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages" + nc:name="webové stránky"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Working_Offline" + nc:name="Režim Offline" + nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#web_pages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:copying" + nc:name="kopírovanie webových stránok" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:customizing_fonts" + nc:name="prispôsobenie písiem" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:finding_within" + nc:name="hľadanie textu na stránke" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:history" + nc:name="história webových stránok" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#about_history_lists"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:navigating" + nc:name="navigácia na webových stránkach" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:searching" + nc:name="hľadanie webových stránok" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:stopping" + nc:name="zastavenie" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..22cae57917 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + + <rdf:Description about="urn:root"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="a" nc:name="A"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="b" nc:name="B"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="c" nc:name="C"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="d" nc:name="D"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="e" nc:name="E"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="f" nc:name="F"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="g" nc:name="G"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="h" nc:name="H"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="i" nc:name="I"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="j" nc:name="J"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="k" nc:name="K"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="l" nc:name="L"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="m" nc:name="M"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="n" nc:name="N"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="o" nc:name="O"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="p" nc:name="P"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="q" nc:name="Q"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="r" nc:name="R"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="s" nc:name="S"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="t" nc:name="T"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="u" nc:name="U"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="v" nc:name="V"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="w" nc:name="W"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="x" nc:name="X"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="y" nc:name="Y"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="z" nc:name="Z"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d356cd73a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + +<rdf:Description about="suite-toc.rdf#ieusers" + nc:name="Pre používateľov Internet Explorera" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="terms" + nc:name="Rozdiely v terminológii" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="favorites" + nc:name="Obľúbené položky IE" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#about_your_ie_favorites"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="key-features" + nc:name="Funkcie prehliadača" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#browser_features"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="more-features" + nc:name="Ďalšie funkcie" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#other_features"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard-shortcuts" + nc:name="Klávesové skratky" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#keyboard_shortcuts"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="suite-toc.rdf#nav-doc-ses"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-default" + nc:name="Nastavenie &brandShortName; ako predvolený prehliadač" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#browser"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:default" + nc:name="predvolený prehliadač" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="default_browser_preferences" + nc:name="nastavenie predvoleného prehliadača" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#i"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="ieusers" + nc:name="Pomocník pre používateľov Internet Explorera" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#ieusers"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:terminology-differences" + nc:name="Rozdiely v terminológii" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:your-favorites" + nc:name="Obľúbené položky IE" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#about_your_ie_favorites"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:additional-software" + nc:name="Ďalšie funkcie" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#other_features"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:keyboard-shortcuts" + nc:name="Klávesové skratky" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#keyboard_shortcuts"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#preferences"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:default_browser" + nc:name="nastavenie predvoleného prehliadača" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f4442c3601 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */ +@import url("chrome://help/content/platformClasses.css"); + +body { + margin: 2ex; + font-family: sans-serif; + font-size: 0.75em; + max-width: 120ex; +} + +dd { -moz-margin-start: 0px; margin-bottom: 1em; } +dt { font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bold; } +tt { font-size: 10pt; } + +:link:hover, +:visited:hover { color: -moz-activehyperlinktext; } + +h1 { font-size: 20pt; } +h2 { border-top: 1px solid black; font-size: 16pt; padding-top: 0.2em; } +h3 { color: #009; font-size: 10pt; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-top: 35px; } + +kbd { font-family: sans-serif; } + +.defaultTable { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid grey; + width: 100%; } + +.defaultTable td { border: 1px solid grey; padding: 4px; } + +.defaultTable th { background-color: #99ccff; + border: 1px solid grey; font-size: 10pt; padding: 4px; text-align: left; } + +.tbody-default > tr:nth-child(2n) { + background-color: #eeeeee; +} + +.boilerPlate { font-size: 7pt; } + +.commandColumn { width: 40%; } +.osFirstColumn { width: 20%; } +.osSecondColumn { width: 20%; } +.osThirdColumn { width: 20%; } + +p:first-child { padding-top: 0; margin-top: 0; } + +.separate > li { margin-bottom: 0.5em; } + +.contentsBox { + margin-top: 12px; + background-color: #cccccc; + border: 1px solid black; + width: 300px; + padding: 1em; +} + +.contentsBox > ul { + list-style-type: none; +} + +a[href^="http://"]:after, a[href^="https://"]:after, a[href^="x-moz-url-link:"]:after { + content: url("images/web-links.png"); +} diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ba630ed2ab --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Ako používať pomocníka</title> + <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="helpFileLayout.css"/> +</head> + +<body> + +<h1 id="help_window_top">Ako používať pomocníka</h1> + +<p>Táto kapitola popisuje spôsob, ako používať pomocníka — (v pravej časti okna je rámec s textom a na ľavej strane je zobrazený bočný panel).</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie o podpore získate po kliknutí na odkazy, ktoré sa nachádzajú v spodnej časti stránky <a href="welcome_help.xhtml">Pomocník a centrum podpory</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: +<ul> + <li><a href="#finding_the_topic_you_want">Vyhľadanie témy</a></li> + <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Pohyb v pomocníkovi a tlač</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_help_buttons">Tlačidlo Pomocník</a></li> + <li><a href="#search_tips">Tipy na vyhľadávanie</a></li> +</ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="finding_the_topic_you_want">Vyhľadanie témy</h2> + + <p>V ľavej časti okna Pomocníka je rám s niekoľkými kartami, ktoré umožňujú rôznym spôsobom nájsť hľadané témy:</p> +<ul> + <li>Hlavné témy sú zobrazené v bočnom paneli vľavo. Po kliknutí na názov témy si ju môžete prečítať. Ak chcete zobraziť jej podtémy, kliknite na názov témy dva krát alebo + kliknite na znamienko plus/trojuholník vľavo.<br/> + Ak výsledok vyhľadávania neobsahuje vami zadanú tému, zmeňte vyhľadávané slovo/á alebo ich počet.</li> + <li>Ak chcete vyhľadávať v texte zobrazenej stránky pomocníka, použite klávesovú skratku <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>F</kbd>. Pod stránkou sa + zobrazí vyhľadávací panel, do ktorého zadajte hľadané slovo alebo frázu a stlačte kláves <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> alebo použite tlačidlá + <q>Ďalšie</q> a <q>Predchádzajúce</q>, pomocou ktorých môžete vyhľadávať v požadovanom smere. Kliknutím na tlačidlo <q>Zvýrazniť</q> označíte výskyty hľadaného termínu na + celej stránke. Ak chcete pri vyhľadávaní rozlišovať malé a veľké písmená, označte pole <q>Rozlišovať malé/veľké písmená</q>.</li> +</ul> + + <p> + Ak chcete zobraziť súvisiace informácie k téme, ktorú práve čítate, kliknite na odkazy v okne pomocníka podobne, ako by ste sa pohybovali na skutočnej webovej stránke.</p> + +<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Pohyb v pomocníkovi a tlač</h2> + <p>Ak chcete zopakovať kroky v pomocníkovi, kliknite na tlačidlá, ktoré sa nachádzajú v jeho ľavom hornom rohu:</p> + + <p><img src="images/help_nav.png" alt="" width="124" height="38"/></p> + + <ul> + <li>Kliknutím na tlačidlo Naspäť sa posuniete na predchádzajúcu navštívenú stránku. Toto tlačidlo funguje rovnako ako tlačidlo Naspäť v hlavnom okne &brandShortName;.</li> + <li>Kliknutím na tlačidlo Dopredu sa posuniete dopredu o jednu navštívenú stranu pomocníka. Toto tlačidlo funguje ako tlačidlo Dopredu v hlavnom okne &brandShortName;.</li> + <li>Kliknutím na tlačidlo Domov sa dostanete na stránku Pomocník a centrum podpory, ktorá obsahuje odkazy na rôzne stránky a online podporu.</li> + </ul> + + <p>Ak chcete, môžete jednotlivé stránky pomocníka vytlačiť:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Ak chcete vytlačiť celú stranu pomocníka, kliknite na ikonu tlačiarne v paneli nástrojov pomocníka.<br/> + + <img src="images/help_print.gif" alt="" width="37" height="31"/></li> + + <li>Ak chcete vytlačiť len časť stránky pomocníka, označte kurzorom myši požadovanú oblasť a kliknite na ikonu tlačiarne.</li> + </ul> + +<h2 id="using_help_buttons">Tlačidlo Pomocník</h2> + +<p>Veľa špecializovaných a dialogových okien aplikácie &brandShortName; obsahuje tlačidlo <q>Pomocník</q>.</p> + +<p>Ak na toto tlačidlo kliknete, otvorí sa pomocník s príslušným obsahom.</p> + +<h2 id="search_tips">Tipy na vyhľadávanie</h2> + <p>Pokiaľ sa vám nedarí nájsť to, čo potrebujete, máme pre vás niekoľko tipov:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Uistite sa, že hľadáte informácie, ktoré súvisia s balíkom &brandShortName; (toto nie je internetový vyhľadávač).</li> + <li>Pokúste sa rozšíriť vyhľadávanie — nesnažte sa byť príliš špecifický, pretože termíny, ktoré hľadáte, môžu byť pomenované inak.</li> + <li>Vyhýbajte sa prílišnému zovšeobecňovaniu pri vyhľadávaní. Slová ako napríklad "web" vám môžu vrátiť príliš veľa odkazov.</li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> + diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b401120e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e0c46300df --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8457a591b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b3cb63189 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4788c78474 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b28ccf061f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..73b523d02d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d5236e7f45 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4a40004b2c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef7dd4aa58 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..32de2f4c75 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d10c0b214f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34c64a5d8e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7c49c4b612 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_balloon.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_balloon.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9a2e180bcc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_balloon.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e385cc4792 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8e2a49873 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48d43202d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..060c82adc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37baf810ec --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2721565883 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b32f903850 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6756ead790 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63943a78b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f0c23aca63 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c49c6ff9c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..945dd4fed4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b0b9af9091 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6fe0dddedf --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0e0add2a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..60a8126325 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce912d26d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..170b581362 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b4f73645e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..62bdcaa1bf --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fd7913734c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..08474d4569 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1122 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes the settings in the Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings dialog box. Unlike the Preferences dialog box, which applies + settings to all accounts, the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog + box lets you specify settings on a per-account basis.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings + dialog box, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Begin from the Mail window.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings.</li> + <li>Select the name of the account whose settings you want to view or + change.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#account_settings">Account Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#server_settings">Server Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#copies_and_folders">Copies & Folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#addressing">Composition & Addressing</a></li> + <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage">Synchronization & Storage</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#return_receipts">Return Receipts</a></li> + <li><a href="#security">Security</a></li> + <li><a href="#local_folders">Local Folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#outgoing_server">Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="account_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Account + Settings</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to view or change your Account Settings, such as + your user name, reply-to address, and signature. If you are not already + viewing the Account Settings, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the name of the account to display the Account Settings + panel.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name for this account.</li> + <li>For any type of account but Blogs & News Feeds: + <ul> + <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Stores your name, email address, reply-to + address (only if different from your email address), and organization + (optional).</li> + <li><strong>Signature text</strong>: If you want to attach a signature to + all outgoing messages, type its text into this box. Check <strong>Use + HTML</strong> to enable HTML code, e.g., <b>bold</b> + (optional).</li> + <li><strong>Attach the signature from a file instead</strong>: Lets you + choose to attach the signature from a file (in text, HTML, or image + format) rather than entering its text. Checking this option overrides + any text entered into the signature box. Click Choose to locate the + signature file (optional). + + <p>More signature options are located in + <a href="#addressing">Composition & Addressing</a>.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Attach my vCard to messages</strong>: Lets you choose if your + vCard should be attached to your outgoing messages. Click Edit Card to + edit the card information (optional).</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>For Blogs & News Feeds accounts: + <ul> + <li><strong>Check for new articles at startup</strong>: Select this + checkbox if you want to check this account automatically for new blogs + & news messages whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new articles every [__] minutes</strong>: Select + this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between feed + checks. You can also check for new blogs & news messages at any time + by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail window.</li> + <li><strong>By default, show the article summary instead of loading the + web page</strong>: Select this checkbox if you want &brandShortName; + to display a brief summary of the article (bundled inside the feed) + instead of loading the full web page. Showing the article summary is + slightly faster than the full web page, but you may miss part of the + article content.</li> + <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder + whenever you quit Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Manage Subscriptions...</strong>: Shows the Feed Subscriptions + dialog, that allows you to add, edit and remove feeds to this blogs + & news feeds account.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="server_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Server + Settings</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups can work with two types of mail + servers: IMAP and POP. If you are not sure which server type your Internet + service provider supports, ask your service provider. If your Internet + service provider supports both, the following descriptions may help you + choose which one to use.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet + Message Access Protocol (IMAP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#about_post_office_protocol">About Internet Post Office + Protocol (POP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server + Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#news_server_settings">News Server Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet Message Access + Protocol (IMAP)</h3> + +<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages and any changes to them stay on + your server, saving local disk space. Also, you always have access to an + updated mailbox, and you can get your mail from multiple locations. + Performance on a modem is faster, since you initially download message + headers only.</p> + +<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: Not all ISPs support IMAP.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="about_post_office_protocol">About Post Office Protocol (POP)</h3> + +<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages are downloaded to your local + computer all at once, but you can also specify whether to keep copies of the + messages on the server and delete messages on the server when they are + deleted locally. Most ISPs currently support POP.</p> + +<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: If you use more than one computer, messages + might reside on one or the other, but not both. POP doesn't work as well + as IMAP over a slow link connection. Also, you can't access all mail + folders from multiple locations.</p> + +<p>Note that more recent POP servers have features that allow retrieving only + the headers instead of the full message, like IMAP allows. Using these + features allows performance with POP to be nearly as fast as with IMAP.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the IMAP server settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you + chose an IMAP server when you set up this account, you see your IMAP server + settings.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (IMAP Mail Server) that you + specified when you created this account. To change the server type + associated with this account, you must delete the account and then + re-create it.</li> + <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you + created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this + account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the + server name you entered is correct.</li> + <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you + created this account.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your + service provider or system administrator, leave this setting + unchanged.</li> + <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options + to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure + connection</a> to your incoming IMAP server. You can choose one of these: + <ul> + <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection, + without encryption at all. You should choose this <strong>only</strong> + if your incoming server doesn't support any type of security.</li> + <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism + will usually run on the standard IMAP port 143.</li> + <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + IMAP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 993. + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Use secure authentication</strong>: Choose this setting if you + want to use secure mechanisms for logging in like CRAM-MD5. If you are + unsure if your service supports this, contact your service provider or + system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting + if you want Mail & Newsgroups to automatically check this account for + new messages whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this + setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the + number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting, + you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail + window.</li> + <li id="when_i_delete_a_message"><strong>When I delete a message</strong>: + Choose the behavior you want for deleted messages. <q>Move it to this + folder</q>, where you can choose the specific folder to use, is recommended + unless you are instructed to use a different setting by your system + administrator or service provider. Messages marked as deleted are removed + only when you compact folders.</li> + <li><strong>Clean up (Expunge) Inbox on Exit</strong>: Removes deleted + messages from the Inbox when you exit Mail & Newsgroups. Choose this + if you chose to mark messages as deleted.</li> + <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder whenever + you quit Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose a different outgoing server + (SMTP) for outgoing messages from this account. You can also reach the + <a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</a> + through this button.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + mail for this account is stored.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</h3> + +<p>In most cases, advanced IMAP server settings are automatically supplied by + the server. If you are unsure about the settings for this dialog box, + contact your ISP or system administrator.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the advanced IMAP server settings, begin + from the Mail window.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category.</li> + <li>If the mail server type is an IMAP server, you can click Advanced to set + additional IMAP options, such as: + <ul> + <li>the IMAP server directory path</li> + <li>showing only <q>subscribed folders</q></li> + <li>support for subfolders</li> + <li>any personal and public (shared folder) namespaces for this + directory</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding + and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the POP server settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category name. (If + you chose a POP server when you set up this account, you see your POP + server settings.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (POP Mail Server) that you + specified when you created this account. To change the server type + associated with this account, you must delete the account and then + re-create it.</li> + <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you + created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this + account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the + server name you entered is correct.</li> + <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you + created this account.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your + service provider or system administrator, leave this setting + unchanged.</li> + <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options + to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure + connection</a> to your incoming POP server. You can choose one of these: + <ul> + <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection, + without encryption at all. You should choose this <strong>only</strong> + if your incoming server doesn't support any type of security.</li> + <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism + will usually run on the standard POP port 110.</li> + <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + POP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 995. + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Use secure authentication</strong>: Choose this setting if you + want to use secure mechanisms for logging in like CRAM-MD5 and APOP. If you + are unsure if your server supports this, contact your service provider or + system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting + if you want Mail & Newsgroups to automatically check this account for + new messages whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups. For POP accounts, + Mail & Newsgroups doesn't download the new messages until you + click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this + setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the + number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting, + you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail + window.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically download any new messages</strong>: Choose this + setting if you want Mail & Newsgroups to retrieve messages immediately + each time it checks the server.</li> + <li><strong>Fetch headers only</strong>: Choose this setting if you want to + only download the headers instead of entire messages when downloading new + mail. This option requires your POP server to support the <q>TOP</q> + command. Most recent POP servers support it, but if you are unsure about + your server, contact your service provider or system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Leave messages on server</strong>: Choose this setting to store a + copy of messages on the mail server in addition to downloading them to your + computer. + <ul> + <li><strong>For at most [__] days</strong>: Choose this setting to remove + messages from the server automatically after the number of days you + enter here.</li> + <li><strong>Until I delete them</strong>: Choose this setting to remove + messages from the server once you delete them.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Choose this setting to empty the + Trash folder whenever you quit Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose where new messages should be + put. You can also set the server to be queried when checking for new + messages.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + mail for this account is stored.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="news_server_settings">News Server Settings</h3> + +<p>This section describes how to change news server settings. If you are not + already viewing news server settings, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you + chose a newsgroup server when you set up this account, you see your + newsgroup server settings.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (NNTP) that you specified + when you created this account.</li> + <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you + created this account. If you are having problems receiving messages from + this account, verify with your service provider or system administrator + that the server name you entered is correct.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your + service provider or system administrator, leave this setting + unchanged.</li> + <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose "SSL/TLS" if your + news server is configured to send and receive encrypted messages, or + "None" if it doesn't support it. If you are unsure, contact + your service provider or system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting + to automatically check for new messages when you first open the Mail & + Newsgroup component of &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this + setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the + number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting, + you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail + window.</li> + <li><strong>Ask me before downloading more than [__] messages</strong>: + Choose this setting to conserve disk space and download time, by setting a + limit for the number of messages you can retrieve at one time.</li> + <li><strong>Always request authentication when connecting to this + server</strong>: Some servers allow you to talk to them without logging in, + but will silently hide all the <em>private</em> groups/postings unless you + are logged in. Choose this setting to force &brandShortName; to + authenticate each time it connects to this server even when the server + doesn't ask (also called <q>Pushed Authentication</q>).</li> + <li><strong>newsrc file</strong>: The path to the newsrc file is mostly + displayed for your information. The newsrc file stores information about + the newsgroups to which you are subscribed and the messages you have read + in each newsgroup.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + mail for this account is stored.</li> + <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list to + select the character encoding you want Mail & Newsgroups to use as the + default for incoming newsgroup messages. This is recommended if it's + likely you might receive messages in which the character encoding (MIME + charset) is not indicated, such as when reading messages in international + newsgroups.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="copies_and_folders">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies + & Folders</h2> + +<p>This section describes the settings for sending automatic copies, for + storing copies of outgoing messages, for storing message drafts and message + templates, and where to move archived messages.</p> + +<p>By default, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups stores copies of your + outgoing messages in the Sent folder for the current account. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups also stores message drafts in the + Drafts folder, message templates in the Templates folder, and moves archived + messages into the Archives folder for the current account.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the settings for Copies & Folders, begin + from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account, and click Copies & Folders. You see the Copies + & Folders panel.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Place a copy in</strong>: Select this option to store copies of + your outgoing mail and newsgroup messages after they have been sent. By + default, the copies are placed in the Sent folder of this account. + <ul> + <li><strong>"Sent" Folder on</strong>: Select the Sent folder + of an account or the Local Folders to place the copy in.</li> + <li><strong>Other Folder</strong>: Select any folder of any account or + the Local Folders to place the copy in.</li> + <li><strong>Place replies in the folder of the message replied + to</strong>: Select this option for a different handling of replies + in mail accounts. If the message sent is a reply to another message, + the copy is put into the folder of the original message rather than + following the selections made above.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Cc these email addresses</strong>: Select whether you want to + always send a carbon copy (cc) to another addressee, and enter the address. + If you want to always send a carbon copy to yourself, just add your address + to this list. Separate addresses with commas (,).</li> + <li><strong>Bcc these email addresses</strong>: Select whether you want to + always send a blind carbon copy (bcc) to another addressee, and enter the + address. If you want to always send a blind carbon copy to yourself, just + add your address to this list. Separate addresses with commas (,).</li> + <li><strong>Keep message drafts in</strong>: Select where to store message + drafts. If you don't want to use the default Drafts folder for the + current account, select the Drafts folder of a different account or the + Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any account and folder + for storing drafts.</li> + <li><strong>Keep message archives in</strong>: Select where to move archived + messages to. If you don't want to use the default Archives folder for + the current account, select the Archives folder of a different account or + the Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any account and + folder for archiving messages.</li> + <li><strong>Keep message templates in</strong>: Select where to store + message templates. If you don't want to use the default Templates + folder for the current account, select the Templates folder of a different + account or the Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any + account and folder for storing templates.</li> + <li><strong>Show confirmation dialog when messages are saved</strong>: Choose + this option if you want Mail & Newsgroups to display a confirmation + dialog box when you save a draft message or a template. If checked, a + dialog box will appear when you save a draft or template to remind you + where &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups is saving the draft or + template.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="addressing">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition & + Addressing</h2> + +<p>You use Composition settings to choose how to format text, handle replies, + and how a signature you defined is included.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Composition settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account and click the Composition & Addressing + category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Compose messages in HTML format</strong>: Use the HTML editor as + the default editor for writing mail and newsgroup messages. Leave this item + unchecked to use the plain-text editor by default. HTML messages can + include formatted text, links, images, and tables, just like a web page. + However, some recipients may not be able to receive HTML messages. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you only want to use an editor occasionally, + you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose or the Reply + button to switch to the non-default on an as-needed basis.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Automatically quote the original message when replying</strong>: + Select this to include the original message text in your reply. Use the + drop-down list to select if the cursor should be positioned below or above + the quoted text. You can also choose the quoting to be automatically + selected. + <ul> + <li><strong>and place my signature</strong>: This drop-down list lets you + choose where you want your signature to be placed. It's only + applicable if you decided to <a href="#account_settings">attach a + signature</a> and to place the cursor above the quoted text.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Include signature for replies</strong>: If you have created a + signature, select this option to include it in your reply to a message. + The signature is added according to your settings for quote and signature + placement.</li> + <li><strong>Include signature for forwards</strong>: If you have created a + signature, select this option to include it when you forward a message. + The signature is placed according to your reply settings when + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">forwarding inline</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You use Addressing settings to override the global LDAP server settings + specified for all <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">address books</a> in + the Preferences dialog box. LDAP server settings affect the behavior of + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address + autocompletion</a>, and you can change these settings for each account if + necessary.</p> + +<p>Address autocompletion uses your address books to find matching entries when + you type email addresses in the addressing area of the Compose window.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Addressing settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account and click the Composition & Addressing + category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Automatically append my domain to addresses</strong>: Select + this if you want Mail & Newsgroups to automatically complete + addresses you type with the domain from your account's address.</li> + <li><strong>Use my global LDAP server preferences for this account</strong>: + This is the default. Select this if you don't want to override the + global LDAP server preferences for this account.</li> + <li><strong>Use a different LDAP server</strong>: Select this option and then + choose another LDAP server from the list if you want to use a different + LDAP directory server for address autocompletion with this account. If + necessary, click Edit Directories to edit individual directory server + settings, add a directory server, or delete a directory server. For more + information, see <a + href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding + and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The directory you select will also be searched for matching certificates + when you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for + whom you don't have certificates on file.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="synchronization_and_storage">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - + Synchronization & Storage</h2> + +<p>Synchronization & Storage settings let you conserve disk space or set + up an account so that you can use it while offline (disconnected from the + Internet). The settings available depend on the mail server type (IMAP, POP, + or News) associated with the account.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox"> + <ul> + <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (IMAP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings + (Blogs)</a></li> + <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (News)</a></li> + <li><a href="#retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization & + Storage Settings (IMAP)</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the synchronization and storage preferences + for an IMAP account, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the Synchronization & Storage category for an IMAP + account.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Keep messages for this account on this computer</strong>: Select + this option so that messages in your folders will be available when you + are working offline. This setting also applies to any new folders + created or subscribed to.</li> + <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Click to open a dialog to select the + folders that you want to make available for offline use. See <a + href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting + Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: While the default setting can be overridden for + an individual folder, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em> + whenever the <q>Keep messages for this account</q> box is toggled.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Synchronize all messages locally regardless of age</strong>: + When synchronization is enabled for an account or a folder, <em>all</em> + messages are downloaded and local copies of them kept on disk, unless + a size limit is specified.</li> + <li><strong>Synchronize the most recent [__] [days]</strong>: Only copies of + messages younger than the specified number of days (weeks, months, years) + are kept locally for synchronization, after that they are removed from the + offline storage. This does <em>not</em> affect the originals on the server, + only the local copies are removed if the given age is reached.</li> + <li><strong>Don't download messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this + option to conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being + downloaded. Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages. Changing + this option does <em>not</em> affect messages that have already been + downloaded.</li> + <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to + free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply + to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</h3> + +<p>Messages from POP accounts are fully downloaded to your local machine unless + you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting. This section + describes how you can save disk space for a POP account. If your account has + the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting enabled, then these Disk Space + preferences are ignored. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space + preferences for a POP account, follow these steps:</p> + +<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Disk Space category for a POP account.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to + conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded. + Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li> + <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to + free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply + to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If your POP account is set up to use a Global + Inbox, the retention period settings of the target Inbox apply.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings (Blogs)</h3> + +<p>Messages from blogs & news feeds accounts are only stored in your local + machine in their short form, ie. the article summary, regardless of whether + your settings are to show the full articles by default. Still, there are + options to control how much disk space is used by your blogs & news feeds + account. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space preferences for a + blogs & news feeds account, follow these steps:</p> + +<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Disk Space category for a blogs & news feeds account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>There, you can specify which messages should be deleted to recover disk + space:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't delete any messages</strong>: Select this option to + keep all messages forever. Keep in mind that, if you are subscribed to very + high-traffic blogs, this will increase the occupied disk space steadily and + could eventually fill up your hard disk.</li> + <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [____] messages</strong>: Select this + option to keep in each feed only a maximum number of messages. Enter the + maximum number of messages (being 1,000 by default).</li> + <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this + option to keep in each feed only messages that are not older than the number + of days you enter here (being 30 days by default).</li> + <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Check this option to + save (not delete) flagged messages, regardless of its age.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization & + Storage Settings (News)</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the offline and disk space settings for a + News account, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the Synchronization & Storage category for a News account.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Select newsgroups for offline use</strong>: Click to select the + newsgroups that you want to make available for offline use. See <a + href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting + Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The following settings help to save disk space and download time. Specify + which messages you don't want to download locally:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Read messages</strong>: Select this option to only download + message bodies from messages you haven't already read.</li> + <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to + conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded. + Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li> + <li><strong>Messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this option to + only download messages that are not older than the number of days you enter + here.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</h3> + +<p>&brandShortName; can automatically delete old messages for you. You + can configure this process with the options listed below + <strong>To recover disk space, old messages can be permanently + deleted</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't delete any messages</strong>: Keep all messages. Never + delete messages automatically based on their age.</li> + <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [__] messages</strong>: Enter the + number of messages to keep. With this setting only messages older than these + messages are deleted.</li> + <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old </strong>: + Keep all messages that arrived within the given number of days.</li> +</ul> + +<p>With the following settings you can further constrain the three options to + delete messages automatically. This is especially useful in combination with + the option to keep all messages.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Use this option to deny + &brandShortName; to delete any messages you have flagged.</li> + <li><strong>Remove bodies from message more than [__] days old</strong>: + Select this option to retain all headers but to delete message bodies that + are older than the number of days you specify here (news accounts only). + Any option to delete the entire message based on age still applies.</li> +</ul> + +<p>This policy can be overridden for an individual folder in the Folder + Properties, Retention Policy tab.</p> + +<p><strong>Note:</strong> If message synchronization is enabled (for IMAP), or + messages are left on the server (for POP accounts), the settings apply to + <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Junk + Settings</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the account junk settings. If + you are not currently viewing the Junk Settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You use the Junk Settings panel to define your account-specific settings + for the adaptive mail filter. Global junk settings are changed under + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Junk & Suspect Mail</a>.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Enable adaptive junk mail controls for this account</strong>: + Toggle this option to activate or deactivate junk mail classification.</li> + <li><strong>Do not mark mail as junk if the sender is in [the address + book chosen from all your address books available in the drop down + box]</strong>: + Choose this option to prevent messages from people you know inadvertently + classified as junk mail.</li> + <li><strong>Trust junk mail headers set by [an external junk filter + like Spam Assassin or Spam Pal]</strong>: Choose this option if you want to + trust the junk classification of external filter programs.</li> + <li><strong>Move new junk messages to</strong>: + Check this option to automatically move messages flagged as Junk to a + special folder. + <ul> + <li><strong><q>Junk</q> folder on [account]</strong>: Select this to use + the default Junk folder.</li> + <li><strong>Other: [account]</strong>: Select this to choose your own + custom-named junk folder.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically delete junk messages older than [__] days from + this folder</strong>: If you are confident old messages classified as + junk are indeed junk mail, check this option to automatically delete + old junk messages after a grace period.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="return_receipts">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Return + Receipts</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts account settings. If + you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts settings, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Return Receipts category for your mail account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You use the Return Receipts settings to define return receipt settings for + outgoing messages from this mail account. You also use the Return Receipt + settings to specify how to manage requests you receive for return receipts. + These settings override global return receipt preferences you specified using + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use my global return receipt preferences for this + account</strong>: By default, this account uses the return receipt + preferences specified by <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Customize return receipts for this account</strong>: Lets you + change the return receipt preferences for this account. + <ul> + <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return + receipt</strong>: Enables automatic return receipt requests for all + outgoing messages from this mail account.</li> + <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt + confirmation messages are delivered to the Inbox for this account. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a + filter that automatically moves return receipt confirmation + messages to a folder you specify. For information on creating and + using filters, see <a + href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating + Message Filters</a>.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return + receipt confirmation messages are moved to the Sent mail folder for + this account.</li> + <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if + you do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for + return receipts from others.</li> + <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how + you want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="security">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to configure the Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings that control mail message security. Before you do so, however, you + must obtain one or more mail certificates. For details, see + <a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing & Encrypting + Messages</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Security settings for your mail account, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings.</li> + <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings + you want to configure.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_certificates">About Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#digital_signing">Digital Signing</a></li> + <li><a href="#encryption">Encryption</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="about_certificates">About Certificates</h3> + +<p>The main purpose of the Security panel in Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings is to select two certificates:</p> + +<ul> + <li>The email certificate you want to use for signing mail messages you send + to other people.</li> + <li>The email certificate you want other people to use when they encrypt + messages they send to you.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Depending on the policies of the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> + that issues your certificate(s), you can use one certificate for both + purposes or two different certificates. Even if you use just one, you must + specify it twice, once for digital signing and once for encryption.</p> + +<p>The certificates you select here are included with every signed message you + send. These certificates allow your recipients to verify your digital + signature and to encrypt messages that they send to you.</p> + +<h3 id="digital_signing">Digital Signing</h3> + +<p>You use the Digital Signing area in the <a href="#security">Security + panel</a> to specify how you want to sign your email messages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use this certificate to digitally sign messages you + send</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong + certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on + file.</li> + <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: Select this checkbox if you + want to digitally sign all the messages you send. (A personal certificate + must be specified below before you can select this checkbox.)</li> +</ul> + +<p>Regardless of whether the <q>Digitally sign messages</q> checkbox is + selected here, you can change your mind before you send an individual + message.</p> + +<p>To change the digital signature setting for a message you are writing in + the Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of + the window and select or deselect <q>Digital Sign This Message</q>. For + details, see <a + href="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing + & Encrypting a New Message.</a></p> + +<h3 id="encryption">Encryption</h3> + +<p>You use the Encryption area in the <a href="#security">Security panel</a> to + specify how you routinely want to use encryption when sending your + messages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use this certificate to encrypt & decrypt messages sent to + you</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong + certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on + file.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this option if you never want to use + encryption, or only occasionally.</li> + <li><strong>Required</strong>: Select this option if you always want to use + encryption. If you don't have all the necessary certificates, the + message won't be sent unless you explicitly turn off encryption for + that message only.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Regardless of which encryption option you select, you can change your mind + before you send an individual message.</p> + +<p>To change the encryption setting for a message you are writing in the + Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of the + window and choose the encryption setting you want. For details, see <a + href="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing + & Encrypting a New Message.</a></p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="local_folders">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Local + Folders</h2> + +<p>Local Folders is the account where &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + saves any messages that you send while working offline. Messages you send + while working offline are saved in the Unsent Messages folder under Local + Folders. Any folders you create under the Local Folders account reside on + your hard disk, so Local Folders is a good place to save messages that you + want to keep.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Local Folders settings, begin from the + Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the Local Folders category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name associated with the Local Folders + account.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + mail for this account is stored.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning + of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="outgoing_server">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing + Server (SMTP)</h2> + +<p>The outgoing server will transport your outgoing mail to the intended + recipients.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Outgoing Server (SMTP) settings, begin + from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click on any Mail window.</li> + <li>From the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings.</li> + <li>Select Outgoing Server (SMTP) and either edit an existing server or + add a new one. If you are not sure which option to choose, check with + your ISP or system administrator)<br/> + You can choose from these servers via the Outgoing Server dropdown in + the <a href="#account_settings">Identity Settings</a>.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Description</strong>: A short freetext description of that server + configuration. This will show up as first part in the server list.</li> + <li><strong>Server name</strong>: The SMTP server that will deliver your + outgoing mail. To use a different SMTP server, change this field.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: The port on which the SMTP server will be + connected. By default it holds the standard port for the specified + encryption. Change it if the mail server is listening for connections + on a non-standard port.</li> + <li><strong>Use name and password</strong>: If your SMTP server requires + authentication to send mail, select this option and enter your user name. + The first time you send mail, you will be prompted for your password. At + that time you can instruct &brandShortName; to save your password for + future sessions.</li> + <li><strong>Use secure authentication</strong>: Choose this setting if you + want to use secure mechanisms for logging in like CRAM-MD5. If you are + unsure if your service supports this, contact your service provider or + system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Use secure connection</strong>: There are two methods for + establishing a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure + connection</a> to your outgoing server. Pick the one your server supports + (if you make a choice for which your server is not configured, you will + get an error message when sending mail). + <ul> + <li><strong>STARTTLS, if available</strong>: &brandShortName; will try to + negotiate encryption using the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. If the server + doesn't support it, an unencrypted connection is used.</li> + <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism + will usually run on the standard SMTP port 25.</li> + <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + SMTP-over-SSL (also known as SMTPS) method. The default port for this + is 465.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c3e04de32 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,572 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using Address Books</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="using_address_books">Using Address Books</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_address_books">About Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your + Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address + Book</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book + Card</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</a></li> + <li><a href="#editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address + Books and Directories</a></li> + <li><a href="#importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing + LDAP Directories</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="about_address_books">About Address Books</h2> + +<p>Address books store email addresses and contact information for people you + typically send mail to, such as colleagues, friends, and family. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups provides you with two address books: + the Personal Address Book and the Collected Addresses—and you can + create additional address books as well. You can also import address books + from other mail programs and previous versions of &brandShortName;. The + contents of these address books are stored locally on your hard disk.</p> + +<p>Your address book may also list email addresses from an LDAP directory, + which is located on an LDAP directory server. The directory server stores + email addresses of people that are not included in your locally-stored + address books. The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an + industry-standard method for accessing Internet or intranet directory + services such as corporate address books.</p> + +<h4>Personal Address Book</h4> + +<p>Use the Personal Address Book to add specific names of your choice. You can + create mailing lists and edit individual address entries.</p> + +<h4>Collected Addresses</h4> + +<p>By default, the Collected Addresses automatically collects the email + addresses contained in outgoing mail messages. Addresses from outgoing + messages are stored in the Collected Addresses as soon as you click Send.</p> + +<h4>LDAP Directory (if available)</h4> + +<p>An LDAP directory (also known as an address lookup service) stores email + addresses of recipients who are not in your locally-stored address books. + LDAP directories offer you access to large, centrally maintained databases + of email addresses, which is especially useful with + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address + autocompletion</a>.</p> + +<p>Automatic address collection is enabled by default. To change automatic + address collection settings, begin in the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> + <li>Under Email Address Collection, select <q>Add email addresses to my</q> + and choose whether you want: + <ul> + <li>Personal Address Book.</li> + <li>Collected Addresses.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<h4>Opening the Address Book Window</h4> + +<p>To open the Address Book window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book, or click the Address Book + icon in the lower-left corner of any &brandShortName; window. + + <table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 80px;"></td> + <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td> + </tr> + </table> + </li> +</ul> + +<h4>Changing the Address Book Window Display</h4> + +<p>To customize how the Address Book window and the cards are displayed:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book. You see the Address Book + window.</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, open the View menu and choose from the + following display options: + <ul> + <li>Choose Show/Hide, and then select the item you wish to uncheck (hide) + or check (show).</li> + <li>Choose Show Name As, and then select how you want card names + displayed (first/last, last/first, or Display Name).</li> + <li>Choose Sort by, and then select a sort option.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your Address + Books</h2> + +<p>You can use any of the following ways to add entries to your address + books:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click a name in the From or recipient fields (for example, To or Cc) in a + message you've received, and then select <q>Add to Address Book</q> + from the drop-down list.</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, click New Card to create a new address book + card.</li> + <li>Send a message, which automatically adds the recipient's address + to your address book (if enabled).</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, copy entries to another address book by + selecting the entries and dragging them over the name of the address book + you want to copy them to.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address Book</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups provides a default personal address + book, but you can create additional address books.</p> + +<p>To create a new address book:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Address Book icon in the lower-left corner of any + &brandShortName; window, or open the Window menu and choose Address Book. + You see the Address Book window. + + <table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 80px;"></td> + <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td> + </tr> + </table> + </li> + <li>In the Address Book window, open the File menu, choose New, and choose + Address Book. You see the New Address Book dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the name of the new address book, and click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book Card</h2> + +<p>Address book cards can be used to store names, postal addresses, email + addresses, phone numbers, and information such as whether the addressee + prefers to receive plain-text or HTML-formatted messages.</p> + +<p>To create an address book card for an individual:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Address Book icon on the status bar or open the Window menu and + choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Click New Card. (If you have multiple address books, select the one to + which you want to add a card.)</li> + <li>Each New Card dialog box has three tabs: + <ul> + <li><strong>Contact</strong>: Enter the following information: + <ul> + <li>First and Last (first and last name of person as you want it to + appear in the address book).</li> + <li>Display name (the name that appears in the <q>To</q> field of the + Compose window).</li> + <li>Nickname (a shortcut or alias for the real name).</li> + <li>Email address (primary and additional address).</li> + <li>Prefers to receive messages formatted as: If you know this + recipient can read HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that + include links, images, or tables), choose HTML. If this recipient + can only read messages sent as plain text (no formatting), then + choose Plain Text. If you don't know or are not sure, choose + Unknown. If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups determines the sending format based on the Mail & + Newsgroups Send Format settings in the Preferences dialog box. If + Mail & Newsgroups still can't determine the correct + format, Mail & Newsgroups will prompt you to choose a sending + format when you send the message.</li> + <li>Allow remote images in HTML mail: If you want to allow this + sender to have remote content they send you displayed in your + message window.</li> + <li>Screen name (the AIM contact name).</li> + <li>Phones (enter phone numbers for this person)</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: Type additional information such as street + address, phone number, and URL. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter address information, + &brandShortName; displays a Get Map button next to the address when + you view this entry's address book card in your address book. + Clicking the Get Map button displays a web page that contains a map + to the address.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Other</strong>: Store any additional information you + want.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly add entries to your address book, click any + email address in messages you receive and select Add to Address Book from the + drop-down list. The New Card dialog box appears where you can complete the + information.</p> + +<h3 id="viewing_or_editing_card_properties">Viewing or Editing Card + Properties</h3> + +<p>To view or edit the properties for an individual card:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the card from the list of entries in the Address Book window.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</h2> + +<p>If you regularly send messages to a group of recipients, you can quickly + address a message by using a mailing list that contains the names you + want.</p> + +<p>To create a mailing list and add it to your address book:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Address Book window, click New List.</li> + <li>Enter the following information in the Mailing List dialog box: + <ul> + <li>Click the drop-down list at <q>Add to</q> to choose an address book + in which to store the list.</li> + <li>List name: When you enter the list name in the <q>To</q> field of a + message, everyone on the list receives your message.</li> + <li>List nickname: Alias (or shortcut) for the list name.</li> + <li>Description: Appears after the list name in the address line of + the Compose window.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Type email addresses to add them to the mailing list.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>In the left side of the Address Book window, the mailing list appears + underneath the address book you added it to.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</h2> + +<p>Mailing lists are stored in the address book in which you created them.</p> + +<p>To remove a member from the list, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the + small triangle beside the address book title.</li> + <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name. The list members appear + to the right of the mailing list name.</li> + <li>Click the entry you wish to delete.</li> + <li>Click the Delete button.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To add members to a mailing list:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open Window menu and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the + small triangle beside the address book title.</li> + <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> + <li>Add or remove entries as necessary.</li> + <li>Click OK when you are done.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address Books and + Directories</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups lets you quickly search an address + book or directory by name or email address, or use a combination of criteria + to perform a more specific search through an address book or directory.</p> + +<p>To quickly search an address book or directory for a name or email address, + begin from the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Address Book window, in the list of address books, select the + address book or directory that you want to search.</li> + <li>In the <q>Name or Email contains</q> field, type the name or email + address that you want to find. You can type only part of the name or email + address, or you can type the exact text that you want to find. + + <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + displays only those entries where the name or email address contains the + search text you entered.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all entries.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="searching_for_specific_entries">Searching for Specific Entries</h3> + +<p>You can search address books or directories for specific entries. If you are + not already viewing the Advanced Address Book Search dialog box, begin from + the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Addresses. You see the Advanced + Address Book Search dialog box.</li> + <li>Next to <q>Search in</q>, choose the address book or directory through + which you want to search.</li> + <li>Select the matching option Mail & Newsgroups uses to search for + entries either that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria) + that you choose.</li> + <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li> + <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search + results appear in lower part of the dialog box.</li> + <li>To sort the entries in a different order, click the column that you want + to sort by.</li> + <li>To view the card for an entry, select the entry and click + Properties.</li> + <li>To compose a message to selected recipients, select one or more entries + and click Compose.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</h2> + +<p>If you have a &brandShortName; address book from another user profile or + computer, or if you have an address book from another mail program, you can + import its entries into the Address Book window as a new address book. Keep + in mind that when you upgrade a user profile from an earlier version of + &brandShortName;, your address books are automatically included, so + there's no need to import them.</p> + +<p>You can import address books from Netscape 6, Netscape 7, Eudora, Outlook, + Outlook Express, or text files (LDIF, tab-delimited (.tab), comma-separated + (.csv), or text (.txt) formats). When you import an address book, Mail & + Newsgroups creates a new address book with the imported entries.</p> + +<p>You can also + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import + mail messages and settings</a> from Communicator, Eudora, Outlook, and + Outlook Express.</p> + +<p>To import an address book, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Mail Import + Wizard.</li> + <li>Follow the instructions to import address books.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</h2> + +<p>You can export a &brandShortName; address book if you later want to import + it into another user profile, move it to another computer, or use it with + another program that can import address books. You can export an address + book to one of these file formats: &brandShortName; (.ldif), tab-delimited + (.tab), comma-separated (.csv), or text (.txt) formats.</p> + +<p>To export an address book, begin from the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the address book that you want to export.</li> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li> + <li>In the Export Address Book dialog box, browse to the location where you + want to save the address book file.</li> + <li>Choose the file format for the exported address book (.ldif, + comma-separated, or tab-delimited).</li> + <li>Enter a name for the address book file. Be sure to include the + appropriate file extension (.ldif, .csv, .tab, or .txt).</li> + <li>Click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing LDAP + Directories</h2> + +<p>Adding an LDAP directory to your address book allows you to search the + directory for email addresses and other contact information. You can also use + the directory for address autocompletion when addressing mail messages.</p> + +<p>You typically add or remove LDAP directories using instructions provided by + your system administrator. Check with your system administrator for the + information you will need in order to add a new directory to your address + book.</p> + +<p>To add a new directory, begin from the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu, and choose New, and then choose LDAP Directory. You + see the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the following information in the Directory Server Properties dialog + box General tab: + <ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter the name of the directory service (for + example, InfoSpace Directory).</li> + <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: Enter the name of the host name server, + such as ldap.infospace.com.</li> + <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: This setting is used to set the Base + distinguished name. Enter codes to restrict searching to a specific + country or organization. For example, c=JP restricts the search to + Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization to search on + within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications + Corporation, c=US).</li> + <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP + server. The default is 389.</li> + <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to + authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP + server binds anonymously.</li> + <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting + if your LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are + unsure, contact your system administrator.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Advanced tab to configure LDAP directory server settings.</li> + <li>Type the following information: + <ul> + <li><strong>Don't return more than _ results</strong>: This setting + lets you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the + directory server. Enter the maximum number of email address matches + to display for autocompletion.</li> + <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search. Choose one + of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by + searching the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li> + <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching + the base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is + the least restrictive search.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Enter the search filter to apply to + matching results that are within the specified scope of the + search.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to close the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The directory you added appears in the list of address books in the Address + Book window.</p> + +<p>To delete a directory:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Under Address Autocompletion on the right side of the dialog box, click + Edit Directories.</li> + <li>In the LDAP Directory Servers dialog box, select the directory that you + want to delete and click Delete.</li> + <li>Click OK, then click OK again to close the Preferences dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For information on downloading or synchronizing a directory for offline use + so that you can search it or use it for address book autocompletion while + working offline, see + <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading + Directory Entries for Offline Use</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="directory_server_settings">Directory Server Settings</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Directory Server Settings dialog box, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>In the list of address books, select a directory.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>General Tab</strong></p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: The name of the directory service (for example, + InfoSpace Directory).</li> + <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: The name of the host name server, such as + ldap.infospace.com.</li> + <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: The Base Distinguished Name. Codes entered here + restrict searching to a specific country or organization. For example, c=JP + restricts the search to Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization + to search on within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications + Corporation, c=US).</li> + <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP server. + The default is 389.</li> + <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to + authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP server + binds anonymously.</li> + <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting if your + LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are unsure, + contact your system administrator.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Advanced Tab</strong></p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't return more than _ results</strong>: This setting lets + you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the directory + server. Specify the maximum number of email address matches to display for + autocompletion.</li> + <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search: + <ul> + <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching + the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li> + <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching the + base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is the least + restrictive search.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Specifies the search filter to apply to + matching results that are within the specified scope of the search.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d96199b4e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Getting started with Blogs & News Feeds</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Getting + started with Blogs & News Feeds</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs + & news feeds</a></li> + <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing + to blogs & news feeds from a browser window</a></li> + <li><a href="#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs & + news feeds messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog + post</a></li> + <li><a href="#exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing + feeds</a></li> + <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using + different blogs & news feeds accounts</a></li> + <li><a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs & news + feeds</h2> + +<p>If you have set up a + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs + & News account</a>, you can subscribe to Blogs & News feeds.</p> + +<p>To subscribe to a feed, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li id="getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">Get into the Feed + Subscriptions dialog. There are several ways to do this: + <ul> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News Feeds + account to manage, then click in the Manage Subscriptions in the right + pane.</li> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News Feeds + account to manage, or a feed inside it, then open the File menu and + choose Subscribe.</li> + <li>In the accounts pane, <strong>right click</strong> your desired Blogs + & News Feeds account to manage and choose Subscribe...</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and select the Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings option. In the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog, + click on a Blogs & News Feeds account main section, and then + click the Manage Subscriptions... button.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Once in the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Add button. The Feed + properties dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL into the Feed URL field.</li> + <li>Click <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list to choose the item list + where you want the articles to be stored. This allows you to merge + multiple feeds in one list item.</li> + <li>Set <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web page</q> to + display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for each article. + + <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth + traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the + feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in + the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing to blogs + & news feeds from a browser window</h2> + +<p>While browsing the web using &brandShortName;, you may find the Feed + discovery icon (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/feedIcon.png" + style="width: 16px; height: 16px;" />) while visiting a web page. You + can click on it to see a list of available feeds and choose one to get it + added to your first Blogs & News Feeds account.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs & news feeds + messages</h2> + +<p>When you open your Blogs & News account, you see the list of feeds to + which you subscribed. &brandShortName; checks and downloads every feed for + new messages.</p> + +<p>To read blogs & news messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click a blogs & news account to see its feeds. (If there are + no feeds, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li> + <li>Click a feed name to see its messages.</li> + <li>Click a message to read it. The header will show the original URL of the + article, which you can click to open a browser window with the + corresponding webpage.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Depending on your settings for the Blogs & News account and each + individual feed, the message will be shown in its summarized view or the + full view. You can change it by choosing the menu option View, and then Feed + Message Body As. You can then select one of these options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Web Page</strong>: Select this to show the full web page of this + message.</li> + <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Select this to show the summarized, short + version of this message.</li> + <li><strong>Default format</strong>: Select this to show the article in its + default format, as specified in the feed options or, otherwise, the Blogs + & News account.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</h2> + +<p>To post a blog message, you need an account in the corresponding blog. Also, + there is no standardized way to post blog messages, so you won't + normally be able to post messages from &brandShortName; Mail component. + Instead, you will need to open a browser window, log in to your blog account + and use the web interface.</p> + +<p>Some blog systems, however, allow posting blog messages by sending an email + message to a specific address. You will need to find out if your blog service + implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog post</h2> + +<p>Since there is no standardized way to add comments to a blog post, you will + usually need to open a browser window and use the web interface.</p> + +<p>Some blog systems, however, allow adding comments by sending an email + message to a specific address. You will need to find out if the blog service + implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing feeds</h2> + +<p>If you have set up a + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs + & News account</a>, you can export or import Blogs & News feed + collections using the OPML format (Outline Processor Markup Language).</p> + +<p>To export the feeds in your selected blogs & news account, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Export button. The Export + feeds as an OPML file dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Select the directory and filename to save the OPML file, and click + Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To import the feeds in your selected blogs & news account, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Import button. The Select + OPML file to import dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Select the directory and filename to load the OPML file, and click + Save.</li> + <li>All the feeds defined in the OPML file will be added to your blogs & + feeds account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</h2> + +<p>If you want to change the properties of one of the feeds in your blogs & + news account, you can edit it.</p> + +<p>To edit a feed in your selected blogs & news account, begin from the + Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You + may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual + feed.</li> + <li>Click the Edit button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li> + <li>You can change where you want the articles to be stored clicking the + <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list.</li> + <li>You may mark <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web + page</q> to display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for + each article. + + <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth + traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the + feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in + the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm the changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</h2> + +<p>If you no longer want to follow one of the feeds in your blogs & news + account, you can remove it.</p> + +<p>To remove a feed in your selected blogs & news account, begin from the + Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You + may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual + feed.</li> + <li>Click the Remove button. You will be asked to confirm the deletion of the + feed.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note:</strong> don't confuse a feed with a folder in a Blogs + & News account. Removing a feed doesn't delete the folder in which + the feed articles are stored, and thus, such articles will stay in the folder + until you delete either the whole folder or the articles themselves. To get + a better understanding, see <a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your + feeds</a> later in this section.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using different blogs + & news feeds accounts</h2> + +<p>A single blogs & news feeds account can contain any number of feeds in + it, so you don't strictly need more than one blogs & news feeds + account. However, you may want to create several blogs & news feeds + accounts. Some reasons to do that are:</p> + +<ul> + <li>You can use different accounts to categorize your feeds. For example, you + can create an account named <q>Mozilla News</q> to put in it all your + feeds related to Mozilla, and another one named <q>Today Headlines</q> to + put in it all your feeds with general news.</li> + <li>If you have several accounts, each one can have different settings. This + way, you can choose, for example, different time intervals for each account + (and, therefore, their feeds.)</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</h2> + +<p>The default operation mode when adding a feed to a Blogs & News Feeds + account in &brandShortName; is to create a folder and a feed inside it. + However, &brandShortName; allows you a great deal of flexibility. This section + helps you to better organize your feeds:</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing + folders in Blogs & News Feeds accounts</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading + multiple feeds in a single folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another + folder</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</h3> + +<p>Blogs & News Feeds accounts are organized through two main concepts: + <strong>feeds</strong> and <strong>folders</strong>.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Feeds</strong> are sources for articles/posts. They provide + the means to get new articles from blogs. You subscribe to feeds.</li> + <li><strong>Folders</strong> in Blogs & News Feeds accounts work pretty + much like in any other account type. Folders store articles/posts you got + through the feeds.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You use the Feed Subscriptions dialog to tell &brandShortName; which feed + messages are downloaded in which folders. As feeds provide new articles and + folders provide the store to put such articles, you will want to have them + connected, usually linking a feed to a folder. However, keep in mind that + removing a feed will not automatically delete the associated folder, nor + will remove the articles/posts from the removed feed, since they are + stored into the folder.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing folders + in Blogs & News Feeds accounts</h3> + +<p>You can create, rename, move or copy folders in Blogs & News Feeds + accounts just like with any other account type. See + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder">Creating a folder</a>, + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a folder</a> + and <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or + copying a folder</a> for more details.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading multiple + feeds in a single folder</h3> + +<p>You may want to use a single folder to store articles/items coming from + more than one feed. To do this, you just need to add additional feeds in + that folder. Begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News Feeds account + to manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click in the desired folder, then click + the Add button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL in the Feed URL field.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another folder</h3> + +<p>You can move a feed from a folder to another one using any of these + methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Drag & drop a feed while inside the Feed Subscriptions window.</li> + <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Edit the feed</a> to change in what folder it + downloads articles/items.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Remember that moving the feed doesn't move + existing articles from the folder in which they have been + downloaded.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1bf3aee643 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,391 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only. + It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of + your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, + address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a + recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security + protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="using_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Using &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups</h1> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups lets you conveniently manage all your + Internet communications from one place. You can set up and maintain multiple + business and personal mail accounts and Internet newsgroups, all from one + window — the Mail & Newsgroups window.</p> + +<p>To start using &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Mail & Newsgroups icon in the lower-left corner of the + &brandShortName; browser window.</li> +</ul> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>Mail & Newsgroups icon</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting + Started with &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other + Programs</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#reading_messages">Reading + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages">Sending + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages">Creating + HTML Mail Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments">Using + Attachments</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_messages">Deleting + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml">Using Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml">Organizing Your Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail">Controlling + Junk Mail</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml">Getting Started with + Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml">Getting Started + with Blogs & News Feeds</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml">Working Offline</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing & Encrypting + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml">Mail & Newsgroups + Account Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml">Mail & Newsgroups + Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting Started with + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account + Setup Wizard</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up + Additional Mail and News Accounts</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings + for an Account</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account Setup + Wizard</h2> + +<p>To set up a mail, newsgroup or blogs & news feeds account, first open + the Window menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups. If you haven't + already set up an account, the Account Wizard appears automatically, enabling + you to set up an account.</p> + +<p>The Account Wizard guides you through the process of creating a new account. + If you don't know a setting, click Cancel and ask your Internet service + provider (ISP) or help desk.</p> + +<p>If an account already exists, the Account Wizard doesn't appear + automatically when the Mail window opens. Instead, after opening the Mail + window, open the File menu and choose New, then Account. For more details, + see <a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up + Additional Mail, News & Blogs & News Feeds Accounts</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="setting_up_mail_accounts_with_an_isp_or_email_provider">Setting Up Mail + Accounts with an ISP or Email Provider</h3> + +<p>Before you set up a mail account, your ISP or email provider should give you + the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li>your user name</li> + <li>your email address</li> + <li>the incoming and outgoing mail server names</li> + <li>the incoming server type (<a href="glossary.xhtml#imap">IMAP</a> or + <a href="glossary.xhtml#pop">POP</a>)</li> +</ul> + +<p>Before you set up a newsgroup account, your ISP or email provider should + give you the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li>your email address</li> + <li>newsgroup server name</li> + <li>account name</li> +</ul> + +<p>To set up a new mail, newsgroup or blogs & news feeds account, begin + from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click Add Account to start the Account Wizard. + + <p>The information requested by the Account Wizard depends on the type of + new account you specify in its first window. The boldface headings that + follow correspond to the windows you'll see when you're setting + up an ISP or email provider account.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>New Account Setup</strong>: Choose the type of account you want + to set up, then click the right arrow.</li> + <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Enter the name and email address appropriate + for this account, then click the right arrow. This window is not available + for the Blogs & News Feeds account type.</li> + <li><strong>Server Information</strong>: This window is not available for + for the Blogs & News Feeds account type. + <ul> + <li>Indicate whether you want a POP account or an IMAP account. Not all + service providers can support both options. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>.</li> + <li>Enter the name of your incoming mail server.</li> + <li>Check the <q>Leave messages on server</q> checkbox if you want to + leave messages on the server so that when you download messages, + &brandShortName; does not remove the messages from the server.</li> + <li>If you want this account to be a part of the Local Folders Global + Inbox account, check the <q>Use Global Inbox</q> box. Mail for + this account will then be stored in your Local Folders. Otherwise, if + the checkbox is unchecked, mail will be stored in its own + directory.</li> + <li>Enter the name of your outgoing mail server (SMTP). + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: You need to specify only one outgoing mail + server (SMTP), even if you have several mail accounts. The name of + your <a href="glossary.xhtml#smtp">SMTP</a> host may not have been + explicitly listed in the account setup information provided to you. + For example, your SMTP host may be the same as your POP or IMAP host. + If in doubt, contact your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li>Click the right arrow to continue.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>User Names</strong>: Enter the incoming and outgoing user names + provided by your ISP or email provider, then click the right arrow. This + window is not available for the Blogs & News Feeds account type.</li> + <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: Enter whatever name you want to use to + refer to this account, then click the right arrow.</li> + <li><strong>Congratulations!</strong> Verify that the information you entered + is correct. If necessary, verify the information you entered with your ISP + or system administrator. When you are sure that it's correct, click + Finish to set up your account.</li> + <li>You see your new account listed in the left side of the Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. Click OK to start using your new + account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You are now ready to get messages from your account. &brandShortName; Mail + & Newsgroups will prompt you for your password when you retrieve mail for + the first time every session. For detailed instructions on how to retrieve + mail, see <a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages">Getting + New Messages</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up Additional + Mail and News Accounts</h2> + +<p>You use the Account Settings dialog box to add a new account or to change + information for an existing account, including:</p> + +<ul> + <li>mail and newsgroup server settings (for example, message deletion and + download preferences)</li> + <li>storage settings for message copies and folders</li> + <li>your reply-to address, organization name, and signature</li> +</ul> + +<p>To add a new account or change settings for an existing account, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. You can perform + these tasks: + <ul> + <li><strong>Add Account</strong>: Click this button to set up a new mail, + news or blogs & news feeds account. Be sure to type the account + information exactly as it is given to you. Move through the screens + with the arrows, or click Cancel to stop account creation.</li> + <li id="set_as_default"><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Select an + account, then click this button to make the selected account the + default one. The default account will appear at the top of your list + of accounts in the Mail window. The change takes effect the next time + you open Mail & Newsgroups. + + <p>The default account determines which address is filled into the + From: field when you compose a new mail with either no other mail or + news account active (i.e. Local Folders or a blogs & news feeds + account is selected), through an external application request, or by + following a mailto: link.</p> + + <p><strong>Note:</strong> You can't set a blogs & news feeds + account as default.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Remove Account</strong>: Select an account, then click this + button to remove it completely from your Mail window.</li> + <li><strong>Outgoing Server (SMTP)</strong>: Click this (at the bottom of + the list of accounts) to modify information about the outgoing mail + server. See + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a> for more + information.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click headings under any account's name and modify the corresponding + settings in the panel on the right.</li> + <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings for an + Account</h2> + +<p>To view or change information for an existing mail or newsgroup account, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the account name in the left-hand side of the Account Settings + dialog box. You see information about the account, such as your email + address and signature, in the right side of the dialog box.</li> + <li>Click any of these items beneath the name of an account to see the + corresponding settings: + <ul> + <li><strong>Server Settings</strong>: The settings available depend on + the type of server (IMAP, POP, or newsgroup server). For more + information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>. + + <p><strong>Important</strong>: If you need to change the server type + (for example, from POP to IMAP) you must first remove the existing + account. Next, you must exit &brandShortName; and restart it. You can + then reopen the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box and + recreate an account with the new server type by clicking Add + Account.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Copies & Folders</strong>: These settings determine + whether to send automatic messages (blind carbon copies) and where you + want to store copies of outgoing messages, message drafts, and message + templates. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders">Mail + & Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies & Folders</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Composition & Addressing</strong>: These settings allow + you to choose your default format and quoting behavior when composing a + message. You can also override the global directory server settings + specified for all address books in the Preferences dialog box. For more + information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition & Addressing</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Synchronization & Storage (IMAP and News accounts + only)</strong>: These settings apply when you are working offline + (disconnected from the Internet) or need to save download time and + conserve disk space. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (IMAP)</a> or + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (News)</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Disk Space (POP and blogs & news feeds accounts + only)</strong>: This setting helps you manage the amount of disk + space that downloaded messages take up on your hard disk. For more + information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk + Space Settings (POP)</a> or + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk + Space Settings (Blogs)</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Security</strong>: These settings determine which + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a> are used to + digitally sign and encrypt mail messages that you send. Digital + signatures allow you to identify yourself reliably to others in + mail messages that you send. Encryption helps ensure that your + messages remain private while they are in transit over the + Internet. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other + Programs</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to import mail messages and settings from + Netscape Communicator, Outlook, Outlook Express, and Eudora. To import + address books from these programs, see + <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books">Importing + Address Books</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</h2> + +<p>To import mail messages from Netscape Communicator, Outlook, Outlook + Express, or Eudora, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li> + <li>Follow the instructions to import mail messages.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For Netscape Communicator, the wizard imports a copy of all Communicator + mail folders included under Local Folders. Imported mail is added as a new + folder under Local Folders in the Mail window. (The Communicator mail + folders still remain in their original location).</p> + +<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</h2> + +<p>To import mail settings from Outlook, Outlook Express, or Eudora, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li> + <li>Follow the instructions to import mail settings.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6c790958d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Getting Started With Newsgroups</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="getting_started_with_newsgroups">Getting Started With Newsgroups</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="#reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing + Discussions</a></li> + <li><a href="#monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</h2> + +<p>If you have set up an <a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">account</a> on a + newsgroup server, you can join (subscribe) to newsgroups (also called + discussion groups).</p> + +<p>To subscribe to a newsgroup, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog + box.</li> + <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another + newsgroup account.</li> + <li>Select a newsgroup. To select more than one newsgroup, + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click additional + newsgroup.</li> + <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the newsgroup. + You see a checkmark next to each newsgroup to which you subscribe. Click + Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li> + <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed newsgroups appears in the Mail + window.</li> +</ol> + +<p>If you are an IMAP mail user, you can also subscribe to message folders + located on an IMAP server. (Your Inbox is a type of message folder.) Follow + the instructions above for subscribing, but select an IMAP account from the + Account drop-down list. For more information on sharing folders and + subscribing to folders, see + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing + Folders With Other Users (IMAP Only)</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup Messages</h2> + +<p>When you open your newsgroup server, you see the list of newsgroups to which + you subscribe. The server downloads the <em>headers</em> of new messages in + each newsgroup.</p> + +<p>To read newsgroup messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click a newsgroup server icon to see its newsgroups. (If there are + no newsgroups, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li> + <li>Click a newsgroup name to see its messages.</li> + <li>Click a message to read it. Click the thread button to display all the + responses below the original message. You can click any header to display + its message. You can <a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">start a new + thread</a> or <a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">post a + message</a> in response.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup Messages</h2> + +<p>To start new threads (discussions):</p> + +<ol> + <li>From the list of your subscribed newsgroups in the Mail window, select a + newsgroup.</li> + <li>Click Compose.</li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a> + your message, and click Send to post it.</li> + <li>Click Get Msgs to see your posting on the newsgroup.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing + Discussions</h2> + +<p>To post a response to the newsgroup:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li> + <li>Click Reply.</li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a> + your message, and click Send to post it.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To reply to an individual as well as post a response to the group:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li> + <li>Click Reply All.</li> + <li>Compose your message, and click Send to post it.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To redirect a posting to another newsgroup:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click Reply and choose <q>Followup-To</q> from the <q>Newsgroup</q> + drop-down list. Subsequent responses will be posted to the newsgroup you + enter.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</h2> + +<p>To monitor unread messages in threads that are of interest to you:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a message in a thread.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Watch Thread.</li> + <li>If you want to monitor additional threads, repeat steps 1 and 2 for + messages in additional threads.</li> + <li>When you're ready to monitor messages in these threads, open the + View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Watched Threads with Unread. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups only displays the watched threads + that contain unread messages.</li> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose All to return to + viewing all messages in the newsgroup.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To ignore a message thread:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a message in the thread.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Ignore Thread. &brandShortName; Mail + & Newsgroups marks all messages in the thread as read, and new replies + posted to the thread will appear as read.</li> + <li>To view ignored threads, open the View menu, choose Messages, and then + choose Ignored Threads.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</h2> + +<p>To remove a newsgroup from your list:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the newsgroup icon and press Delete.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</h2> + +<p>If the newsgroup you want to subscribe to is on a different server, you must + first set up access to that server.</p> + +<p>To set up an additional newsgroup server, open the File menu in the Mail + window and choose New, then Account.</p> + +<ul> + <li>Using the Account Wizard, indicate that the new account you want to set + up is a newsgroup account.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Once you've set up access to the new server, you can + <a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribe</a> to newsgroups on that + server. In the Mail window, open the File menu, and choose Subscribe.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c958051af --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Working Offline</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="working_offline">Working Offline</h1> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups includes advanced features to help + you manage your messaging needs when you are not connected to the Internet. + You can download mail and news messages before going offline for later + reading, and you can defer sending mail messages and newsgroup posts until + you get back online. All of these features are explained in this + document.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting + Up &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to Work Offline</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All + Messages for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading + an Individual Folder for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading + Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading + Directory Entries for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your + Accounts for Working Offline</a></li> + <li><a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for + Offline Viewing</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and + Synchronizing Your Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and + Reconnecting Later</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting Up + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to Work Offline</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups' offline feature lets you + download your mail and read it offline (while disconnected from the + Internet). If you use a dial-up (modem) connection to access your mail and + you want to reduce the time you are connected, or, if you need to temporarily + disconnect from your company's network while traveling or switching + locations, you can download your mail so that you can read it offline. The + offline feature can automatically download incoming messages and then later + send all your outgoing messages when you reconnect.</p> + +<p>Note that for POP accounts your mail is already downloaded by default, so + most of these offline features aren't relevant for POP accounts.</p> + +<p>If you occasionally want to work offline, &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups lets you easily:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Download your Inbox for offline use.</li> + <li>Download an individual folder for offline use.</li> + <li>Download only selected or flagged messages for offline use.</li> + <li>Download directory entries in your address book for offline use.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If you frequently work offline, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups also + lets you:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Set up one or more of your accounts for offline use.</li> + <li>Set offline and disk space preferences for each account.</li> + <li>Select the folders and newsgroups that you want to view offline.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All Messages for + Offline Use</h2> + +<p>You can tell &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to automatically + download your messages for offline use. Later, when you go back online, + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically synchronizes your + messages with the server.</p> + +<p>Note that the Inbox for POP accounts is downloaded by default, so this + section does not apply for POP accounts.</p> + +<p>To automatically download your messages for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>In the left side of the dialog box, under the name of the account you + want to use offline, select Synchronization & Storage. (This category + is not available for POP accounts.)</li> + <li>Check the box labeled <q>Keep messages for this account on this + computer</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> + in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie + icon) to go offline. You will be asked to download messages for them to be + available while offline. Click on <q>Download</q> to proceed.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: This setting also applies to any new folders + created. While the per-account setting can be overridden for an + <a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">individual + folder</a>, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em> when the + <q>Keep messages</q> box is toggled.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages + in your Inbox so you can read and respond to them while working offline. + After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups remains open so + you can continue to work with your messages.</p> + +<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the + Cookie icon) to go back online.</li> +</ul> + +<p>When you go back online, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + automatically synchronizes your Inbox messages with the server, by + replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups saves any + messages that you send while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder + under Local Folders. To have &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + automatically send your unsent messages when you reconnect, use the + Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu to change the + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline + preferences</a> for all your accounts.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading an + Individual Folder for Offline Use</h2> + +<p>Note that POP accounts don't allow you to manage folders on the POP + server, so this section does not apply to POP accounts.</p> + +<p>To download a specific folder for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the left side of the Mail window, select the folder that you want to + download for offline use.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties. You see the Properties + dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Synchronization tab.</li> + <li>Check <q>Select this folder for offline use</q>.</li> + <li>Click Download Now if you want to immediately begin downloading the + folder's messages. Alternatively, you can continue working, and when + you are ready to go offline, proceed to the next step.</li> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> + in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go offline.</li> + <li>In the Work Offline dialog box, click Download.</li> +</ol> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages + in the selected folder so you can read and respond to them while working + offline. After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups remains + open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading + offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p> + +<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the + Cookie icon) to go back online.</li> +</ul> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically synchronizes the + offline folders with the server, by replicating any changes you made while + working offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups saves any + messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder + under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the + File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you + reconnect, use the Preferences command on the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu to change your <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline + preferences</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading + Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</h2> + +<p>Note that messages are downloaded by default for POP accounts. However, if + you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting in the POP account + settings, then only the headers will be downloaded, and you will need to use + the commands in this section to download the complete messages.</p> + +<p>To download selected messages for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Select the messages you want to download, as follows: + <ul> + <li>To select a group of adjacent messages, click the first message, and + then Shift-click to select the last message in the group.</li> + <li>To select messages anywhere in the message list, hold down the + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click + each message.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Selected Messages + from the submenu. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups downloads the + selected messages.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To download flagged messages for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Click in the flag column of each message you want to download. A flag + appears where you clicked to indicate that the message has been marked. If + the flag column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon + <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Flagged Messages. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups downloads the flagged messages.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Once downloading is complete, click the Online/Offline indicator in the + lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie icon) to go + offline. After you disconnect, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups remains + open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p> + +<p>Note that the <q>Get Selected Messages</q> and <q>Get Flagged Messages</q> + menu items are also available in the pop-up thread context menu, for faster + access.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading + offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p> + +<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go online.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups saves any + messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder + under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the + File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you + reconnect, use the Preferences command on the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu to change your <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline + preferences</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading + Directory Entries for Offline Use</h2> + +<p>You can download (replicate) the entries in a directory server to your + computer so that they are available when you work offline. Once you've + downloaded directory entries, you can use the same procedure to update your + local copy of the entries with the latest entries on the directory + server.</p> + +<p>To download or update an address book LDAP directory for offline use:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Make sure you're online.</li> + <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, select the directory that you want to + download (replicate).</li> + <li>Click Properties in the Address Book toolbar. The Directory Server + Properties dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Click the Offline tab.</li> + <li>Click Download Now to start copying the entries to your computer.</li> + <li>If prompted, enter your network user name and password, and click OK to + start the download. + + <p>Depending on the number of directory entries, the download process may + take a while, so please be patient.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>After the download finishes, you can work offline and search the directory + or use it for address autocompletion when composing messages. After + you've been using your local copy of the directory for a while, you may + wish to update it to get the latest entries from the directory server. To + update your local copy, use the procedure described above.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your Accounts + for Working Offline</h2> + +<p>To set up one or more accounts for working offline, you use the Offline and + Disk Space preferences in the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog + box. Once set, you don't need to change these preferences each time you + want to work offline. The offline and disk space preferences you can set for + an account depend on the type of account (IMAP, POP, or Newsgroup).</p> + +<p>Here's a summary of the steps you will follow to set up your accounts + for offline use:</p> + +<ol> + <li>For each account that you want to work with while offline, use the Mail + & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box to set the Synchronization + & Storage preferences for that account. You must select the items + (folders and newsgroups) that you want to download for offline use. See + <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline + Viewing</a> for more information. + + <p>Once set, you don't need to change these settings. See the sections + below for information on setting offline and disk space preferences for + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">IMAP</a>, + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">POP</a>, + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Blogs</a>, and + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Newsgroup</a> + accounts.</p> + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set the Synchronization & Storage + preferences for the current account, open the File menu, choose Offline, + and then choose Offline Settings.</p> + </li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync Now + from the submenu.</li> + <li>Select the type of messages (mail or newsgroup or both) that you want to + download. + + <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (mail + messages or newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work.</p> + </li> + <li>Select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is complete</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK to download the selected items and then go offline. See + <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and + Synchronizing Your Messages</a> for more information.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For subsequent offline sessions, you can skip step 1.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline + Viewing</h2> + +<p>Before you can read mail and newsgroup messages while offline, you must + first select them for downloading. You can set up an entire account for + offline use. You can also choose which folders and newsgroups that you + want to use offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Keep in mind that selecting more items may increase + download time and disk space used.</p> + +<p>To select accounts, folders, and newsgroups for offline viewing, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the Synchronization & Storage category for the account you + want to change.</li> + <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to see your IMAP folders, or <q>Select newsgroups + for offline use</q> for your subscribed newsgroups. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: You see only the newsgroups and folders that + you've already <a + href="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribed</a> + to. POP accounts and local mail folders don't appear in the + list.</p> + </li> + <li>Select the items (folders, newsgroups) that you want to make available + for offline use.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Once set, you don't need to change these settings each time you want to + go offline. However, if you do want to change them, you can easily do so + before going offline, since the same Select button is available when using + the <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Download and + Sync</a> command.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and + Synchronizing Your Messages</h2> + +<p>If you have already selected mail folders and newsgroups for offline use, + you are now ready to download and synchronize them. If you haven't yet + selected items to download, you can choose them before you go offline.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Download/Sync Now dialog box, follow + these steps:</p> + +<p>To download and synchronize your messages, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync + Now.</li> + <li>Select the categories (mail messages or newsgroup messages) that you want + to download. + + <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (Mail + messages, Newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work. If the + checkboxes are disabled, it means that you haven't yet selected + items to download. Use the Select button to select items to download.</p> + </li> + <li>To send messages in your Unsent Messages folder before going offline, + check <q>Send Unsent Messages</q>.</li> + <li>To go offline immediately after &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + finishes downloading, select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is + complete</q>.</li> + <li>To set or change the items to download, click Select. See + <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline + Viewing</a> for more information. You can skip this step if you've + already selected items for download.</li> + <li>Click OK. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups begins downloading the + selected items.</li> +</ol> + +<p>If you chose to work offline once the download completes, then + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups immediately switches to offline mode. + Otherwise, when you are ready to go offline, click the Online/Offline + indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> in the lower right corner of + the Mail window to go offline.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and + Reconnecting Later</h2> + +<p>To work offline and reconnect later, begin from the Mail window.</p> + +<p>When you are ready to work offline:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> + in the lower-right corner of the Mail window. Mail & Newsgroups prompts + you to download messages, if you want, before going offline.</li> + <li>Click Download to download messages before going offline. If you want to + work offline without downloading messages, click Don't Download.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading + offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups' + download behavior when going offline, open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu, choose Preferences, and then under the Mail & Newsgroups category, + select Network & Storage (if no subcategories are visible, double-click + Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list). You can choose to have + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups prompt you to download messages when + going offline, to automatically download messages, or to not download any + messages.</p> + +<p>To reconnect and synchronize your messages:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower-right corner of any &brandShortName; window.</li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync + Now.</li> +</ol> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups synchronizes your messages with the + server by replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups' + behavior when going online, open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu, choose Preferences, and then choose the Synchronization & Storage + category. You can choose to have &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + prompt you to send unsent messages, to automatically send unsent messages, + or to not send unsent messages.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6a1c08f32d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,848 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Organizing Your Messages and Controlling Junk</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="organizing_your_messages">Organizing Your Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox"> + <ul> + <li><a href="#creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a + Folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in + Folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other + Users (IMAP Only)</a></li> + <li><a href="#tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_message_views">Using Message Views</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_through_messages">Searching Through + Messages</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</h2> + +<p>To create a message folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Folder. You see the New Folder + dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the name of the folder.</li> + <li>Click the drop-down list and choose a folder location and click OK. Your + new folder appears in your Mail Folders list.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</h2> + +<p>To rename an existing folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the folder you want to rename.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Rename Folder. You see the Rename Folder + dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the new name and click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you rename a folder that you've been using to + store <a href="#creating_message_filters">filtered messages</a>, the filter + will automatically update to use the renamed folder.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a Folder</h2> + +<p>You can copy a folder and its contents to another mail account, or move a + folder within the same mail account.</p> + +<p>To move or copy a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the folder you want to move or copy.</li> + <li>Do one of the following: + <ul> + <li>To move the folder under another folder within the same account, drag + the folder over the name of the other folder. The folder you moved + becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li> + <li>To copy the folder to another account, drag the folder over the name + of another account.</li> + <li>To copy the folder under another folder in another account, drag the + folder over the name of another folder in another account. The folder + you copied becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in Folders</h2> + +<p>You can move messages from one folder to another by using either of these + methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the message, click the File button on the toolbar, and choose the + destination folder.</li> + <li>Drag and drop messages into the desired folder. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you drag and drop a message from an IMAP or + POP mail server folder to a local folder on your hard drive, the message + is moved to the local folder and removed from the server folder.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To copy a message from one folder to another:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message and right-click to display the pop-up menu.</li> + <li>Select <q>Copy To</q> and then select the destination account and folder + from the drop-down list.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Alternatively, you can copy a message between folders + by holding down the Shift key while dragging the message from the message + list over another folder.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other Users + (IMAP Only)</h2> + +<p>Users with IMAP mail accounts can share mail folders with other users on the + same network. Sharing folders allows several users to see and work with the + same messages, similar to a newsgroup. To use shared folders, your IMAP mail + server must support Access Control List (ACL) management. Check with your + system administrator or help desk if you are not sure that shared folders + are supported by your IMAP mail server.</p> + +<p>To share a mail folder with other users on your network, or to view sharing + information for a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Within an IMAP account, select a folder that you want to share, or select + a folder whose sharing privileges you want to view. + + <p>Folders listed under Local Folders, or folders listed under a POP mail + account cannot be shared.</p> + </li> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties.</li> + <li>Click the Sharing tab.</li> + <li>Click Privileges. You may be prompted to enter your network user name and + password. + + <p>The Privileges button is only available if the IMAP mail server allows + you to set folder sharing privileges. If this button is not available, + you can view the folder sharing privileges for this folder but cannot + change them.</p> + </li> + <li>Follow the instructions on the screen to add users and to set their + folder access privileges. + <ul> + <li><strong>Read privileges</strong>: Users can read messages and copy + their contents, but they cannot modify or delete messages, or copy + messages into the folder. Users can flag messages as read or unread. + See <a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging + Messages</a> for instructions on flagging messages.</li> + <li><strong>Read and Write privileges</strong>: In addition to Read + privileges, users can modify and delete messages. Users can also copy + or move messages into the folder.</li> + <li><strong>Manage privileges</strong>: In addition to Read and Write + privileges, users can add and remove users and change their folder + permissions.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> + <li>Click OK to close the Folder Properties dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>In the list of folders for your mail account, a shared folder displays a + distinctive folder icon to indicate that it is shared.</p> + +<p>To send a message that tells others how they can subscribe to your shared + folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the shared folder.</li> + <li>Right-click to display a pop-up menu, and choose Copy Folder + Location.</li> + <li>Click Compose to display a Mail compose window.</li> + <li>Click in the message body, open the Edit menu, and choose Paste.</li> + <li>Address the message, type a subject, and type the message text. Tell + message recipients that they can subscribe to the shared folder by clicking + the link you pasted into the message. + + <p>Only message recipients who share the same network will be able to + subscribe to your shared folder.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Send.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="subscribing_to_a_shared_folder">Subscribing to a Shared Folder</h3> + +<p>Subscribing to a shared folder is similar to subscribing to a newsgroup. To + subscribe to a shared folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog + box.</li> + <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another IMAP + mail account.</li> + <li>Select the folder that you want to subscribe to.</li> + <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the folder. You + see a checkmark next to each folder to which you subscribe. Click + Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li> + <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed folders appears in the Mail + window.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</h2> + +<p>You can apply tags to messages to help you organize and prioritize them. + You can apply a standard color and tag text to messages, or you can create + your own color and tag text to suit your needs.</p> + +<p>One powerful way to use tags is to set up a message filter to + automatically tag incoming messages from a specific sender. For example, + you can set up a message filter so that incoming messages from your boss are + tagged <q>Important</q> and appear in red. See + <a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a> for more + information.</p> + +<h3 id="applying_a_tag">Applying a Tag</h3> + +<p>To apply a tag to a message, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message you want to tag.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li> + <li>Choose the tag you want to apply from the list.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The message summary row changes to the color of the tag with the topmost + priority. To see the tag text, you must display the Tags column in the Mail + window.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly tag messages or remove a tag, select + one or more messages and press one of the number keys 1-9 on your keyboard. + Press 0 to remove all tags.</p> + +<p>To display the Tags column, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> + and select Tags from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message tags apply on a per-account basis. For + example, if you move or copy a tagged message to another mail account, the + tags are not preserved. Similarly, if you forward a tagged message to + another recipient, the tags are not preserved. For IMAP mail accounts, if + your IMAP server supports user-defined keywords, message tags will persist + when you log in to your mail account from a different location.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="customizing_tags">Customizing Tags</h3> + +<p>You can customize tag colors and text and their order to suit your needs.</p> + +<p>To customize tags, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Tags. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> + <li>Edit the tag text, or replace it with your own tag text. The tag + can be up to 32 characters long.</li> + <li>To change the tag color, click the color block next to that tag and + select a new color.</li> + <li>Click the Move Up and Move Down buttons to reorder the tags. Tags at + the top will have higher priority when coloring messages.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Your changes are immediately applied to all tagged messages in all your + mail accounts.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To undo all customizations and restore just the + default tags' text and colors, follow the steps above to display the tag + settings, and click Restore Defaults.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="sorting_messages_by_tags">Sorting Messages by Tags</h3> + +<p>To sort messages by tags, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>To display the Tags column if it is hidden, click the Show/Hide Columns + icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Tags from the + list.</li> + <li>Click the Tags column to sort messages by tags, and within each tag + type, to sort messages by date.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="removing_tags">Removing Tags</h3> + +<p>To remove a message tag, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select one or more tagged messages.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li> + <li>Choose the tag you want to remove or <q>None</q> to remove all tags + from this message.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging Messages</h2> + +<p>You might want to mark a message you've read as unread if you later + want to re-read the message or respond to it.</p> + +<p>To mark a message as unread, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Click in the Read column of each message you want to mark as unread. + Messages marked as unread display a <img src="images/mail_unread.png" + alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. Messages marked as read display a + <img src="images/mail_read.png" alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. If the + Read column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon + <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Read from the list.</li> +</ol> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_read_column.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Read column</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>You can flag messages that you later want to download for + <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">offline + use</a>.</p> + +<p>To flag messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Click in the Flag column of each message you want to download. A flag + <img src="images/mail_flag.png" alt=""/> appears where you clicked to + indicate that the message has been flagged. If the Flag column is not + visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" + alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li> +</ol> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_flag_column.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Flag column</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_message_views">Using Message Views</h2> + +<p>You can apply preset or custom message views to help you manage messages by + filtering displayed messages.</p> + +<p>To use a message view, open the View menu and choose Messages. Choose an + option from the submenu.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>All</strong>: Choose this option to view all messages.</li> + <li><strong>Unread</strong>: Choose this option to view only unread + messages.</li> + <li><strong>Tags</strong>: Choose a <a href="#tagging_messages">tag</a> + to view tagged messages.</li> + <li><strong>Custom Views</strong>: Choose a custom view. By default you have + five preset views: <q>People I Know</q>, <q>Recent Mail</q>, <q>Last 5 + Days</q>, <q>Not Junk</q>, and <q>Has Attachments</q>.</li> + <li><strong>Customize</strong>: Choose this option to view or modify + settings for custom views or create your own custom view.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly change the message view from the View + box in the Search Bar. If you do not see the Search Bar, open the View menu, + choose Show/Hide, and then choose Search Bar.</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_quicksearch.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 80px;"></td> + <td><strong>Quick mail search bar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<h3 id="creating_a_custom_view">Creating a Custom View</h3> + +<p>You can create custom message views to only display messages matching + certain criteria.</p> + +<p>To change or create a custom message view:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Customize.</li> + <li>To create a new view, click New. To modify a view, select a view and + click Edit.</li> + <li>Type a name for the message view.</li> + <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the + following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, or <q><em>any</em> of the + following</q>.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example, + <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn't + contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not + listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search + for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and + type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then + choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom + header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match + what you type.</p> + </li> + <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li> + <li>Click OK in the Customize Message Views dialog box. The selected view + setting applies automatically.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</h2> + +<p>Message filters allow you to manage and organize your messages. You can + create message filters that &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups uses to + automatically perform certain actions on incoming messages based on criteria + you specify. For example, you can create a message filter that automatically + moves incoming messages to a particular folder. Message filters operate on a + per-account basis.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Message Filters dialog box, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message + Filters dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to + apply the filter.</li> + <li>Click New. You use the Filter Rules dialog box to specify the types of + messages to act on, and the actions you want the filter to perform.</li> + <li>Type a name for the filter.</li> + <li>Select when you want the filter to be applied. This setting enables you + to define some filters to be applied in an automatic way (when checking + mail), on demand (manually run), or both. <q>After classification</q> means + that junk and phishing controls will be run before applying the + filter.</li> + <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the + following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, <q><em>any</em> of the + following</q> conditions you choose, or <q><em>all messages</em></q>.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example, + <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn't + contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not + listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search + for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and + type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then + choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom + header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match + what you type.</p> + </li> + <li>Click <q>+</q> to add criteria and <q>-</q> to remove them.</li> + <li>Use the list to choose the action you want the filter to perform on the + messages (for example, Move Message To). Use <q>+</q> and <q>-</q> to add + or remove additional actions. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To automatically tag incoming messages, choose + <q>Tag Message</q> from the drop-down list.</p> + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Message filters are applied one after another. It + could be that you don't want all filters to be run if one or more + messages match some conditions. For instance, you may want to tag all + messages from your boss's email address as <q>Important</q>, and + you may want all messages containing the word <q>Memorandum</q> in their + subject to be moved to a folder named <q>Pending Reads</q>, but you + don't want any message from your boss to be moved to another folder, + even if it contains <q>Memorandum</q> in the subject. So the first + message filter you define should match your boss's email address, + and would contain two actions: <q>Tag Message</q> as <q>Important</q> and + <q>Stop Filter Execution</q>.</p> + </li> + <li>If you have chosen <q>Move</q> or <q>Copy</q> message to a folder, then + select a destination folder in which to store the messages, or create a + new folder.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li> + <li>To run filters on existing messages in a folder, select the folder + in the bottom dropdown list and click the <q>Run Now</q> button.</li> + <li>Click OK in the Message Filters dialog box. The filter begins filtering + incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also run message filters manually at any + time. In the Mail window, choose Tools, and then select Run Filters on Folder + to apply filters to the current folder, or Run Filters on Message to apply + filters to the selected message (if any).</p> + +<p>To manage your filters, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message + Filters dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to + apply the filter.</li> + <li>Choose from the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>To turn a filter on or off</strong>: Click the checkbox to + the right of the filter name to enable it, or click it again to turn it + off.</li> + <li><strong>To edit a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click + Edit (or double-click the filter name). Use the Filter Rules dialog box + to make your changes.</li> + <li><strong>To delete a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click + Delete.</li> + <li><strong>To change the order in which filters are applied</strong>: In + the filter list, click a filter's name, and click <q>Move Up</q> + or <q>Move Down</q> to move it. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Filters are applied to each incoming message + in the order you choose, until a filter action results in the message + being deleted or moved from the Inbox folder.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK when you are done managing your filters. If you created a new + filter, it begins filtering incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you delete a folder that you've been using to + store filtered messages, the filter will no longer work. Incoming messages + that match the filter criteria will appear in your Inbox. If you rename or + move the folder, the filter will automatically update to use the renamed or + moved folder.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have existing messages that you want to move to + another folder, use the Run Filters on Messages option in the Tools menu.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender">Filtering Messages From a + Specific Sender</h3> + +<p>You can quickly create a filter for messages from a particular sender. For + example, if you want to automatically move all incoming messages from your + child's teacher into a folder called <q>School</q>, you can quickly set + up a filter to do this.</p> + +<p>To create a filter for messages from a specific sender, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a message from a specific sender.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu and choose Create Filter From Message. Or, in the + message header pane, right click the sender name and choose Create Filter + From.</li> + <li>You see the Filter Rules dialog box. Using the sender's email + address, &brandShortName; prefills the filter matching criteria and the + filter action (Move Message to). You can change or add new rules to the + matching criteria.</li> + <li>Choose a destination folder in which to store the incoming messages from + the specified sender, or create a new folder. You can also choose other + actions for this filter, or change the default one.</li> + <li>Note that, if you leave the filter name empty, &brandShortName; will + provide a name for it based on the first criterion.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings. You see the + <a href="#creating_message_filters">Message Filters</a> dialog box, where + you can create, delete, or edit message filters.</li> + <li>Click OK. The filter begins filtering incoming messages from the + specified sender as soon as you click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_through_messages">Searching Through Messages</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups lets you quickly find text in a + single message, search messages by subject or sender, or use a combination of + criteria to perform a thorough search through all messages in a specific mail + folder, newsgroup, or account.</p> + +<p>To locate text in a single message, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message, open the Edit menu, and choose Find in This + Message.</li> + <li>Type the text that you want to locate in the dialog box.</li> + <li>Click Find to locate the first occurrence of the text.</li> + <li>Continue clicking Find to locate additional occurrences, or click Cancel + when you are done.</li> + <li>Choose Find Again from the Edit menu to continue searching for the text + throughout the rest of the message.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To quickly search for messages in a selected folder by subject or sender, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>To the right of <q>Subject or Sender contains:</q>, type the subject text + or sender name that you want to find. You can type only part of the subject + or sender, or you can type the exact word or name that you want to find. + + <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + displays only those messages in the selected folder where the subject or + sender contains the search text you entered.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all messages in the + selected folder.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="searching_for_specific_messages">Searching for Specific Messages</h3> + +<p>You can search mail folders or newsgroups for specific messages. If you are + not already viewing the Search Messages dialog box, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Messages. You see the Search + Messages dialog box.</li> + <li>Next to <q>Search for messages in</q>, choose the account, newsgroup, or + folder through which you want to search.</li> + <li>Select <q>Search subfolders</q> to include all subfolders in the + search.</li> + <li>Next to <q>Perform search operations on</q>, select an option where to + search for messages in newsgroups or IMAP accounts: + <ul> + <li>Choose <q>Local system</q> to use only the information stored locally + for the search without any network activity. This mode includes all + major message headers. You can't search the message body locally + unless the account and its folders have been set up for + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage">synchronization</a>. + </li> + <li>Choose <q>Remote server</q> to perform all searches on the server + where the messages are located. This will allow you to also search for + contents in message bodies which have not been synchronized.</li> + </ul> + <p><strong>Note</strong>: This menu will be disabled if it's not + possible to search remotely on the server (e.g., for POP accounts).</p> + </li> + <li>Select which matching option Mail & Newsgroups will use to search for + messages that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria) that + you choose.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to indicate the search criteria (for example, + <q>Subject</q> and <q>contains</q>) and then type the text or phrase that + you want to match. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not + listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search + for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and + type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then + choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom + header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match + what you type.</p> + </li> + <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li> + <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search + results appear in lower part of the Search Messages dialog box. + <ul> + <li>To open a message so you can read it, select the message and click + Open, or double-click the message.</li> + <li>To sort the messages in a different order, click the column that you + want to sort by.</li> + <li>To move or copy a message in the Results area to another folder, + select the message and then choose the destination folder from the File + drop-down list. If the destination folder is within the same account, + the message is moved to that folder. If the destination folder is + within a different account, the message is copied to that folder.</li> + <li>To delete a message in the Results area, select the message and then + click Delete.</li> + <li>To open the folder where the message is stored, select the message + and click Open Message Folder.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="controlling_junk_mail">Controlling Junk Mail</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use &brandShortName;'s Junk Mail Controls +to filter unwanted mail, and how phishing detection works.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and + Filters</a></li> + <li><a href="#phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + + +<h2 id="using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName;'s Junk Mail Controls feature can evaluate your + incoming messages and identify possible junk (or unsolicited) messages. The + feature uses the Bayesian classification method. You first train + &brandShortName; by showing it a bunch of mail that is junk, and a bunch of + mail that is not. Then, you let it auto-classify new mail for you. If + &brandShortName; makes any mistakes, you can correct them.</p> + +<p>To use Junk Mail Controls:</p> + +<ol> + <li>First, train &brandShortName; to recognize Junk messages and Non-Junk + messages. There are three ways to toggle junk status of the selected + message(s): + <ul> + <li>Open the Message menu, select <q>Mark</q> and choose <q>As Junk</q> + or <q>As Not Junk</q>.</li> + <li>Click on the Junk toolbar button.</li> + <li><img src="images/mail_junk_column.png" style="float:right" alt=""/> + + <p>Click to toggle the Junk Status column in the message list. (If you + do not see it, click the right-most button ( + <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>) in the list header bar and + select Junk Status from the pop-up menu.)</p> + </li> + </ul> + + <p>When you toggle junk status, a trash-can icon will appear or disappear + in the Junk status column to indicate the junk status of the selected + message.</p> + </li> + + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li> + <li>Enable the feature and &brandShortName; will automatically classify + incoming messages. (See + <a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a>. + Details on the other settings there can be found in the + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a> + preference panel description.) + </li> + <li>If you have trained it on virus mail, consider disabling the white + listing (many mail viruses send bulk messages to people in the address book + of the infected computer).</li> + <li>Make sure to correct the Junk Mail Controls when it incorrectly labels + messages either as junk or not junk.</li> + <li>To analyze existing messages, select messages, open the Tools menu + and choose <q>Run Junk Mail Controls</q>.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: &brandShortName; will only run Junk Mail Controls + when the training database has information on non-Junk messages. If Junk Mail + Controls do not work, select some messages and explicitly mark them as Not + Junk.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</h2> + +<p>To fine-tune how Junk Mail Controls work, use the + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk & + Suspect Mail preference panel</a> for account-independent settings and the + account manager's <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk + Settings</a> for settings of a specific mail account.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and Filters</h2> + +<p>Junk Mail Controls run after mail filters (unless you set the filter to run + after classification, where <q>classification</q> includes junk and phishing + scanning) and apply only to the Inbox folder and its sub-folders. Use this to + your advantage, for example, you can filter mail you are sure not to be Junk + to a special folder outside of Inbox so that the messages will not be + classified as Junk (especially useful if you subscribe to newsletters or if + you are on a moderated mailing list).</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</h2> + +<p>Phishing is a particularly common fraudulent business scheme in which + a party creates counterfeit websites designed to trick recipients into + divulging personal data such as credit card numbers, account usernames, + passwords and social security numbers. Hijacking brand names of banks, + e-retailers and credit card companies, phishers often convince + recipients to respond.</p> + +<p>In many cases, you'll receive a link to a phishing page via an email + which claims to come from an official-looking address. You can also end up + at these pages by following links that you find on the Web or in IM + messages.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Since a forged <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a> + can look very similar to a genuine one, it's safer to use a bookmark + you've created or to type the URL into the location bar by hand instead + of following a link in an email message. Always consider the risk of a forged + URL if you're asked to log in or provide private information on a + website.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail phishing detector is enabled by default. When it + encounters a mail which seems to be scam, it will show a warning bar in the + message window.</p> + +<p>If you think that the email is a valid one, you can click on the <q>Not + Scam</q> button, and the warning bar will disappear.</p> + +<p>When a user clicks on a link in an email that appears to be a phishing URL, + &brandShortName; will prompt the user with a dialog box before the website + is opened.</p> + +<p>This prompt will appear if either of the following is true: the host name of + the actual URL is an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ip_address">IP address</a>, or + the link text is a URL whose host name does not match the host name of the + actual URL.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Phishing detection has a higher precedence than Junk + Mail detection.</p> + +<p>For more technical details on this subject, see the online document + <a href="http://www.honeynet.org/papers/phishing/">Know your Enemy: + Phishing</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9ff496ac76 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,756 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Mail & Newsgroups Preferences</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences</h1> + +<p>The sections listed below describe the Mail & Newsgroups preferences + that apply to all your mail and newsgroup accounts. To see these + preferences:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail & Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_display">Message Display</a></li> + <li><a href="#notifications">Notifications</a></li> + <li><a href="#composition">Composition</a></li> + <li><a href="#send_format">Send Format</a></li> + <li><a href="#addressing_preferences">Addressing</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk & Suspect Mail</a></li> + <li><a href="#tags">Tags</a></li> + <li><a href="#return_receipts_preferences">Return Receipts</a></li> + <li><a href="#character_encoding">Character Encoding</a></li> + <li><a href="#network_and_storage_preferences">Network & Storage + Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="mail_and_newsgroups">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Mail & + Newsgroups</h2> + +<p>This section describes the main Mail & Newsgroups preferences. If you + are not already viewing the Mail & Newsgroups main preferences, follow + these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Mail & Newsgroups category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Confirm when moving folders to the Trash</strong>: Choose to + allow Mail & Newsgroups to prompt you before deleting folders.</li> + <li><strong>Remember the last selected message</strong>: Choose this option + if you want &brandShortName; to select the message you had selected last + before leaving a folder when you reenter a folder.</li> + <li><strong>Preserve threading when sorting messages</strong>: Select this + option if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the threaded message + grouping + <a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages">when + sorting messages</a>. If it is not selected, &brandShortName; automatically + displays the messages unthreaded when you sort them by clicking on the + column headers.</li> + <li><strong>Only check for new mail after opening Mail & + Newsgroups</strong>: By default, &brandShortName; checks for new messages + even if only a browser window is open. Choose this option if you want to + delay checking for new messages until after the Mail & Newsgroups window + has been opened at least once (be it automatically <a + href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">on startup</a> or + manually).</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Make &brandShortName; the default application + for</strong>: Select &brandShortName; as the default mail, news or feeds + application for Windows and from within other applications such as Microsoft + Word. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Setting &brandShortName; as the default + mail, news or feeds application may remove the connection that other + applications had with these tasks. Refer to the documentation of the + respective applications in order to find how to restore the defaults.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Use &brandShortName; Mail & News when opening browser links + for</strong>: By default, any links to email addresses or newsgroups opened + from browser pages or other messages are handled by &brandShortName; itself. + Uncheck the Mail and/or News boxes if you want an external application to + handle such links instead. In this case, a dialog will open to select the + application to be used. + + <!-- remove the following warning once bug 198547 is fixed --> + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Don't uncheck either of these boxes and then + select &brandShortName; in the dialog unless it is also registered as the + system's respective default mail or news application. Doing so may + cause &brandShortName; to continuously prompt for the program to use when + opening a link.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>When Mail launches, show the Start Page in the message + area</strong>: Select this to enable the Start Page. The Start Page + appears in the message area when you first open &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups. This page is the default page, but you can enter a different + web page or URL of your choice. To disable the Start Page, deselect this + option. Click Restore Default to return to the original page provided by + &brandShortName;.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="message_display">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Message + Display</h2> + +<p>Message Display preferences allow you to choose how messages are displayed + in all accounts. If you are not already viewing the Message Display settings, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When opening messages, display them in</strong>: These options + control the behavior when opening messages in a separate window, e.g., by + double-clicking on it in the message list of a folder: + <ul> + <li><strong>A new message window</strong>: Choose this if you want to + open each message in a new window.</li> + <li><strong>An existing message window</strong>: Choose this if you want + to reuse an already opened message window for the next mail.</li> + <li><strong>Close message window when deleting a message</strong>: Check + this if you want the message window to be closed automatically when + the message you are viewing in it is deleted.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Block images and other content from remote sources</strong>: + Select this checkbox if you do not want to display remote images and other + content in received messages, except from senders in your address books + whom you have allowed. (This checkbox is selected by default.)</li> + <li><strong>Show only display name for people in my address book</strong>: + Check this if you want to save some space in the message headers where + email addresses are shown. If selected, known senders and recipients are + only listed with their display names, their email addresses are hidden. + You can see the full email addresses when hovering over such entries with + the mouse.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically mark messages as read</strong>: Check this option + to mark messages as read once they are opened. (This checkbox is selected + by default.) + <ul> + <li><strong>Only after displaying for [__] seconds</strong>: Check this + option if you do not want a message to be marked as read when you are + only taking a brief look at it. Enter the number of seconds you want a + message to be displayed before it gets marked as read automatically. + If this box is not checked, messages are marked as read as soon as + they are opened.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Plain Text Messages</strong>: These settings control how + plain-text messages are displayed. These options do not have any effect + when viewing HTML (rich-text) messages, or when writing new messages. + <ul> + <li><strong>Font</strong>: Select the font you prefer for viewing + plain-text messages: fixed width or variable width.</li> + <li><strong>Wrap text to fit window width</strong>: Select this so that + incoming messages are word-wrapped to fit the width of your Mail + window.</li> + <li><strong>Display emoticons as graphics</strong>: Select this so that + when you receive messages that contain emoticons (also called smiley + faces) Mail & Newsgroups can convert them to graphics, for example: + <table border="1"> + <tr align="center"> + <td><strong>This</strong>:</td> + <td><strong>Converts to</strong>:</td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:-)</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:)</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:-(</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:(</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>;-)</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s3"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>;-p</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s4"/></td> + </tr> + </table> + This option also controls some common plain-text formatting conventions: + <table border="1"> + <tr align="center"> + <td><strong>This</strong>:</td> + <td><strong>Displays as</strong>:</td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>mm^2</td> + <td>mm<sup>2</sup></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>+/-1</td> + <td>±1</td> + </tr> + </table> + </li> + <li><strong>Settings for quoted messages</strong>: Choose a different + font style, size, and/or color for quoted plain-text messages to more + easily distinguish quoted text (usually the content of a message for + which the sender replied to you, or quoted parts of a message you + replied to).</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="notifications">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Notifications</h2> + +<p>Notification preferences allow you to select different methods for informing + you on arrival of a new message. So you don't have to always look in the + folders.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Notifications. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Show an alert for [__] seconds</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to display an alert on your desktop + when new messages arrive. This alert is usually located above your system + tray in the lower right corner of your screen. The alert only appears once + when new messages arrive, stays for the specified amount of time, and + won't appear again until you have visited one of your folders with new + mail, read one of the new messages, or checked for new messages manually. + <table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_newmail_alert.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>New mail desktop alert</strong></td> + </tr> + </table> + The following options determine which message-specific items are shown in + the alert for each new message: + <ul> + <li><strong>Show a preview of the message text</strong>: Check this to + show the first few words of the message received in the alert.</li> + <li><strong>Show the subject</strong>: Check this to show the subject + line of the message in the alert.</li> + <li><strong>Show the sender</strong>: Check this to show the sender's + name or email address in the alert.</li> + </ul> + <p>When the alert appears, clicking an entry for a message will take you + to the respective folder and opens that message. You can close the alert + using the <strong>x</strong> button. + </p> + + <p>The new message alert will continue to work even after you close the + Mail window (as long as another &brandShortName; window is open). + </p> + </li> + + <li class="win"><strong>Show a tray icon</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to display an icon in your system + tray (which is usually found in the lower right corner of your screen) when + new messages arrive. This icon will stay in the system tray until you have + visited one of your folders with new mail, read one of the new messages, + or checked for new messages manually. + <p style="text-indent: 20px"><img src="images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png" + alt=""/> <strong>New mail tray icon</strong></p> + <p>When the icon appears, double-clicking it will open the &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups main window.</p> + <p><strong>Note</strong>: On Windows 7 and above, the Notification Area + Icons settings for &brandShortName; must read <q>Show icon and + notifications</q> for the icon to stay visible. Otherwise, it may be + hidden after a short period of time.</p> + <ul> + <li><strong>Show a balloon alert</strong>: As an alternative to the + desktop alert described above, you can use the operating system's + balloon notification. When new mail arrives, this will show the icon + along with a balloon indicating the number of new messages available + for the account. + <p style="text-indent: 20px"><img src="images/mail_newmail_balloon.png" + alt=""/><strong>Balloon alert</strong></p> + <p>When the balloon appears, clicking into it will open the Main & + Newsgroup main window. The duration of the balloon alert depends on + the respective setting in your operating system. You can close the + balloon using the <strong>x</strong> button.</p> + + <p>The new message alert will continue to work even after you close the + Mail window (as long as another &brandShortName; window is open).</p> + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: <q>Show an alert for [__] seconds</q> and + <q>Show a balloon alert</q> cannot be selected at the same time. + Checking one option will uncheck the other.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + + <li class="mac"><strong>Animate the Dock icon</strong>: Select this if you + want Mail & Newsgroups to bounce the &brandShortName; Dock icon when + new messages arrive.</li> + <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups to play a sound when new messages arrive. You can + choose between the default system sound and a custom sound in WAV format. + If you choose the latter, use the Browse button to select the sound file in + the file locator. Click on the Play button to listen to the chosen sound + file. + + <p>Once &brandShortName; Mail has been started, the new messages sound will + continue to work even after you close the Mail window (as long as another + &brandShortName; window is open).</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="composition">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Composition</h2> + +<p>Composition preferences affect how you create messages (for example, + forwarding options and address autocompletion) in all accounts. If you are + not already viewing the Composition settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Composition. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Forward Messages</strong>: Choose how you want forwarded + message text to appear: as an attachment or inline (in the body of your + message).</li> + <li><strong>Quote attachments viewed inline in replies</strong>: If this + option is checked, then attachments (such as images, text, or messages) + viewed inline are included in the quote when replying to an email.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically save the message every [__] minutes</strong>: + Choose this option if you want Mail & Newsgroups to save the message + you are currently composing automatically at the given interval. After a + computer crash or program failure you can find the latest saved version of + the message in your Drafts folder.</li> + <li><strong>Confirm when using keyboard shortcut to send message</strong>: + Check this option if want to be asked if you're sure to be ready to + send the message when you're pressing Ctrl+Return in message editor. + This may help you avoid accidentally sending the message if you enter the + keyboard shortcut by mistake when composing a message.</li> + <li><strong>Select reply header type</strong>: + Select the type of reply header you wish to use. There are four choices + available: + <ol> + <li>No Reply Header</li> + <li>[Author] wrote:<br/> + This setting is based on the mailnews.reply_header_authorwrotesingle + preference.</li> + <li>On [date], [Author] wrote:<br/> + This setting is based on the mailnews.reply_header_ondateauthorwrote + preference.</li> + <li>[Author] wrote on [date]:<br/> + This setting is based on the mailnews.reply_header_authorwroteondate + preference.</li> + </ol> + </li> + <li><strong>Wrap plain text messages at [__] characters</strong>: Enter a + number to set the right margin for text in the message area.</li> + <li><strong>Defaults for HTML Messages</strong>: Here you can define what the + defaults are for font, size, text and background color if you choose to + send mails in HTML format.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="send_format">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Send Format</h2> + +<p>Send Format preferences allow you to specify how you want to format your + outgoing messages. If you are not already viewing the Send Format settings, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Send Format. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Ask me what to do</strong>: This option requires Mail & + Newsgroups to prompt you to choose a format before you send the + message.</li> + <li><strong>Convert the message to plain text</strong>: This option may + cause your message to lose formatting such as bold text.</li> + <li><strong>Send the message in HTML anyway</strong>: If you select this + option, keep in mind that some mail programs may have trouble displaying + the message.</li> + <li><strong>Send the message in both plain text and HTML</strong>: This + option uses more disk space. + + <p>You can always override these preferences for an individual message by + using the Options menu in the Mail Compose window.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>HTML and Plain Text Domains</strong>: Use the Add button to add + the domain names that you typically send mail to, if you know which domains + can display HTML-formatted mail messages, and which domains can only + display plain text.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For example, if you typically send mail to multiple recipients that have the + same domain name (for example, your colleagues all have email addresses that + end in <q>netscape.net</q>), and you know that this domain name is capable of + displaying HTML messages, then you can add the netscape.net domain to the + list of HTML Domains so that Mail & Newsgroups will automatically send + messages in HTML format to these recipients.</p> + +<p>Similarly, if you typically send mail to recipients at a domain that you + know can only receive Plain Text messages, you can add that domain name to + the list of Plain Text domains, so that Mail & Newsgroups automatically + sends messages to that domain in plain-text format.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you regularly compose HTML (formatted) mail + messages, keep in mind that sometimes not all recipients use mail programs + that can display HTML formatting properly. Send Format preferences allow you + to specify how you want to format messages that go to recipients who cannot + display HTML-formatted mail. You can convert messages to plain text, format + them only as HTML, or format them as both HTML and plain text. These + preferences apply to all your mail accounts, but only to mail messages and + not to newsgroup messages.</p> + +<p>Whenever you add a person or address card to your address book, you can + specify whether that addressee can receive HTML-formatted messages. However, + when this information is unknown, you can set Send Format preferences for how + Mail & Newsgroups formats these messages.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="addressing_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - + Addressing</h2> + +<p>Addressing preferences allow you to control the settings for + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups address books (for example, email + address collection and address autocompletion). If you are not already + viewing the Addressing settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Email Address Collection</strong>: Select this if you want Mail + & Newsgroups to automatically collect recipients' email addresses. + Use the drop-down list to choose between having the addresses added to your + Collected Addresses or your Personal Address Book.</li> + <li id="address_autocompletion"><strong>Address Autocompletion</strong>: + Address autocompletion allows you to quickly address mail without having to + search for names or type names completely. Select from which location Mail + & Newsgroups will search for matching addresses: <q>Local Address + Books</q> (Personal Address Book, Collected Addresses, or any other local + address book) or <q>Directory Server</q> (an available LDAP directory + server) or both. If you want Mail & Newsgroups to highlight addresses + that do not autocomplete, then select that option. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If while addressing mail, multiple email address + matches are found, Mail & Newsgroups displays a list of all possible + choices.</p> + + <p>If you select Directory Server, choose a directory server from the list. + A directory server lets you look up addresses that are not stored in one + of your local address books. The directory you select will also be + searched for matching certificates when you attempt to send an encrypted + message to one or more recipients for whom you don't have + certificates on file.</p> + + <p>See <a + href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding + and Removing LDAP Directories</a> for information on setting LDAP + directory server settings.</p> + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Directory server settings you enter from the + Preferences dialog box apply to all your mail accounts. You can override + these settings for individual accounts by specifying different LDAP + directory servers or server settings using the Addressing settings for an + account in the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. To set + different addressing options for a specific account, open the Edit menu + and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - + Junk & Suspect Mail</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Junk & Suspect Mail preferences + panel. If you are not currently viewing the Junk & Suspect Mail panel, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Junk & Suspect Mail. + (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to + expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When I mark messages as junk</strong>: Choose this to + set what you want &brandShortName; to do when you manually mark messages + as Junk. + <ul> + <li><strong>Move them to the account's <q>Junk</q> folder</strong>: + Choose this to move manually-marked Junk messages to the Junk folder. + </li> + <li><strong>Delete them</strong>: Choose this to move manually-marked + Junk messages to the trash folder.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Mark messages as read</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>When &brandShortName; determines that they are junk</strong>: + Select this option to mark junk messages as read, so they will not show + up as new.</li> + <li><strong>When I manually mark them as junk</strong>: Select this + option to mark messages as read when you manually mark them as junk. + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Enable junk filter logging</strong>: Select this option to allow + logging the history of Junk mail detections. Click the <strong>Show log + </strong> button to open a dialog showing this log.</li> + <li><strong>Reset training data</strong>: Click this button to clear the + training data of the adaptive junk filter. Since this will effectively + destroy your personal junk profile, you will be asked for confirmation. + </li> + <li><strong>Tell me if the message I'm reading is a suspected email + scam</strong>: Choose this to make &brandShortName; analyze messages for + suspected email scams by looking for common techniques used to deceive + people.</li> + <li><strong>Allow anti-virus clients to scan incoming messages more + easily</strong>: Choose this to let &brandShortName; make it easier for + anti-virus software to analyze incoming mail messages for viruses before + they are stored locally.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + + +<h2 id="tags">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Tags</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Tags preferences panel. You use the + Tags preferences to define the tag text, colors and order for message tags. + If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Tags. (If no options + are visible, double-click the Mail & Newsgroups category to expand the + list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Customize Tags</strong>: Specifies the tag text and the color + for each tag. You can edit or replace the default tag text with your + own text (up to 32 characters). To change the tag color, click the color + chip next to that tag and select a new color. Use the Move Up and Move Down + buttons to order your tags by descending importance. Messages with + multiple tags will be colored according to their most important tag.</li> + <li><strong>Restore Defaults</strong>: Removes all customized tags and + restores just the default tags' text and colors.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="return_receipts_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Return + Receipts</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts preferences panel. If + you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts panel, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Return Receipts. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>You use the Return Receipts preferences to define return receipt settings + for outgoing messages from all your mail accounts. You also use the Return + Receipt preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for return + receipts.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</strong>: + Enables automatic return receipt requests for all outgoing messages in all + your mail accounts.</li> + <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt confirmation + messages are delivered to your Inbox. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a filter + that automatically moves return receipt confirmation messages to a folder + you specify. For information on creating and using filters, see + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating + Message Filters</a>.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return receipt + confirmation messages are moved to your Sent mail folder.</li> + <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if you + do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for return + receipts from others.</li> + <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how you + want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To override these global preferences for individual accounts, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Return Receipts</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="character_encoding">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Character + Encoding</h2> + +<p>Character encoding preferences allow you to choose how messages are encoded + when being displayed or created in all accounts. If you are not already + viewing the Character Encoding settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Character Encoding. (If + no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Fallback Character Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list + to select the character encoding you want Mail & Newsgroups to use as + the fallback for incoming mail and newsgroup messages. Senders are supposed + to declare the character encoding in which they are to be displayed, but + legacy content (e.g., from mailing lists or in international newsgroups) + may not do so. This encoding is used for such messages you've received + in which the character encoding (MIME charset) is not specified. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Individual folders may override this setting in + the General Information tab of the Folder Properties. This dialog can be + accessed from the Edit menu of a Mail & Newsgroup window when a + folder is selected.</p> + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can later view or change the character + encoding for a specific message. Select a folder, then the message to + display. Open the View menu, and choose Character Encoding.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>For messages that contain 8-bit characters, use 'quoted + printable' MIME encoding</strong>: Choose to have Mail & + Newsgroups use <q>quoted printable</q> MIME encoding when sending regular + messages that use an 8-bit character encoding (for example, Latin + ISO-8859-3). This is usually only necessary when communicating via a legacy + server that doesn't process 8-bit encoding correctly.</li> + <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Select the character + encoding you want Mail & Newsgroups to use as the default for outgoing + mail and newsgroup messages.</li> + <li><strong>When possible, use this default character encoding in + replies.</strong>: By default, the selected character encoding is + <strong>not</strong> used when replying to a message. Instead, the + character encoding of the message being replied to is used. Choose this + option to use the default character encoding for outgoing messages even + when replying, as long as the quoted characters can be represented in the + selected encoding.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="network_and_storage_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - + Network & Storage</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Network & Storage preferences + panel. If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Network & Storage. + (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to + expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Network & Storage preferences allow you to set preferences for + working offline, going online, mail connections and disk space.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Offline</strong>: Select how you want Mail & Newsgroups to + handle messages when going online or offline.</li> + <li><strong>Mail Connections</strong>: Choose how long you want Mail & + Newsgroups to keep trying to contact the server before timing out.</li> + <li><strong>Disk Space</strong>: Select this to conserve disk space by + automatically compacting message folders when it will save the amount + of disk space you enter.</li> +</ul> + +<p>See <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline">Working Offline</a> for + information on working offline.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86781bbb24 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,463 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Signing & Encrypting Messages</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing & Encrypting Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital + Signatures & Encryption</a></li> + <li><a href="#getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other + People's Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security + Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing & + Encrypting a New Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed & + Encrypted Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security - + Compose Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security - + Received Message</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures & + Encryption </h2> + +<p>When you compose a mail message, you can choose to attach your digital + signature to it. A <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">digital + signature</a> allows recipients of the message to verify that the message + really comes from you and hasn't been tampered with since you sent + it.</p> + +<p>When you compose a mail message, you can also choose to encrypt it. + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">Encryption</a> makes it very difficult + for anyone other than the intended recipient to read the message while it is + in transit over the Internet.</p> + +<p>Signing and encryption are not available for newsgroup messages.</p> + +<p>Before you can sign or encrypt a message, you must take these preliminary + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Obtain one or more <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a> + (the digital equivalents of ID cards). For details, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your + Own Certificate</a>.</li> + <li>Configure the security settings for your email account. For details, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Configuring Your + Security Settings</a>. + </li> +</ol> + +<p>Once you have completed these steps, you can complete the instructions in + <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing & Encrypting a + New Message</a>.</p> + +<p>The sections that follow provide a brief overview of how digital signatures + and encryption work. For more technical details on this subject, see the + online document + <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction + to Public-Key Cryptography</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="how_digital_signatures_work">How Digital Signatures Work</h3> + +<p>A digital signature is a special code, unique to each message, created by + means of <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">public-key + cryptography</a>.</p> + +<p>A digital signature is completely different from a handwritten signature, + although it can sometimes be used for similar legal purposes, such as signing + a contract.</p> + +<p>To create a digital signature for an email message that you are sending, you + need two things:</p> + +<ul> + <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a> + that identifies you for this purpose. Every time you sign a message, your + signing certificate is included with the message. The certificate includes + a <a href="glossary.xhtml#public_key">public key</a>. The presence of the + certificate in the message permits the recipient to verify your digital + signature. + + <p>Your certificate is a bit like your name and phone number in the + phonebook—it is public information that helps other people + communicate with you.</p> + </li> + <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">private key</a>, which is created + and stored on your computer when you first obtain a certificate. + + <p>Your private key for a signing certificate is protected by your + <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a>, and the + &brandShortName; program does not disclose it to anyone else. The Mail + & Newsgroup software uses your private key to create a unique, + verifiable digital signature for every message you choose to sign.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="how_encryption_works">How Encryption Works</h3> + +<p>To encrypt an email message, you must have an + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a> + for each of the message's recipients. The public key in each certificate + is used to encrypt the message for that recipient.</p> + +<p>If you don't have a certificate for even a single recipient, the + message cannot be encrypted.</p> + +<p>The recipient's software uses the recipient's private key, which + remains on that person's computer, to decrypt the message.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other People's + Certificates</h2> + +<p>Every time you send a digitally signed message, your encryption certificate + is automatically included with the message. Therefore, one of the easiest + ways to obtain someone else's certificate is for that person to send you + a digitally signed message.</p> + +<p>When you receive such a message, the person's certificate is + automatically stored by the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate + Manager</a>, which is the part of the browser that keeps track of + certificates. This is useful because you need to have a certificate for each + recipient of any email message that you want to send in encrypted form.</p> + +<p>Another way to obtain certificates is to look them up in a public directory, + such as the <q>phonebook</q> directories maintained by many companies.</p> + +<p>It's also possible to look up certificates automatically. This feature + is controlled by + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Addressing</a> or + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail & Newsgroups + Account Settings - Addressing</a>, which can be configured to look up + recipients' email addresses in a directory.</p> + +<p>When you are using any account that is configured to look up addresses in a + directory, the same directory will be searched for matching certificates when + you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for whom + you don't have certificates on file.</p> + +<p>The directory will also be searched for missing certificates when you open + the drop-down menu below the Security icon in the Compose window and choose + View Security Info.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security Settings</h2> + +<p>Once you have obtained an email certificate (or certificates), you must + specify the certificates you want to use for signing and encrypting + messages.</p> + +<p>For information about obtaining email certificates, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your + Own Certificate</a>.</p> + +<p>To specify which signing and encryption certificates to use with a + particular account, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings.</li> + <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings + you want to configure.</li> + <li>Under Digital Signing, click Select. (You may be asked to provide your + <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a> before you can + proceed further.) + + <p>A dialog box appears that allows you to select from among your available + signing certificates.</p> + </li> + <li>Choose the signing certificate you want to use, then click OK.</li> + <li>Follow the same steps under Encryption: click the Select button, select + the encryption certificate you want to use, and click OK.</li> + + <p>In some cases you may be able to specify the same certificate under + Encryption that you specified under Digital Signing; check with your system + administrator to find out for sure.</p> +</ol> + +<p>Optionally, you can also indicate that you normally want to sign or encrypt + all messages sent from a particular account. These account-specific settings + are for convenience only; you can override the default settings for + individual messages.</p> + +<p>To configure your default signing and encryption settings, start from the + Security panel for the account (described above) and select your settings as + follows:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Under Digital Signing: + <ul> + <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: When this checkbox is + selected, all the messages you send from this account will be digitally + signed unless you indicate otherwise before you send the message. To + turn off this default setting, deselect the checkbox.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Under Encryption (choose one): + <ul> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: When this option is selected, messages you + send from this account will be not be encrypted unless you indicate + otherwise before you send them.</li> + <li><strong>Required</strong>: When this option is selected, all the + messages you send from this account will be encrypted—but only if + you have valid certificates for each of the message's recipients. + If you don't have all the necessary certificates, the message + can't be sent unless you turn off encryption for that message.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>When you have finished configuring your mail security settings, click OK to + confirm them.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing & Encrypting a New + Message</h2> + +<p>Before you can digitally sign or encrypt any message, you must obtain at + least one email certificate and configure your mail security settings + correctly. For background information on these tasks, see + <a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures + & Encryption</a>.</p> + +<p>The settings specified in + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail & Newsgroups + Account Settings - Security</a> determine the default settings for each new + Compose window you open when you set out to write an email.</p> + +<p>To open a Compose window, start from the Mail window and click Compose. You + can immediately identify the default security settings from the presence or + absence of these icons near the lower-right corner of the window:</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif" + alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message will be digitally + signed (assuming you have a valid email certificate that + identifies you).</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif" + alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message will be encrypted + (assuming you have valid certificates for all recipients).</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>To turn these settings off or on, click the arrow just below the Security + icon in the Mail toolbar near the top of the window. Then select the item you + want from the drop-down list:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Do Not Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn off + encryption for this message. The message will not be encrypted when it is + sent over the Internet.</li> + <li><strong>Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn on encryption + for this message. The message will be sent in encrypted form. However, it + can't be sent unless you have valid certificates for all + recipients.</li> + <li><strong>Digitally Sign This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn digital + signing on or off for this message. A checkmark indicates the message will + be signed.</li> + <li><strong>View Security Info</strong>: Choose this to view detailed + information about the security status of this message—to help you + determine, for example, whether you need to obtain a certificate for one of + the recipients.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To view detailed information about the message's security status, you + can also click the key or lock icon as described in + <a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose + Window</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed & Encrypted + Messages</h2> + +<p>When you view a signed or encrypted message in the Mail window, these icons + near the upper-right corner of the message header indicate the security + status of the message:</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif" + alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message is digitally + signed and has been validated. If there is a problem with the signature, + the pen is broken.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignUnknown.gif" + alt="unknown icon"/></td><td>The message is signed, but it has a + large attachment that has not yet been downloaded from the IMAP server. + As a result, the signature cannot be validated. Click the icon to + download the attachment and validate the signature.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif" + alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message is encrypted. If there + is a problem with the encryption, the key is broken.</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>For information about certificate validation, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">Controlling + Validation</a>.</p> + +<p>To see more detailed information about the message's security, click + the key or lock icon, or follow the instructions in + <a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received + Message</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose Window</h2> + +<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any + message you are composing. If you're not already viewing Message + Security, click the Security icon in the toolbar of the Compose window.</p> + +<p>The Message Security window describes how your message will be sent:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Digitally Signed</strong>: This line describes whether your + message will be signed. There are three possibilities: + <ul> + <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for this + message, you have a valid certificate identifying you, and the message + can be signed.</li> + <li><strong>No</strong>: Digital signing has been disabled for this + message.</li> + <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for + this message. However, a valid + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> identifying you + for this purpose is not available, or there is some other problem that + makes signing impossible.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Encrypted</strong>: This line describes whether your message will + be encrypted. There are three possibilities: + <ul> + <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this message, + valid certificates for all listed recipients are available, and the + message can be encrypted.</li> + <li><strong>No</strong>: Encryption has been disabled or is not possible + for this message.</li> + <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this + message. However, a valid certificate for at least one of the listed + recipients is not available, or no recipients are listed, or there is + some other problem that makes encryption impossible.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>When you compose a message and select a different account, the signing + and encryption preferences are updated to reflect the settings of + the newly selected account.</p> + +<p>The Message Security window also lists the certificates available for the + recipients of your message:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: To view the details for any certificate in the + list, select its name, then click View.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about obtaining certificates and configuring message + security settings, see <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing + & Encrypting Messages</a>.</p> + +<p>To indicate your signing or encryption choices for an individual message, + click the arrow beside the Security button in the Compose window, then select + the options you want.</p> + +<p>To indicate your default signing and encryption preferences for all + messages, see <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a></p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received + Message</h2> + +<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any + message you have received. If you're not already viewing Message + Security for a received message, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, select the message for which you want to view + security information.</li> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Security Info.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Message Security window displays the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Digital Signature</strong>: The top section describes whether the + message is digitally signed and if so, whether the signature is valid.</li> + + <p>If validation failed while OCSP was enabled, check the OCSP settings in + <a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Privacy + & Security Preferences - Certificates</a>. If you are not familiar with + OCSP, confirm the settings with your system administrator. If your settings + are correct, there may be a problem with the OCSP service or the + certificate used to create the signature is no longer valid.</p> + + <p>If the signature is invalid because of a problem with a certificate's + trust settings, you can use the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate + Manager</a> to view or edit those settings.</p> + + <li><strong>View Signature Certificate</strong>: If the message is signed, + click this button to view the certificate that was used to sign it.</li> + <li><strong>Encryption</strong>: The bottom section reports whether the + message is encrypted and any decrypting problems. + <ul> + <li>If the message's contents have been altered during transit, you + should ask the sender to resend it. The changes may have been caused by + network problems.</li> + <li>If a copy of your own certificate (used by the sender to encrypt the + message) is not available on your computer, the private key required to + decrypt the message cannot be retrieved. The only solution is to import + a backup copy of your certificate and its private key (see + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> for + details.) If you don't have access to a backup certificate, you + will not be able to decrypt the message.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f40dc49913 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1188 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="reading_messages">Reading Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View + the Mail Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images, + Scripts, and Plugins</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</h2> + +<p>For an IMAP account, you can retrieve new messages automatically and display + them in the Inbox by opening Mail & Newsgroups and selecting the Inbox + for the IMAP account.</p> + +<p>For a POP account, you must select the Inbox and click Get Msgs to retrieve + your messages. By default, messages from your POP account are downloaded in + full and deleted from the POP server when you retrieve them. You can + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings">change your POP + server settings</a> to retrieve just the headers and/or store a copy of + messages on the server in addition to downloading them to your computer.</p> + +<p>For news accounts, expanding the account newsgroups list will automatically + check for new items, as it will by just selecting one of the newsgroups. + While reading a newsgroup, you can force checking for new items by clicking + Get Msgs.</p> + +<p>For blogs & feeds accounts, the first time you expand the account, it + will be checked for new items. Besides that, you can force checking for new + items at any time by clicking Get Msgs.</p> + +<p>You can also set up Mail & Newsgroups to get new messages at startup and + to check for new messages at timed intervals.</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>Mail & Newsgroups icon</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>The Mail & Newsgroups icon on the status bar displays a green arrow to + notify you when new messages have arrived.</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_newmail.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>New mail notification</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>To set up a mail account to automatically check for new messages, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the Server + Settings category for that account.</li> + <li>Select one or both of the following options in the Server Settings + section: + <ul> + <li><strong>Check for new mail at startup</strong>: Select this checkbox + if you want to check this account automatically for new messages + whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups. For POP accounts, Mail & + Newsgroups checks for new mail, but doesn't download new messages + until you click Get Msgs or unless you choose <q>Automatically download + any new messages</q>.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Select + this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between mail + checks. You can also check for new messages at any time by clicking Get + Msgs in the Mail window.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK. Your settings take effect the next time you start + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To set up &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to play a sound or display + an alert when new mail arrives, see <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#notifications">Mail & Newsgroups + Preferences - Notifications</a>.</p> + +<p>You can always retrieve messages manually at any time. To get new messages + for the selected account or newsgroup, do one of the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>Open the File menu (in the Mail window) and choose Get New Messages.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To get new messages for all your mail accounts, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button in the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>Choose Get All New Messages. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + retrieves new messages for all your mail accounts. + + <p>If you are not currently logged into one of your mail accounts, Mail + & Newsgroups first prompts you to enter your user name and password + before retrieving new messages for that account. (If you have already + stored your user name and password using the Password Manager, Mail & + Newsgroups doesn't prompt you for this information.)</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also open the File menu (in the Mail window) + and choose <q>Get New Messages for</q>.</p> + +<p>To get new messages for a specific mail account, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>Choose the account for which you want to retrieve mail.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Mail & Newsgroups prompts you for your password + the first time you retrieve messages for an account. You can choose to have + Mail & Newsgroups store your password in the Password Manager at that + time.</p> + +<p>Password Manager can save all your user names and passwords on your own + computer and enter them for you automatically. For more information, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password + Manager</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View the Mail + Window</h2> + +<p>You can customize the layout of the Mail window (the window you see when you + choose Mail & Newsgroups from the Window menu):</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Show/Hide to show or hide the Mail toolbar, + search bar, or the status bar.</li> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout to select the type of three-pane + window layout to use.</li> + <li>Expand and collapse any pane to switch between a three-pane or two-pane + view.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading Messages</h2> + +<p>To sort messages by categories such as subject, sender, date, or priority, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the appropriate column heading in the message list window. Or, open + the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select the column you want to sort + by.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To reorder column headings, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click and drag a column heading to the left or right to reposition the + column.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To change which columns are displayed, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> + and select the column to be added/removed from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To group messages by threading (subject), so each message is grouped with + all its responses:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the thread button to the left of the Subject, Sender, and Date + column headings. Or, open the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select + Threaded.</li> +</ul> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/threadbutton.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>Thread button</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The thread button automatically sorts the threads by + the age of their parent messages. If you want to use another sort criterion + for the threads, open the View menu and select the desired option from the + Sort by submenu.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Select <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q> + in the <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences</a> if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the + threaded message grouping when sorting messages with column header clicks. The + thread button just toggles between threaded and unthreaded message grouping in + this mode. If <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q> is not selected, + &brandShortName; automatically displays the messages unthreaded when you sort + them by clicking on a column header.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To help you identify unread messages in a collapsed + thread where you've read the parent message, &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups underlines the parent message.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing Messages</h2> + +<p>To save a mail message as a plain-text, HTML, or Outlook Express file:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, select the message.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Save As, and then choose File.</li> + <li>For <q>Save as type</q>, choose a file type (HTML, Text, or Mail file). + Choose Mail file if you want to save the message so it can be opened by + Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express.</li> + <li>Change the filename's extension to end in .html, .txt, or .eml, + depending on the file type you chose in step 3.</li> + <li>Choose a destination for the file and click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To print a selected message:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click Print.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images, Scripts, + and Plugins</h2> + +<p>By default, images and other content, that is hosted remotely, will not + display in messages you receive, except from senders in your address books + whom you have allowed. To change these settings:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If + no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to + expand the list.)</li> + <li>Uncheck <q>Block images and other content from remote sources</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK to have your change take effect.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: See <q>Allow remote images in HTML mail</q> in <a + href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating + a New Address Book Card</a> for details of how to change which senders can + show remote content.</p> + +<p>By default, plugins are not enabled for mail messages you receive. To change + this setting:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts & Plugins. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the + list.) + <ul> + <li>Under <q>Enable Plugins for</q>, check <q>Mail & Newsgroups</q> + to enable plugins.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to have your changes take effect.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="sending_messages">Sending Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and + Newsgroup Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message + Composition Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message + Sending Options</a></li> + <li><a href="#replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your + Message Was Opened</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft">Saving and Editing a + Message Draft</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using + Templates</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and Newsgroup + Messages</h2> + +<p>You can address, compose, reply to, or send a new message by doing one of + the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>In any &brandShortName; window, open the File menu and choose New, then + Message.</li> + <li>Click Compose on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>While displaying a message, click Reply, Forward, or Reply All on the + Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>From the Address Book window, select an address and click Compose on the + Address Book.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition & + Addressing</a> dialog box to specify the HTML text editor to use for + composing messages sent from this account. (You can specify a different + editor for each of your accounts.) See + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing + the Settings for an Account</a> for more information.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: It is generally not possible to compose messages for + them to be published in blogs & news feeds accounts. If you want to + publish posts in a blog (and you have the appropiate rights to do it), you + will need to use the mechanisms provided by the specific blog system. In some + cases, this can even include sending a mail message to a specific address.</p> + +<p>Composing messages in HTML format allows you to use different fonts, text + styles (such as bold or italic) and text colors, tables, numbered or bulleted + lists, and pictures in your messages. However, some recipients may only be + able to read messages composed in plain text format. If you want to use the + plain-text editor occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while + clicking the Compose or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an + as-needed basis.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message Composition + Window</h2> + +<p>Use the Compose window to address, compose, and send mail and newsgroup + messages. First specify whether you want to compose messages in plain text or + HTML by default in the <a + href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition & + Addressing</a> Preferences panel (open the Edit menu and choose Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings).</p> + +<p>To view the Compose window, click the Compose button on the Mail + toolbar.</p> + +<p>The Compose window contains the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Mail Toolbar + + <p>You can click the following buttons:</p> + <ul> + <li><strong>Send</strong>: To send a completed message.</li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: To search for names in your address + books.</li> + <li><strong>Attach</strong>: To attach a file to a message. See + <a href="#using_attachments">Using Attachments</a> for more + information.</li> + <li><strong>Spell</strong>: To check the spelling of your message + text.</li> + <li><strong>Security</strong>: To display information about whether + your message will be sent encrypted or digitally signed (or + both).</li> + <li><strong>Save</strong>: To save the message as a draft.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Addressing area: Where you enter the email addresses of recipients.</li> + <li>Attachments area: When you attach files to a message (by clicking in this + area or by clicking the Attach button), the filenames will be listed in the + Attachments area to the right of the Addressing area.</li> + <li>Message body area: Where you type the contents of your message.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If you've chosen to compose messages using the HTML editor, you see an + additional toolbar with text formatting buttons similar to those in + &brandShortName; Composer.</p> + +<p>For help using the HTML editor, see + <a href="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web + Pages</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</h2> + +<p>To address a mail message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Type the name in the addressing area. + + <p>If you have <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address + autocompletion</a> enabled (it's enabled by default), type the first + few letters of the recipient's name and wait for Mail & + Newsgroups to complete the address. (Or you can type part of the name and + immediately press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to have Mail & Newsgroups try to complete + the address.)</p> + </li> + <li>If multiple addresses are displayed, select an address and press + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use a comma to separate multiple addresses on the + same line. Do not use a comma to separate first or last names. For + example, multiple entries might be:</p> + + <p><tt>user1@netscape.net,user2@netscape.net</tt></p> + </li> + <li>If you want this message to be sent from a different account, click the + <q>From</q> field to select the account you want. See + <a href="#changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent">Changing the + Account From Which a Message is Sent</a> for more information.</li> + <li>If necessary, click <q>To</q> to choose a different recipient type: + <ul> + <li><strong>To</strong>: For primary recipients of your message.</li> + <li><strong>Cc</strong>: For secondary recipients (carbon copy).</li> + <li><strong>Bcc</strong>: For secondary recipients not identified to the + other recipients, including those in the cc list (blind carbon + copy).</li> + <li><strong>Reply-To</strong>: For recipients to reply to a different + email address other than the one the message is sent from.</li> + <li><strong>Newsgroup</strong>: For posting to a newsgroup.</li> + <li><strong>Followup-To</strong>: For redirecting a newsgroup posting, so + that subsequent replies go directly to the redirected newsgroup instead + of the original newsgroup.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly address a message by clicking the + email address contained in a message you're reading, and then selecting + Compose Mail To from the pop-up menu.</p> + +<p id="changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent"><strong>Changing the + Account From Which a Message is Sent</strong></p> + +<p>If you have multiple mail accounts, the account listed in the From field is + based on the account (or server) you selected when you choose to create a new + message. However, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups also allows you to + change the account a message is sent from while you're composing a + message. Click the From field to view a list of your accounts and then select + the account you want. A copy of the message is saved in the Sent folder of + the account where you sent the message from.</p> + +<p><strong>About Address Autocompletion</strong></p> + +<p>Address autocompletion allows you to address mail easily from the Compose + window without having to search for names or type complete names. Mail & + Newsgroups automatically checks your address books and an + <a href="glossary.xhtml#ldap">LDAP</a> directory server (if available) and + completes the name if it finds a unique match. It also prevents mistakes by + showing all possible choices with additional information if it finds multiple + matches. Address autocompletion is enabled by default.</p> + +<p>If you don't want to use an address that Mail & Newsgroups + provides, press Backspace or Delete to remove characters and then enter an + alternate address.</p> + +<p>To disable address autocompletion:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list).</li> + <li>In the Address Autocompletion section, deselect <q>Local Address + Books</q> and <q>Directory Server</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message Sending + Options</h2> + +<p>While you're composing a message, you can select these additional + message sending options from the Options menu:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Select Addresses</strong>: The Select Addresses option lets you + choose the recipient's email address from your Address Books or a + remote directory. To look up an address in an address book or directory, + enter the first few letters of the recipient's first or last name to + start the search. Select an address and then click To:, Cc:, or Bcc: to + address your message.</li> + <li><strong>Quote Message</strong>: Choose this option to have the selection + of the message text shown as quoted text.</li> + <li><strong>Return Receipt</strong>: Choose this option to request a + confirmation message when the recipient displays (opens) the message. Keep + in mind that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt. + This option lets you enable or disable return receipt requests on a + per-message basis. To automatically request return receipts for all + messages you send, use the return receipts preferences. See + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a> for more information.</li> + <li><strong>Format</strong>: Send the message as plain text, or HTML + (formatted), or both. If you choose <q>Auto-Detect</q>, Mail & + Newsgroups prompts you for the format to use if it's unknown whether + the recipient's mail program can display an HTML message. The format + you choose here overrides the send format you specified using the + Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu.</li> + <li><strong>Priority</strong>: Choose a priority to indicate whether the + message has lowest, low, normal, high, or highest priority.</li> + <li><strong>Character Encoding</strong>: Choose a character encoding used for + this message.</li> + <li><strong>Send a Copy To</strong>: Choose this if you want to file an + additional copy of the sent message in a different folder than your default + Sent folder. Then select the folder you want.</li> + <li><strong>Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to have &brandShortName; + encrypt this message (without changing the default).</li> + <li><strong>Digitally Sign This Message</strong>: Choose this to have + &brandShortName; digitally sign this message (without changing the + default).</li> +</ul> + +<p>Additionally, the following options are available from the Edit menu:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Rewrap</strong>: If you are composing a message using the + plain-text editor, you can use the Rewrap command to rewrap long lines of + quoted text to fit the Compose window. This command rewraps selected quoted + text to the number of characters specified by the + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a> + preferences. This command is primarily useful when you are replying to a + message where the original message is quoted in your reply, and the original + message contains long lines. + + <p>You use the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings command on the Edit + menu to specify that you want to use the plain-text editor for composing + messages. Select the Composition & Addressing panel of the account + and uncheck <q>Compose messages in HTML format</q> to use the plain-text + editor for all messages. If you only want to use the plain-text editor + occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose + or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an as-needed + basis.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Check Spelling</strong>: Checks the spelling of the message text + before you send it. You can also click Spell.</li> + <li><strong>Spellcheck As You Type</strong>: Choose this option to have the + spelling of the message text checked as you type.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</h2> + +<p>To reply to a mail message:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the message.</li> + <li>Click Reply to respond to the sender alone.</li> + <li>Click Reply All to respond to all addressees in the message.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To include the original message each time you reply to any message, and to + specify how to place the original message in the reply:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition & + Addressing</a> category for that account.</li> + <li>Select <q>Automatically quote the original message when + replying</q>.</li> + <li>Specify where in the message to place your reply. <q>Start my reply below + the quote</q> is the default.</li> + <li>If you have decided to <a + href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings">attach a + signature</a> to every outgoing message and selected to start your reply + above the quote here, you can additionally configure where your signature + is placed: + <ul> + <li>Select <q>below the quote (recommended)</q> to place your signature + at the very end of the message below the quoted text.</li> + <li>Select <q>below my reply (above the quote)</q> to place your + signature between your reply and the quoted text.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature, you can + optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit + it</a> when replying to a message.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</h2> + +<p>When you forward a message, you can specify how its contents are included + in the new message: <em>inline</em> (in the body of the message), or as an + <em>attachment</em>.</p> + +<p>To forward a message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message and click Forward.</li> + <li>Type the name or email address of the recipient.</li> + <li>Click Send.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To set the default for forwarding messages:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a>. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> + <li>For forwarding messages, choose Inline (in the message body) or As + Attachment. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature and forward + inline, its placement depends on the respective reply setting. You can + optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit the + signature</a> when forwarding a message.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To override the default for forwarding a message, + select the message, open the Message menu, and choose Forward As, then + choose Inline or Attachment.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your Message + Was Opened</h2> + +<p>You can use return receipts to notify you when a recipient has displayed + (opened) your message. The recipient must be using a mail program that + supports the Message Disposition Notification (MDN) standard. Keep in mind + that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt, even if + you've requested one. Messages you send to a newsgroup address will not + include a return receipt request, since news servers don't support this + feature.</p> + +<p>To request return receipts for all messages you send, you can use the global + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return + Receipt</a> preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for + return receipts. You can override these global preferences for individual + accounts.</p> + +<p>To request a return receipt on a per-message basis:</p> + +<ul> + <li>From a Mail Compose window, open the Options menu, and choose Return + Receipt.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To automatically request return receipts when sending messages from each of + your mail accounts:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return + Receipts</a>. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & + Newsgroups to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Select <q>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information on setting return receipt preferences, see + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_and_editing_a_message_draft">Saving and Editing a Message + Draft</h2> + +<p>To save a mail message as a draft so you can complete it later:</p> + +<ul> + <li>In the Compose window, click Save, or open the File menu and choose Save + as Draft. By default, the message is saved in the Drafts folder for the + current account. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Your mail message will stay open after you save + it as a draft.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To edit or send a message draft, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the message + draft.</li> + <li>Click the message that you want to edit.</li> + <li>In the top-right corner of the message, click the Edit Draft + button.</li> + <li>Edit the message as necessary.</li> + <li>Click Send to send the message or click Save to save the message so you + can complete it later. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message removes it from the Drafts + folder.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click the message to open it for + editing. This is especially useful if the message pane is closed.</p> + +<p>To delete one or more unwanted message drafts, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the message + drafts.</li> + <li>Select the message drafts that you want to delete.</li> + <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using Templates</h2> + +<p>Templates are useful for setting the default format for messages that you + send regularly, such as weekly status reports. You can save a message as a + template from any window in which it is displayed, including from within a + Mail compose window.</p> + +<p>To save a message to use as a template:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, click Compose to create a new message and then set + the default font, text size, text color, background color, and any other + default formatting you want. + + <p>Alternatively, open an existing message that already has the formatting + you want.</p> + </li> + <li>While displaying the message, open the File menu, choose Save As, then + choose Template. The message is stored as a template in the Templates + folder for the current mail account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To compose a message using a template:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, select the Templates folder for the account where you + created the message template.</li> + <li>Double-click the message template to open it.</li> + <li>Edit the message, then save it (to put it in the Drafts folder) or send + it. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message does not remove the template + from the Templates folder. The template is preserved for future use.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete one or more unwanted message templates, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Templates folder for the account where you created the message + templates.</li> + <li>Select the message templates that you want to delete.</li> + <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="creating_html_mail_messages">Creating HTML Mail Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Message + Sending Options</a></li> + <li><a href="#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying + Recipients for HTML Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the + Message Source for HTML Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail + Question Dialog Box</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your Messages</h2> + +<p>HTML messages can include formatted text, links, images, and + tables—just like a web page. However, some recipients may not be able + to receive HTML messages. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups allows you + to compose mail and newsgroup messages using either the HTML (rich-text) + formatting editor or the plain-text editor for each mail account you have. + In addition, you can choose whether your addressees should receive HTML or + plain-text messages by default, and how Mail & Newsgroups should handle + messages when it's not known if an addressee can receive HTML-formatted + mail.</p> + +<p>To specify whether to use the HTML editor as the default for composing + messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the mail or newsgroup account you want to use.</li> + <li>Go to the Composition & Addressing panel and select <q>Compose + messages in HTML format</q>. You see the Formatting toolbar in the Compose + window. Leave this box unchecked to use the plain-text editor for this + account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="editing_or_inserting_html_elements">Editing or Inserting HTML + Elements</h3> + +<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can edit or insert + additional HTML tags, style attributes, and JavaScript in your mail message. + If you are not sure how to work with HTML source code, it's best not to + change it. To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, then + open the Insert menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter + HTML tags and text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li> + <li>Select the HTML source code that you want to edit, then open the Insert + menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, edit HTML tags and + text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li> + <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or + horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties + dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property + Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes and + JavaScript to objects.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information on editing HTML source code, see + <a href="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the + Advanced Property Editor</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Mail Sending + Options</h2> + +<p>By default, Mail & Newsgroups prompts you before sending HTML messages + when it's not known whether the recipient's mail program can + display HTML-formatted messages.</p> + +<p>To choose sending-format options for mail messages, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#send_format">Send Format</a>. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list). + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: This preference applies only to mail messages, + not to newsgroup messages.</p> + </li> + <li>Select the option you want and then click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>If while composing a message you realize that one or more recipients may not + be able to receive HTML-formatted mail, you can easily convert the message to + a different format when you click Send:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Compose window, open the Options menu and choose Format.</li> + <li>Select the format you want to use for sending the message from the + submenu: + <ul> + <li><strong>Auto Detect</strong>: Mail & Newsgroups chooses the + appropriate format for the message text. If it can't determine the + format, it asks you to choose a format.</li> + <li><strong>Plain Text Only</strong>: The message may not display + formatting such as bold text, but all mail programs will be able to + display the message.</li> + <li><strong>Rich Text (HTML) Only</strong>: Some mail programs may have + trouble displaying an HTML-formatted message. Choose this option only + if you are sure the recipient's mail program can display + HTML-formatted mail.</li> + <li><strong>Plain and Rich (HTML) Text</strong>: This uses more disk + space, but may be the best choice if you are not sure whether the + recipient's mail program can display HTML-formatted mail.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>When you've finished composing the message, click Send.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying Recipients for HTML + Messages</h2> + +<p>You can save time by indicating whether individuals in your address books + prefer to receive either HTML messages or plain text messages.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Select the address book on the left and then select the individual's + card on the right.</li> + <li>Click Properties to display the <q>Card for</q> dialog box.</li> + <li>In the Contact tab, use the <q>Prefers to receive messages formatted + as</q> drop-down list to select HTML if you know this recipient can read + HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that include links, images, or + tables). + + <p>If this recipient can only read messages sent as plain text (no + formatting), then choose Plain Text. If you don't know or are not + sure, choose Unknown.</p> + + <p>If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups determines + the sending format based on the Send Format settings for Mail & + Newsgroups in the Preferences dialog box. If Mail & Newsgroups still + can't determine the correct format, it will prompt you to choose a + sending format when you send the message.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the Message + Source for HTML Messages</h2> + +<p>You can quickly view the HTML and other code that generates an HTML message + you've received:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list window, open the message.</li> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Source.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail Question + Dialog Box</h2> + +<p>The HTML Mail Question dialog box appears when you try to send a message to + someone whose mail program may not be able to display HTML messages or when + Mail & Newsgroups cannot determine whether your recipient can display + HTML messages. If you are in doubt, send the message in both HTML and + plain-text formats.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="using_attachments">Using Attachments</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening + Attachments</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web Page</h2> + +<p>To attach a file to an outgoing mail message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Compose window, click Attach or open the File menu and choose + Attach File. You see the <q>Enter file to attach</q> dialog box. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also click inside the Attachments area to + attach a file.</p> + </li> + <li>Type the name of the file you want to attach, or select a file from your + hard drive that you want to attach.</li> + <li>Click Open. The filename appears in the Attachments area.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also drag and drop one or more files from your + desktop into the Attachments area in the Compose window.</p> + +<p>To attach a web page to an outgoing mail message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Compose window, open the File menu and choose Attach Web Page.</li> + <li>In the dialog box, enter the URL of the page and then click OK. The web + page URL appears in the Attachments area.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: When you are viewing a page in the browser, + you can send the page to someone by opening the File menu and choosing Send + Page.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening Attachments</h2> + +<p>If you receive a mail attachment that consists of a file type that + &brandShortName; can display (such as graphic files and HTML files), you see + the attachment displayed inline (in the body of the message). For other file + types, Mail & Newsgroups lets you open the attachment using another + application, or you can save the attachment on your hard disk.</p> + +<p>To open the attachment, make sure you have a program on your computer that + can open files of the same type as the attachment's file format. For + example, if you want to open a .DOC file, make sure you have a program on + your computer that can open .DOC files.</p> + +<p>To open an attachment:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click the attachment you want (if there is more than one).</li> + <li>In the Downloading dialog box, choose what you want &brandShortName; to + do with the attachment: + <ul> + <li>If &brandShortName; finds an application on your hard disk that can + open the attachment, you can open the attachment using that + application. Click <q>Choose</q> to use a different application to open + the attachment.</li> + <li>If &brandShortName; can't find an application on your hard disk + that can open the attachment, you can save the attachment. You + won't be able to open the attachment, but at least you can save + it on your hard disk until you can install an application that can open + it.</li> + <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to add a new file type to the list of helper + applications. &brandShortName; uses helper applications to determine + how different file types are opened by other applications from within + &brandShortName;. For more information, see + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and + Downloads</a>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you are viewing your mail using an IMAP mail + server, all attachments remain on the server.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</h2> + +<p>To save an attachment:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the right side of the message envelope, under <q>Attachments</q>, + select the attachment that you want to save.</li> + <li>Right-click <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the attachment and choose Save As from the + pop-up menu.</li> + <li>Choose a filename and location for the attachment on your hard disk and + then click OK. Mail & Newsgroups downloads the attachment and saves it + to the specified location.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To save all attachments, right-click + <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the first one in the attachment list, and choose + Save All. You can then specify the location where you want all the + attachments to be saved.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="deleting_messages">Deleting Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages to and + from the Trash</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP Messages</h2> + +<p>How you delete messages depends on your mail server type: POP or IMAP. + Deleted POP messages are automatically moved to the Trash folder. IMAP users + can set different options for deleting messages.</p> + +<p>To delete messages from your Inbox or other folders, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete. By default, + Mail & Newsgroups moves the selected messages to the Trash folder.</li> + <li>To delete messages permanently, open the File menu and choose Empty + Trash.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete messages without opening them, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout, and then uncheck Message Pane. + + <p>Alternatively, click the Message Pane handle (the ridged area centered + at the bottom of the message list) to close the message pane.</p> + </li> + <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To set deletion preferences for IMAP messages:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Locate the IMAP account you want, and then click the Server Settings + category under the account name.</li> + <li>Select the <a + href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#when_i_delete_a_message">options</a> + you want for deleting messages and click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages To and From the + Trash</h2> + +<p>If you use a POP server to deliver your mail, or if you set up IMAP to use + the Trash folder, follow these steps to delete messages from your Inbox or + other folders:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select the messages you want to delete.</li> + <li>Click Delete. Mail & Newsgroups moves the messages to the Trash + folder.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To recover messages from the Trash:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Trash folder.</li> + <li>Select the messages you want to recover and drag them to another + folder.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete messages permanently:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Empty Trash.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e18e277f17 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1229 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Prehliadač webu</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="browsing_the_web">Prehliadač webových stránok</h1> + +<p>Víta vás &brandShortName;! Jeden z najčastejších dôvodov, prečo ľudia používajú aplikáciu &brandShortName;, +je prehliadanie webových stránok. Prehliadač je súčasťou aplikácie a umožňuje navštevovať webové stránky, +prehliadať ich obsah a vyhľadávať informácie.</p> + +<p>Táto kapitola pomocníka obsahuje základné informácie ako prezerať webové stránky, vyhľadávať a ukladať webové stránky.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#navigating_web_pages">Prehliadanie webových stránok</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_the_web">Vyhľadávanie na Internete</a></li> + <li><a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Kopírovanie, uloženie a tlač stránky</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Použitie jazykov a medzinárodného obsahu</a></li> + <li><a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Zásuvné moduly a preberanie súborov</a></li> + <li><a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Zlepšovanie rýchlosti a výkonu</a></li> + <li><a href="#proxies">Servery Proxy</a></li> + <li><a href="page_info_help.xhtml">Informácie o stránke</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="navigating_web_pages">Prehliadanie webových stránok</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox"> V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#viewing_your_home_page">Zobrazenie domovskej stránky</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_to_another_page">Prechod na ďalšiu stránku</a></li> + <li><a href="#clicking_a_link">Kliknutie na odkaz</a></li> + <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Zopakovanie krokov</a></li> + <li><a href="#stopping_and_reloading">Zastavenie a znovu opätovné stránky</a></li> + <li><a href="#visiting_bookmarked_pages">Návšteva stránok v záložkách</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_tabbed_browsing">Prehliadanie na kartách</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_sidebar">Používanie Bočného panela</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="viewing_your_home_page">Zobrazenie domovskej stránky</h2> + +<p>Keď prvýkrát spustíte aplikáciu &brandShortName;, uvidíte svoju domovskú stránku. Pokiaľ ste si nevybrali vlastnú stránku, +zobrazí sa taká, ktorú zvolila vaša sieť, správca internetu alebo to bude domovská stránka aplikácie &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p>Ak sa chcete dozvedieť, ako nastaviť vlastnú domovskú stránku, pozrite sa do kapitoly + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Nastavenie úvodnej stránky prehliadača &brandShortName;</a>.</p> + +<p><strong>Tipy</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="noMac" id="full_screen_mode">Ak chcete zjednoduchšiť používateľské rozhranie v prehliadači &brandShortName;, + môžete použiť režim Celá obrazovka, ktorý umožňuje použiť skoro celú plochu obrazovky na zobrazenie webovej stránky. + Ak si chcete aktivovať tento režim, otvorte ponuku Zobraziť a kliknite na položku Na celú obrazovku. Môžete tiež použiť + klávesovú skratku <kbd>F11</kbd>.</li> + <li>Ak chcete rýchlo prejsť späť na domovskú stránku, môžete použiť klávesovú skratku <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> + <kbd class="noMac">Alt</kbd>+<kbd>Home</kbd>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_to_another_page">Prechod na ďalšiu stránku</h2> + +<p>Na novú stránku sa môžete presunúť tak, že napíšete jej adresu URL (webovú adresu) do panela s adresou v hornej + časti okna prehliadača. Adresa URL vo väčšine prípadov začína skratkou <q>http://</q> doplnenou jedným alebo + viacerými menami, ktoré identifikujú adresu. Napríklad <q>http://mozilla.sk</q>.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Kliknutím do panela s adresou označíte adresu nachádzajúcu sa v ňom.</li> + <li>Napíšte adresu URL stránky, ktorú chcete navštíviť. Nová adresa prepíše pôvodnú.</li> + <li>Stlačte kláves <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Kliknutím na ikonu zámku v pravom dolnom rohu okna prehliadača môžete kedykoľvek zobraziť stav zabezpečenia + zobrazenej stránky. Ďalšie informácie nájdete v kapitole + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Kontrola zabezpečenia webovej stránky</a>.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Adresu URL v paneli s adresou je možné rýchlo označiť stlačením skratky + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>L</kbd>.</p> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/locationbar.png" alt="Panel s adresou"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Panel s adresou</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p><strong>Nepoznáte adresu URL?</strong> Môžete skúsiť napísať iba časť adresy URL ako napríklad + <q>cnn</q> (pre www.cnn.com) alebo zadať tzv. kľúčové slová ako <q>darčeky</q> či <q>kvety</q>. Prehliadač sa pokúsi + uhádnuť, ktorú stránku ste chceli vyhľadať alebo zobrazí zoznam odkazov súvisiacich so slovom, ktoré ste zadali.</p> + +<p>Ak ste nováčikom na Internete, prečítajte si článok + <a href="http://www.internet-guide.co.uk/help.html">Sprievodca Internetom</a> [EN].</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="clicking_a_link">Kliknutie na odkaz</h2> + +<p>Väčšina stránok obsahuje odkazy, na ktoré môžete kliknúť kurzorom myši a presunúť sa tak na ďalšie stránky.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Pohybujte kurzorom myši, pokiaľ nezmení svoj tvar na ukazujúci prst. Dôjde k tomu vždy, keď je ukazovateľ nad odkazom. + Odkazy sú zväčša od ostatného textu odlíšené podčiarknutím, ale môžu to byť aj rôzne tlačidlá alebo obrázky.</li> + <li>Raz kliknite na odkaz. Počas vyhľadávania stránky a jej načítavania sa v dolnej časti okna zobrazujú správy + informujúce o procese načítania stránky.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Zopakovanie krokov</h2> + +<p>Existuje niekoľko spôsobov, ako sa dostať na stránky, ktoré ste navštívili v minulosti:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Ak sa chcete posunúť o jednu stránku dopredu alebo dozadu, kliknite na šípky Dopredu alebo Naspäť.</li> + <li>Ak sa chcete posunúť dopredu alebo dozadu o viacej stránok, kliknite na malý trojuholník vedľa tlačidiel Dopredu a + Naspäť. Zobrazí sa zoznam stránok, ktoré ste v minulosti navštívili. Ak sa chcete dostať na určitú stránku, stačí ju + vybrať zo zoznamu.</li> +</ul> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td colspan="4"><img src="images/reload.gif" alt="Navigačné tlačidlá"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 8px;"></td> + <td style="width: 34px;"><strong>Naspäť</strong></td> + <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Dopredu</strong></td> + <td></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>Pokiaľ kliknete na šípku v pravej časti panela s adresou, otvoríte zoznam adries URL stránok, ktoré ste v minulosti + navštívili. Ak sa chcete dostať na určitú stránku, stačí ju vybrať zo zoznamu.</li> +</ul> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/locationbar.png" alt="Panel s adresou"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Panel s adresou</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>Ak by ste sa radi presunuli na nedávno navštívenú stránku, otvorte ponuku Prejsť a vyberte ju zo zoznamu v spodnej časti + tejto ponuky.</li> + <li>Ak chcete navštíviť stránky navštívené počas predchádzajúcich relácií, otvorte ponuku Prejsť a kliknite na položku + História. Objaví sa okno s históriou v podobe priečinkov pre každý deň. Dvojitým kliknutím na priečinok zobrazíte + podpriečinky, ktoré zobrazujú názov navštívenej domény alebo záložky pre jednotlivé navštívené stránky. Po dvojitom + kliknutí na záložku sa zobrazí príslušná stránka v prehliadači.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Bočný panel História umožňuje vybrať si zo zoznamu už navštívených stránok. Ďalšie informácie nájdete +v sekcii <a href="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs">Pridanie kariet na Bočný panel</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="about_history_lists">História</h3> + +<p>História obsahuje odkazy na všetky stránky, ktoré ste v minulosti navštívili. Zoznam v paneli s adresou obsahuje všetky +adresy stránok, ktoré ste v minulosti do tohto poľa napísali a následne navštívili.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete otvoriť zoznam stránok nachádzajúcich sa v Histórii, otvorte ponuku Prejsť a kliknite na položku História. +Zoznam stránok v paneli s adresou otvoríte tak, že kliknete na šípku v pravej časti adresného riadka.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Históriu je možné rýchlo zobraziť aj stlačením klávesovej skratky +<span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd></span><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</p> + +<p>Pokiaľ nechcete, aby sa zobrazovali navštívené stránky v Histórii alebo v paneli s adresou, môžete tieto záznamy +čiastočne alebo úplne vymazať.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete vymazať všetky záznamy, postupujte podľa nasledujúcich pokynov:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a kliknite na položku + Možnosti.</li> + <li>V sekcii Prehliadač kliknite na podkategóriu História. (Ak nevidíte žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitým kliknutím na + položku Prehliadač zobrazíte ich zoznam.)</li> + <li>Kliknutím na tlačidlo Vymazať históriu a Vymazať panel s adresou odstránite zo zoznamov všetky záznamy o + navštívených stránkach.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Ak chcete vymazať len niektoré záznamy Histórie, použite niektorý z nasledujúcich postupov:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Ak chcete vymazať všetky stránky z určitej domény, vyberte jednu stránku z tejto domény (priečinka) v zozname + História, otvorte ponuku Upraviť a kliknite na položku <q>Odstrániť históriu pre <em>*.[názov domény]</em></q>. + Napríklad, tento postup použite v prípade, že chcete vymazať všetky položky v doméne <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li> + <li>Ak chcete vymazať všetky stránky z poddomény, vyberte jednu stránku z tejto poddomény v zozname História, + otvorte ponuku Upraviť a kliknite na položku <q>Odstrániť históriu pre <em>[poddoména]</em></q>. Napríklad, + tento postup použite v prípade, že chcete vymazať všetky stránky z <q>bugzilla.mozilla.org</q>, ale nie z + <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li> + <li>Ak chcete vymazať konkrétnu stránku alebo priečinok, vyberte položku zo zoznamu a stlačte tlačidlo Delete.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Na usporiadanie zoznamu položiek v Histórii kliknite na jeden zo stĺpcov (Tituol, Umiestnenie, +Naposledy navštívená atď.). Opätovným kliknutím na rovnaký stĺpec sa spôsob usporiadania otočí.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="stopping_and_reloading">Zastavenie a opätovné načítanie stránky</h2> + +<p>Pokiaľ sa stránka načíta príliš pomaly alebo ste sa rozhodli pozrieť si inú stránku, kliknite na tlačidlo Zastaviť.</p> + +<p>ak chcete obnoviť aktuálnu stránku a načítať jej aktualizovanú verziu, kliknite na tlačidlo Obnoviť alebo stlačte +klávesovú skratku <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td colspan="3"><img src="images/reload.gif" alt="Tlačidlá navigácie"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 87px;"></td> + <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Obnoviť</strong></td> + <td style="width: 47px;"><strong>Zastaviť</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>Ak chcete obnoviť aktuálnu stránky a vymazať všetky zadané údaje (v prípade, že stránka obsahuje formulár), podržte kláves +<kbd>Shift</kbd> a kliknite na tlačidlo Obnoviť alebo stlačte klávesovú skratku <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> +<kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="visiting_bookmarked_pages">Návšteva stránok v záložkách</h2> + +<p>Adresy URL webových stránok bývajú občas dlhá a ťažko zapamätateľné. Našťastie nie je potrebné si všetky tieto adresy pamätať. +Prehliadač obsahuje zoznam záložiek, čo sú vlastne odkazy na zaujímavé stránky.</p> + +<p>Prechod na založenú stránku cez okno prehliadača:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Záložky. Tá obsahuje jednotlivé záložky, ktoré majú svoju ikonu a priečinky, obsahujúce viacero záložiek.</li> + <li>Ak chcete prejsť na stránku v záložke, stačí v zozname alebo priečinku zvoliť vybranú záložku a kliknúť na ňu.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Ak sa chcete vrátiť, kliknite na tlačidlo Naspäť.</p> + +<p>Môžete si vytvoriť vlastné záložky, ktoré budú odkazovať na stránky, ktoré často navštevujete alebo na iné zaujímavé miesta +na Internete. Ďalšie informácie o záložkách nájdete v kapitole +<a href="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks">Tvorba nových záložiek</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_tabbed_browsing">Prehliadanie na kartách</h2> + +<p>Keď súčasne prehliadate viac ako jednu stránku, môžete na urýchlenie a jednoduchší pohyb na Internete použiť prehliadanie +na kartách.</p> + +<p>Prehliadanie na kartách umožňuje otvoriť viacero stránok v rozličných kartách v rámci jedného okna prehliadača. Nemusíte +mať otvorených niekoľko okien naraz, čím nezaberiete toľko miesta na ploche. Môžete otvárať, zatvárať a obnovovať stránky +z jedného miesta a to všetko bez nutnosti prepínania medzi ďalšími oknami.</p> + +<p>Takéto prehliadanie stránok je možné jednoducho spravovať a ovládať. Ak chcete zobraziť ďalšie informácie o nastavení +Prehliadania na kartách, pozrite si kapitolu +<a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Možnosti prehliadača - Prehliadanie na kartách</a>.</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie o prehliadaní na kartách nájdete v sekcii +<a href="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Prehliadanie na kartách</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_sidebar">Používanie Bočného panela</h2> + +<p>Na internet sa dá dostať aj cez Bočný panel.</p> + +<p>Bočný panel je prispôsobiteľný rámec, kde si môžete odkladať veci, ktoré sú pre vás potrebné - najnovšie správy, +počasie, adresár, hodnoty akcií, kalendár a mnoho iných. Položky sú zobrazené na kartách, ktoré sa neustále aktualizujú.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; prichádza s dopredu nastaveným Bočným panelom. Môžete si ho ale upraviť pridaním, odobraním či upravením +kariet. Ďalšie informácie nájdete v kapitole <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Bočný panel</a>.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete zobraziť položku v Bočnom paneli, kliknite na jej kartu.</p> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/sidebar.png" alt="Prepínač Bočného panela"/></td> + <td style="vertical-align: middle; padding-right: 20px;"><strong>Prepínač<br/>Bočného panela</strong></td> + <td style="vertical-align: middle;">V prípade, že panel nie je otvorený, kliknite na jeho prepínač. Ak tam nie je, + otvorte ponuku Zobraziť v okne prehliadača a vyberte položku Paneli s nástrojmi a kliknite na položku Bočný panel.</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: Ak chcete rýchlo otvoriť/zavrieč Bočný panel, stlačte kláves <kbd>F9</kbd>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="searching_the_web">Vyhľadávanie na internete</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto časti: + <ul> + <li><a href="#fast_searches">Rýchle vyhľadávanie</a></li> + <li><a href="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Pokročilé vyhľadávanie v Bočnom paneli</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_search_preferences">Nastavenie predvolieb vyhľadávania na webe</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_within_a_page">Vyhľadávanie na stránke</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_find_as_you_type">Vyhľadávanie počas písania</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Vyhľadávanie v zozname História alebo Záložky</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="fast_searches">Rýchle vyhľadávanie</h2> + +<p>Existujú štyri spôsoby rýchleho vyhľadávania: z panela Adresa, z Bočného panela, z Vyhľadávacej webovej stránky a priamo +na webovej stránke pomocou vybraných slov.</p> + +<h3 id="searching_from_the_location_bar">Vyhľadávanie z panela s adresou</h3> + +<p>Vyhľadávanie webových stránok je v &brandShortName; jednoduché, stačí zadať jedno či viac slov do panela s adresou tak, ako je +uvedené nižšie:</p> + +<p><img src="images/search.png" alt="Vyhľadávanie z panela s adresou"/></p> + +<p>Napríklad, ak chcete vyhľadať informácie o "bábike":</p> + <ol> + <li>Dvojitým kliknutím v paneli s adresou označíte aktuálny text.</li> + <li>Zadajte slovo <q>bábika</q>. Tento nový text prepíše ten pôvodný.</li> + <li>Vykonajte jeden z nasledujúcich krokov: + <ul> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Hľadať.</li> + <li>Vyberte položku <q>Vyhľadať pomocou Google text "bábika"</q> v rozbaľovacom zozname panela s adresou. + (Môžete mať iný prednastavený vyhľadávač.) + + <p>Pri tomto spôsobe bude použitý vyhľadávací modul nastavený v + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search">Možnostiach</a>. Výsledky hľadaného slova <q>bábika</q> + sa objavia v okne prehliadača i v Bočnom paneli. Kliknutím na odkazy sa dostanete na stránky týkajúce sa bábiky.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>Výsledky posledného vyhľadávania sú uložené v Bočnom paneli vo Vyhľadávaní a to do doby ďalšieho hľadania. Nemusíte +používať tlačidlo Naspäť na návrat na stránku s výsledkami vyhľadávania.</p> + +<p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: V sekcii <q>Neznáme adresy</q> <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#location_bar">nastavení panela + s adresou</a> môžete nastaviť tento panel tak, že po zadaní textu, ktorý nie je webovou adresou, bude spustené vyhľadávanie + tohto textu v internetvom vyhľadávači. Zadaním textu do panela s adresou a stalčením klávesu + <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd><kbd class="mac">Return</kbd> spustíte vyhľadávanie.</p> + +<h3 id="searching_from_sidebar">Vyhľadávanie v Bočnom paneli</h3> + +<p>Vyhľadávanie v Bočnom paneli umožňuje rýchlo nájsť a vytvoriť záložky z výsledkov hľadania. Napríklad, chcete nájsť +nejaké informácie o autíčkach:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Ak ešte nie je Bočný panel otvorený, urobíte to dvojitím kliknutím na jeho prepínač. V prípade, že nie je vidieť, + <span class="noMac">stlačte kláves <kbd>F9</kbd> alebo </span>otvorte v prehliadači ponuku Zobraziť a vyberte položku + Panely s nástrojmi a ďalej kliknite na položku Bočný panel.</li> + <li>V ňom zvoľte Vyhľadávanie.</li> + <li>Z rozbaľovacieho zoznamu <q>vyberte</q> vyhľadávač.</li> + <li>Napíšte hľadaný výraz - <q>autíčka</q>.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Hľadať. Výsledok vyhľadávania sa zobrazí v okne prehliadača a v Bočnom paneli. Teraz si už len + stačí vybrať niektorý z ponúkaných odkazov o autíčkach.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: Keď sa v paneli Vyhľadávanie nachádza zoznam vyhľadávacích modulov, z ktorých sa dá vybrať, +je panel Vyhľadávanie prepnutý do <a href ="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Pokročilého režimu</a>. Môžete to nechať tak +alebo v Možnostiach prepnúť do Základného režimu.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Ak chcete rýchlo zobraziť ďalšie alebo predchádzajúce výsledky vyhľadávania, kliknite na tlačidlo + Ďalšie a Predchádzajúce v dolnej časti Bočného panela Vyhľadávanie.</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie o používaní Bočného panela nájdete v kapitole <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Bočný panel</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="searching_from_the_net_search_page">Vyhľadávanie na stránke</h3> + +<p>Vyhľadávacia stránka umožňuje hľadať slovo alebo výraz alebo vyhľadávať v niekoľkých kategóriach (napríklad Zábava a Hry, +Obchody atď.), ktoré vás zaujímajú. Ak sa chcete na takú stránku dostať, urobte jeden z nasledujúcich krokov:</p> + +<ul> + <li> Kliknite na tlačidlo Hľadať <img src="images/search_personal_toolbar.gif" width="66" height="20" alt="Vyhľadávacie + tlačidlo"/> v paneli s adresou.</li> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Nástroje a kliknite na položku Vyhľadávanie na webe.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="searching_on_selected_words_in_a_web_page">Vyhľadanie zadaných slov na webe</h3> + +<p>&brandShortName; umožňuje, aby ste zahájili vyhľadávanie zvolených slov, ktoré sú umiestnené v texte na webovej stránke:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Označte (zvýraznite) hľadané slová v texte webovej stránky.</li> + <li>Kliknite pravým tlačidlom myši <span class="mac">alebo pokiaľ máte jednotlačidlovú myš, použite + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-kliknutie</span> a vyberte položku <q>Hľadať [vami označené slová] na webe</q>.</li> +</ol> + +<p>&brandShortName; otvorí nové okno alebo kartu (záleží od nastavení) a pomocou predvoleného vyhľadávacieho modulu + vyhľadá zadané slová. Ak sa chcete dozvedieť ako zmeniť vyhľadávací modul, pozrite si kapitolu + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search">Možnosti prehliadača - Vyhľadávanie na webe</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Pokročilé vyhľadávanie v Bočnom paneli</h2> + +<p>Na rozdiel od jednoduchého vyhľadávania môžete pri pokročilom použiť jeden alebo viacero vyhľadávacích služieb z jednej + kategórie súčasne.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a kliknite na položku + Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Prehliadač kliknite na podkategóriu Vyhľadávanie na webe (Ak nevidíte žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitým + kliknutím na položku Prehliadač zobrazíte ich zoznam).</li> + <li>V sekcii Nastavenia karty Vyhľadávanie v Bočnom paneli kliknite na voľbu Pokročilé a potom na tlačidlo OK.</li> + <li>Ak nie je Bočný panel zobrazený, otvoríte ho kliknutím na jeho prepínač. Ak prepínač nie je vidieť, + <span class="noMac">stlačte kláves <kbd>F9</kbd> alebo </span> otvorte v prehliadači ponuku Zobraziť a kliknite na + položku Panely s nástrojmi a potom na položku Bočný panel.</li> + <li>Kliknite na položku Vyhľadávanie v Bočnom paneli.</li> + <li>Z rozbaľovacieho zoznamu vyberte preferovanú kategóriu vyhľadávacích služieb.</li> + <li>Zvoľte jednu alebo viacero vyhľadávacích služieb v danej kategórii (v prípade, že sú dostupné).</li> + <li>Do vyhľadávacieho poľa napíšte hľadaný výraz.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Hľadať.</li> +</ol> + +<p><img src="images/sidebar-advanced.png" alt="Vyhľadávanie v Bočnom paneli"/></p> + +<h3 id="customizing_search_categories">Prispôsobenie vyhľadávacích služieb</h3> + +<p>Pri rozšírenom spôsobe vyhľadávania si môžete vybrať z niekoľkých vyhľadávacích služieb. Napríklad, môžete mať jeden + vyhľadávací modul na hľadanie informácií o cestovaní a druhý o softvéri.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Prepnite Bočný panel do Pokročilého režimu. Podrobnosti nájdete v kapitole + <a href="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Pokročilé vyhľadávanie v Bočnom paneli</a>.</li> + <li>Keď nie je Bočný panel otvorený, kliknite na jeho prepínač. Ak nie je vidieť, otvorte v Prehliadači ponuku Zobraziť a + kliknite na položku Panely s nástrojmi a potom na položku Bočný panel.</li> + <li>Zvoľte položku Vyhľadávanie v Bočnom paneli.</li> + <li>Z rozbaľovacieho zoznamu vyberte ponuku <q>Upraviť kategórie</q>. Otvorí sa dialógové okno Upraviť kategórie.</li> + <li>Z rozbaľovacieho zoznamu Kategórie vyberte kategóriu, ktorú chcete upraviť.<br/> + Alebo<br/> + vytvorte novú kategóriu kliknutím na tlačidlo Nová a v dialógovom okne zadajte jej názov. V rozbaľovacom zozname + sa objaví nová kategória.</li> + <li>Vyberte si jednu z nasledujúcich možností: + <ul> + <li>Ak chcete pridať vyhľadávací modul do vybranej kategórie, zvýraznite daný modul v zozname vľavo a kliknite na + tlačidlo Pridať.</li> + <li>ak chcete odobrať vyhľadávací modul z vybranej kategórie, zvýraznite daný modul v zozname vľavo a kliknite na + tlačidlo Odobrať.</li> + <li>Ak chcete premenovať kategóriu, kliknite na tlačidlo Premenovať a napíšte nový názov kategórie.</li> + <li>Ak chcete danú kategóriu odstrániť, kliknite na tlačidlo Odstrániť.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Po dokončení úprav kategórii kliknite na tlačidlo OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly.</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_search_preferences">Nastavenie predvolieb vyhľadávania na webe</h2> + +<p>Môžete si nastaviť iný ako predvolený vyhľadávací modul. Dá sa určite, ako sa majú výsledky vyhľadávania zobraziť v + Bočnom paneli.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a kliknite na položku + Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Prehliadač kliknite na podkategóriu Vyhľadávanie na webe (Ak nevidíte žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitým + kliknutím na položku Prehliadač zobrazíte ich zoznam).</li> + <li>V sekcii Predvolený vyhľadávací modul vyberte ten, ktorý sa má použiť na vyhľadávanie.</li> + <li> V sekcii Výsledky vyhľadávania vyberte <q>Otvoriť kartu Vyhľadávanie v Bočnom paneli pri použití vyhľadávania</q> + ak chcete, aby sa otvorila karta Vyhľadávanie v Bočnom paneli a zobrazovala výsledky.</li> + <li>V sekcii Nastavenia karty Vyhľadávanie v Bočnom paneli vyberte voľbu Základné, ak chcete použiť jeden vyhľadávací + modul alebo Pokročilé, ak chcete vyhľadávať pomocou viacerých modulov.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_within_a_page">Vyhľadávanie na stránke</h2> + +<p>Ak chcete vyhľadať text na stránke práve zobrazenej v prehliadači:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Upraviť a zvoľte položku <q>Hľadať na tejto stránke</q>. Ak práve zobrazená + stránka obsahuje rámce, pred začatím vyhľadávania kliknite do požadovaného rámca. + Zobrazí sa <q>Panel vyhľadávania</q>.</li> + <li>Zadajte text, ktorý chcete vyhľadať.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Ďalšie a prehliadač spustí vyhľadávanie smerom nadol od miesta, kde sa + aktuálne nachádza kurzor.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Predchádzajúce a prehliadač spustí vyhľadávanie smerom nahor od miesta, kde sa + aktuálne nachádza kurzor.</li> + <li>Pomocou voľby <strong>Zvýrazniť</strong> zvýrazníte všetky slová a frázy na stránke, ktoré sa zhodujú + so zadanou frázou vyhľadávania.</li> + <li>Pomocou voľby <strong>Rozlišovať malé/veľké písmená</strong> obmedzíte vyhľadávanie na slová alebo frázy, + ktoré sa presne zhodujú so zadanou frázou vyhľadávania (berú sa do úvahy aj malé a veľké písmená).</li> +</ol> + +<p>Ak vyhľadávanie dorazí na koniec (alebo začiatok) stránky, bude pokračovať + z druhého konca a zvýrazní túto skutočnosť v paneli vyhľadávania.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete vyhľadať zadané slovo alebo frázu ešte raz, stláčajte kláves Enter, ak sa kurzor stále nachádza + v paneli vyhľadávania alebo použité klávesové skratky pre príkaz Hľadať znova (viď + sekciu <q>Vyhľadávanie počas písania</q> nižšie), ak sa kurzor nachádza na stránke. + V oboch prípadoch sa bude vyhľadávať nadol, nezáleží na tom, či bolo naposledy použité vyhľadávanie nahor.</p> + +<ul> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Upraviť a zvoľte položku Hľadať ďalej.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_find_as_you_type">Použitie funkcie Hľadať počas písania</h2> + +<p>Okrem vyhľadávania textu cez panel Vyhľadávanie môžete hľadať aj priamo a to napísaním textu do webovej stránky.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Pokiaľ chcete nájsť odkaz, zadajte niekoľko znakov do aktívneho okna prehliadača a prejdete na najbližší odkaz obsahujúci + zadaný text. + + <p>Ak zadáte znova rovnaký znak, zobrazia sa postupne všetky odkazy začínajúce týmto znakom. Ak sa však na stránke + vyskytuje viacero rovnakých znakov za sebou, napríklad písmená <q><tt>nn</tt></q> v slove <q><tt>nečinnosť</tt></q>, + zobrazí sa najskôr toto slovo.</p></li> + <li>Ak chcete hľadať v celom texte (normálny text a odkazy), začnite zadaním znaku <kbd>/</kbd>. Napríklad, zadajte + <q><kbd>/ahoj</kbd></q>, ak chcete nájsť slovo <q>ahoj</q> v texte stránky.</li> + <li>Stavový riadok (v dolnej časti okna prehliadača) zobrazuje hľadaný text v prípade, že hľadanie bolo úspešné. Pamätajte, + že toto nastáva len prípade, že voľba <q>Zobraziť vyhľadávací panel v režime Hľadať počas písania</q> + na paneli nastavení <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt">Hľadanie počas písania</a> nie je označená. Ak je táto voľba + označená, namiesto stavového riadku je použitý <q>panel Vyhľadávanie</q>.</li> + <li>Klávesou Backspace môžete vymazať naposledy zadaný znak.</li> + <li>Vyhľadávanie sa ukončí zmenou kritérií, posunutím textu, klávesou Escape alebo po niekoľkých sekundách nečinnosti.</li> + <li>Stlačením klávesovej skratky <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> alebo <kbd>F3</kbd> + vyhľadáte rovnaký text znova. Po stlačení klávesovej skratky <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> + <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> alebo <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>F3</kbd> sa zobrazí predchádzajúci + výskyt hľadaného textu.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Vyhľadávanie počas písania funguje v každom okne, napríklad i v tomto (vyskúšajte si to!).</p> + +<p>Táto funkcia podporuje aj medzinárodné znaky ako napríklad čínske alebo japonské.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Vyhľadávanie v zozname História alebo Záložky</h2> + +<p>Keď chcete vyhľadávať v zozname Záložiek, začnite v okne prehliadača:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Záložky a kliknite na položku Správa záložky. Otvorí sa dialógové okno Správca záložiek.</li> + <li>V okne Správcu záložiek otvorte ponuku Nástroje a kliknite na položku Hľadať záložky. Otvorí sa dialógové + okno Hľadať záložky.</li> + <li>Využite rozbaľovací zoznam a zvoľte nastavenia vyhľadávania. Vyberte si niektorú z nasledujúcich možností: + <ul> + <li>Zvoľte cieľ vyhľadávania - <q>názov</q>, <q>umiestnenie</q>, <q>popis</q> alebo <q>kľúčové slovo</q>.</li> + <li>Zvoľte <q>obsahuje</q>, <q>začína s</q> alebo <q>končí s</q>, ak poznáte len časť hľadaného textu.</li> + <li>Zvoľte <q>je</q>, ak viete, čo hľadáte.</li> + <li>Zvoľte <q>nie je</q> alebo <q>neobsahuje</q>, ak chcete niektoré záložky výlúčiť z výsledkov.</li> + <li>Do poľa zadajte celé slovo alebo časť, adresu URL záložky, ktorú chcete nájsť alebo vylúčiť.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Hľadať. Záložky, ktoré vyhovujú podmienkam vyhľadávania sa zobrazia v novom okne Výsledky vyhľadávania + - Záložky.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Ak chcete rýchlo zobraziť dialógové okno Správca záložiek, stlačte klávesovú skratku + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>B</kbd>.</p> + +<p>Vyhľadávanie v zozname História:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Prejsť a kliknete na položku História. Otvorí sa dialógové okno História.</li> + <li>Nad aktuálnym zoznamom nájdete pole nazvané <q>Hľadať v histórii</q>.</li> + <li>Kliknite do tohto textového poľa a zadajte časti adresy URL alebo titulku stránky, ktorú hľadáte.</li> + <li>Zoznam histórie sa filtruje už počas toho, ako zadávate text do vyhľadávacieho poľa.</li> +</ol> + +<p> Ako využiť výsledky vyhľadávania:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Ak sa chcete presunúť na nájdenú stránku, stačí to urobiť dvojitým kliknutím na jej odkaz v dialógovom okne + Výsledky vyhľadávania.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tipy</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Ak chcete rýchlo otvoriť dialógové okno História, stlačte klávesovú skratku <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> + <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Kopírovanie, uloženie a tlač stránky</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox"> V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#copying_part_of_a_page">Kopírovanie časti stránky</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Uloženie celej stránky alebo jej časti</a></li> + <li><a href="#printing_a_page">Tlač stránky</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="copying_part_of_a_page">Kopírovanie časti stránky</h2> + +<p>Ak chcete kopírovať z okna prehliadača nejaký text, urobte nasledujúce:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Označte text, ktorý chcete kopírovať.</li> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Upraviť a vyberte položku Kopírovať.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Text môžete vložiť do iného programu.</p> + +<p>Zo stránky je možné skopírovať adresu odkazu (URL) alebo obrázka:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Prejdite kurzorom myši nad odkaz alebo obrázok.</li> + <li>Kliknite pravým tlačidlom myši <span class="mac"> alebo ak máte jednotlačidlovú myš použite + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-kliknutie</span> nad odkazom či obrázkom. Zobrazí sa kontextová ponuka.</li> + <li>Vyberte položku Kopírovať adresu odkazu alebo Kopírovať adresu obrázka, ak je obrázok zároveň i odkazom, máte na výber + obe možnosti.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Odkaz vložte do iného programu alebo do panela s adresou.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly.</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Uloženie celej stránky alebo jej časti</h2> + +<p>Uloženie celej stránky stránky:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Súbor a vyberte položku <q>Uložiť stránku ako…</q>. Zobrazí sa dialógové okno na uloženie stránky.</li> + <li>Zvoľte miesto, kam chcete stránku uložiť.</li> + <li>Vyberte formát, v ktorom chcete stránku uložiť: + <ul> + <li><strong>Webová stránka, kompletná:</strong> Uloží celú webovú stránku aj s obrázkami a podpornými súbormi. Máte + možnosť zobraziť stránku tak ako naozaj vyzerá. &brandShortName; vytvorí nový priečinok, kde sa uloží samotná stránka a + jej komponenty.</li> + <li><strong>Webová stránka, iba HTML:</strong> Uloží stránku bez obrázkov.</li> + <li><strong>Textové súbory:</strong> Uloží stránku do textového súboru. Táto voľba odstráni zo stránky kód HTML a umožní + zobraziť obsah webovej stránky v ľubovoľnom textovom editore.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Zadajte názov stránky a kliknite na tlačidlo Uložiť.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Pokiaľ stránka obsahuje rámce a jeden z nich je aktívny, je ponuka rozšírená o položku "Uložiť rámec ako…". Týmto je možné +uložiť len vybraný rámec namiesto celej stránky.</p> + +<p>Uložením stránky na disk sprístupníte jej obsah (i ako kód HTML) aj po odpojení sa z Internetu.</p> + +<p>Uloženie obrázka:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Umiestnite kurzor myši nad zvolený obrázok.</li> + <li>Kliknite pravým tlačidlom myši <span class="mac"> alebo ak máte jednotlačidlovú myš použite <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + -kliknutie</span> na obrázok. Zobrazí sa kontextová ponuka.</li> + <li>Zvoľte položku "Uložiť obrázok ako…". Zobrazí sa dialógové okno Uložiť súbor.</li> + <li>Vyberte miesto, kam chcete obrázok uložiť.</li> + <li>Pomenujte obrázok a kliknite na tlačidlo Uložiť.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Niekedy je oveľa výhodnejšie nenechať prehliadač odkaz najskôr načítať, ale rovno ho uložiť (hlavne v prípade, keď sa +nejedná o stránku v jazyku HTML, ale o formátovaný text dátového súboru, ktorý nie je určený na prezeranie v prehliadači):</p> + +<ol> + <li>Nasmerujte kurzor myši nad odkaz.</li> + <li>Kliknite pravým tlačidlom myši <span class="mac"> alebo ak máte jednotlačidlovú myš použite <kbd>Ctrl</kbd> + -kliknutie</span> na odkaz. Zobrazí sa kontextová ponuka.</li> + <li>Zvoľte ponuku "Uložiť odkaz ako…". Otvorí sa dialógové okno Uložiť súbor.</li> + <li>Vyberte priečinok, do ktorého chcete súbor uložiť.</li> + <li>Pomenujte ho a kliknite na tlačidlo Uložiť.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Dôležité:</strong> Ak kliknete na odkaz, môže sa tiež stať, že cieľový súbor bude automaticky prevzatý a uložený + na disk. Odkazy na tieto súbory obyčajne začínajú <q>ftp</q> alebo končia príponou <q>au</q> alebo <q>mpeg</q>. Tieto + súbory automaticky spustia pomocnú aplikáciu, ktorá tieto súbory podporuje.</p> + +<p id="setting_image_as_wallpaper"><strong>Tip</strong>: Ak chcete uložiť obrázok ako pozadie v systéme Windows, kliknite + pravým tlačidlom myši na obrázok a zvoľte položku Nastaviť ako pozadie pracovnej plochy.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="printing_a_page">Tlač stránky</h2> + +<p>Tlač konkrétnej stránky:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Súbor a vyberte položku Tlač.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Tlač označeného textu:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Na aktuálnej stránke vyberte požadovaný text.</li> + <li>V hlavnej ponuke zvoľte Súbor a vyberte položku Tlačiť. Zobrazí sa dialógové okno Tlač.</li> + <li>V časti Rozsah tlače kliknite na Výber.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Umiestnenie na stránke je ovplyvnené veľkosťou tlačenej stránky a autorom webovej stránky, nie veľkosťou + obrazovky. Text je zalomený a grafika presunutá tak, aby sa všetko vošlo na papier.</p> + +<div class="noMac"> + +<h3 id="print_preview">Ukážka pred tlačou</h3> + +<p>Na zobrazenie stránky pred tlačou použite funkciu Ukážka pred tlačou. V okne prehliadača:</p> + +<ul> + <li>V hlavnej ponuke zvoľte Súbor a v ňom položku Ukážka pred tlačou.</li> +</ul> + +<p> V dialógovom okne Ukážka pred tlačou máte k dispozícii nasledujúce možnosti:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="win"><strong>Tlačiť</strong>: Ak chcete stránku vytlačiť, kliknite na tlačidlo Tlačiť.</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Nastavenie tlače:</strong> Kliknite na tlačidlo Nastavenie tlače, ak chcete upraviť rozloženie + strany pred tlačou.</li> + <li><strong>Stránka [__] z X</strong>: Na zobrazenie ďalších strán zadajte číslo strany (menšie než X). Ak sa chcete + na stránkach pohybovať, kliknite na tlačidlá Prvá stránka + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/first.gif" alt="Tlačidlo Prvá stránka"/>, Predchádzajúca stránka + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/previous.gif" alt="Tlačidlo Predchádzajúca stránka"/>, Ďalšia stránka + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/next.gif" alt="Tlačidlo Ďalšia stránka"/> alebo Posledná stránka + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/last.gif" alt="Tlačidlo Posledná stránka"/>.</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Mierka</strong>: Zmení mierku (veľkosť) stránok použitím položky z rozbaľovacieho zoznamu. Môžete + si vybrať medzi položkami s pripravenými percentami alebo dvoma špeciálnymi položkami: + <ul> + <li><strong>Na šírku strany</strong>: Táto položka automaticky upraví stránku na šírku papiera.</li> + <li><strong>Vlastná</strong>: Zadajte percentá vzhľadom k pôvodnej veľkosti stránky a stlačte Enter. Napríklad, ak + chcete nastaviť polovičnú veľkosť, napíšte <q>50</q> a stlačte Enter.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li class="win"><strong>Na výšku</strong>: Bežné zobrazenie stránky, kratšou stranou hore.</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Na šírku</strong>: Orientácia stránky naležato, dlhšou stranou hore.</li> + <li><strong>Zavrieť</strong>: Kliknite na tlačidlo Zavrieť, ak chcete zavrieť dialógové okno Ukážka pred tlačou.</li> +</ul> + +</div> + +<h3 id="using_page_setup">Nastavenie tlače</h3> + +<p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: Niektoré funkcie Nastavenie tlače nie sú dostupné v systémoch Mac OS, Linux alebo Unix, alebo sú +odlišné.</p> + +<p>Keď chcete nastaviť ako sa majú stránky v aplikácii &brandShortName; vytlačiť, musíte v okne prehliadača otvoriť ponuku +Súbor a kliknúť na položku Nastavenie tlače.</p> + +<p>V dialógovom okne Nastavenie tlače môžete zmeniť nasledujúce nastavenia stránok, ktoré chcete vytlačiť:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Formát a možnosti</strong>: V tomto okne nastavíte orientáciu, mierku a ostatné vlastnosti: + <ul> + <li><strong>Orientácia</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>na výšku</strong>: Vyberte <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/Portrait.png" + alt="Tlačidlo Na výšku"/>, ak chcete nastaviť stránku kratšou stranou hore.</li> + <li><strong>na šírku</strong>: Vyberte <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/Landscape.png" + alt="Tlačidlo Na šírku"/>, ak chcete nastaviť stránku dlhou stranou hore.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Mierka</strong>: Zadajte percentá vzhľadom k pôvodnej veľkosti stránky. Napríklad, ak chcete nastaviť + polovičnú veľkosť, napíšte <q>50</q>. + <ul> + <li><strong>Na šírku strany</strong>: Táto položka automaticky upraví stránku na šírku papiera.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Možnosti</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Tlačiť pozadie (farby a obrázky)</strong>: Vyberte, keď chcete tlačiť farby alebo obrázky pozadia. + Ak túto možnosť neoznačíte, budú sa tlačiť len farby a obrázky v popredí.</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Okraje, hlavička a päta</strong>: Kliknite, keď chcete nastaviť okraje, hlavičku a pätu: + <ul> + <li><strong>Okraje</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Hore, dole, vľavo, vpravo</strong>: Zadajte veľkosť horného, dolného, ľavého a pravého okraja v + milimetroch.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Hlavička a päta</strong>: Každý rozbaľovací zoznam reprezentuje buď oblasť hlavičky alebo päty. Horné riadky s + rozbaľovacími zoznamami sú určené pre ľavú, strednú a pravú časť hlavičky stránky. Dolné riadky s rozbaľovacími zoznamami + sú určené pre ľavú, strednú a pravú časť päty stránky. V každom rozbaľovacom zozname si môžete vybrať jednu z + nasledujúcich možností: + <ul> + <li><strong>--prázdne--</strong>: Nezobrazí v danej oblasti nič.</li> + <li><strong>Titulok</strong>: Zobrazí nadpis webovej stránky.</li> + <li><strong>Adresa URL</strong>: Zobrazí adresu URL webovej stránky (adresa webovej stránky obvykle začína + <q>http://</q>).</li> + <li><strong>Dátum a čas</strong>: Zobrazí dátum a čas vytlačenia stránky.</li> + <li><strong>Strana #</strong>: Zobrazí číslo vytlačenej stránky.</li> + <li><strong>Strana # z #</strong>: Zobrazí číslo vytlačenej stránky a celkový počet strán. Príklad, na tretej tlačenej + stránke z piatich bude vytlačené <q>3 z 5</q>.</li> + <li><strong>Vlastné</strong>: Napíšte svoj text. Do tohto textu môžete vložiť niekoľko premenných, ktoré + majú nasledujúcu podobu: + <ul> + <li><strong>&PT</strong>: Číslo vytlačenej stránky a celkový počet strán (napríklad: <q>3 z 5</q>)</li> + <li><strong>&P</strong>: Číslo stránky</li> + <li><strong>&D</strong>: Dátum</li> + <li><strong>&U</strong>: Adresa URL</li> + <li><strong>&T</strong>: Titulok</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: Ak chcete zobraziť ukážku zmien na stránke, zvoľte dialógové okno + <a href="#print_preview">Ukážka pred tlačou</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="using_languages_and_international_content">Použitie jazykov a medzinárodného obsahu</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox"> V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts">Výber kódovania znakov a písma</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_language_preferences">Nastavenie predvolieb jazyka</a></li> + <li><a href="#finding_localized_version">Rôzne jazykové verzie &brandShortName;</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts">Výber kódovania znakov a písma</h2> + +<p>Pokiaľ prehliadate stránky, vytvárate dokumenty alebo príjmate a odosielate emaily vo viac ako jednom jazyku, je nutné + vybrať si niektoré z kódovaní znakov a písma.</p> + +<p>Kódovanie znakov je spôsob, akým môže byť text dokumentu alebo správy prekonvertovaný na dáta používané vašim počítačom. + Všetky dokumenty a správy používajú určité kódovanie znakov (známe aj ako znaková sada).</p> + +<p>Metóda znakového kódovania dokumentov závisí od jazyka. Niektoré jazyky, napríklad západoeurópske, používajú rovnakú + kódovaciu metódu. Iné, ako napríklad čínština, japončina a ruština používajú odlišné metódy. Na porovnanie Unicode, + zabezpečuje jazykovo nezávislú kódovaciu metódu. Napríklad kódovanie UTF-8 môže byť použité v akomkoľvek jazykovo odlišnom + dokumente.</p> + +<p>Verzia &brandShortName; je nastavená tak, aby používala kódovanie znakov vášho regiónu/krajiny. Avšak ak chcete používať + viac ako jeden jazyk, možno budete potrebovať vybrať vhodné kódovanie znakov a vybrané písmo pre tento jazyk/skript.</p> + +<p>Zmena kódovania znakov:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Zobraziť, kliknite na položku Kódovanie znakov a vyberte Viac.</li> + <li>V hornej časti ponuky vyberte región.</li> + <li>Zvoľte položku Kódovanie. Zopakujte kroky 1 - 3 pre každé kódovanie.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Vybrané kódovania znakov sú pridané do ponuky Kódovanie. Aktívne kódovanie je označené čiernou bodkou.</p> + +<p>Ak sa na zobrazenej stránke nachádzajú nesprávne alebo nečitateľné znaky pri všetkých preddefinovaných kódovaniach, pravdepodobne + daná stránka vyžaduje prítomnosť špeciálneho písma. Takéto stránky by mali obsahovať inštrukcie, ako požadované písmo prevziať + a použiť tak, aby sa stránka zobrazila správne. Ak máte potrebné písmo nainštalované v systéme, zvoľte voľbu Vlastné z podponuky + Ostatné. &brandShortName; použije písma definované v <a + href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts">nastaveniach písiem</a> (Písma pre: + Vlastné).</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; dokáže zistiť kódovanie použité v dokumente a zobraziť ho tak správne. Ak chcete využívať túto funkciu, + urobte nasledujúce:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Zobraziť, kliknite na položku Kódovanie a vyberte Automatické rozpoznávanie.</li> + <li>Zvoľte jednu z možností automatického rozpoznávania alebo kliknite na položku Vypnuté.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Zmena zoznamu aktívneho kódovania znakov:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Zobraziť, kliknite na položku Kódovanie znakov a vyberte Prispôsobiť. Zobrazí sa dialógové okno + Prispôsobiť kódovanie.</li> + <li>Zvoľte jeden z nasledujúcich postupov: + <ul> + <li>Ak chcete pridať ďalšie kódovanie znakov medzi aktívne, vyberte ho zo zoznamu vľavo a kliknite na tlačidlo Pridať.</li> + <li>Ak chcete odobrať kódovanie znakov z aktívnych, vyberte ho zo zoznamu vpravo a kliknite na tlačidlo Odobrať.</li> + <li>Ak chcete zmeniť poradie v zozname kódovanie znakov, ktorý je napravo, označte dané kódovanie a použitím tlačidiel + Posunúť nahor a Posunúť nadol zmeňte poradie.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>Zmena nastavenia písma vrámci jazykovej skupiny:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a kliknite na položku + Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Vzhľad kliknite na podkategóriu Písma. (Pokiaľ nevidíte žiadnu podkategórii, dvojitím kliknutím na položku + Vzhľad zobrazíte ich zoznam.)</li> + <li><q>Písma pre</q>: z rozbaľovacieho zoznamu vyberte jazykovú skupinu/skript. Napríklad, chcete nastaviť písmo pre + stredoeurópske jazyky/skripty, zvoľte položku <q>Stredoeurópske</q></li> + <li>Vyberte pätkové písmo, napríklad Times New Roman alebo Bezpätkové (Sans serif), napríklad Arial. Môžete určiť + veľkosť písma. Pätkový text má rôznu šírku písmen.</li> + <li>(Ak je dostupné) vyberte písmo pre Pätkové, Bezpätkové, Kurzívu a Ozdobné texty.</li> + <li>Zvoľte písmo pevnej šírky (ako Courier). Text bude fixovaný pevnou šírkou, takže každé písmeno bude rovnaké.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Veľa autorov internetových stránok používa vlastné písmo a veľkosť. Keď chcete toto nastavenie písma používať, označte + voľbu <q>Povoliť dokumentom používať iného písma</q></p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_language_preferences">Nastavenie predvolieb jazyka</h2> + +<p>Jazyk nastavený pre aplikáciu &brandShortName; ovplyvňuje používateľské rozhranie — texty na tlačidlách, + v dialógových oknách, ponuke, paneloch nástrojov a iných miestach. + Jazykové balíky si môžete prevziať a nainštalovať na stránke + <a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/">projektu SeaMonkey</a>, po inštalácii je potrebné prepnúť jazyk + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">v nastaveniach programu v sekcii Vzhľad</a>.</p> + +<p>Niektoré webové stránky sú dostupné vo viacerých jazykoch. V paneli nastavení + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages">Jazyky</a> si môžete nastaviť, v akom jazyku má &brandShortName; tieto + stránky zobrazovať. Môžete určiť aj viac jazykov, pričom preferecia jazykov je nastavená zhora nadol.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="finding_localized_version">Rôzne jazykové verzie &brandShortName;</h2> + +<p>Ak hľadáte verziu &brandShortName; vo svojom jazyku, môžete ju prevziať zo stránky + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/seamonkey/releases/">SeaMonkey Project Releases</a> [EN]</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="plugins_and_downloads">Zásuvné moduly a preberanie súborov</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#plug-ins">Zásuvné moduly</a></li> + <li><a href="#helper_applications">Pomocné aplikácie</a></li> + <li><a href="#download_manager">Správca preberania súborov</a></li> +</ul> +</div> + +<p>Prehliadač dokáže pracovať s množstvom typov súborov. Na spravocanie množstva z nich, ako napríklad video či hudba, však + potrebuje <q>pomocné</q> aplikácie alebo zásuvné moduly, ktoré dokážu s týmito súbormi pracovať. Ak si prehliadač + nedokáže poradiť s načítavaným súborom, ponúkne ho na prevzatie. Stav ukladania je možné sledovať v Správcovi preberania + súborov.</p> + +<h2 id="plug-ins">Zásuvné moduly</h2> + +<p>Zásuvné moduly sú pomocné programy, ktoré rozširujú funkčnosť prehliadača a sú spustená v aplikácii &brandShortName;. Zásuvné + moduly ako napríklad Sun Java, Macromedia Flash a RealNetworks RealPlayer umožňujú aplikácii &brandShortName; zobrazovať + multimediálne súbory a spúšťať malé aplikácie, ako napríklad videá, animácie či hry.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; predvolene nemá nainštalované žiadne zásuvné moduly, je potrebné ich doinštalovať.</p> + +<p>Kompletný zoznam zásuvných modulov aplikácie &brandShortName; nájdete na stránke + <a href="http://plugindoc.mozdev.org">PluginDoc</a> [EN] na serveri MozDev.org.</p> + +<p>Zobrazenie zásuvných modulov, ktoré máte nainštalované:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Pomocník a vyberte tému O zásuvných moduloch.</li> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Nástroje, zvoľte položku Doplnky a následne panel Zásuvné moduly. + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: ak sa chcete dozvedieť o Správcovi doplnkov a jeho funkciách viac, + pozrite si kapitolu + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-on_manager">Používame Správcu doplnkov</a>.</p> + </li> + <li>Kliknite do panela s adresou, napíšte <kbd>about:plugins</kbd> a stlačte <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd> + <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="helper_applications">Pomocné aplikácie</h2> + +<p>Keď súbory nemôžu byť otvorené v rámci aplikácie &brandShortName;, môžete spustiť pomocné aplikácie, ktoré ich otvoria + mimo aplikácie &brandShortName;. Napríklad, na prehrávanie úborov mp3 môžete použiť programy ako je Winamp.</p> + +<p>Nastavenia pomocných aplikácií sú detailne popísané v kapitole + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications">Nastavenia + - Pomocné aplikácie</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="download_manager">Správca preberania súborov</h2> + +<p>Môžete používať aplikáciu Správca preberania súborov, keď chcete mať prehľad o doteraz prevzatých súboroch. Správca + preberania súborov zobrazuje nasledujúce informácie:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Názov súboru</li> + <li>Zostávajúci čas</li> + <li>Rýchlosť</li> + <li>Prevzatá časť súboru (v percentách)</li> + <li>Uplynutý čas</li> + <li>Umiestnenie na webe (zdroj)</li> +</ul> + +<p>Otvorenie aplikácie Správca preberania súborov:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Otvorte ponuku Nástroje a kliknite na položku Správca preberania súborov.</li> +</ul> + +<p>V okne Správcu preberania súborov nájdete nasledujúce možnosti:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Vlastnosti</strong>: Označte súbor, ktorý preberáte a kliknite na tlačidlo Vlastnosti. Zobrazí sa dialógové okno + s priebehom preberania.</li> + <li><strong>Zrušiť</strong>: Označte súbor, ktorý preberáte a kliknite na tlačidlo Zrušiť. Týmto zrušíte preberenie súboru.</li> + <li><strong>Odstrániť zo zoznamu</strong>: Označte súbor a kliknutím na tlačidlo Odstrániť zo zoznamu odstránite zrušené + alebo ukončené preberanie. Neodstráni sa však súbor z disku.</li> + <li><strong>Spustiť súbor</strong>: Kliknite sem, ak chcete otvoriť (spustiť) vybraný súbor.</li> + <li><strong>Zobraziť súbor <span class="win">v Prieskumníkovi</span> + <span class="unix">v prehliadači</span><span class="mac">vo Finderi</span></strong>: Kliknutím na toto tlačidlo zobrazíte + umiestnenie vybraného súboru.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="improving_speed_and_efficiency">Zlepšovanie rýchlosti a výkonu</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox"> V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#automatic_loading">Automatické načítanie</a></li> + <li><a href="#custom_keywords">Používanie kľúčových slov pri záložkách</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_cache_settings">Zmena v nastaveniach vyrovnávacej (cache) pamäte</a></li> + <li><a href="#getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Automatické získanie najnovšieho softvéru</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_a_mouse_wheel">Používanie myši s kolieskom</a></li> + <li><a href="#making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Nastavenie aplikácie &brandShortName; ako predvolený prehliadač</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="automatic_loading">Automatické načítanie</h2> + +<p>Keď sa pokúsite v aplikácii &brandShortName; načítať novú stránku, automaticky sa spustí niekoľko súčastí, ktoré pomáhajú + túto stránku správne interpretovať. Tieto súčasti ako Java a JavaScript môžu stránku oživiť, ale na úkor doby načítavania.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete vypnúť Javu, pozrite si kapitolu <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced">Pokročilé nastavenia - + Pokročilé</a>.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete vypnúť JavaScript, pozrite si kapitolu <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plug-ins">Pokročilé + nastavenie - Skripty a zásuvné moduly</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="custom_keywords">Používanie kľúčových slov pri záložkách</h2> + +<p>Kľúčové slová pri záložkách umožňujú nastaviť skratky pre záložky a vyhľadávanie. Napríklad, ak máte záložku + http://www.mozilla.org a pridáte jej kľúčové slovo <q>m.o</q>, stačí do panela s adresou napísať <kbd>m.o</kbd> a + prehliadač zobrazí stránku http://www.mozilla.org.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete nastaviť kľúčové slová, musíte najprv vytvoriť záložku. Potom,</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvoríte ponuku Záložky a vyberiete položku Správa záložiek.</li> + <li>V okne Správcu záložiek kliknite na záložku, ktorú ste práve vytvorili.</li> + <li>Zvoľte Vlastnosti.</li> + <li>V dialógovom okne Vlastností vložte krátky reťazec do poľa Kľúčové slovo a zavrite ho.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Teraz je možné do panela s adresou napísať kľúčové slovo a aplikácia &brandShortName; zobrazí príslušnú adresu URL.</p> + +<h3 id="search_with_keywords">Vyhľadávanie pomocou kľúčových slov</h3> + +<p>Vlastné kľúčové slová môžu byť použité pri vytváraní skratiek do vyhľadávacích modulov. Napríklad, ak vytvoríte kľúčové slovo + <kbd>g Pán prsteňov</kbd>, vyhľadá sa po zadaní tohto reťazca Pán prsteňov vo vyhľadávači Google.</p> + +<p>Vytvorenie kľúčového slova pre vyhľadávanie na webe:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Prejdite na stránku s vyhľadávacím formulárom (napr. <kbd>www.google.com</kbd>).</li> + <li>Zadajte ľubovoľný zástupný reťazec (napr. <kbd>MámRádMozillu</kbd>).</li> + <li>Nechajte vyhľadávať.</li> + <li>Po načítaní výsledkov otvorte ponuku Záložky a vyberte položku Pridať k záložkám.</li> + <li>V dialógovom okne Pridať k záložkám zvoľte pole Umiestnenie a nahraďte zástupný reťazec (napr. <tt>MámRádMozillu</tt>) + za <kbd>%s</kbd>. Umiestnenie môže vyzerať takto: + <kbd>http://www.google.com/search?q=<strong>%s</strong>&btnI=I'mFeelingLucky</kbd>.</li> + <li>Zadajte kľúčové slovo do poľa Kľúčové slovo.</li> + <li>Pomenujte záložku a vyberte jej umiestnenie.</li> + <li>Zavrite dialógové okno.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Teraz je možné vyhľadávať bez toho, aby ste museli ísť na stránku vyhľadávača. Do panela s adresou stačí napísať + <kbd><var>kľúčové slovo</var> <var>hľadaný reťazec</var></kbd>.</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie nájdete na stránke <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/keywords.html" hreflang="en" + lang="en">How Cool are Custom Keywords?</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_cache_settings">Zmena v nastaveniach vyrovnávacej (cache) pamäte</h2> + +<p>Prehliadač ukladá kópie často navštevovaných stránok do pamäte. Vďaka tomu nie je nutné, aby boli preberané zo siete + zakaždým, keď si ich chcete prezrieť.</p> + +<p>Nastavenie veľkosti vyrovnávacej pamäte alebo jej vyčistenie:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a kliknite na položku + Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Rozšírené kliknite na podkategóriu Vyrovnávacia pamäť (Ak nevidíte žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitím kliknutím na + položku Rozšírené zobrazíte ich zoznam)</li> + <li>Do poľa Veľkosť zadajte jej maximálnu veľkosť. Veľkosť 50 MB je postačujúca. Ak chcete vymazať aktuálny obsah pamäte, + kliknite na tlačidlo Vymazať vyrovnávaciu pamäť.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Dôležité</strong>: Veľká vyrovnávacia pamäť umožňuje rýchle načítanie veľkého množstva stránok, ale zaberá viac + miesta na pevnom disku.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; pri ukončení vykonáva údržbu vyrovnávacej pamäte. Ak ukončovanie aplikácie &brandShortName; trvá dlhšie ako + si želáte, skúste zmenšiť veľkosť vyrovnávacej pamäte.</p> + +<p>Nastavte, ako často má prehliadač kontrolovať aktuálnosť stránok na sieti (aby vo vyrovnávacej pamäti nezostávali + <q>staré</q> stránky príliš dlho):</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a kliknite na položku + Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Rozšírené kliknite na podkategóriu Vyrovnávacia pamäť (Pokiaľ žiadnu nevidíte, dvojitím kliknutím na položku + Rozšírené zobrazíte ich zoznam)</li> + <li>Vyberte si z nasledujúcich možností: + <ul> + <li><strong>Vždy pri zobrazení stránky</strong>: Stránka sa kontroluje pri každom zobrazení.</li> + <li><strong>Keď je stránka zastaraná</strong>: &brandShortName; porovnáva stránku s vyrovnávacou pamäťou, keď server + zistí, že je zastaraná.</li> + <li><strong>Raz za reláciu</strong>: Porovnáva webovú stránku so stránkou vo vyrovnávacej pamäti pri každom spustení + aplikácie &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Nikdy</strong>: &brandShortName; neporovnáva informácie uložené vo vyrovnávacej pamäti so sieťou.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>Ak zobrazenie stránok, ktoré by mali byť vo vyrovnávacej pamäti, trvá príliš dlho, overte si, či nie je nastavená voľba + <q>Vždy pri zobrazení stránky</q>, pretože na overenie je potrebné pripojiť sa na internet a to zaberie určitý čas.</p> + +<p>Keď chcete obnoviť zobrazenú stránku:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Obnoviť na Navigačnom paneli. Prehliadač skontroluje, či máte aktuálnu verziu stránky.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Automatické získanie najnovšieho softvéru</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; môže informovať a kontrolovať, či sú k dispozícii softvérové aktualizácie a môže ich aj automaticky + nainštalovať. Taktiež informuje o najnovšej dostupnej verzii a doplnkoch aplikácie &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete nastaviť automatické aktualizácie, pozrite si kapitolu + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Pokročilé nastavenia - Inštalácia softvéru</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_a_mouse_wheel">Používanie myši s kolieskom</h2> + +<p>Ak používate myš s kolieskom, môžete skúsiť ako funguje koliesko v aplikácii &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p>O nastavení kolieska myši sa dočítate viac v kapitole <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel">Pokročilé nastavenia + - Koliesko myši</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<div class="win"> + + <h2 id="making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Nastavenie aplikácie &brandShortName; ako predvolený prehliadač</h2> + + <p>&brandShortName; je známa možnosťou zobrazovania webových stránok z Internetu ako aj tých, ktoré máte v počítači. + Ak chcete zjednodušiť otváranie internetových stránok, môžete nastaviť aplikáciu &brandShortName; ako svoj predvolený + prehliadač.</p> + + <h3 id="common_internet_files_and_protocols">Bežné internetové súbory a protokoly</h3> + + <p>Nastavenie aplikácie &brandShortName; ako predvolený prehliadač umožňuje automaticky otvárať rôzne formáty súborov a + protokolov bežne používaných na internete. Sú to:</p> + + <ul> + <li><strong>Súbory s obrázkami</strong>: + <ul> + <li>JPEG, GIF, PNG, BMP a ICO</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Internetové dokumenty a jazykové súbory</strong>: + <ul> + <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#html">HTML</a>, XHTML, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#xml">XML</a> a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul">XUL</a>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Internetové protokoly</strong>: + <ul> + <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#http">HTTP</a>, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#https">HTTPS</a>, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP</a>, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#gopher">Gopher</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + + <h3 id="changing_default_browser_settings_automatically">Zmena predvolených nastavení prehliadača</h3> + + <p>Po ukončení inštalácie aplikácie &brandShortName; skontrolujte, či je predvoleným prehliadačom pre bežné internetové + formáty súborov a protokolov. Ak nie je, objaví sa okno s otázkou <q>Prehliadač &brandShortName; nie je teraz nastavený + ako predvolený prehliadač. Chcete toto nastavenie zmeniť?</q> + </p> + + <p>Kliknutím na tlačidlo Áno sa &brandShortName; nastaví ako predvolený prehliadač. Keď kliknete na tlačidlo Nie, táto otázka + sa zobrazí pri každom spustení aplikácie &brandShortName;. V prípade, že zrušíte označenie voľby <q>Kontrolovať pri + každom spustení</q>, otázka sa prestane objavovať.</p> + + <p>Aj keď zrušíte označenie voľby <q>Kontrolovať pri + každom spustení</q>, môžete nastaviť aplikáciu &brandShortName; ako svoj predvolený prehliadač zmenou nastavení v + Možnostiach. Ďalšie informácie nájdete v kapitole <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Nastavenia + prehliadača - Prehliadač</a>.</p> + + <p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +</div> + +<h1 id="proxies">Servery Proxy</h1> + +<p>Mnoho organizácií blokuje prístup z Internetu do svojej siete. Tým zabraňujú tomu, aby ktokoľvek z Internetu mal prístup k + citlivým firemným dátam. Táto ochrana sa nazýva firewall.</p> + +<p>Ak má vaša organizácia firewall, prehliadač bude možno pristupovať na Internet prostredníctvom servera proxy. Server proxy + zabraňuje útočníkom zvonka, aby prenikli do firemnej siete.</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie o nastavení serverov proxy nájdete v sekcii <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies">Rozšírené + nastavenia - Servery proxy</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#proxies">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0de646d1b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Informácie o stránke</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="viewing_page_info">Informácie o stránke</h1> + +<p>Dialógové okno Informácie o stránke pozostáva z niekoľkých kariet, ktoré poskytujú rozličné druhy informácií o stránke, + ktorú si práve prezeráte. V tejto kapitole nájdete stručný prehľad, ktorý je dostupný v jednotlivých kartách.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete zobraziť okno Informácie o stránke, ktorú si práve prezeráte, otvorte ponuku Zobraziť a vyberte položku + Informácie o stránke. Ak máte záujem o určité druhy informácií, kliknite na kartu s vami požadovanou ponukou.</p> + +<p>Väčšina z informácií zobrazených v jednotlivých kartách (Všeobecné, Formuláre, Odkazy a Médiá), je prevzatá zo + zdrojového kódu stránky. Tieto veci zvyčajne zaujímajú len webových vývojárov a ostatných odborníkov.</p> + +<p>Viac detailov o kóde HTML, vrátane značiek nachádzajúcich sa v dialógovom okne Informácie o stránke, nájdete na + stránke <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/">Špecifikácia HTML 4.01</a> [EN].</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#general_tab">Karta Všeobecné</a></li> + <li><a href="#forms_tab">Karta Formuláre</a></li> + <li><a href="#links_tab">Karta Odkazy</a></li> + <li><a href="#media_tab">Karta Médiá</a></li> + <li><a href="#privacy_tab">Karta Súkromie</a></li> + <li><a href="#security_tab">Karta Bezpečnosť</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="general_tab">Všeobecné (Karta v dialógovom okne Informácie o stránke)</h2> + +<p>Ak vyberiete Informácie o stránke z ponuky Zobraziť, karta Všeobecné zobrazí základné informácie o práve prehliadanej + stránke vo vašom prehliadači.</p> + +<p>V hornej časti nájdete názov stránky (ak nejaký má) a nasledujúce informácie:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Adresa URL</strong>: Štandardizovaná adresa stránky <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">Uniform Resource Locator</a>, + ktorá sa zobrazí v paneli s adresou v okne prehliadača.</li> + <li><strong>Spôsob vykreslenia</strong>: Zobrazuje, či prehliadač používa na načítanie stránky režim <strong>ako staršie + prehliadače</strong> (quirks mode) alebo režim <strong>kompatibilný so štandardami</strong> (standards compliance). + Režim ako staršie prehliadače je použitý vždy, keď stránka obsahuje neštandardný kód, ktorý využívajú staré typy stránok, + ktoré boli vytvorené pre zastarané typy prehliadačov a nezodpovedajú dnešným štandardom. Režim kompatibilný so štandardami + striktne dodržiava normy. Prehliadač si sám vyberie spôsob vykreslenia vzhľadom na informácie, ktoré daná stránka + obsahuje.</li> + <li><strong>Zdroj</strong>: Ukazuje, či bol zdrojový kód danej stránky uložený do vyrovnávacej pamäte.</li> + <li><strong>Kódovanie</strong>: Kódovanie použité pre tento dokument HTML.</li> + <li><strong>Veľkosť</strong>: Veľkosť súboru, ak je dostupná.</li> + <li><strong>Posledná úprava</strong>: Dátum, kedy bola stránka naposledy upravovaná, ak bola.</li> + <li><strong>Platnosť do</strong>: Dátum, do ktorého sú informácie na stránke platné.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Dolná časť zobrazuje meta informácie špecifikované stránkou. Meta informácie obsahujú údaje napríklad o všeobecnom + popise stránky, kľúčových slovách vyhľadávania, autorských právach atď.</p> + +<h2 id="forms_tab">Formuláre (Karta v dialógovom okne Informácie o stránke)</h2> + +<p>Ak vyberiete položku Informácie o stránke z ponuky Zobraziť a kliknete na kartu Formuláre, môžete vidieť všetky formuláre, +ktoré zobrazená stránka obsahuje.</p> + +<p>V hornej časti nájdete základné informácie o spôsobe špecifikácie každého formulára v zdrojovom kóde stránky:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Názov</strong>: Názov formulára, ak nejaký má.</li> + <li><strong>Metóda</strong>: HTML metóda použitá na zasielanie informácií, ktoré boli zachytené formulárom, späť na server. + <tt>GET</tt> pridá vyplnené hodnoty k webovej adrese, ktorej je formulár odoslaný. <tt>POST</tt> zašle webovej stránke + hodnoty ako parametre, aby ich mohol program danej stránky prečítať.</li> + <li><strong>Akcia formulára</strong>: Adresa URL programu, ktorý sa spustí, keď je formulár odoslaný.</li> +</ul> + +<p> Keď v hornej časti karty Formuláre vyberiete nejaký formulár, v dolnej časti sa zobrazia detailné informácie o spôsobe, + akým je každý z formulárov definovaný v HTML zdroji:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Menovka</strong>: Označenie prvku (pokiaľ je v HTML nejako označený).</li> + <li><strong>Názov poľa</strong>: Názov prvku.</li> + <li><strong>Typ</strong>: Typ vstupného prvku, napríklad + <tt>TEXT</tt> (na odoslanie textu), <tt>RADIO</tt> (prepínač) alebo <tt>HIDDEN</tt> (na uchovanie informácií, ktoré sú + odosielané, ale nezobrazia sa na obrazovke).</li> + <li><strong>Aktuálna hodnota</strong>: Aktuálna hodnota prvku. Napríklad, aktuálna hodnota textového prvku je text, ktorý + obsahuje.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="links_tab">Odkazy (Karta v dialógovom okne Informácie o stránke)</h2> + +<p>Ak vyberiete položku Informácie o stránke z ponuky Zobraziť a kliknete na Odkazy, uvidíte všetky odkazy dostupné na danej + stránke. Nasledujúce informácie sa zobrazia pri každom odkaze:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Názov</strong>: Text zobrazený v prehliadači ako odkaz.</li> + <li><strong>Adresa</strong>: Adresa <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a> stránky, na ktorú odkaz odkazuje.</li> + <li><strong>Typ</strong>: Typ odkazu, ako napríklad Kotva (odkazuje na špecifické miesto v HTML dokumente) alebo Odoslanie formulára.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="media_tab">Médiá (Karta v dialógovom okne Informácie o stránke)</h2> + +<p>Ak vyberiete Informácie o stránke z ponuky Zobraziť a kliknete na kartu Médiá, zjaví sa zoznam všetkých obrázkov a iných + prvkov médií, zobrazených stránkou.</p> + +<p>V hornej časti zoznamu nájdete základné informácie o každom prvku, vrátene adresy (<a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a>) a +typu.</p> + +<p>Keď si vyberiete niektorý z mediálnych prvkov zobrazených v hornej časti karty Médiá, v dolnej časti sa zobrazia dostupné + informácie o danom prvku ako popis, veľkosť alebo rozmery.</p> + +<p>Vybraný prvok môžete taktiež vidieť v dolnej časti dialógového okna. Na prezeranie väčších obrázkov je potrebné kliknúť v + dolnom pravom rohu dialógového okna Informácie o stránke a roztiahnuť ho.</p> + +<p>Uloženie mediálnych prvkov ako samostatných súborov:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Uložiť ako</strong>: Vyberte prvok, ktorý chcete uložiť, kliknite na položku Uložiť ako a vyberte miesto, kam + ho chcete uložiť.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="privacy_tab">Súkromie (Karta v dialógovom okne Informácie o stránke)</h2> + +<p>Ak vyberiete položku Informácie o stránke z ponuky Zobraziť a kliknete na kartu Súkromie, uvidíte zoznam špeciálnych + prvkov, ktoré sú súčasťou danej stránky.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Súčasti stránky</strong>: Pod adresou URL stránky je veľa kategórií. Na zobrazenie predmetov v každej kategórii, + dvakrát kliknite na jej názov: + + <ul> + <li><strong>Odkazy</strong>: Zobrazí všetky odkazy.</li> + <li><strong>Java Applety</strong>: Zoznam Java appletov (ak sú prítomné).</li> + <li><strong>Mapy obrázku</strong>: Zobrazí všetky obrázkové mapy.</li> + <li><strong>Odoslanie formulára</strong>: Zoznam skriptov používaných na zozbieraniu údajov.</li> + <li><strong>Rámce</strong>: Zobrazí rámce, ktoré tvoria stránku.</li> + <li><strong>Obrázky</strong>: Zobrazí všetky obrázky na stránke.</li> + <li><strong>Externe načítané dokumenty</strong>: Obsahuje zoznam externých dokumentov, ktoré sú používané pri + načítaní stránky (ako napríklad súbory css alebo obrázky).</li> + <li><strong>Všeobecné objekty</strong>: Zobrazí zoznam všeobecných objektov.</li> + <li><strong>Skripty</strong>: Zoznam všetkých skriptov na stránke.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Zásady</strong>: Tlačidlo zobrazí Zásady súkromia stránky, ktorú si práve prezeráte.</li> + <li><strong>Zhrnutie</strong>: Vyberte v prípade, že chcete vidieť Ochranu osobných údajov. Zobrazia sa stručné informácie + o Ochrane osobných údajov stránky, ktorú si prezeráte.</li> + <li><strong>Možnosti</strong>: Pokúsi sa otvoriť stránku zo vzdialeného servera, čo umožní používateľovi zmeniť + osobné údaje uložené na tomto serveri.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="security_tab">Bezpečnosť (Karta v dialógovom okne Informácie o stránke)</h2> + +<p>Ak vyberiete položku Informácie o stránke z ponuky Zobraziť a kliknete na kartu Bezpečnosť, zobrazia sa informácie o + <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">autentifikácii</a> a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">šifrovaní</a> webovej stránky, ktorú si pozeráte. V hornej časti vidíte, či bola + identita webovej stránky overená a v dolnej časti sú informácie o stupni šifrovania spojenia.</p> + +<p>Kartu Bezpečnosť môžete taktiež otvoriť kliknutím priamo na ikonu Zamknúť v dolnom pravom rohu v každom okne prehliadača.</p> + +<p>V hornej časti karty Bezpečnosť môžete nájsť niektorý z týchto odkazov:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Identita webovej stránky nebola overená</strong>: Identita webovej stránky, ktorú si prezeráte, nebola overená. + Je možné, hoci veľmi nepravdepodobné, že webová stránka nie je tým, za čo sa vydáva.</li> + <li><strong>Identita webovej stránky bola overená</strong>: Certifikát webovej stránky bol overený certifikačnou + autoritou (CA) a označený ako dôveryhodný. Môžete si byť istý, že webová stránka je tou, za ktorú sa vydáva. </li> +</ul> + +<p>V dolnej časti Bezpečnostnej karty môžete nájsť niektorý z týchto odkazov:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Spojenie nie je zabezpečené</strong>: Je možné, že ostatní ľudia uvidia informácie, ktoré odosiela váš + počítač webovej stránke a naopak informácie, ktoré sú webovou stránkou zasielané do vášho počítača. Je však veľmi + nepravdepodobné, že by to niekto robil.</li> + <li><strong>Spojenie je zabezpečené</strong>: Vo všeobecnosti, stupeň šifrovania závisí od použitej dĺžky kľúčov v + bitoch. Čím dlhší kľúč, tým vyšší stupeň kódovania a tým zložitejšie je pre neautorizovanú osobu odtajniť dané + informácie.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Pri nedostatočnom alebo nedostatočne silnom šifrovanií nemusíte byť znepokojený, pokiaľ si neprezeráte alebo + neposielate dôverné informácie ako napríklad číslo vašej kreditnej karty.</p> + +<p>Stav šifrovania webovej stránky môžete rýchlo skontrolovať zistením stavu pomocu ikony uzamknutia v pravom dolnom rohu +prehliadača. Ďalšie informácie nájdete v sekcii +<a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Kontrola bezpečnosti webovej stránky</a>.</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f17b667d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Nastavenie hesla</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="password_settings">Nastavenie hesla</h1> + +<p>Táto sekcia opisuje nastavenie predvolieb pre heslá, +Hlavné heslo a iné aspekty správy hesiel.</p> + +<p>Podrobný opis rôznych úloh súvisiacich s heslami nájdete v časti + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Použitie +Správcu hesiel</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#passwords">Predvoľby Súkromie a bezpečnosť - + Heslá</a></li> + <li><a href="#password_manager">Správca hesiel</a></li> + <li><a href="#master_passwords">Predvoľby Súkromie a bezpečnosť - + Hlavné heslá</a></li> + <li><a href="#change_master_password">Zmena hlavného hesla</a></li> + <li><a href="#master_password_timeout">Doba platnosti hlavného hesla</a></li> + <li><a href="#reset_master_password">Vynulovanie hlavného hesla</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Ako zvoliť dobré heslo</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="passwords">Predvoľby Súkromie a bezpečnosť - Heslá</h2> + +<p>Táto sekcia opisuje panel predvolieb Heslá. Ak ho nevidíte, použite + nasledujúci postup:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Súkromie a bezpečnosť kliknite na položku Heslá. (Ak nevidíte + žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitým kliknutím na položku Súkromie a bezpečnosť + rozbalíte jej ponuku.)</li> +</ol> + +<h3>Správca hesiel</h3> + +<p>Panel predvolieb Správcu hesiel vám umožňuje</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Pamätať si heslá:</strong> označením tohto poľa zapnete Správcu hesiel, + takže pri zadávaní prihlasovacích mien a hesiel budete požiadaný o ich uloženie, + neskôr budú tieto automaticky vypĺňané. Zrušením označenia tohto políčka vypnete + používanie Správcu hesiel.</li> + <li><strong>Spravovať uložené heslá:</strong> Kliknite na toto tlačidlo, ak chcete + spravovať informácie o vašich uložených heslách a vymedziť stránky, pre ktoré + sa nemajú tieto údaje uchovávať.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie o použití Správcu hesiel, vrátane možností jeho vypnutia pre jednotlivé + stránky a správy uložených hesiel, pozrite sekciu + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Používame Správcu hesiel</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="encrypting_versus_obscuring">Šifrovanie verzus Skrývanie</h3> + +<p>Ak používate Správcu hesiel na uloženie hesiel +a osobných údajov, tieto citlivé informácie sú uložené na vašom počítači +v súbore, ktorý je pre útočníka ťažko čitateľný, ale nie je to pre neho nemožné. +Tento spôsob uloženia informácií sa niekedy nazýva <q>skrývanie</q>. Je to predvolené nastavenie pre informácie ukladané Správcom hesiel.</p> + +<p>Pre zvýšenú ochranu môžete súbor zašifrovať. +Šifrovanie sťaží ešte viac čítanie uložených citlivých údajov +neautorizovanej osobe, ale opäť to nebude úplne nemožné. Ak chcete +šifrovanie zapnúť, musíte nastaviť <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">hlavné +heslo</a>.</p> + +<p>Použitie šifrovania alebo skrývania na uloženie citlivých údajov je +voľba medzi zvýšenou bezpečnosťou a pohodlím:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Ak použijete šifrovanie, budete musieť pravidelne zadávať Hlavné heslo, + čo môže byť nepohodlné. (Pre informácie o nastavení frekvencie jeho + požadovania si pozrite časť o vypršaní Hlavného hesla v sekcii + <a href="#master_passwords">Predvoľby pre súkromie a bezpečnosť - Hlavné heslá</a>.)</li> + <li>Ak ste vybrali len skrývanie, nebudete musieť vôbec zadávať hlavné heslo (ak nepoužívate + na identifikáciu certifikáty), ale pre človeka, ktorý získa prístup k vášmu počítaču, bude jednoduchšie ukradnúť vaše heslá.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie nájdete na + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Šifrovanie citlivých uložených údajov</a>.</p> + +<h2 id="password_manager">Správca hesiel</h2> + +<p>Táto sekcia opisuje použitie dialógového okna Správca hesiel na správu + vašich uložených hesiel. Ak ho ešte nemáte otvorené, použite tento postup:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Súkromie a bezpečnosť kliknite na položku Heslá. (Ak nevidíte + žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitým kliknutím na položku Súkromie a bezpečnosť + rozbalíte jej ponuku.)</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Spravovať uložené heslá.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Alternatívne môžete otvoriť ponuku Nástroje, zvoliť položku Správca hesiel a v podponuke + zvoliť Spravovať uložené heslá.</p> + +<p>Správca hesiel má dve karty:</p> + +<ol> + <li><strong>Uložené heslá:</strong> Kliknite na túto kartu a zobrazia sa servery, + pre ktoré Správca hesiel uložil vaše prihlasovacie meno a heslo - teda tie servery, + pre ktoré ste na otázku Správcu hesiel, či chcete uložiť prihlasovacie údaje, + odpovedali <q>Áno</q>. + + <p>Druhý stĺpec ukazuje prihlasovacie meno pre každý server. Ak je heslo uložené v šifrovanom + tvare, za menom sa zobrazí slovo <q>(šifrované)</q> .</p> + + <p>V pôvodnom nastavení sa samotné uložené heslá nezobrazujú.</p> + + <ul> + <li>Ak chcete vidieť uložené heslá, kliknite na tlačidlo Zobraziť heslá a potvrďte vašu voľbu.</li> + <li>Ak chcete heslá skryť, kliknite na tlačidlo Skryť heslá.</li> + </ul> + + <p>Ak odstránite záznam z tohto zoznamu, uložené meno a heslo sa vymažú a pri najbližšej + návšteve tohto servera sa budete musieť prihlásiť ručne.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Nikdy neukladané heslá:</strong> Kliknite na túto kartu + a zobrazí sa zoznam serverov, pre ktoré ste na otázku Správcu hesiel, či chcete uložiť + prihlasovacie údaje, odpovedali <q>Pre tento server nikdy</q>. + + <p>Keď je daný server v tomto zozname, pri prihlasovaní naň budete musieť vždy vypísať + vaše meno a heslo ručne.</p> + + <p>Ak z tohto zoznamu záznam odstránite, Správca hesiel sa vás pri najbližšom prihlasovaní + na tento server znovu opýta, či má heslo uložiť.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>Bez ohľadu na to, na ktorej karte ste, môžete odstraňovať záznamy + nasledovne:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Odstrániť:</strong> Označte jeden alebo viac záznamov, ktoré chcete + vymazať a stlačte Odstrániť.</li> + <li><strong>Odstrániť všetko:</strong> Použite toto tlačidlo na vymazanie + všetkých záznamov v zozname na aktuálnej karte.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie o Správcovi hesiel nájdete v sekcii <a href= + "using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Používame Správcu hesiel</a>.</p> + +<h2 id="master_passwords">Predvoľby Súkromie a bezpečnosť - Hlavné heslá</h2> + +<p>Táto sekcia opisuje panel predvolieb Hlavné heslá. Ak ho ešte nemáte otvorený, + použite tento postup:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Súkromie a bezpečnosť kliknite na položku Heslá. (Ak nevidíte + žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitým kliknutím na položku Súkromie a bezpečnosť + rozbalíte jej ponuku.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>Hlavné heslo ochraňuje bezpečnostné zariadenie, ktoré je softvérovým alebo hardvérovým + zariadením na ukladanie citlivých údajov spojených s vašou identitou, ako sú kľúče a certifikáty.</p> + +<p>Prehliadač má napríklad vstavané softvérové bezpečnostné zariadenie, ale môžete používať aj ďalšie + externé bezpečnostné zariadenia ako sú napr. smart karty, ak ich váš počítač vie použiť.</p> + +<p>Hlavné heslo pre vstavané softvérové bezpečnostné zariadenie chráni uložené citlivé údaje + ako sú emailové heslá, heslá na servery a iné údaje uložené Správcom hesiel.</p> + +<p>Každé bezpečnostné zariadenie, či už softvérové alebo hardvérové, má svoje vlastné Hlavné heslo.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Zmeniť heslo:</strong> Použite toto tlačidlo pre nastavenie alebo zmenu niektorého + z vašich hlavných hesiel. Ďalšie informácie o použití dialógového okna pre zmenu Hlavného hesla + nájdete v sekcii <a href="#change_master_password">Zmena Hlavného hesla</a>.</li> + <li>Môžete nastaviť, ako často bude prehliadač požadovať hlavné heslo: + <ul> + <li><strong>Prvýkrát, keď ho bude potrebovať</strong>: Toto nastavenie + (štandardne zapnuté) znamená, že prehliadač bude pýtať vaše hlavné heslo + až keď bude prvýkrát po spustení pristupovať k uloženým osobným údajom. + Potom ho už nikdy nebude požadovať, až kým ho nereštartujete. Toto + nastavenie poskytuje najnižší stupeň ochrany.</li> + <li><strong>Vždy, keď ho bude potrebovať</strong>: Toto nastavenie zabezpečí, že prehliadač + nikdy nepristúpi k uloženým osobným údajom bez toho, aby si najprv nevypýtal hlavné heslo. + Nastavenie poskytuje najvyšší stupeň ochrany.</li> + <li><strong>Ak nebolo použité počas posledných __ minút alebo dlhšie</strong>: Prehliadač bude + požadovať hlavné heslo, ak bude pristupovať k osobným údajom a od posledného prístupu už + uplynul zadaný časový interval.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Vymazať heslo</strong>: Použite toto tlačidlo, ak chcete vynulovať Hlavné heslo + softvérového bezpečnostného zariadenia. Ďalšie informácie nájdete v časti + <a href="#reset_master_password">Vynulovanie hlavného hesla</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="change_master_password">Zmena hlavného hesla</h2> + +<p>Musíte vedieť vaše staré heslo, ak ho chcete zmeniť pomocou tlačidla Zmeniť heslo.</p> + +<p>Táto sekcia opisuje dialógové okno pre zmenu Hlavného hesla. Ak ho ešte nemáte + otvorené, použite tento postup:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Súkromie a bezpečnosť kliknite na položku Heslá. (Ak nevidíte + žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitým kliknutím na položku Súkromie a bezpečnosť + rozbalíte jej ponuku.)</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Zmeniť heslo.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Hlavné heslo ochraňuje bezpečnostné zariadenie, ktoré je softvérovým alebo hardvérovým + zariadením na ukladanie citlivých údajov spojených s vašou identitou, ako sú kľúče a certifikáty.</p> + +<p>Prehliadač má napríklad vstavané softvérové bezpečnostné zariadenie, ale môžete používať aj ďalšie + externé bezpečnostné zariadenia ako sú napr. smart karty, ak ich váš počítač vie použiť.</p> + +<p>Hlavné heslo pre vstavané softvérové bezpečnostné zariadenie chráni uložené citlivé údaje + ako sú emailové heslá, heslá na servery a iné údaje uložené Správcom hesiel.</p> + +<p>Dialógové okno na zmenu Hlavného hesla sa používa na poskytnutie nasledovných +informácií:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Bezpečnostné zariadenie:</strong> Každé bezpečnostné zariadenie má samostatné + hlavné heslo. Ak napríklad používate jednu alebo viac smart kariet na uloženie vašich + certifikátov, pre každú z nich by ste mali nastaviť iné hlavné heslo. Ak je dostupné + viac ako jedno bezpečnostné zariadenie, zoznam v hornej časti dialógového okna vám + umožní vybrať si zariadenie, pre ktoré chcete zmeniť heslo.</li> + <li><strong>Aktuálne heslo:</strong> Ak meníte existujúce hlavné heslo, musíte ho + najprv zadať. Ak ho nenapíšete správne, po kliknutí na tlačidlo OK sa objaví + správa <q>Zadali ste nesprávne Hlavné heslo.</q> Ak sa to stane, musíte napísať + heslo znova.</li> + <li><strong>Nové heslo:</strong> Do tohto poľa zadajte nové heslo.</li> + <li><strong>Nové heslo (znovu):</strong> Zadajte nové heslo znovu. Ak ho druhýkrát nezadáte + presne rovnako, tlačidlo OK zostane neaktívne. Ak sa toto stane, napíšte nové heslo znovu.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Ak používa váš počítač niekto, kto vie alebo môže uhádnuť vaše hlavné heslo, môže byť schopný + pristupovať na webové stránky a vydávať sa za vás. To môže byť nebezpečné, ak napríklad spravujete + svoje finančné účty cez Internet.</p> + +<p>Preto je dôležité zvoliť si ťažko uhádnuteľné hlavné heslo. <strong>Merač kvality hesla</strong> vám + dá približný obraz o kvalite hesla hneď ako ho píšete. Kvalita je založená na faktoroch ako jeho dĺžka, + použitie veľkých a malých písmen, číslic a symbolov. Nezaručuje však, že nikto nebude schopný vaše + heslo uhádnuť.</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie nájdete v sekcii <a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Ako zvoliť dobré heslo</a>.</p> + +<p>Je tiež dôležité poznačiť si hlavné heslo na bezpečné mieste a <strong>nie</strong> niekde, kde je + prístupné každému. Ak toto heslo zabudnete, možno sa nedostanete k dôležitým informáciám, napríklad + stránkam, ktoré požadujú heslá alebo certifikáty uložené na vašom počítači.</p> + +<h2 id="master_password_timeout">Doba platnosti hlavného hesla</h2> + +<p>Keď prvýkrát zadáte nové hlavné heslo, budete ho musieť zadať vždy, keď bude nanovo spustený + prehliadač potrebovať pristúpiť k vašim osobným údajom, ako sú prihlasovacie mená a heslá, + uložené formulárové údaje, osobné certifikáty.</p> + +<p>Môžete ovládať, ako často bude prehliadač požadovať hlavné heslo:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Prvýkrát, keď ho bude potrebovať</strong>: Toto nastavenie + (štandardne zapnuté) znamená, že prehliadač bude pýtať vaše hlavné heslo + až keď bude prvýkrát po spustení pristupovať k uloženým osobným údajom. + Potom ho už nikdy nebude požadovať, až kým ho nereštartujete. Toto + nastavenie poskytuje najnižší stupeň ochrany.</li> + <li><strong>Vždy, keď ho bude potrebovať</strong>: Toto nastavenie zabezpečí, že prehliadač + nikdy nepristúpi k uloženým osobným údajom bez toho, aby si najprv nevypýtal hlavné heslo. + Nastavenie poskytuje najvyšší stupeň ochrany.</li> + <li><strong>Ak nebolo použité počas posledných __ minút alebo dlhšie</strong>: Prehliadač bude + požadovať hlavné heslo, ak bude pristupovať k osobným údajom a od posledného prístupu už + uplynul zadaný časový interval.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="reset_master_password">Vynulovanie hlavného hesla</h2> + +<p><strong>Upozornenie</strong>: Ak vynulujete vaše hlavné heslo, navždy stratíte všetky + zašifrované heslá uložené Správcom hesiel. Taktiež stratíte všetky osobné certifikáty priradené k + <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Softvérovému bezpečnostnému zariadeniu</a>.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete hlavné heslo len zmeniť, nie vynulovať, použite tlačidlo Zmeniť heslo na paneli + nastavení Hlavne heslo.</p> + +<p>Táto sekcia opisuje dialógové okno pre zmenu Hlavného hesla. + Ak ho ešte nemáte otvorené, použite tento postup:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a vyberte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Súkromie a bezpečnosť vyberte Hlavné heslá. (Ak nevidíte žiadne podkategórie, + dvojitým kliknutím na položku Súkromie a bezpečnosť rozbalíte ich zoznam.)</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Vymazať heslo.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Upozornenie</strong>: Ak vynulujete vaše hlavné heslo, navždy stratíte všetky + zašifrované heslá uložené Správcom hesiel. Taktiež stratíte všetky osobné certifikáty priradené k + <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Softvérovému bezpečnostnému zariadeniu</a>.</p> + +<p>Ak si pamätáte svoje hlavné heslo a rozhodnete sa ho zmeniť, môžete to urobiť bez hrozby + vymazania osobných údajov. Ak vidíte Upozornenie o vymazaní Hlavného hesla a rozhodnete sa + heslo zmeniť namiesto jeho vymazania, kliknite na tlačidlo Zrušiť. Vrátite sa do panelu + predvolieb pre Hlavné heslá, kde použite tlačidlo Zmeniť heslo. Ďalšie detaily nájdete + v sekcii <a href="#change_master_password">Zmena Hlavného hesla</a>.</p> + +<p>Vynulovanie hlavného hesla je posledná možnosť, ktorú by ste mali použiť až vtedy, + keď ste si úplne istí, že ste ho zabudli. Vážnosť situácie závisí od toho, koľko osobných + údajov vaše zabudnuté heslo chránilo.</p> + +<p>Vynulovanie hlavného hesla nespôsobí vytvorenie nového. Namiesto toho odstráni všetky údaje, + ktoré staré heslo chránilo. Budete požiadaní o nové hlavné heslo až vtedy, keď bude + prehliadač potrebovať uložiť nové osobné údaje.</p> + +<p>Potom vynulovaní hlavného hesla možno budete chcieť znovu uložiť údaje, aby sa v budúcnosti + automaticky vypĺňali do formulárov. Zrejme budete chcieť, aby Správca hesiel znovu uložil + heslá k stránkam a e-mailovým serverom.</p> + +<p>Taktiež budete musieť zadávať údaje ručne až kým Správca formulárov nezozbiera dostatok + údajov na vypĺňanie formulárov automaticky. Všetky osobné certifikáty priradené k Softvérovému + bezpečnostnému zariadeniu boli vymazané a vy si budete musieť získať nové.</p> + +<p><strong>Poznámka pre používateľov Smart Kariet</strong>: + Každá smart karta má vlastné hlavné heslo. Hlavné heslo pre smart kartu chráni len dáta na +tejto karte (napr. osobné certifikáty). Heslo pre smart kartu môžete +normálne zmeniť (ak ho viete), ale nemôžete ho reštartovať.</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_a_good_password">Ako zvoliť dobré heslo</h2> + +<p>Výberom dobrého hesla ochránite svoje osobné a súkromné informácie. + Pre väčšiu bezpečnosť hesla, postupujte podľa nasledujúcich odporúčaní:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Využívajte špeciálne a interpunkčné znamienka (*!$+) spolu s písmenami a číslami.</li> + <li>Zmiešajte veľké a malé písmena, vkladanie veľkých písmen v náhodnom poradí je efektívne.</li> + <li>Používajte nezmyselné slová, ktoré nie je možné nájsť v slovníkoch, ale sú ľahko vysloviteľné.</li> + <li>Použite osem a viac znakov.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Mali by ste sa vyhnúť osobným informáciám, ktoré sa dajú ľahko uhádnuť. + Ako napríklad:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Osobné alebo rodinné mená, iniciály, dátumy narodenia.</li> + <li>Vaše rodné číslo.</li> + <li>Mená zvierat alebo známych miest.</li> + <li>Telefónne čísla alebo adresy.</li> + <li>Slová z akéhokoľvek slovníka.</li> + <li>Používateľské meno, prihlasovacie meno alebo názov počítača.</li> + <li>Opakovanie tých istých znakov a symbolov.</li> + <li>Sekvencie znakov z klávesnice, ako napríklad <q>12345</q> alebo <q>qwerty</q>.</li> + <li>Akúkoľvek modifikáciu vyššie uvedeného, ako napríklad pridaním znaku na koniec vášho mena alebo napísaním ho odzadu.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Dobrým spôsobom na vytvorenie bezpečného a pritom ľahko zapamätateľného hesla je použitie + prvého znaku každého slova v nejakej fráze. Napríklad <q>Pwn*ntj</q> + pre frázu <q>Prehliadanie webu nebolo nikdy také jednoduché</q>, hviezdička v strede bola pridaná na zvýšenie bezpečnosti. + (Nepoužívajte toto heslo!)</p> + +<p>Pre väčšiu ochranu vašich dát sa odporúča dodržiavať tieto jednoduché pravidlá:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Nikdy nedávajte nikomu svoje heslo.</li> + <li>Ak niekto zistil vaše heslo, okamžite ho zmeňte.</li> + <li>Každých pár mesiacov meňte svoje heslo.</li> + <li>Zvoľte si heslo, ktoré si môžete zapamätať, aby ste si ho nemuseli písať.</li> + <li>Vyvarujte sa situácií, kde vás iní ľudia môžu vidieť pri zadávaní vášho hesla.</li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..92e17e922f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,308 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Ochrana súkromia na internete</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="using_privacy_features">Používame funkcie na ochranu súkromia</h1> + +<p>Tento prehliadača obsahuje množstvo funkcií, pomocou ktorých môžete zvýšiť + bezpečnosť vašich súkromných údajov. Nasledujúce kapitoly popisujú, + ako môže tento prehliadač počas prehliadania webu spracovávať cookies, + heslá a obrázky.</p> + +<p>Informácie o ďalších bezpečnostných funkciách &brandShortName; nájdete v kapitolách + <a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Podpisovanie a šifrovanie e-mailových správ</a> a + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Používame certifikáty</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">Témy o ochrane súkromia: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Súkromie na internete</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager">Používame Správcu + cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Používame Správcu + hesiel</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Šifrovanie + uložených citlivých informácií</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Správa obrázkov</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups">Ovládanie vyskakovacích okien</a></li> + <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml">Súkromie a bezpečnosť</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="privacy_on_the_internet">Súkromie na internete</h1> + +<p>Táto sekcia sumarizuje niekoľko základných informácií o súkromí na internete. + Takisto popisuje niekoľko vecí, ktoré vám pomôžu uchrániť svoje súkromie. + Jej cieľom však nie je poskytnúť kompletné informácie o ochrane súkromia.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website">Aké + informácie poskytuje prehliadač webovým stránkam?</a></li> + <li><a href="#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">Čo sú cookies a + ako fungujú?</a></li> + <li><a href="#why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me">Prečo a ako ma stránky sledujú?</a></li> + <li><a href="#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">Ako ovládať webové + stránky v e-mailových správach?</a></li> + <li><a href="#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">Ako + zabrániť neoprávneným ľuďom získavať o mne informácie?</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website">Aké + informácie poskytuje prehliadač webovým stránkam?</h2> + +<p>Keď prehliadač zobrazí nejakú webovú stránku — napríklad po kliknutí na odkaz + alebo zadaní adresy URL, alebo pri zobrazení webovej stránky ako súčasti e-mailovej správy + — poskytne serveru aj určité informácie. Tieto informácie môžu okrem iného obsahovať + údaje o vašom operačnom prostredí, internetovú adresu a adresu stránky, z ktorej ste práve + prišli.</p> + +<h3>Operačné prostredie</h3> + +<p>Prehliadač stránku informuje o operačnom prostredí, v ktorom pracujete - tj. typ + a verziu prehliadača a operačného systému. Toto pomáha serveru zobraziť verziu + stránky, ktorá sa pre vás najlepšie hodí. Napríklad, server môže zistiť, že používate + slovenskú verziu &brandShortName; 2.19 a operačný systém Windows 7.</p> + +<h3 id="internet_address">Internetová adresa (IP)</h3> + +<p>Prehliadač musí webovému serveru oznámiť vašu internetovú adresu (tiež známa ako + adresa IP), aby vám tento mohol poslať webovú stránku, ktorú prehliadač zobrazí. + Server vám nemôže poskytnúť požadovanú stránku, pokiaľ túto adresu nepozná.</p> + +<p>Vaša adresa IP môže byť dynamická (dočasná) alebo statická (pevná).</p> + +<p>Keď sa pripájate k internetu prostredníctvom štandardného modemu pripojenému + k telefónnej linke, váš poskytovateľ internetového pripojenia (ISP) vám môže + pri každom prihlásení prideliť dočasnú adresu IP. Túto dočasnú adresu IP využívate + počas relácie pripojenia k internetu — napríklad do odhlásenia sa z modemu, + zrušeniu pripojenia alebo iného odpojenia počítača od prístupu k internetu. + Každý ISP má k dispozícií množstvo adries IP a tieto náhodne prideľuje používateľom.</p> + +<p>Ak máte DSL, káblový modem alebo optické pripojenie, môžete mať nastavenú + pevnú adresu IP, ktorá sa používa pri každom pripojení k sieti internet.</p> + +<p>Vaša adresa IP nie je totožná s vašou e-mailovou adresou.</p> + +<h3>Odkazujúca stránka</h3> + +<p>Prehliadač serveru oznámi, na akej stránke ste sa nachádzali, keď ste klikli na + odkaz, ktorý vás priviedol na práve zobrazenú stránku. Toto umožňuje stránkam zistiť, + na ktorých stránkach sa nachádzajú na ne odkazy. Keď si prezeráte jednotlivé podstránky + danej stránky, server takto môže zistiť váš pohyb po jednotlivých stránkach.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">Čo sú cookies a ako fungujú?</h2> + +<p>Cookie je krátka informácia využívaná niektorými webovými stránkami. Keď + navštívite stránku, ktorá využíva cookies, táto môže požiadať prehliadač o + uloženie jedného alebo viacerých súborov cookies vo vašom počítači.</p> + +<p>Neskôr, pri návrate na danú stránku, prehliadač poskytne tieto cookies danej + stránke.</p> + +<p>Ak používate štandardné nastavenia pre cookies, táto aktivita nie pre vás + viditeľná a nie ste informovaný o tom, že stránka požiadala prehliadač o uloženie + prípadne poskytnutie cookies. Ak však chcete, môžete prehliadač nastaviť tak, aby + pri takejto akcii vždy zobrazil upozornenie. Ďalšie informácie o tom, ako toto + správanie docieliť, získate v sekcii + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Súkromie a bezpečnosť - Cookies</a>.</p> + +<h3>Ako stránky využívajú informácie z cookies?</h3> + +<p>Cookies umožňujú stránke získať informácie o vašich predchádzajúcich návštevách + danej stránky. Napríklad, ak ste zisťovali lokálnu predpoveď počasia alebo + objednávali knihy cez internet, webová stránka môže použiť cookies na zapamätanie + si miesta vášho bydliska alebo autorov, ktorých obľubujete a pri vašej nasledujúcej + návšteve vám tak zjednodušiť vyhľadávanie.</p> + +<p>Niektoré stránky majú uvedené Zásady ochrany súkromia, ktoré popisujú, ako + využívajú zhromažďované informácie.</p> + +<h3 id="what_are_third-party_cookies">Čo sú cookies tretích strán?</h3> + +<p>Ak prehliadač uloží súbor cookie pre nejakú stránku, tento súbor poskytne + len danej stránke. Prehliadač neposkytne stránke cookie pochádzajúci z + inej stránky. Pretože stránka môže získať len vlastné cookies, môže zisťovať + vaše aktivity iba na danej stránke, ale nie všeobecne pri prehliadaní webu.</p> + +<p>Niektoré webové stránky však zobrazujú obsah, ktorý je umiestnený na inej + webovej stránke. Týmto obsahom môže byť čokoľvek od obrázkov po text či reklamu. + Stránka, na ktorej je takýto obsah umiestnený, môže tiež požiadať server o uloženie + cookie vo vašom počítači, aj keď ste túto stránku priamo nenavštívili. +</p> + +<p>Cookies, ktoré sú uložené inou stránkou ako tou, ktorú ste priamo navštívili, + sa nazývajú <strong>cookies tretích strán</strong> alebo <strong>cudzie + cookies</strong>. Webové stránky niekedy používajú cookies tretích strán spolu + s <strong>priehľadnými obrázkami GIF</strong>, čo sú špeciálne obrázky, ktoré + pomáhajú stránkam počítať návštevníkov, sledovať e-mailové odpovede, zistiť viac + o tom, ako návštevníci používajú webovú stránku alebo prispôsobiť stránku pre daného + návštevníka (priehľadné obrázky GIF sú tiež známe ako web beacons).</p> + +<p>Ak chcete, môžete prehliadač <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">nastaviť</a> tak, že bude akceptovať cookies z originálneho + servera, ale zároveň odmietať cookies tretích strán, prípadne len z tých stránok, ktoré ste už predtým navštívili.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me">Why and How Are Websites + Tracking Me?</h2> + +<p>Websites are frequently interested in how they are used and by whom. + Thus, they may perform analytics on your browsing behavior, either by + themselves, or by utilizing a third-party service.</p> + +<p>Motivations for such user tracking may be a more personalized browsing + experience, e.g., by offering you services or products corresponding to your + previous browsing pattern, thus making it more likely that you are interested + in those. Third-party services are mostly interested in placing advertisements + that match your interests, thus making it more likely that you would click on + those ads, which in turn generates revenue.</p> + +<p>Of course, this list isn't all inclusive, other reasons may exist to + track the user's browsing behavior. To summarize, the trade-off is:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Pros</strong>: Tracking of the user's browsing activity + allows the website to provide a more specific browsing experience, by + analyzing and matching your interests. You may even get offers you + wouldn't receive without prior knowledge of your usage pattern.</li> + <li><strong>Cons</strong>: In most cases, especially with third-party + tracking services, the information is gathered without the user's + consent, and its usage is not transparent. Comprehensive user profiling + across websites and over long periods of time may be considered intrusive + and a questionable practice violating the user's privacy.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>What Are the Mechanisms of User Tracking?</h3> + +<p>There isn't any single tracking mechanism, rather several methods + exist. For example, a website may employ one or more of these methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li><a href="#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">Cookies</a>: This is + the most direct form of user tracking. When visiting a website for the + first time, a random but unique identifier is created by that site and + stored as a cookie in &brandShortName;. When returning to the website, + this cookie associates you with any previous visit to that site. This is + especially effective for third-party tracking given that such a service + can collect data from multiple websites they have contracts with based on + just a single tracking cookie.</li> + <li><a href="#internet_address">Internet Address</a>: The IP address + identifies your location on your provider's network. It may also + serve as a reference to your geographical location. Even without cookies, + multiple accesses to one or more websites from the same location can be + associated with each other in this way.</li> + <li><a href="#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website">Browser + Fingerprinting</a>: This method attempts to identify specific users based + on the characteristics of the browser that they are using. Such + characteristics include browser type and version, platform used, language + preferences, and possibly installed plugins or add-ons.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>What Can I Do to Prevent User Tracking?</h3> + +<p>In general, there is no complete protection against unwanted tracking of + one's browsing activities. However, there are a couple of ways to make + it harder to get tracked:</p> + +<ul> + <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security">Do Not Track</a>: + This is a method that allows users to explicitly opt out of (or consent + to) their browsing behavior being tracked. &brandShortName; supports + sending <q>Do Not Track</q> requests to websites, but they are not + obligated to honor such requests.</li> + <!-- NOTE: link "Data Manager" below once bug 599097 has been fixed --> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies</a>: The power of + tracking cookies is their persistence across sessions. Thus, when you + restart &brandShortName;, the identifying cookie will still be sent to + the website performing the analytics. One measure against third-party + tracking is to prohibit third-party cookies altogether; another option is + the restriction of cookies to the current session only. Some websites may + no longer function correctly, but you can add exceptions to such sites in + the Data Manager or with the Cookie Manager options in the Tools menu.</li> + <li><a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins">Plugins</a>: Obscure plugins make + browser fingerprinting easier. Thus, if you need such plugins for some + websites but not in general, disable them in the Add-ons Manager until + you need them, to avoid that they are disclosed to tracking sites.</li> + <li><a href="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons">Add-ons</a>: There is a variety + of extensions available for privacy & security support. Some of them + will block unwanted content from advertisers or tracking services, others + provide more control on private data collected by plugins (e.g., Flash + cookies), or when and how to run scripts or embedded content.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: The issues related to user tracking are complex. + This description is not intended to be complete but to provide you with some + basic information on this topic.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">Ako ovládať webové + stránky v e-mailových správach?</h2> + +<p>Pre správy doručené ako súčasť e-mailových správ môžete úplne zakázať cookies, + obrázky a zásuvné moduly (JavaScript je zakázaný trvalo).</p> + +<p>Povolenie týchto volieb je užitočné pri prehliadaní webu, avšak nemusí byť potrebné + pri jednoduchých stránkach, ktoré prijmete prostredníctvom e-mailových správ.</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie o povolení resp. zakázaní cookies, obrázkov a + zásuvných modulov v e-mailových správach nájdete v častiach:</p> + +<ul> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Súkromie a bezpečnosť - Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#message_display">Pošta a diskusné skupiny - zobrazenie + správy</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins">Rozšírené nastavenia + - Skripty a zásuvné moduly</a></li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">Ako + zabrániť neoprávneným ľuďom získavať o mne informácie?</h2> + +<p>Najlepším spôsobom, ako uchovať vaše údaje v bezpečí, je prečítať si + Zásady ochrany súkromia pre každú navštevovanú webovú stránku a byť obozretný + pri zadávaní svojich osobných údajov na internete.</p> + +<p>Internet je verejná sieť. Ak odošlete svoje meno, telefónne číslo, + adresu a iné osobné údaje cez sieť (tj. cez webovú stránku, e-mailovú správu + alebo inak), musíte počítať s tým, že možné, že niekto cudzí môže tieto + informácie zachytiť.</p> + +<p>Tu je niekoľko otázok, ktoré by ste si mali položiť pri zadávaní údajov na webovej + stránke:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Aké údaje táto stránka zhromažďuje?</li> + <li>Ako tieto údaje využije?</li> + <li>Bude stránka tieto údaje zdieľať s niekým iným a mám možnosti ovplyvniť + zdieľanie týchto informácií?</li> + <li>Môžem pristupovať k mojim údajom a aktualizovať ich?</li> + <li>Ako server ochraňuje tieto informácie pred zneužitím?</li> + <li>Môžem v prípade otázok alebo problémov kontaktovať správcu servera?</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4aa5471e07 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Súkromie a bezpečnosť</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Súkromie a bezpečnosť</h1> + +<p>Kapitoly zobrazené nižšie popisujú nastavenia kategórie Súkromie a bezpečnosť. + Ak chcete zobraziť okno s nastaveniami, postupujte nasledovne:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a vyberte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>Kliknite na kategóriu Súkromie a bezpečnosť. Ak nie sú zobrazené žiadne podkategórie, + dvojitím kliknutím na položku Súkromie a bezpečnosť rozbalíte zoznam. Následne + kliknite na názov položky, ktorú chcete zobraziť alebo upraviť.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Ak chcete pomôcť s jednotlivými nastaveniami, kliknite nižšie na odkaz.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">Súvisiace kapitoly: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_and_security">Privacy & Security</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#private_data_prefs">Private Data</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#images">Obrázky</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Popup Windows</a></li> + <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml">Heslá</a></li> + <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords">Hlavné heslá</a></li> + <li><a href="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl">SSL</a></li> + <li><a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Certifikáty</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="privacy_and_security">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Privacy & Security</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the main Privacy & Security + preferences panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Privacy & Security category.</li> +</ol> + +<h3>User Tracking</h3> + +<p>These settings allow you to communicate your tracking preferences to + websites. <a href="glossary.xhtml#user_tracking">User tracking</a> refers + to websites (including advertisers, analytics providers, and social sites) + collecting and analyzing comprehensive data on your web browsing patterns, + thus affecting your privacy. For more information on this topic, see + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me">Why and How + Are Websites Tracking Me?</a> The <a href="glossary.xhtml#do_not_track">Do + Not Track</a> technology allows you to tell a website whether or not you + agree to tracking. The following options are available in this section:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Tell websites about my tracking preference</strong>: Check this + to instruct &brandShortName; to inform every website you explicitly visit + (along with any providers of third-party content embedded in its pages) + whether or not you want your browsing behavior being tracked: + <ul> + <li><strong>I do not want to be tracked</strong>: Select this option + to send a Do Not Track request to each website visited.</li> + <li><strong>I consent to being tracked</strong>: Select this option + to explicitly tell each website visited that you agree with your + browsing behavior being tracked.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Honoring a Do Not Track request is voluntary, thus individual websites + are <em>not required</em> to obey it. Websites and services that follow + the policy should stop gathering and using information about your web + browsing pattern for all activity for which Do Not Track is selected.</li> + <li>Requesting Do Not Track from a website should not affect your ability + to use the website properly (e.g., when using a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#web_application">web application</a> or when + putting items into a cart while shopping).</li> + <li>Note that Do Not Track does not <em>prevent</em> advertisements from + being presented to you while browsing. Since the website is not allowed to + gather and utilize information about you, the content of the advertisements + will be less specific if you have the Do Not Track option selected.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="safe_browsing">Safe Browsing</h3> + +<p>Some websites contain potentially dangerous content and may have been + reported as malicious. The preferences located in the lower section of the + <a href="#privacy_and_security">Privacy & Security panel</a> allow you + to select which types of reported websites will be blocked. If enabled, + &brandShortName; compares each website's address you are about to visit + against regularly updated lists. A warning is issued prior to actually + loading a reported website, thus giving you the opportunity to cancel the + loading process. The following options are available in this section:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Block reported attack sites</strong>: Check this if you want + &brandShortName; to warn you if the website you are about to visit has + been reported as a site that is trying to infect your computer with + malicious software. Such <a href="glossary.xhtml#malware">malware</a> may + interfere with your computer's functions or steal your personal + information. It is also frequently used to send spam email or to spread + more malware.</li> + <li><strong>Block reported web forgeries</strong>: Check this if you want + &brandShortName; to warn you if the website you are about to visit has + been reported as a site that pretends to be a legitimate website of some + well-known organization or service. Websites like this are frequently set + up to mislead you in providing username and password or other sensitive + personal information (commonly known as + <a href="glossary.xhtml#phishing">phishing</a>).</li> +</ul> + +<p>When you are trying to visit a website that has been reported as malicious + (and the feature is enabled), you will see one of the following warnings:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Reported Attack Page!</strong> This website has been reported + as a website trying to infect your computer with malware.</li> + <li><strong>Reported Web Forgery!</strong> This website has been reported + as a website trying to steal your personal information.</li> +</ul> + +<p>No harm has been done at this point. Select one of the following options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Get me out of here!</strong> Do <em>not</em> load this website. + Instead, go to &brandShortName;'s default start page.</li> + <li><strong>Why was this page blocked?</strong> Opens a web page showing you + the information reported on this specific website (this is an external + page located with the provider of this service). If no such report data is + available, a page with general information is shown.</li> + <li><strong>Ignore this warning</strong>: Proceed with loading the page. Only + use this when you are <em>certain</em> that the selected page is authentic + and safe to visit. At the top of the page, a notification bar will appear, + giving you an option to report errors to the provider of this service: + <ul> + <li><strong>This isn't an attack site</strong> or <strong>This + isn't a web forgery</strong>: Click this button to open a new tab + allowing you to report false warnings (this is an external page).</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: The Safe Browsing feature is switched on by + default. It is <em>not</em> recommended to disable either function as this + may result in you visiting unsafe sites.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If no warning is shown for a specific website, it + does not <em>guarantee</em> that this site is trustworthy; it just means + that it has not been reported. Attack and phishing websites may <em>look</em> + safe but are secretly trying to attack you or to steal personal information. + The website's owner or provider may not be aware that the site has been + compromised.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#privsec_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..deb3e7e34a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Správa profilov</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="managing_profiles">Správa profilov</h1> + +<p>Ak používate Internet doma a aj v práci, možno chcete používať oddelené záložky, nastavenia, adresáre, e-mailové účty, bočné panely atď. Alebo chcete, aby členovia vašej domácnosti pristupovali k Internetu cez ten istý prehliadač, ale s vlastnými nastaveniami.</p> + +<p>Správca profilov vám umožní vytvoriť rôzne profily. Každý s vlastnými záložkami, nastaveniami, e-mailovými účtami atď. Pri prvej inštalácii sa automaticky vytvorí predvolený profil, ktorý &brandShortName; používa. Po vytvorení ďalšieho používateľského profilu budete vždy pri spustení aplikácie &brandShortName; môcť vybrať, ktorý profil chcete použiť.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: +<ul> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_profile">Vytvorenie nového profilu</a></li> + <li><a href="#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Odstránenie alebo premenovanie profilu</a></li> +</ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_profile">Vytvorenie nového profilu</h2> + +<p>Ak chcete vytvoriť nový profil:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Spustite Správcu profilov: + <ul> + <li><strong>Ak je aplikácia &brandShortName; spustená</strong>: V hlavnej ponuke zvoľte Nástroje a v podponuke vyberte položku Prepnúť profil…</li> + <li><strong>Ak nie je aplikácia &brandShortName; spustená</strong>: <span class="win"> + Otvorte ponuku Štart, zvoľte Programy, vyberte priečinok &brandShortName; a kliknite na položku Správca profilov.</span><span class="mac"> Pri spustení &brandShortName; z Findera alebo Docku držte klávesu <kbd>Option</kbd>.</span><span class="unix"> Zadajte v konzole: + <kbd> ./seamonkey -profilemanager</kbd></span></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Vytvoriť profil, prečítajte si informácie a kliknite na tlačidlo Ďalej.</li> + <li>Zadajte názov profilu. Môžete ho nazvať ako chcete, napríklad podľa svojho mena alebo činnosti, pre ktorú je profil určený - napríklad <q>Škola.</q>.</li> + <li>Ponechajte predvolené umiestnenie priečinka nového profilu, ale ak ho chcete zmeniť, kliknite na tlačidlo Vybrať priečinok a zvoľte nové umiestnenie priečinka.</li> + <li>V prípade, že máte nainštalované jazykové balíčky, kliknite na tlačidlo Vybrať jazyk a zvoľte preferovaný jazyk.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Dokončiť.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Odstránenie alebo premenovanie profilu</h2> + +<p>Môžete odstrániť profil, ktorý už nepoužívate. Ak chcete odstrániť alebo premenovať existujúci profil:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Spustite Správcu profilov: + <ul> + <li><strong>Ak je aplikácia &brandShortName; spustená</strong>: V hlavnej ponuke zvoľte Nástroje a v podponuke vyberte položku Prepnúť profil…</li> + <li><strong>Ak nie je aplikácia &brandShortName; spustená</strong>: <span class="win"> + Otvorte ponuku Štart, zvoľte Programy, vyberte priečinok &brandShortName; a kliknite na položku Správca profilov.</span><span class="mac"> Pri spustení &brandShortName; z Findera alebo Docku držte klávesu <kbd>Option</kbd>.</span><span class="unix"> Zadajte v konzole: + <kbd> ./seamonkey -profilemanager</kbd></span></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Ak chcete odstrániť profil, označte jeho názov a kliknite na tlačidlo Odstrániť profil. Zobrazí sa dialógové okno, kde vyberte jednu z nasledujúcich možností: + <ul> + <li><strong>Odstrániť súbory</strong>: Vymaže priečinok s profilom, kde sú uložené údaje (záložky, nastavenia, e-mailové účty apod.) <em>Pred kliknutím na toto tlačidlo sa uistite, že žiadne z týchto údajov už nebudete v budúcnosti potrebovať.</em></li> + <li><strong>Neodstraňovať súbory</strong>: Odstráni profil zo zoznamu profilov, ale zachová priečinok s profilom. Pri použití tejto možnosti nebudú z profilu vymazané žiadne údaje.</li> + </ul> + Ak chcete premenovať profil, označte jeho názov a kliknite na tlačidlo Premenovať profil.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> + diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fe5224128c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,515 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Klávesové skratky pre &brandShortName;</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Klávesové skratky pre &brandShortName;</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_shortcuts">Používame klávesové skratky</a></li> + <li><a href="#general_mozilla_shortcuts">Všeobecné skratky pre &brandShortName;</a></li> + <li><a href="#text_field_shortcuts">Skratky pre textové polia</a></li> + <li><a href="#help_window_shortcuts">Skratky pre pomocníka</a></li> + <li><a href="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml">Skratky prehliadača</a></li> + <li><a href="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml">Skratky pre Poštu a diskusné skupiny</a></li> + <li><a href="shortcuts_composer.xhtml">Skratky pre Composer</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_shortcuts">Používame klávesové skratky</h2> + +<p>Tento dokument používa na zobrazenie zoznamu klávesových skratiek nasledujúci formát:</p> + +<p><strong>Príklad:</strong></p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Príkaz</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux alebo Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Kopírovať</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + <td>Cmd+C</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>Ak chcete vykonať príkaz, stlačte uvedené tlačidlá naraz v rovnakom čase. + Napríklad, ak chcete kopírovať a používate systém Windows, stlačte naraz klávesy Ctrl a C.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Znamienko plus (+) znamená, že musíte naraz stlačiť tlačidlá, ktoré sú uvedené naľavo aj napravo od neho. Ak je uvedených viac znakov plus (mapr. Ctrl+Shift+C), znamená to, že všetky tlačidlá musia byť stlačené naraz v rovnakom čase.</p> + +<p><strong>Skratky:</strong></p> + +<ul> + <li>Ctrl = Kláves Control</li> + <li>Cmd = Kláves Command na klávesnici určenej pre systém Mac OS</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Poznámka</strong>: NIektoré klávesové skratky vykonávajú rôzne funkcie v závislosti na umiestnení kurzora. Napríklad, ak stlačíte kláves Home a používate systém Windows, + pri prehliadaní stránky &brandShortName; skočí na začiatok danej stránky. Ak ale stlačíte kláves Home a kurzor sa nachádza + v textovom poli, kurzor skočí na začiatok textového poľa.</p> + +<h2 id="general_mozilla_shortcuts">Všeobecné skratky pre &brandShortName;</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Príkaz</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux alebo Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Kopírovať</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + <td>Cmd+C</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prilepiť</td> + <td>Ctrl+V</td> + <td>Cmd+V</td> + <td>Ctrl+V</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vystrihnúť</td> + <td>Ctrl+X</td> + <td>Cmd+X</td> + <td>Ctrl+X</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vybrať všetko</td> + <td>Ctrl+A</td> + <td>Cmd+A</td> + <td>Alt+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zavrieť okno</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Odstrániť ďalšie slovo</td> + <td>Ctrl+Del</td> + <td>Opt+Del</td> + <td>Ctrl+Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť o jednu stránku vyššie</td> + <td>Page Up</td> + <td>Page Up</td> + <td>Page Up</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť o jednu stránku nižšie</td> + <td>Page Down</td> + <td>Page Down</td> + <td>Page Down</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť o jeden riadok vyššie</td> + <td>Šípka nahor</td> + <td>Šípka nahor</td> + <td>Šípka nahor</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť o jeden riadok nižšie</td> + <td>Šípka nadol</td> + <td>Šípka nadol</td> + <td>Šípka nadol</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vrátiť zmeny</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + <td>Cmd+Z</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Znovu</td> + <td>Ctrl+Y alebo Ctrl+Shift+Z</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+Z</td> + <td>Ctrl+Y alebo Ctrl+Shift+Z</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť do vyhľadávacieho poľa</td> + <td>Ctrl+F alebo Ctrl+K</td> + <td>Cmd+F alebo Cmd+K</td> + <td>Ctrl+F alebo Ctrl+K</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Hľadať</td> + <td>Ctrl+F</td> + <td>Cmd+F</td> + <td>Ctrl+F</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Hľadať znova</td> + <td>Ctrl+G alebo F3</td> + <td>Cmd+G</td> + <td>Ctrl+G</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Hľadať odkazy počas písania</td> + <td>' (apostrof)</td> + <td>' (apostrof)</td> + <td>' (apostrof)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Hľadať text počas písania</td> + <td>/</td> + <td>/</td> + <td>/</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť kontextovú ponuku</td> + <td>Shift+F10</td> + <td>Ctrl+Medzerník</td> + <td>Shift+F10</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + Otvoriť hlavnú ponuku <span class="noMac">(prepne na prvú rozbaľovaciu ponuku + navrchu okna)</span> + </td> + <td>Alt alebo F10</td> + <td>(Mac OS X: podľa nastavenia klávesnice v Ovládacom paneli)</td> + <td>F10</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Ukončiť &brandShortName;</td> + <td>Ctrl+Q</td> + <td>Cmd+Q</td> + <td>Ctrl+Q</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Spustiť prehliadač</td> + <td>Ctrl+1</td> + <td>Cmd+1</td> + <td>Ctrl+1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Spustiť Poštu a diskusné skupiny</td> + <td>Ctrl+2</td> + <td>Cmd+2</td> + <td>Ctrl+2</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Spustiť Composer</td> + <td>Ctrl+4</td> + <td>Cmd+4</td> + <td>Ctrl+4</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Spustiť Adresár</td> + <td>Ctrl+5</td> + <td>Cmd+5</td> + <td>Ctrl+5</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Spustiť IRC Chat</td> + <td>Ctrl+6</td> + <td>Cmd+6</td> + <td>Ctrl+6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť okno Správcu doplnkov</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+A</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť Správcu preberania súborov</td> + <td>Ctrl+J</td> + <td>Cmd+J</td> + <td>Ctrl+J</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť Chybovú konzolu</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+J</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+J</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+J</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť okno Pomocníka</td> + <td>F1</td> + <td>Cmd+?</td> + <td>F1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zapnúť/vypnúť <a href="glossary.xhtml#caret_browsing">prehliadanie s kurzorom</a></td> + <td>F7</td> + <td>F7 (ak kláves F7 nie je nastavený pre iný príkaz)</td> + <td>F7</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="text_field_shortcuts">Text Field Shortcuts</h2> + +<p>Nasleduje zoznam klávesových skratiek slúžiacich na úpravu a prechádzanie textom v textových poliach (napr. v paneli s adresou). Ak nie je uvedené inak, tieto klávesové skratky +sú platné aj pre webové stránky a e-mailové správy, ak je zapnutá funkcia prehliadania s kurzorom.</p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Príkaz</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux alebo Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť sa o jeden riadok vyššie</td> + <td>Šípka nahor</td> + <td>Šípka nahor</td> + <td>Šípka nahor</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť sa o jeden riadok nižšie</td> + <td>Šípka nadol</td> + <td>Šípka nadol</td> + <td>Šípka nadol</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť sa o jeden znak doľava</td> + <td>Šípka doľava</td> + <td>Šípka doľava</td> + <td>Šípka doľava</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť sa o jeden znak doprava</td> + <td>Šípka doprava</td> + <td>Šípka doprava</td> + <td>Šípka doprava</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť sa na nasledujúce slovo</td> + <td>Ctrl+Šípka doprava</td> + <td>Opt+Šípka doprava</td> + <td>Ctrl+Šípka doprava</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť sa na predchádzajúce slovo</td> + <td>Ctrl+Šípka doľava</td> + <td>Opt+Šípka doľava</td> + <td>Ctrl+Šípka doľava</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť sa na začiatok riadka</td> + <td>Home</td> + <td>Cmd+Šípka doľava<span class="mac"> (v textových poliach)</span></td> + <td>Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť sa na koniec riadka</td> + <td>End</td> + <td>Cmd+Šípka doprava<span class="mac"> (v textových poliach)</span></td> + <td>End</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť sa na začiatok textu</td> + <td>Ctrl+Home</td> + <td>Cmd+Šípka nahor</td> + <td>Ctrl+Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť sa na koniec textu</td> + <td>Ctrl+End</td> + <td>Cmd+Šípka nadol</td> + <td>Ctrl+End</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Označiť nasledujúci znak</td> + <td>Shift+Šípka doprava</td> + <td>Shift+Šípka doprava</td> + <td>Shift+Šípka doprava</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Označiť predchádzajúci znak</td> + <td>Shift+Šípka doľava</td> + <td>Shift+Šípka doľava</td> + <td>Shift+Šípka doľava</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Označiť nasledujúce slovo</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Šípka doprava</td> + <td>Opt+Shift+Šípka doprava</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Šípka doprava</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Označiť predchádzajúce slovo</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Šípka doľava</td> + <td>Opt+Shift+Šípka doľava</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Šípka doľava</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Označiť celý text</td> + <td>Ctrl+A</td> + <td>Cmd+A</td> + <td>Ctrl+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Kopírovať</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + <td>Cmd+C</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prilepiť (v textových poliach)</td> + <td>Ctrl+V</td> + <td>Cmd+V</td> + <td>Ctrl+V</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vystrihnúť (v textových poliach)</td> + <td>Ctrl+X</td> + <td>Cmd+X</td> + <td>Ctrl+X</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vymazať nasledujúci znak (v textových poliach)</td> + <td>Del</td> + <td>Del</td> + <td>Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vymazať predchádzajúci znak (v textových poliach)</td> + <td>Backspace</td> + <td>Backspace</td> + <td>Backspace</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vymazať nasledujúce slovo (v textových poliach)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Del</td> + <td>Opt+Del</td> + <td>Ctrl+Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vymazať predchádzajúce slovo (v textových poliach)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Backspace</td> + <td>Opt+Backspace</td> + <td>Ctrl+Backspace</td> + </tr> + </tbody> + </table> + +<h2 id="help_window_shortcuts">Skratky pre pomocníka</h2> + +<p>Tieto klávesové skratky sú dostupné v oknách Pomocníka.</p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Príkaz</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux alebo Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Prechod medzi odkazmi panela s obsahom (pravý panel)</td> + <td>Tab</td> + <td>Tab</td> + <td>Tab</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prepnúť medzi panelom s obsahom a panelom Vyhľadávanie/Obsah/Register/Slovník + (prepínanie)</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prechod medzi položkami Registra (ak je označený panel Registra)</td> + <td>Šípka nahor/nadol</td> + <td>Šípka nahor/nadol</td> + <td>Šípka nahor/nadol</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Rolovať panel (Obsah, Register, Vyhľadávanie)</td> + <td>Šípka nahor/nadol</td> + <td>Šípka nahor/nadol</td> + <td>Šípka nahor/nadol</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Rozbaliť/Zbaliť stromovú štruktúru Obsahu</td> + <td>Šípka doľava/doprava</td> + <td>Šípka doľava/doprava</td> + <td>Šípka doľava/doprava</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Tlačiť stránku</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + <td>Cmd+P</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť o jednu stránku dozadu</td> + <td>Alt+Šípka doľava</td> + <td>Cmd+Šípka doľava</td> + <td>Alt+Šípka doľava</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť o jednu stránku dopredu</td> + <td>Alt+Šípka doprava</td> + <td>Cmd+Šípka doprava</td> + <td>Alt+Šípka doprava</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..152b0da340 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Klávesové skratky Composera</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Klávesové skratky Composera</h1> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Príkaz</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux alebo Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Nová stránka Composera</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+N</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Uložiť stránku</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť súbor</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + <td>Cmd+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zavrieť stránku</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Publikovať</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Hľadať a nahradiť</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+F</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Hľadať znova</td> + <td>Ctrl+G</td> + <td>Cmd+G</td> + <td>Ctrl+G</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Hľadať predchádzajúce</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+G</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Kontrola pravopisu</td> + <td>Ctrl+K</td> + <td>Cmd+K</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vložiť/upraviť odkaz</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + <td>Cmd+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zväčšiť zarážku</td> + <td>Ctrl+[</td> + <td>Cmd+[</td> + <td>Ctrl+[</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zmenšiť zarážku</td> + <td>Ctrl+]</td> + <td>Cmd+]</td> + <td>Ctrl+]</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Ukončiť štýly textu</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Y</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+Y</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Y</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Ukončiť odkaz</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+K</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Odstrániť pomenované kotvy</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+A</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vybrať riadok/stĺpec</td> + <td>Ctrl+Drag</td> + <td>Cmd+Drag</td> + <td>Ctrl+Drag</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vybrať bunky</td> + <td>Ctrl+kliknutie (potiahnutím označiť blok buniek, alebo klikaním označiť individuálne bunky)</td> + <td>Cmd+kliknutie (potiahnutím označiť blok buniek, alebo klikaním označiť individuálne bunky)</td> + <td>Ctrl+kliknutie (potiahnutím označiť blok buniek, alebo klikaním označiť individuálne bunky)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zmenšiť veľkosť písma</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (znamienko mínus)</td> + <td>Cmd+- (znamienko mínus)</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (znamienko mínus)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zväčšiť veľkosť písma</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (znamienko plus)</td> + <td>Cmd++ (znamienko plus)</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (znamienko plus)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Štýl textu: tučné</td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + <td>Cmd+B</td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Štýl textu: kurzíva</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + <td>Cmd+I</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Štýl textu: podčiarknuté</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + <td>Cmd+U</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Štýl textu: pevná šírka</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + <td>Cmd+T</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9d08f071a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,359 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Klávesové skratky pre Poštu a diskusné skupiny</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Klávesové skratky pre Poštu a diskusné skupiny</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">Všeobecné skratky pre Poštu a diskusné skupiny</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_list_shortcuts">Skratky pre zoznam správ</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_compose_shortcuts">Skratky pre vytváranie správ</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">Všeobecné skratky pre Poštu a diskusné skupiny</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Príkaz</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux alebo Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Znova načítať</td> + <td>F5</td> + <td/> + <td>F5</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť sa na nasledujúci panel pošty (Priečinky, Rýchle vyhľadávanie, Vlákno, Panel správy)</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prepnúť zobrazenie Panela správy</td> + <td>F8</td> + <td>F8</td> + <td>F8</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prepnúť zobrazenie Panela priečinkov</td> + <td>F9</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+S</td> + <td>F9</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Nová správa</td> + <td>Ctrl+M</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+M</td> + <td>Ctrl+M</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prijať nové správy</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + <td>Cmd+D</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prijať všetky nové správy</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+D</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Hľadať správy</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="message_list_shortcuts">Skratky pre zoznam správ</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Príkaz</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux alebo Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Uložiť správu ako súbor</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť správu (v novom okne)</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + <td>Cmd+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Odstrániť správu</td> + <td>Del</td> + <td>Del</td> + <td>Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Odstrániť správu okamžite (bez premistnenia do priečinka Kôš)</td> + <td>Shift+Del</td> + <td>Shift+Del</td> + <td>Shift+Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vrátiť späť odstránenie správy</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + <td>Cmd+Z</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vybrať všetky správy</td> + <td>Ctrl+A</td> + <td>Cmd+A</td> + <td>Alt+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vybrať vlákno</td> + <td>Alt+Shift+A</td> + <td>Alt+Shift+A</td> + <td>Alt+Shift+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zbaliť všetky vlákna</td> + <td>\ (spätná lomka)</td> + <td>\ (spätná lomka)</td> + <td>\ (spätná lomka)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Rozbaliť všetky vlákna</td> + <td>* (hviezdička)</td> + <td>* (hviezdička)</td> + <td>* (hviezdička)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zdrojový kód správy</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + <td>Cmd+U</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť na ďalšiu správu</td> + <td>F</td> + <td>F</td> + <td>F</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť na ďalšiu neprečítanú správu</td> + <td>N</td> + <td>N</td> + <td>N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť na ďalšie neprečítané vlákno</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť na prechádzajúcu správu</td> + <td>B</td> + <td>B</td> + <td>B</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť na prechádzajúcu neprečítanú správu</td> + <td>P</td> + <td>P</td> + <td>P</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Odpovedať na správu (odpoveď len odosielateľovi)</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + <td>Cmd+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Odpovedať všetkým (odpoveď pre odosielateľa a všetky e-mailové správy v správe)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Odoslať ďalej</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + <td>Cmd+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Upraviť správu ako novú (vytvoriť novú správu použitím tela a príloh označenej správy)</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + <td>Cmd+E</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Odstrániť menovku správy</td> + <td>0</td> + <td>0</td> + <td>0</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Menovka správy (5 prispôsobiteľných menoviek)</td> + <td>1, 2, 3, 4 a 5</td> + <td>1, 2, 3, 4 a 5</td> + <td>1, 2, 3, 4 a 5</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Označiť správu ako prečítanú</td> + <td>M</td> + <td>M</td> + <td>M</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Označit vlákno ako prečítané</td> + <td>R</td> + <td>R</td> + <td>R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Označiť vlákno ako prečítané a presunúť sa na ďalšiu neprečítanú správu</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Označiť správy ako prečítané podľa dátumu</td> + <td>C</td> + <td>C</td> + <td>C</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Označiť všetky správy v označenom priečinku ako prečítané</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+C</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Označiť správu vlajkou</td> + <td>I</td> + <td>I</td> + <td>I</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Označiť správu ako nevyžiadanú</td> + <td>J</td> + <td>J</td> + <td>J</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Označiť správu ako nie nevyžiadanú</td> + <td>Shift+J</td> + <td>Shift+J</td> + <td>Shift+J</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Označiť správu ako dôveryhodnú</td> + <td>Shift+P</td> + <td>Shift+P</td> + <td>Shift+P</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="message_compose_shortcuts">Skratky pre vytváranie správ</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Príkaz</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux alebo Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Prilepiť ako citáciu</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+O</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vložiť bez formátovania</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+V</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Znovu zalomiť</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + <td>Cmd+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Hľadať a nahradiť</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+F</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Odoslať správu teraz</td> + <td>Ctrl+Enter</td> + <td>Cmd+Return</td> + <td>Ctrl+Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Odoslať správu neskôr</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+Return</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d55138e13 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,529 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> + <title>Klávesové skratky prehliadača</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Klávesové skratky prehliadača</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#bookmarks_shortcuts">Skratky pre záložky</a></li> + <li><a href="#page_navigation_shortcuts">Skratky pre navigáciu na stránkach</a></li> + <li><a href="#page_viewing_shortcuts">Skratky pre zobrazovanie stránok</a></li> + <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Skratky pre prehliadanie na kartách</a></li> + <li><a href="#sidebar_shortcuts">Skratky Bočného panela</a></li> + <li><a href="#forms_shortcuts">Skratky pre formuláre</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="bookmarks_shortcuts">Skratky pre záložky</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Príkaz</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux alebo Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť okno Správcu záložiek</td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + <td>Cmd+B</td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Pridať stránku medzi záložky</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+D</td> + <td></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Pridať k záložkám ako (môžete určiť, kam bude záložka pridaná)</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + <td>Cmd+D</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Usporiadať priečinok záložiek (označený priečinok v okne Správcu záložiek) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Usporiadať priečinok záložiek podľa názvu (označený priečinok v okne Správcu záložiek) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + <td>Cmd+N</td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vlastnosti záložky (pre záložku označenú v okne Správcu záložiek) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + <td>Cmd+I</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="page_navigation_shortcuts">Skratky pre navigáciu na stránkach</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Príkaz</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux alebo Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť okno História</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+H</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Obnoviť</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + <td>Cmd+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Obnoviť (prepísať vyrovnávaciu pamäť)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Naspäť</td> + <td>Alt+Šípka doľava alebo Backspace</td> + <td>Cmd+Šípka doľava, Cmd+[ alebo Delete (Backspace)</td> + <td>Alt+Šípka doľava alebo Ctrl+[</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Dopredu</td> + <td>Alt+Šípka doprava</td> + <td>Cmd+Šípka doprava, Cmd+] alebo Shift+Delete (Backspace)</td> + <td>Alt+Šípka doprava alebo Ctrl+]</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Nahor</td> + <td>Alt+Šípka nahor</td> + <td>Opt+Šípka nahor</td> + <td>Alt+Šípka nahor</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zastaviť</td> + <td>Esc</td> + <td>Cmd+. alebo Esc</td> + <td>Esc</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Domov</td> + <td>Alt+Home</td> + <td>Cmd+Home</td> + <td>Alt+Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť na spodok stránky</td> + <td>End</td> + <td></td> + <td>End</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť navrch stránky</td> + <td>Home</td> + <td>Home</td> + <td>Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vybrať text v paneli s adresou</td> + <td>Ctrl+L alebo Alt+D</td> + <td>Cmd+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+L alebo Alt+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť adresu webovej stránky</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť odkaz označený na webovej stránke</td> + <td>Enter</td> + <td>Return</td> + <td>Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť stránku vyhľadávacieho modulu</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť sa na ďalší rámec (pri webových stránkach používajúcich rámce)</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>Ctrl+Tab alebo F6 (ak kláves F6 nie je nastavený pre iný príkaz)</td> + <td>F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť sa na predchádzajúci rámec (pri webových stránkach používajúcich rámce)</td> + <td>Shift+F6</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab alebo Shift+F6 (ak kláves F6 nie je nastavený pre iný príkaz)</td> + <td>Shift+F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Nové okno prehliadača</td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + <td>Cmd+N</td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť sa na ďalší/predchádzajúci odkaz alebo prvok formulára na webovej stránke</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť súbor</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + <td>Cmd+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zavrieť okno</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zavrieť okno (s viacerými otvorenými kartami)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Uložiť stránku ako</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Uložiť cieľ odkazu (ak je označený odkaz)</td> + <td>Shift+Enter</td> + <td>Opt+Return</td> + <td>Shift+Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Upraviť stránku</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + <td>Cmd+E</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vytlačiť stránku</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + <td>Cmd+P</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť o stránku vyššie</td> + <td>Page Up alebo Shift+Space</td> + <td>Page Up alebo Shift+Space</td> + <td>Page Up, Shift+Space alebo Backspace</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť o stránku nižšie</td> + <td>Page Down alebo Space</td> + <td>Page Down alebo Space</td> + <td>Page Down, Space alebo Shift+Backspace</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť o riadok vyššie</td> + <td>Šípka nahor</td> + <td>Šípka nahor</td> + <td>Šípka nahor</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prejsť o riadok nižšie</td> + <td>Šípka nadol</td> + <td>Šípka nadol</td> + <td>Šípka nadol</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="page_viewing_shortcuts">Skratky pre zobrazovanie stránok</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Príkaz</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux alebo Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Na celú obrazovku (prepínanie)</td> + <td>F11</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+F</td> + <td>F11 (záleží na správcovi okien)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zmenšiť text</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (znamienko mínus)</td> + <td>Cmd+- (znamienko mínus)</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (znamienko mínus)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zväčšiť text</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (znamienko plus)</td> + <td>Cmd++ (znamienko plus)</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (znamienko plus)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Predvolená veľkosť (100%)</td> + <td>Ctrl+0</td> + <td>Cmd+0</td> + <td>Ctrl+0</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zobraziť informácie o stránke</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + <td>Cmd+I</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zobraziť zdrojový kód stránky</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + <td>Cmd+U</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Skratky pre prehliadanie na kartách</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Príkaz</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux alebo Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Nová karta prehliadača</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + <td>Cmd+T</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prepnúť na nasledujúcu kartu (ak je otvorených viac ako jedna karta)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Tab alebo Ctrl+Page Down</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+Šípka doprava alebo Ctrl+Page Down</td> + <td>Ctrl+Tab alebo Ctrl+Page Down</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prepnúť na predchádzajúcu kartu (ak je otvorených viac ako jedna karta) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab alebo Ctrl+Page Up</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+Šípka doľava alebo Ctrl+Page Up</td> + <td>Ctrl+Page Up</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zavrieť kartu (Zavrieť okno, ak je otvorená jedna karta)</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť kartu doľava (keď je karta v popredí)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Šípka doľava alebo Ctrl+Šípka nahor</td> + <td>Cmd+Šípka doľava alebo Cmd+Šípka nahor</td> + <td>Ctrl+Šípka doľava alebo Ctrl+Šípka nahor</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť kartu doprava (keď je karta v popredí)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Šípka doprava alebo Ctrl+Šípka nadol</td> + <td>Cmd+Šípka doprava alebo Cmd+Šípka nadol</td> + <td>Ctrl+Šípka doprava alebo Ctrl+Šípka nadol</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť kartu na začiatok (keď je karta v popredí)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Home</td> + <td>Cmd+Home</td> + <td>Ctrl+Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť kartu na koniec (keď je karta v popredí)</td> + <td>Ctrl+End</td> + <td>Cmd+End</td> + <td>Ctrl+End</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť okdaz na novej karte v popredí (keď je odkaz označený)</td> + <td>Insert (alebo Alt+Insert) *</td> + <td>(Alt+Insert) *</td> + <td>Insert (alebo Alt+Insert) *</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť okdaz na novej karte na pozadí (keď je odkaz označený)</td> + <td>Alt+Insert (alebo Insert) *</td> + <td>Alt+Insert</td> + <td>Alt+Insert (alebo Insert) *</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>* Klávesové skratky v zátvorkách sa používajú, keď je nastavenie + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Prepnúť na nové karty otvorené z odkazov</a> vypnuté. V závislosti na nastavení + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Otvárať karty namiesto okien</a> môže byť dostupných aj viac klávesových skratiek.</p> + +<h2 id="sidebar_shortcuts">Skratky Bočného panela</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Príkaz</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux alebo Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť/Zavrieť Bočný panel (prepínanie)</td> + <td>F9</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+S</td> + <td>F9</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prepnúť na panel ďalšieho Bočného panela</td> + <td>Alt+Page Down</td> + <td>Opt+Page Down</td> + <td>Alt+Page Down</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Prepnúť na panel predchádzajúceho Bočného panela</td> + <td>Alt+Page Up</td> + <td>Opt+Page Up</td> + <td>Alt+Page Up</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="forms_shortcuts">Skratky pre formuláre</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Príkaz</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux alebo Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Presunúť na ďalšiu/predchádzajúcu položku formulára</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Odoslať formulár</td> + <td>Enter</td> + <td>Return</td> + <td>Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Stlačiť označené tlačidlo / Označiť prepínač</td> + <td>Medzerník</td> + <td>Medzerník</td> + <td>Medzerník</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Vybrať položku zo zoznamu</td> + <td>Šípka nahor, šípka nadol alebo prvé písmeno názvu položky</td> + <td>Šípka nahor, šípka nadol alebo prvé písmeno názvu položky</td> + <td>Šípka nahor, šípka nadol alebo prvé písmeno názvu položky</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Označiť/Zrušiť označenie políčka (prepínanie)</td> + <td>Medzerník</td> + <td>Medzerník</td> + <td>Medzerník</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Otvoriť rozbaľovaciu ponuku</td> + <td>Alt+Šípka nadol</td> + <td>Opt+Šípka nadol</td> + <td>Alt+Šípka nadol</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d9b4ab3f19 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Nastavenie SSL</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="ssl_settings">Nastavenia SSL</h1> + +<p>Táto kapitola popisuje nastavenia predvolieb pre SSL.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl">Súkromie a bezpečnosť - SSL</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl">Súkromie a bezpečnosť - SSL</h2> + +<p>Táto kapitola popisuje používanie panela nastavení SSL. Ak chcete zobraziť tento panel, +postupujte nasledovne:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a vyberte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V sekcii Súkromie a bezpečnosť kliknite na podkategóriu SSL. (Ak nevidíte žiadnu + podkategóriu, dvojitým kliknutím na položku Súkromie a bezpečnosť zobrazíte ich zoznam.)</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="ssl_protocol_versions">Verzie protokolu SSL</h3> + +<p>Protokol SSL (The Secure Sockets Layer) definuje pravidlá obojstranného overovania + medzi webovou stránkou a prehliadačom a šifrovanie údajov, ktoré si navzájom vymieňajú. + Protokol TLS (The Transport Layer Security) je štandard IETF založený na SSL. TLS 1.0 + je vlastne SSL 3.1.</p> + +<p>V predvolenom stave sú tieto políčka označené, aby bola zaručená funkčnosť prehliadača + so staršími aj novšími webovými servermi:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Povoliť SSL 3.0</strong>: umožňuje webovým serverom podporujúcim SSL 3.0 spolupracovať s + prehliadačom.</li> + <li><strong>Povoliť TLS 1.0</strong>: umožňuje webovým serverom podporujúcim TLS 1.0 využívať + jeho výhody.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Dôležitá poznámka TLS</strong>: Niektoré webové servery nepodporujú SSL korektne a +nedokážu komunikovať prostredníctvom TLS. Tieto servery sú známe ako <q>netolerantné k TLS</q>.</p> + +<p>Ak je označená možnosť Povoliť TLS 1.0, prehliadač sa pokúsi použiť protokol TLS pri nadväzovaní + zabezpečených spojení so serverom. Ak podobné spojenie zlyhá, pretože server je netolerantný k TLS, + prehliadač použije SSL 3.0 (ak je povolené).</p> + +<h3 id="ssl_warnings">Upozornenia SSL</h3> + +<p>To, či stránka, ktorú práve prehliadate, používa zabezpečené pripojenie k severu, + zistíte jednoducho. Ak je pripojenie zabezpečené, ikona zámku v pravom dolnom rohu + okna prehliadača je zobrazuje zamknutý zámok. Ak pripojenie zabezpečené nie je, + zámok je odomknutý.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete, aby sa zobrazovali ďalšie upozornenia, môžete si ich nastaviť v paneli + nastavení SSL. Pre niektorých ľudí môžu byť tieto upozornenia otravné.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete aktivovať zobrazovanie týchto upozornení, označte nasledujúce polia:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Načíta zašifrovanú stránku</strong>: Toto upozornenie vyberte vtedy, + keď chcete byť upozornený pri načítavaní zašifrovanej stránky.</li> + <li><strong>Opustí zašifrovanú stránku</strong>: Toto upozornenie vyberte vtedy, + keď chcete byť upozornený pri opustení stránky, ktorá podporuje šifrovanie a prechádzate + na stránku, ktorá ho nepodporuje.</li> + <li><strong>Odošle vyplnený formulár z nezašifrovanej stránky na nezašifrovanú + stránku</strong>: Toto upozornenie vyberte vtedy, keď chcete byť upozornený na + odosielanie údajov cez nezabezpečené pripojenie. Ak posielate informácie cez nezabezpečené + pripojenie, ktokoľvek môže jednoducho tieto údaje prečítať.</li> + <li><strong>Zobrazí stránku so zmiešaným zašifrovaným/nezašifrovaným obsahom</strong>: + Toto upozornenie vyberte vtedy, keď chcete byť upozornený pri prehliadaní stránky, + ktorá obsahuje nezašifrovaný obsah.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Definície: + <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">autentifikácia</a>, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">šifrovanie</a>, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certifikát</a>.</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie o šifrách a šifrovaní nájdete v nasledujúcich dokumentoch online:</p> + +<ul> + <li> + <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction + to Public-Key Cryptography</a></li> + <li> + <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Introduction_to_SSL">Introduction + to SSL</a></li> + <li> + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/pki/nss/nss-3.11/nss-3.11-algorithms.html">Encryption + Technologies Available in NSS 3.11</a>.</li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a691a8ee7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,1190 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + + <rdf:Description about="urn:root"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="welcome" nc:name="Pomocník a centrum podpory" nc:link="welcome_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help" nc:name="Ako používať Pomocníka" nc:link="help_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="ieusers"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav" nc:name="Prehliadanie webu" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail" nc:name="Používanie poštového klienta" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp" nc:name="Vytváranie webových stránok" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust" nc:name="Prispôsobenie programu &brandShortName;" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help" nc:name="Ochrana súkromia" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs" nc:name="Používanie certifikátov" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="profile-help" nc:name="Správa profilov" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="shortcuts" nc:name="Klávesové skratky pre &brandShortName;" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tools" nc:name="Nástroje a vývoj" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="glossary" nc:name="Slovník" nc:link="glossary.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#help-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-window" nc:name="Vyhľadanie témy" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-retrace" nc:name="Pohyb v pomocníkovi a tlač" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-buttons" nc:name="Tlačidlo Pomocník" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#using_help_buttons"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-tips" nc:name="Tipy na vyhľadávanie" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#search_tips"/></rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc" nc:name="Prehliadanie webových stránok" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#navigating_web_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-search" nc:name="Vyhľadávanie na Internete" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-printsave" nc:name="Kopírovanie, uloženie a tlač stránky" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-language" nc:name="Použitie jazykov a medzinárodného obsahu" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-pluginsdownloads" nc:name="Zásuvné moduly a preberanie súborov" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-ses" nc:name="Zlepšovanie rýchlosti a výkonu" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#improving_speed_and_efficiency"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-proxies" nc:name="Servery proxy" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-page-info" nc:name="Informácie o stránke" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-view" nc:name="Zobrazenie domovskej stránky" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-move" nc:name="Prechod na ďalšiu stránku" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-link" nc:name="Kliknutie na odkaz" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#clicking_a_link"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-steps" nc:name="Zopakovanie krokov" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-reopen" nc:name="Opätovné otvorenie zavretých okien a kariet" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#reopening_closed_tabs_windows"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-reload" nc:name="Zastavenie a opätovné načítanie stránky" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-bmark" nc:name="Návšteva stránok v záložkách" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-tabbed" nc:name="Prehliadanie na kartách" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-sidebar" nc:name="Používanie Bočného panela" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-search"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchweb" nc:name="Rýchle vyhľadávanie" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#fast_searches"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-smartsearch" nc:name="Pokročilé vyhľadávanie v Bočnom paneli" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#sidebar_advanced_search_mode"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchprefs" nc:name="Nastavenie predvolieb vyhľadávania na webe" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchpage" nc:name="Vyhľadávanie na stránke" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-find_as_you_type" nc:name="Vyhľadávanie počas písania" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_find_as_you_type"/></rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchbookmark" nc:name="Vyhľadávanie v zozname História alebo Záložky" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-printsave"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-copy" nc:name="Kopírovanie časti stránky" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-save" nc:name="Uloženie celej stránky alebo jej časti" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-print" nc:name="Tlač stránky" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#printing_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-language"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-charencode" nc:name="Výber kódovania znakov a písma" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-languagepref" nc:name="Nastavenie predvolieb jazyka" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_language_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-webcontent" nc:name="Rôzne jazykové verzie &brandShortName;" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#finding_localized_version"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-pluginsdownloads"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-plugins" nc:name="Zásuvné moduly" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plug-ins"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-helperapps" nc:name="Pomocné aplikácie" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-dlmanager" nc:name="Správca preberania súborov" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#download_manager"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-ses"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-autoload" nc:name="Automatické načítanie" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#automatic_loading"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-keywords" nc:name="Používanie kľúčových slov pri záložkách" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-cache" nc:name="Zmena v nastaveniach vyrovnávacej pamäte" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-smartup" nc:name="Automatické získanie najnovšieho softvéru" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#getting_the_latest_software_automatically"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-mousewheel" nc:name="Používanie myši s kolieskom" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-page-info"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_general" nc:name="Karta Všeobecné" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_forms" nc:name="Karta Formuláre" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#forms_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_links" nc:name="Karta Odkazy" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#links_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_media" nc:name="Karta Médiá" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#media_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_security" nc:name="Karta Bezpečnosť" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#security_tab"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<!-- MAIL HELP SECTION --> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc" nc:name="Getting Started with Mail & Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-other" nc:name="Importing Mail from Other Programs" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-read" nc:name="Reading Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#reading_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send" nc:name="Sending Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html" nc:name="Creating HTML Mail Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach" nc:name="Using Attachments" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete" nc:name="Deleting Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-address" nc:name="Using Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#using_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-folders" nc:name="Organizing Your Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#organizing_your_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk" nc:name="Controlling Junk Mail" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-news" nc:name="Getting Started With Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-blogs" nc:name="Getting Started With Blogs & News Feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline" nc:name="Working Offline" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt" nc:name="Signing & Encrypting Messages" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-account-settings" nc:name="Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-mailprefs" nc:name="Mail & Newsgroups Preferences" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-setup" nc:name="Using the Mail Account Setup Wizard" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add" nc:name="Setting Up Additional Accounts" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-change" nc:name="Changing the Settings for an Account" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-importing-other"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-messages" nc:name="Importing Mail Messages" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-settings" nc:name="Importing Mail Settings" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_settings" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-read"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-notify" nc:name="Getting New Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-view" nc:name="Choosing How You View the Mail Window" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-thread" nc:name="Sorting and Threading Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-printsave" nc:name="Saving and Printing Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-scripts" nc:name="Controlling Images, Scripts, and Plugins" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-send"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-compose" nc:name="Composing Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-new" nc:name="Using the Compose Window" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-address" nc:name="Addressing a Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#addressing_a_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-options" nc:name="Selecting Message Sending Options" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-reply" nc:name="Replying to a Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#replying_to_a_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-forward" nc:name="Forwarding a Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#forwarding_a_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-receipt" nc:name="Confirming That Your Message Was Opened" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-edit" nc:name="Saving and Editing a Message Draft" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-template" nc:name="Creating and Using Templates" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_and_using_templates" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-use" nc:name="Using HTML in Your Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-options" nc:name="Choosing HTML Mail Sending Options" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-address" nc:name="Specifying Recipients for HTML Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-source" nc:name="Viewing HTML Message Source" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-question" nc:name="Using the HTML Mail Question Dialog Box" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html-use"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-edit" nc:name="Editing or Inserting HTML" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-attach"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-file" nc:name="Attaching a File or Web Page" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-view" nc:name="Viewing and Opening Attachments" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-save" nc:name="Saving Attachments" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_attachments" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-delete"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-server" nc:name="Deleting POP or IMAP Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-trash" nc:name="Moving Messages to and from the Trash" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-address"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-about" nc:name="About Mail Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#about_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-names" nc:name="Adding Entries to Your Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-book" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-card" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book Card" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-list" nc:name="Creating a Mailing List" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-listedit" nc:name="Editing a Mailing List" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#editing_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_ab_search" nc:name="Searching Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-import" nc:name="Importing Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-export" nc:name="Exporting Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#exporting_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add" nc:name="Adding and Removing LDAP Directories" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-card"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-card-properties" nc:name="Editing Card Properties" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#viewing_or_editing_card_properties" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail_ab_search"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_advanced_ab_search" nc:name="Searching for Specific Entries" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#searching_for_specific_entries" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-ldap-properties" nc:name="Directory Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#directory_server_settings" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-folders"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-creating" nc:name="Creating a Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-renaming" nc:name="Renaming a Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-copying" nc:name="Moving or Copying a Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-opening" nc:name="Filing Messages in Folders" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-sharing" nc:name="Sharing Folders" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tagging-messages" nc:name="Tagging Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#tagging_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-flagging" nc:name="Marking or Flagging Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#marking_or_flagging_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-using" nc:name="Using Message Views" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#using_message_views"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-filters" nc:name="Creating Message Filters" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search-mailnews" nc:name="Searching Through Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#folder-sharing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-subscribing" nc:name="Subscribing to a Shared Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#subscribing_to_a_shared_folder"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#tagging-messages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-apply" nc:name="Applying a Tag" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#applying_a_tag"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-customize" nc:name="Customizing Tags" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#customizing_tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-sort" nc:name="Sorting Messages by Tags" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sorting_messages_by_tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-remove" nc:name="Removing Tags" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#removing_tags"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#message-views-using"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-create-new" nc:name="Creating a Custom View" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_custom_view"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-filters"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="send-filter" nc:name="Filtering Messages from a Specific Sender" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#search-mailnews"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search_messages" nc:name="Searching for Specific Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#searching_for_specific_messages"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-junk"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-controls" nc:name="Using Junk Mail Controls" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#using_junk_mail_controls" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-options" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls Options" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#junk_controls_options" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-filters" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls and Filters" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#junk_controls_and_filters" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-phishing" nc:name="Phishing Detection" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#phishing_detection" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-news"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-subscribe" nc:name="Subscribing to Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#subscribing_to_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-reading-news" nc:name="Reading Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#reading_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-posting" nc:name="Posting Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#posting_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-replying-news" nc:name="Contributing to Ongoing Discussions" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-monitoring" nc:name="Monitoring Threads" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#monitoring_threads"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-delete-news" nc:name="Removing a Newsgroup" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#removing_a_newsgroup"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-add-newsserver" nc:name="Adding a Newsgroup Server" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#adding_a_newsgroup_server"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-blogs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-subscribe" nc:name="Subscribing to blogs & news feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-subscribe-from-browser" nc:name="Subscribing to blogs & news feeds from a browser window" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-reading" nc:name="Reading blogs & news feed messages" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-posting" nc:name="Posting blog messages" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#posting_blog_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-comments" nc:name="Adding comments to a blog post" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#adding_comments_to_a_blog_post"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-exporting-importing" nc:name="Exporting and importing feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#exporting_and_importing_feeds"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-editing" nc:name="Editing a feed" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#editing_a_feed"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-removing" nc:name="Removing a feed" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#removing_a_feed"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-using-different-accounts" nc:name="Using different blogs & news feeds accounts" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-organizing" nc:name="Organizing your feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#organizing_your_feeds"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-blogs-organizing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-feeds-folders" nc:name="Feeds versus folders" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#feeds_vs_folders"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-folders-in-blogs" nc:name="Organizing folders in Blogs & News Feeds accounts" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-multiple-feeds" nc:name="Downloading multiple feeds in a single folder" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-moving-feeds" nc:name="Moving a feed to another folder" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#moving_a_feed_to_another_folder"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-setup" nc:name="Setting Up Mail & Newsgroups to Work Offline" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-inbox" nc:name="Downloading All Messages for Offline Use" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-folder" nc:name="Downloading an Individual Folder" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-flagged" nc:name="Downloading Selected or Flagged Messages" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-directory" nc:name="Downloading Directory Entries" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-accounts" nc:name="Setting Up Your Accounts for Working Offline" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-items" nc:name="Selecting Items for Offline Viewing" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-sync" nc:name="Downloading and Synchronizing Your Messages" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-go" nc:name="Working Offline and Reconnecting Later" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about" nc:name="Digital Signatures & Encryption" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-get" nc:name="Getting Other People's Certificates" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#getting_other_peoples_certificates" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-config" nc:name="Configuring Security Settings" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#configuring_security_settings" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-signing" nc:name="Signing & Encrypting a New Message" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-read" nc:name="Reading Signed & Encrypted Messages" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="compose_security" nc:name="Message Security - Compose Window" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#message_security_compose_window" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="received_security" nc:name="Message Security - Received Message" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#message_security_received_message" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt-about"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-sig" nc:name="How Digital Signatures Work" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#how_digital_signatures_work" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-encrypt" nc:name="How Encryption Works" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#how_encryption_works" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-account-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_account_identity" nc:name="Account Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose" nc:name="Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_copies" nc:name="Copies & Folders" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_addressing_settings" nc:name="Composition & Addressing" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline-space" nc:name="Synchronization & Storage" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-junk" nc:name="Junk Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings" nc:name="Security" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_local_folders_settings" nc:name="Local Folders" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#local_folders"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_smtp" nc:name="Outgoing Server (SMTP)" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-choose"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-IMAP" nc:name="About IMAP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-POP" nc:name="About POP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_imap" nc:name="IMAP Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-imap-advanced" nc:name="Advanced IMAP Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_pop3" nc:name="POP Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_nntp" nc:name="News Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#news_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline-space"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_imap" nc:name="IMAP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_pop3" nc:name="POP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_blogs" nc:name="Blogy" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_nntp" nc:name="News" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail_security_settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_certs" nc:name="About Certificates" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_sign" nc:name="Digital Signing" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#digital_signing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_encrypt" nc:name="Encryption" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-mailprefs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_general" nc:name="Mail & Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_display" nc:name="Message Display" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#message_display"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_notifications" nc:name="Notifications" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#notifications"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_messages" nc:name="Composition" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_formatting" nc:name="Send Format" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#send_format"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_addressing" nc:name="Addressing" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-junk" nc:name="Junk & Suspect Mail" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-tags" nc:name="Tags" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_character_encoding" nc:name="Character Encoding" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#character_encoding"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_offline" nc:name="Sieť a úložisko" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- COMPOSER HELP SECTION --> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc" nc:name="Vytvorenie novej stránky" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#starting_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="page_change" nc:name="Formátovanie stránok" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table" nc:name="Vloženie tabuliek do stránok" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image" nc:name="Vloženie obrázkov do stránok" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_images_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page" nc:name="Nastavenie vlastností stránok" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="link_properties" nc:name="Vytváranie odkazov" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish" nc:name="Publikovanie stránok na internete" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-prefs" nc:name="Nastavenia Composera" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-create" nc:name="Creating a New Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-save" nc:name="Saving and Browsing Your Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#page_change"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-para" nc:name="Formatting Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="lists" nc:name="Working with Lists" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="char" nc:name="Changing Text Color, Style, and Font" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="style-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Text Styles" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="find-text" nc:name="Finding and Replacing Text" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule" nc:name="Inserting Horizontal Lines" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="special-chars" nc:name="Inserting Special Characters" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="html-tag" nc:name="Inserting HTML Elements and Attributes" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="validate-html" nc:name="Validating the HTML" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-choose" nc:name="Choosing the Right Editing Mode" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#props-hrule"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule-horiz" nc:name="Setting Horizontal Line Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_horizontal_line_properties"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#html-tag"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="advanced_property_editor" nc:name="Using the Advanced Property Editor" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-insert" nc:name="Inserting a Table" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_a_table"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="table_properties" nc:name="Changing a Table's Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_a_tables_properties"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-add" nc:name="Adding/Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-select" nc:name="Selecting Table Elements" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#selecting_table_elements"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-copy" nc:name="Moving, Copying, and Deleting Tables" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-tableize" nc:name="Converting Text into a Table" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#converting_text_into_a_table"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table-add"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-change-default" nc:name="Changing the Default Table Editing Behavior" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-image"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image-insert" nc:name="Inserting an Image into Your Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="image_properties" nc:name="Editing Image Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-page"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-props" nc:name="Setting Page Properties and Meta Tags" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-appear" nc:name="Setting Colors and Background" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#link_properties"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-inpage" nc:name="Within the Same Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_within_the_same_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-others" nc:name="To Other Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_to_other_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-images" nc:name="Using Images as Links" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_images_as_links"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Links" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_links"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-prepare" nc:name="Publishing a Document" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_a_document"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-update" nc:name="Updating a Published Document" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#updating_a_published_document"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-as" nc:name="Changing the File Name or Publishing Location" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-newsite" nc:name="Creating a New Publishing Site" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-default" nc:name="Choosing the Default Publishing Site" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_default_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-delete" nc:name="Deleting a Publishing Site" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#deleting_a_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting" nc:name="Solving Common Publishing Problems" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#solving_common_publishing_problems"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settings" nc:name="Publishing Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-prepare"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-tips" nc:name="Publishing Tips" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-settings" nc:name="Verifying Your Publishing Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#verifying_your_publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-files" nc:name="Checking Your File Names" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#checking_your_filenames"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-errors" nc:name="Fixing Publishing Errors" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#fixing_publishing_errors"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-publishtab" nc:name="Publish Page - Publish" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_publish"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settingstab" nc:name="Publish Page - Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-site-settings" nc:name="Publish Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-prefs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_general" nc:name="Composer" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_newpage" nc:name="New Page Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#new_page_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- CUSTOMIZATION HELP CONTENT --> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-doc" nc:name="Bočný panel" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed" nc:name="Prehliadanie na kartách" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-font" nc:name="Zmena písma, farieb a tém vzhľadu" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-toolbar" nc:name="Panely s nástrojmi" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#toolbars"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk" nc:name="Záložky" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons" nc:name="Doplnky" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-page" nc:name="Spustenie programu &brandShortName;" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref" nc:name="Nastavenia vzhľadu" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_navigator" nc:name="Nastavenia prehliadača" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_advanced" nc:name="Rozšírené nastavenia" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#cust-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-define" nc:name="Čo je Bočný panel?" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-openclose" nc:name="Otvorenie, zatvorenie a zmena veľkosti Bočného panela" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-using" nc:name="Zobrazenie kariet Bočného panela" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-adding" nc:name="Pridanie kariet Bočného panela" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-indiv" nc:name="Prispôsobenie individuálnych kariet Bočného panela" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-reorg" nc:name="Usporiadanie kariet Bočného panela" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-removing" nc:name="Odstránenie kariet Bočného panela" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-tabbed"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-whatis" nc:name="Čo je prehliadanie na kartách?" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedsetting" nc:name="Nastavenie prehliadania na kartách" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedopening" nc:name="Otváranie kariet" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedmoving" nc:name="Presúvanie kariet" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedbookmarking" nc:name="Vytváranie záložiek z kariet" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedclosing" nc:name="Zatváranie kariet" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-font"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-fonts" nc:name="Zmena nastavenia predvolených písiem" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_fonts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-colors" nc:name="Zmena nastavenia predvolených farieb" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_colors"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-themes" nc:name="Zmena témy vzhľadu" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-toolbar"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-main" nc:name="Navigačný panel" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-personal" nc:name="Osobný panel" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-status" nc:name="Stavový riadok" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-taskbar" nc:name="Panel komponentov" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-hide" nc:name="Skrytie panela s nástrojmi" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-bkmk"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-intro" nc:name="Čo sú záložky?" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-use" nc:name="Používanie záložiek" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-create" nc:name="Vytváranie nových záložiek" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-organize" nc:name="Usporiadanie záložiek" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-change" nc:name="Úprava jednotlivých záložiek" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-search" nc:name="Hľadanie v záložkách" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-multiple" nc:name="Export a import zoznamu záložiek" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-addons"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-about" nc:name="Čo sú doplnky" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#about_add-ons"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-installing" nc:name="Inštalácia doplnkov" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#installing_add-ons"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-manager" nc:name="Používame Správcu doplnkov" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-ons_manager"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-page"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-startpage" nc:name="Určenie štartovacej stránky" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-home" nc:name="Zmena nastavenia domovskej stránky" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-start" nc:name="Voľba komponentov, ktoré sa majú spustiť pri štarte" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#appearance_pref"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_content" nc:name="Obsah" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#content"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_fonts" nc:name="Písma" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_colors" nc:name="Farby" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_spelling" nc:name="Pravopis" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#spelling"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#navigator_pref_navigator"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_history" nc:name="History" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_languages" nc:name="Languages" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_helper_applications" nc:name="Helper Applications" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_location_bar" nc:name="Location Bar" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_internet_searching" nc:name="Internet Search" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_link_behavior" nc:name="Link Behavior" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#link_behavior"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_downloads" nc:name="Downloads" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#advanced_pref_advanced"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_scripts" nc:name="Scripts & Plugins" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_keyboard_nav" nc:name="Keyboard Navigation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_find_as_you_type" nc:name="Find As You Type" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_cache" nc:name="Cache" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_offlineapps" nc:name="Aplikácie v režime offline" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#offline_apps"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_proxies" nc:name="Proxies" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_http_networking" nc:name="HTTP Networking" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_installation" nc:name="Software Installation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_mouse_wheel" nc:name="Mouse Wheel" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_dom_inspector" nc:name="DOM Inspector" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#dom_inspector"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- To load Advanced Proxy Preferences Help content from prefs --> +<rdf:Description ID="nav-prefs-advanced-proxy-advanced" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/> + +<!-- USING PRIVACY FEATURES CONTENT --> +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc" nc:name="Súkromie na internete" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies" nc:name="Using the Cookie Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password" nc:name="Using the Password Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-private-data" nc:name="Clearing Private Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#clearing_private_data"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="private-browsing" nc:name="Browsing in a Private Window" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#browsing_in_a_private_window"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt" nc:name="Encrypting Stored Sensitive Information" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images-help-managing" nc:name="Správca obrázkov" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking" nc:name="Ovládanie vyskakovacích okien" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen" nc:name="Súkromie a bezpečnosť" nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#privacy-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-visit" nc:name="Aké informácie poskytuje prehliadač webovým stránkam?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-cookies" nc:name="Čo sú cookies a ako fungujú?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-tracking" nc:name="Why and How Are Websites Tracking Me?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-email" nc:name="Ako ovládať webové stránky v e-mailových správach?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-unauth" nc:name="Ako zabrániť neoprávneným ľuďom získavať o mne informácie?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-manage" nc:name="Enabling & Disabling Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#enabling_and_disabling_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-site" nc:name="Managing Cookies Website-By-Website" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-view" nc:name="Viewing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-remove" nc:name="Removing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-settings" nc:name="Cookie Manager Settings" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_manager_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_prefs" nc:name="Cookie Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_stored" nc:name="Stored Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookie_sites" nc:name="Cookie Websites" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_sites"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-manage" nc:name="Remembering User Names and Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-auto" nc:name="Entering Names and Passwords Automatically" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-onoff" nc:name="Turning Password Manager On and Off" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_password_manager_on_and_off"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-view" nc:name="Managing Stored Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-settings" nc:name="Nastavenie hesla" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="passwords_prefs" nc:name="Nastavenie hesla" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="password_mgr" nc:name="Správca hesiel" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="passwords_master" nc:name="Nastavenie hlavného hesla" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-change" nc:name="Zmena hlavného hesla" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-timeout" nc:name="Doba platnosti hlavného hesla" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-reset" nc:name="Vynulovanie hlavného hesla" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="choosing-good-password" nc:name="Ako zvoliť dobré heslo" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-private-data"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="types_of_private_data" nc:name="Types of Private Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#types_of_private_data"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privatedata_prefs" nc:name="Private Data Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#private_data_prefs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="clear_private_data_now" nc:name="Clear Private Data Now" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#clear_private_data_now"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#private-browsing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="opening_a_private_window" nc:name="Opening a Private Window" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#opening_a_private_window"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="behavior_of_a_private_window" nc:name="Behavior of a Private Window" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#behavior_of_a_private_window"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="leaving_the_private_browsing_mode" nc:name="Leaving the Private Browsing Mode" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#leaving_the_private_browsing_mode"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-encrypt"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-master" nc:name="Setting a Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-change" nc:name="Changing Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#changing_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-logout" nc:name="Logging Out of Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#logging_out_of_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-forget" nc:name="What to Do If You Forget Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#pop_up_blocking"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking_prefs" nc:name="Nastavenia vyskakovacích okien" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#images-help-managing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images_prefs" nc:name="Nastavenia pre obrázky" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#sec_gen"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_private_data" nc:name="Private Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#private_data_prefs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_cookies" nc:name="Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_images" nc:name="Images" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_popup_windows" nc:name="Popup Windows" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_passwords" nc:name="Passwords" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_master_passwords" nc:name="Master Passwords" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_ssl" nc:name="SSL" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_certificates" nc:name="Certificates" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- USING CERTIFICATES CONTENT --> +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-get" nc:name="Získanie vlastného certifikátu" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-info" nc:name="Kontrola zabezpečenia webovej stránky" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage" nc:name="Správa certifikátov" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices" nc:name="Správa kariet Smart card a ďalších bezpečnostných zariadení" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-ssl" nc:name="Správa upozornení SSL a nastavení" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation" nc:name="Overovanie platnosti" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-context-help" nc:name="Nastavenia certifikátov" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/> </rdf:li> + + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-manage"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-my" nc:name="Certifikáty, ktoré identifikujú mňa" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-others" nc:name="Certifikáty, ktoré identifikujú ľudí" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_people"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-sites" nc:name="Certifikáty, ktoré identifikujú servery" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-cas" nc:name="Certifikáty, ktoré identifikujú certifikačné autority" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-orphans" nc:name="Certifikáty, ktoré identifikujú ostatných" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_others"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-devices"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-about" nc:name="Čo sú bezpečnostné zariadenia a moduly" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-devices" nc:name="Používanie bezpečnostných zariadení" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_devices"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-modules" nc:name="Používanie bezpečnostných modulov" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_modules"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-fips" nc:name="Povolenie režimu FIPS" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-ssl"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssl-settings" nc:name="Nastavenia SSL" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#ssl-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssl_prefs" nc:name="SSL Preferences" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-validation"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-how" nc:name="Ako funguje overovanie platnosti" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-ocsp" nc:name="Nastavenie OCSP" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#configuring_ocsp"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-context-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs_prefs" nc:name="Nastavenie certifikátov" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs-help" nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_devices" nc:name="Device Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help" nc:name="Certificate Information and Decisions" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- YOUR CERTIFICATES CONTENT --> + +<rdf:Description about="#certs-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="my_certs" nc:name="Your Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="others_certs" nc:name="People" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#people"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="web_certs" nc:name="Servers" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#servers"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ca_certs" nc:name="Authorities" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#authorities"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="orphan_certs" nc:name="Others" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#others"/> </rdf:li> + + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#my_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_backup_pwd" nc:name="Choose a Certificate Backup Password" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#choose_a_certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_my_certs" nc:name="Delete Your Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_your_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#others_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_email_certs" nc:name="Delete Email Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_email_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#web_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_web_certs" nc:name="Edit Website Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_website_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_web_certs" nc:name="Delete Website Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_website_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#ca_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_ca_certs" nc:name="Edit CA Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_ca_certs" nc:name="Delete CA Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_ca_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_details" nc:name="Certificate Viewer" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_viewer"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_token" nc:name="Choose Security Device" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#choose_security_device"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="priv_key_copy" nc:name="Encryption Key Copy" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#encryption_key_copy"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="backup_your_cert" nc:name="Certificate Backup" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_backup"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_cert" nc:name="User Identification Request" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#user_identification_request"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="new_ca" nc:name="New Certificate Authority" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#new_certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-website" nc:name="Website Certificates" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#website_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cert_details"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-general" nc:name="General Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-details" nc:name="Details Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#details_tab"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help-website"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_con_failed_page" nc:name="Secure Connection Failed Page" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#secure_connection_failed_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="untrusted_con_page" nc:name="Untrusted Connection Page" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#untrusted_connection_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_con_failed_dialog" nc:name="Secure Connection Failed Dialog" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#secure_connection_failed_dialog"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="exp_web_cert" nc:name="Certificate Expired" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_expired"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="not_yet_web_cert" nc:name="Certificate Not Yet Valid" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_not_yet_valid"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="bad_name_web_cert" nc:name="Domain Name Mismatch" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#domain_name_mismatch"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<!-- PROFILE HELP CONTENT STARTS--> +<rdf:Description about="#profile-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-create" nc:name="Vytvorenie nového profilu" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-delete" nc:name="Odstránenie alebo premenovanie profilu" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- TOOLS AND DEVELOPMENT CONTENT STARTS --> + +<rdf:Description about="#tools"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-js_console" nc:name="Chybová konzola" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-inspector" nc:name="DOM Inspector" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#inspector"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<!-- KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS CONTENT STARTS --> +<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_using" nc:name="Používame klávesové skratky" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_general" nc:name="Všeobecné skratky pre &brandShortName;" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts-text-field" nc:name="Skratky pre textové polia" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#text_field_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator" nc:name="Skratky prehliadača" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail" nc:name="Skratky pre Poštu a diskusné skupiny" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_composer" nc:name="Skratky pre Composer" nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_help" nc:name="Skratky pre pomocníka" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#help_window_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_navigator"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_bookmarks" nc:name="Skratky pre záložky" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#bookmarks_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_navigation" nc:name="Skratky pre navigáciu na stránkach" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#page_navigation_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_viewing" nc:name="Skratky pre zobrazovanie stránok" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#page_viewing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Skratky pre prehliadanie na kartách" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_sidebar" nc:name="Skratky Bočného panela" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#sidebar_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_forms" nc:name="Skratky pre formuláre" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#forms_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_mail"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_general" nc:name="Všeobecné skratky pre Poštu a diskusné skupiny" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_list" nc:name="Skratky pre zoznam správ" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#message_list_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_compose" nc:name="Skratky pre vytváranie správ" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#message_compose_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..69325db1eb --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE window [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd"> + %brandDTD; +]> + +<RDF xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + + <!-- SEAMONKEY MASTER HELP DOCUMENT --> + <Description rdf:about="urn:root" + nc:title="Pomocník programu &brandFullName;" + nc:defaulttopic="welcome" + nc:base="chrome://communicator/locale/help/"> + <nc:panellist> + <Seq> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="toc" + nc:datasources="suite-toc.rdf" + nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="toc" + nc:datasources="help-win.rdf" + nc:platform="win"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="search" + nc:datasources="rdf:null" + nc:platform="win mac os2 unix" + nc:emptysearchtext="[Požadovaná položka nebola nájdená]" + nc:emptysearchlink="help_help.xhtml#search_tips"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="glossary" + nc:datasources="help-glossary.rdf" + nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="index" + nc:datasources="help-indexAZ.rdf help-index1.rdf" + nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="index" + nc:datasources="help-win.rdf" + nc:platform="win"/> + </li> + </Seq> + </nc:panellist> + </Description> +</RDF> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1f210d7eb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,585 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Používanie certifikátov</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="using_certificates">Používanie certifikátov</h1> + +<p>Certifikát je digitálnym ekvivalentom preukazu totožnosti. Tak ako máte + niekoľko preukazov na rôzne účely, napr. je občiansky preukaz, vodičský + preukaz alebo kreditná karta, môžete mať niekoľko rôznych certifikátov, + ktoré vás identifikujú pri rôznych účeloch.</p> + +<p>Táto kapitola popisuje, ako vykonávať úkony spojené s certifikátmi.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Získanie vlastného + certifikátu</a></li> + <li><a href="#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Kontrola zabezpečenia + webovej stránky</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates">Správa certifikátov</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Správa kariet + Smart card a ďalších bezpečnostných zariadení</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings">Správa upozornení SSL a + nastavení</a></li> + <li><a href="#controlling_validation">Overovanie platnosti</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="getting_your_own_certificate">Získanie vlastného certifikátu</h1> + +<p>Podobne ako kreditná karta alebo vodičský preukaz, certifikát je spôsob + identifikácie, ktorým sa môžete preukázať na internete a ostatných sieťach. + Rovnako ako ostatné bežne používané spôsoby preukázania totožnosti, + i certifikáty sú typicky vydávané organizáciou s uznanou autoritou + na vydávanie takých preukazov. Organizácia, ktorá vydáva certifikáty + sa nazýva <strong>certifikačná autorita (CA)</strong>.</p> + +<p>Certifikát, ktorý by vás identifikoval, môžete získať od verejných + certifikačných autorít, od správcu systému alebo od zvláštnej certifikačnej + autority vo vašej organizácii, alebo na webových stránkach ponúkajúcich + zvláštne služby, ktoré vyžadujú dôveryhodnejší spôsob preukázania totožnosti + ako je zadanie používateľského mena a hesla.</p> + +<p>Tak ako požiadavky na získanie vodičského preukazu sa líšia podľa typu + vozidla, ktoré chcete šoférovať, aj požiadavky na získanie certifikátu závisia + na tom, k čomu ho chcete používať. V niektorých prípadoch môže byť získanie + certifikátu jednoduché - napr. návšteva webovej stránky, zadanie niektorých + osobných informácií, a automatické prevzatie certifikátu do vášho prehliadača. + V iných prípadoch môže byť získanie certifikátu zložitejšie.</p> + +<p>Certifikát môžete dnes získať návštevou adresy URL certifikačnej autority + a postupovaním podľa zobrazovaných inštrukcií. Zoznam certifikačných autorít, + ktoré vydávajú certifikáty, ktoré dokáže &brandShortName; rozpoznať, nájdete + online dokumente + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/certs/included/"> + Klientske certifikáty</a> <small>[en]</small>.</p> + +<p>Ako náhle získate certifikát, tento je automaticky uložený + v <a href="glossary.xhtml#security_device">bezpečnostnom zariadení</a>. Váš + prehliadač obsahuje vstavané softvérové bezpečnostné zariadenie. Bezpečnostné + zariadením môže byť tiež hardvérové zariadenie, ako je napr. karta Smart card.</p> + +<p>Ako vodičský preukaz alebo kreditná karta, aj certifikát je významný spôsob + identifikácie, ktorý môže byť zneužitý, ak sa dostane do nesprávnych rúk. Ako náhle + získate certifikát, ktorý vás identifikuje, mali by ste ho zabezpečiť dvoma + spôsobmi: zálohovaním a nastavením vášho <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password"> + hlavného hesla</a>.</p> + +<p>Keď po prvýkrát získate certifikát, môžete byť požiadaný o zálohovanie. Ak + ešte nemáte vytvorené hlavné heslo, budete požiadaný o jeho vytvorenie.</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie o zálohovaní certifikátov a nastavení vášho hlavného hesla + nájdete v kapitole <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Vaše + certifikáty</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="checking_security_for_a_web_page">Kontrola zabezpečenia webovej stránky</h1> + +<p>Keď si prehliadate akúkoľvek webovú stránku, ikonka zámku v pravom dolnom rohu + okna vás informuje, či bol celý obsah stránky zabezpečený + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">šifrovaním</a> počas prenosu do vášho počítača:</p> + +<table summary="lock icons"> + <tr> + <td><img alt="Ikona uzamknutého zámku" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-secure.png"/></td> + <td>Uzamknutý zámok znamená, že stránka bola počas prenosu zabezpečená šifrovaním.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img alt="Ikona otvoreného zámku" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.png"/></td> + <td>Otvorený zámok znamená, že stránka nebola počas prenosu zabezpečená šifrovaním.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img alt="Ikona zlomeného zámku" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-broken.png"/></td> + <td>Zlomený zámok znamená, že niektoré alebo všetky časti stránky neboli počas prenosu + zabezpečené šifrovaním napriek tomu, že stránka HTML bola zašifrovaná.</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>Viac podrobností o stave zabezpečenia prijatej stránky získate po kliknutí na ikonu + zámku (alebo otvorte ponuku Zobraziť, kliknite na položku Informácie o stránke, + a kliknite na kartu Zabezpečenie).</p> + +<p>Karta Zabezpečenie v dialógovom okne Informácie o stránke poskytuje dva + druhy informácií:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Horná polovica popisuje, či bola overená identita webového servera, + ktorý stránku poskytol. (Ďalšie informácie o overovaní certifikátov nájdete + v sekcii <a href="#controlling_validation">Overovanie platnosti</a>.)</li> + <li>Spodná polovica popisuje, či bol obsah stránky, ktorú prehliadate, + počas prenosu po sieti zabezpečený šifrovaním.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Dôležité</strong>: Ikona zámku popisuje len stav zabezpečenia stránky + počas prenosu na váš počítač. Aby ste boli upozornený pred odoslaním alebo + prijatím nezašifrovaných informácií, zvoľte príslušné nastavenie výstrah SSL. + Ďalšie informácie nájdete v kapitole <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">Nastavenia + SSL</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_certificates">Správa certifikátov</h1> + +<p>Na správu dostupných certifikátov môžete použiť Správcu certifikátov. Certifikáty + môžu byť uložené na pevnom disku vášho počítača, na karte + <a href="glossary.xhtml#smart_card">smart card</a> alebo na iných bezpečnostných + zariadeniach pripojených k vášmu počítaču.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete otvoriť Správcu certifikátov:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Súkromie a bezpečnosť kliknite na položku Certifikáty. (Ak nevidíte + žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitým kliknutím na položku Súkromie a bezpečnosť + rozbalíte jej ponuku.)</li> + <li>V sekcii Správa certifikátov kliknite na tlačidlo Správa certifikátov. Otvorí sa + Správca certifikátov.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Správa osobných + certifikátov</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_people">Správa certifikátov, + ktoré identifikujú iných ľudí</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers">Správa certifikátov + webových serverov</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Správa + certifikátov certifikačných autorít</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Správa certifikátov + ostatných subjektov</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Správa osobných certifikátov</h2> + +<p>Keď prvýkrát otvoríte Správcu certifikátov, všimnite si, že má vo svojom okne niekoľko + kariet. Prvá karta nazvaná Vaše certifikáty zobrazuje certifikáty, ktorými prehliadač + alebo e-mailový klient môžu preukázať vašu identitu. Vaše certifikáty sú usporiadané + podľa názvov organizácií, ktoré ich vydali.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete vykonať úkon s jedným alebo viacerými certifikátmi, kliknite na záznam + certifikátu (ak chcete označiť viac ako jeden certifikát, držte kláves + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>), a potom kliknite na jedno z tlačidiel + v spodnej časti okna Správcu certifikátov. Každé z týchto tlačidiel zobrazí ďalšie dialógové + okno, ktoré umožňuje potvrdiť akciu. Kliknutím na tlačidlo Pomocník získate viac + informácií o používaní príslušnej karty.</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie o zobrazení a správe týchto certifikátov nájdete aj v kapitole + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Vaše certifikáty</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Správa certifikátov, + ktoré identifikujú iných ľudí</h2> + +<p>Keď vytvárate e-mailovú správu, môžete k nej pripojiť váš digitálny podpis. + <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">Digitálny podpis</a> umožňuje príjemcom + správy overiť, že správa skutočne pochádza od vás a nebola sfalšovaná potom, ako ste + ju odoslali.</p> + +<p>Zakaždým, keď odošlete digitálne podpísanú správu, ku správe je automaticky pripojený + váš šifrovací certifikát. Tento certifikát umožňuje príjemcom správy posielať vám + šifrované správy.</p> + +<p>Jedným z najjednoduchších spôsobov získania niekoho šifrovacieho certifikátu je + odoslanie digitálne podpísanej správy danou osobou pre vás. Správca certifikátov + automaticky ukladá certifikáty ostatných ľudí zakaždým, keď sú prijaté týmto spôsobom.</p> + +<p>Všetky certifikáty prístupné Správcovi certifikátov, ktoré identifikujú ostatných ľudí, + zobrazíte kliknutím na kartu Ľudia v okne Správcu certifikátov. Šifrovanú správu + môžete zaslať každému, pre koho máte zobrazený platný certifikát. Certifikáty sú + zobrazené podľa názvu organizácie, ktorá ich vydala.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete vykonať úkon s jedným alebo viacerými certifikátmi, kliknite na záznam + certifikátu (ak chcete označiť viac ako jeden certifikát, držte kláves + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>), a potom kliknite na jedno z tlačidiel + v spodnej časti okna Správcu certifikátov. Každé z týchto tlačidiel zobrazí ďalšie dialógové + okno, ktoré umožňuje potvrdiť akciu. Kliknutím na tlačidlo Pomocník získate viac + informácií o používaní príslušnej karty.</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie o zobrazení a správe týchto certifikátov nájdete aj v kapitole + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#other_peoples_certificates">Certifikáty + ostatných subjektov</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_websites">Správa certifikátov + webových serverov</h2> + +<p>Niektoré webové a e-mailové servery používajú certifikáty na identifikáciu seba samých. + Takáto identifikácia je vyžadovaná predtým, ako je možné preniesť šifrované informácie + medzi webovým serverom a vašim počítačom (a naopak), takže nikto nemôže prečítať + údaje počas prenosu.</p> + +<p>Ak adresa URL webovej stránky začína <tt>https://</tt>, webový server má certifikát. + Ak navštívite takýto webový server a jeho certifikát bol vydaný certifikačnou autoritou, + ktorú Správca certifikátov nepozná alebo nepovažuje za dôveryhodnú, prehliadač sa vás opýta, + či chcete akceptovať tento certifikát. Ak certifikát webového serveru akceptujete, + Správca certifikátov ho pridá do zoznamu certifikátov webových serverov.</p> + +<p>Všetky certifikáty webových serverov, ktoré sú prístupné vášmu prehliadaču, zobrazíte + kliknutím na kartu Servery v okne Správcu certifikátov.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete vykonať úkon s jedným alebo viacerými certifikátmi, kliknite na záznam + certifikátu (ak chcete označiť viac ako jeden certifikát, držte kláves + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>), a potom kliknite na jedno z tlačidiel + v spodnej časti okna Správcu certifikátov. Každé z týchto tlačidiel zobrazí ďalšie dialógové + okno, ktoré umožňuje potvrdiť akciu. Kliknutím na tlačidlo Pomocník získate viac + informácií o používaní príslušnej karty.</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie o zobrazení a správe týchto certifikátov nájdete aj v kapitole + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#website_certificates">Certifikáty webových + serverov</a>. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Správa + certifikátov certifikačných autorít</h2> + +<p>Podobne ako ostatné bežne používané spôsoby preukázania totožnosti, aj + certifikáty sú vydávané organizáciou s uznanou autoritou na vydávanie + týchto identifikácií. Organizácia, ktorá vydáva certifikáty, sa nazýva + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certifikačná autorita (CA)</a>. + Certifikát, ktorý identifikuje certifikačnú autoritu, sa nazýva certifikát CA.</p> + +<p>Správca certifikátov má obvykle v súbore mnoho certifikátov CA. Tieto certifikáty + CA umožňujú Správcovi certifikátov rozpoznávať a pracovať s certifikátmi vydanými + príslušnými CA. Avšak prítomnosť certifikátu CA v tomto zozname <em>nie je</em> + zárukou, že vydaný certifikát je dôveryhodný. Vy alebo správca vášho systému + musí rozhodnúť, ktorým druhom certifikátov dôverovať v závislosti na vašich + bezpečnostných potrebách.</p> + +<p>Všetky certifikáty CA, ktoré sú prístupné vášmu prehliadaču, zobrazíte kliknutím + na kartu Autority v dialógovom okne Správcu certifikátov.</p> + +<p>Ak chcete vykonať úkon s jedným alebo viacerými certifikátmi, kliknite na záznam + certifikátu (ak chcete označiť viac ako jeden certifikát, držte kláves + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>), a potom kliknite na jedno z tlačidiel + v spodnej časti okna Správcu certifikátov. Každé z týchto tlačidiel zobrazí ďalšie dialógové + okno, ktoré umožňuje potvrdiť akciu. Kliknutím na tlačidlo Pomocník získate viac + informácií o používaní príslušnej karty.</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie o zobrazení a správe týchto certifikátov nájdete aj v kapitole + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#authorities">Autority</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Správa certifikátov + ostatných subjektov</h2> + +<p>Ak chcete zobraziť všetky certifikáty, ktoré nespadajú ani do jednej z vyššie uvedených kategórií, + kliknite v okne Správcu certifikátov na kartu Iné.</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie o zobrazení a správe týchto certifikátov nájdete aj v kapitole + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#others">Správa certifikátov ostatných subjektov</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Správa + kariet Smart card a ďalších bezpečnostných zariadení</h1> + +<p>Smart card je malé zariadenie, typicky veľkosti kreditnej karty, ktoré obsahuje + mikroprocesor a je schopné uložiť informácie o vašej identite (ako je váš + <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">súkromný kľúč</a> a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certifikáty</a>) a vykonávať šifrovacie + operácie.</p> + +<p>Na použitie karty Smart card typicky potrebujete mať čítačku týchto kariet + (hardvérové zariadenie) pripojenú k vášmu počítaču, a tiež nainštalovaný + softvér, ktorý čítačku ovláda.</p> + +<p>Karty Smart cards sú len jedným z druhov bezpečnostných zariadení. + Bezpečnostné zariadenie (niekedy nazývané ako token) je hardvérové + alebo softvérové zariadenie, ktoré poskytuje šifrovacie služby a + uchováva informácie o vašej identite. Na spravovanie kariet Smart card + a ostatných bezpečnostných zariadení použite Správcu zariadení.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_security_devices_and_modules">Čo sú bezpečnostné + zariadenia a moduly</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_security_devices">Používanie bezpečnostných zariadení</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_security_modules">Používanie bezpečnostných modulov</a></li> + <li><a href="#enable_fips_mode">Povolenie režimu FIPS</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="about_security_devices_and_modules">Čo sú bezpečnostné zariadenia + a moduly</h2> + +<p>Správca zariadení zobrazuje zoznam dostupných bezpečnostných zariadení. Správcu + zariadení môžete použiť na správu akýchkoľvek bezpečnostných zariadení, vrátane kariet + Smart card, ktoré podporujú štandard Public Key Cryptography Standard (PKCS) #11.</p> + +<p><a href="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module">Modul PKCS #11</a> (niekedy nazývaný bezpečnostný + modul) ovláda jedno alebo viac bezpečnostných zariadení podobným spôsobom, ako softvérový + ovládač riadi externé zariadenia ako je tlačiareň alebo modem. Ak nainštalujete kartu Smart card, + musíte nainštalovať modul PKCS #11 pre Smart card na váš počítač, a tiež pripojiť čítačku + kariet Smart card.</p> + +<p>V predvolenom stave Správca zariadení ovláda dva interné moduly PKCS #11, ktoré obsahujú tri + bezpečnostné zariadenia:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>&brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11 Module</strong>: riadi dve bezpečnostné zariadenia: + <ul> + <li><strong>Všeobecné šifrovacie služby</strong>: Špeciálne bezpečnostné zariadenie, ktoré + vykonáva všetky šifrovacie operácie vyžadované modulom &brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11.</li> + <li><strong>Softvérové bezpečnostné zariadenie</strong>: Uchováva vaše certifikáty a kľúče, + ktoré nie sú uložené v externých bezpečnostných zariadeniach, vrátane certifikátov CA, ktoré + môžete mať nainštalované ako doplnenie certifikátov dodávaných s prehliadačom.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Vstavaný modul Roots</strong>: Riadi špeciálne bezpečnostné zariadenie nazývané + Builtin Object Token. Toto bezpečnostné zariadenie uchováva + <a href="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate">certifikáty CA</a>, ktoré boli nainštalované s prehliadačom.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Návrat na + začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_security_devices">Používanie bezpečnostných zariadení</h2> + +<p>Správca zariadení vám umožňuje vykonávať úkony s bezpečnostnými zariadeniami. + Dialógové okno Správca zariadení získate tak, že:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Súkromie a bezpečnosť kliknite na položku Certifikáty. (Ak nevidíte + žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitým kliknutím na položku Súkromie a bezpečnosť + rozbalíte jej ponuku.)</li> + <li>V sekcii Správa bezpečnostných zariadení kliknite na tlačidlo Správa + bezpečnostných zariadení.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Správca zariadení zobrazuje každý dostupný PKCS #11 modul a bezpečnostné zariadenia + spravované každým modulom s jeho názvom.</p> + +<p>Ak vyberiete bezpečnostné zariadenie, informácie o ňom sa zobrazia v strednej časti + okna Správca zariadení a niektoré z tlačidiel na pravej strane okna sa stanú + prístupnými. Napríklad, keď vyberiete Softvérové bezpečnostné zariadenie, + môžete vykonať tieto činnosti:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Kliknúť na tlačidlá Načítať alebo Uvoľniť, pomocou ktorých sa prihlásite alebo + odhlásite zo softvérového zariadenia. Keď sa prihlasujete, prehliadač si vypýta hlavné + heslo daného zariadenia. Predtým, ako je váš prehliadač schopný použiť zariadenie + na poskytnutie šifrovacích služieb, musíte sa k danému zariadeniu prihlásiť.</li> + <li>Hlavné heslo pre zariadenie zmeníte kliknutím na tlačidlo Zmeniť heslo.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Tieto akcie môžete vykonávať s väčšinou bezpečnostných zariadení. Avšak, nemôžete + ich vykonávať so zariadeniami Builtin Object Token alebo Všeobecné šifrovacie služby, + lebo to sú špeciálne zariadenia, ktoré musia byť vždy dostupné.</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie nájdete v kapitole <a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Správca + zariadení</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Návrat + na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_security_modules">Používanie bezpečnostných modulov</h2> + +<p>Ak chcete používať kartu Smart card alebo iné externé bezpečnostné zariadenie, + musíte najskôr nainštalovať softvér modulu na váš počítač, a ak je to nutné, + pripojiť príslušný hardvér. Postupujte podľa inštrukcií dodaných s hardvérom.</p> + +<p>Potom, čo je nový modul nainštalovaný na vašom počítači, jeho načítanie + vykonáte nasledovne:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Súkromie a bezpečnosť kliknite na položku Certifikáty. (Ak nevidíte + žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitým kliknutím na položku Súkromie a bezpečnosť + rozbalíte jej ponuku.)</li> + <li>V sekcii Správa bezpečnostných zariadení kliknite na tlačidlo Správa + bezpečnostných zariadení.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Načítať.</li> + <li>V dialógovom okne Načítať zariadenie PKCS #11 kliknite na tlačidlo Prehľadávať, + vyhľadajte súbor modulu a kliknite na tlačidlo Otvoriť.</li> + <li>Vyplňte pole Názov modulu a kliknite na tlačidlo OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Nový modul sa zobrazí v zozname modulov s názvom, ktorý ste mu priradili.</p> + +<p>Modul PKCS #11 odstránite, ak označíte jeho názov a kliknete na tlačidlo Uvoľniť.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Návrat + na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="enable_fips_mode">Povolenie režimu FIPS</h2> + +<p>Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 je + americký vládny štandard na implementáciu šifrovacích modulov - to je + hardvér nebo softvér, ktorý šifruje a dešifruje údaje alebo vykonáva + ostatné šifrovacie operácie (ako je vytváranie alebo overovanie digitálnych + podpisov). Veľa produktov predávaných vláde Spojených štátov musí spĺňať + jeden alebo viac štandardov FIPS.</p> + +<p>Na povolenie režimu FIPS vo vašom prehliadači použite Správcu zariadení:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Súkromie a bezpečnosť kliknite na položku Certifikáty. (Ak nevidíte + žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitým kliknutím na položku Súkromie a bezpečnosť + rozbalíte jej ponuku.)</li> + <li>V sekcii Správa bezpečnostných zariadení kliknite na tlačidlo Správa + bezpečnostných zariadení.</li> + <li>Kliknite na tlačidlo Povoliť FIPS. Keď je režim FIPS povolený, názov + NSS Internal PKCS #11 Module sa zmení na NSS Internal FIPS PKCS #11 Module + a tlačidlo Povoliť FIPS sa zmení na Zakázať FIPS.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Režim FIPS zakážete kliknutím na tlačidlo Zakázať FIPS.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Návrat na + začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings">Správa upozornení SSL a + nastavení</h1> + +<p>Protokol SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) umožňuje vášmu počítaču výmenu informácií + s ostatnými počítačmi na Internete v zašifrovanej podobe, tzn. že informácia + je počas prenosu zakódovaná tak, že nikomu nedáva zmysel. SSL je tiež používané + na identifikáciu počítačov na Internete pomocou + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certifikátov</a>.</p> + +<p>Protokol TLS (Transport Layer Security) je nový štandard založený na SSL. + V predvolenom nastavení prehliadač používa SSL aj TLS. Tento prístup funguje + pre väčšinu ľudí, pretože zaručuje, že prehliadač bude pracovať s prakticky + každým existujúcim softvérom na internete, ktorý podporuje akúkoľvek verziu + SSL alebo TLS.</p> + +<p>Avšak v niektorých prípadoch si správcovia systému alebo iné dobre informované + osoby môžu priať prispôsobiť nastavenia SSL podľa zvláštnych bezpečnostných + potrieb alebo kvôli chybám v niektorých starších softvérových produktoch.</p> + +<p>Nemali by ste prispôsobovať nastavenia SSL vášho prehliadača, ak neviete, čo robíte, + alebo ak vám nepomáha niekto, kto to vie. Ak z akýchkoľvek dôvodov potrebujete + zmeniť nastavenia, postupujte nasledovne:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a zvoľte položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Súkromie a bezpečnosť kliknite na položku SSL. (Ak nevidíte + žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitým kliknutím na položku Súkromie a bezpečnosť + rozbalíte jej ponuku.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie nájdete v kapitole <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">Nastavenia SSL</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="controlling_validation">Overovanie platnosti</h1> + +<p>Ako bolo popísané v časti <a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Získanie + vlastného certifikátu</a>, certifikát je spôsob identifikácie, podobne ako + vodičský preukaz, pomocou ktorej sa môžete preukázať na Internete a ostatných + sieťach. Takisto ako vodičský preukaz aj certifikát môže prepadnúť alebo + sa stať z iného dôvodu neplatným. Preto prehliadač potrebuje nejakým spôsobom + potvrdiť platnosť akéhokoľvek predloženého certifikátu ešte predtým, ako ho + použije na účely identifikácie. +</p> + +<p>Táto kapitola popisuje, ako Správca certifikátov overuje platnosť certifikátov + a ako kontrolovať tento proces. Na pochopenie tohto procesu by ste mali byť oboznámený + so <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">šifrovaním verejným kľúčom</a>. + Ak nie ste oboznámený s používaním certifikátov, akékoľvek zmeny v nastavení + overovania certifikátov konzultujte so správcom systému. +</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">V tejto kapitole: + <ul> + <li><a href="#how_validation_works">Ako funguje overovanie platnosti</a></li> + <li><a href="#configuring_ocsp">Nastavenie OCSP</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="how_validation_works">Ako funguje overovanie platnosti</h2> + +<p>Kedykoľvek použijete alebo prehliadate certifikát uložený v Správcovi certifikátov, + vykoná sa niekoľko krokov na overenie certifikátu. Ako minimum je vykonané + overenie, či bol digitálny podpis certifikačnej autority v tomto certifikáte + vytvorený certifikačnou autoritou, ktorej vlastný certifikát je (1) v Správcovi + certifikátov prítomný v zozname dostupných certifikátov certifikačných autorít + a (2) je označený ako dôveryhodný na vydávanie druhu certifikátov, ktorý je overovaný.</p> + +<p>Ak certifikát CA nie je prítomný, <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">reťazový + certifikát</a> pre certifikát CA musí obsahovať certifikát nadriadenej CA, + ktorý je prítomný a je považovaný za dôveryhodný. Správca certifikátov tiež + potvrdzuje, že certifikát, ktorý je overovaný, je označený ako dôveryhodný + v úložisku certifikátov. Ak ktorákoľvek z týchto kontrol zlyhá, Správca certifikátov + označí certifikát za neoverený a nepotvrdí identitu, ktorá je certifikovaná.</p> + +<p>Certifikát, ktorý prejde týmito testami, stále môže byť v niektorých prípadoch + kompromitovaný. Napríklad, platnosť certifikátu môže byť zrušená, pretože + neautorizovaná osoba získala prístup k súkromnému kľúču certifikátu. + Kompromitovaný certifikát môže neautorizovanej osobe (alebo webovému serveru) + umožniť predstierať, že je vlastníkom certifikátu.</p> + +<p>One way to combat this threat would be for Certificate Manager to check a + previously downloaded certificate revocation list (CRL) as part of the + verification process. However, those lists may be large and need to be + updated frequently in order to remain current and thus useful.</p> + +<p>Preferovaným spôsobom, ako sa brániť hrozbe kompromitovaných certifikátov, je použitie + špeciálneho servera, ktorý podporuje protokol OCSP (Online Certificate Status + Protocol). Takýto server môže odpovedať klientom na ich požiadavky na kontrolu + jednotlivých certifikátov (viď časť <a href="#configuring_ocsp">Nastavenie + OCSP</a>).</p> + +<p>Server, nazývaný odpovedač OCSP, prijíma aktualizované CRL periodicky od CA, + ktorá vydáva certifikáty na overovanie. Môžete nastaviť Správcu certifikátov tak, + aby posielal žiadosť o stave certifikátu serveru OCSP a daný server OCSP potvrdí, + či je certifikát platný.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Návrat na začiatok kapitoly</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</h2> + +<p>The settings that control OCSP are part of Certificates preferences. To view + Certificates preferences, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>For information about the OCSP options available, see + <a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#ocsp">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Certificates, OCSP</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39af7a27de --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1171 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using Privacy Features</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</h1> + +<p>A cookie is a small amount of information on your computer that is used by + some websites. For a brief overview, see + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are + Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p> + +<p>Before loading a web page that uses cookies, your browser handles the + page's cookies by doing two things:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the website to <strong>set</strong> + (store) one or more cookies on your computer.</li> + <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the website to <strong>read</strong> + cookies it previously stored on your computer. A website can't + actually read cookies or any other data on your computer—instead, + your browser gets the cookies and sends them back to the website.</li> +</ul> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling & Disabling + Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies + Website-By-Website</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling & Disabling Cookies</h2> + +<p>You can specify how cookies should be handled by setting your Cookies + preferences. To change your Cookies preferences:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Cookies. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Set your Cookies preferences.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information about the effect of each setting, see + <a href="#cookies">Privacy & Security Preferences - Cookies</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies Website-By-Website</h2> + +<p>To set cookie permissions for the current website:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose one of the following items: + <ul> + <li><strong>Block Cookies from this Website</strong>: Block the + current website from setting cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Use Default Cookie Permissions</strong>: Reset + cookie permission for the current website and use the + <a href="#cookie_manager_settings">default settings</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Allow Session Cookies from this Website</strong>: Allow + the current website to set session cookies. Persistent cookies from + this website will be downgraded to session cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Allow Cookies from this Website</strong>: Allow the + current website to set cookies.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To <a href="#add_cookie_sites">set cookie permission</a> for several websites + or a website you are not viewing, use the Cookie Manager.</p> + +<p>If you have selected <q>Ask for each cookie</q> in + <a href="#cookie_manager_settings">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Cookies</a>, you will be warned (while browsing) that a website is asking to + set a cookie. When you see such a warning, you can choose to + Allow, Allow for Session, or Deny the cookie.</p> + +<p>Other dialog options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use my choice for all cookies from this website</strong>: + If you check this option, you will not be warned the next time + that website tries to set or modify a cookie, and your <q>allow</q> or + <q>deny</q> response will still be in effect.</li> + <li><strong>Show Details</strong>/<strong>Hide Details</strong>: + Click the button to show or hide <a href="#viewing_cookies">detailed + information</a> of the cookie.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If you want to change a remembered response later, use the Cookie Manager + to edit <a href="#stored_cookies">stored cookies</a> and + <a href="#cookie_sites">add or remove cookie websites</a>.</p> + +<p>To stop automatically accepting or rejecting cookies from a website:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Click the Cookie Websites tab. The sites for which you have allowed or + denied cookies are listed.</li> + <li>Click to select the website from which you no longer want to automatically + accept cookies, and then click Remove Cookie.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</h2> + +<p>To view detailed information about cookies:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Select a cookie to see its details.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information about the information displayed, see + <a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</h2> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: To remove cookies, follow the steps in this + section. Do not try to edit the cookies file on your computer.</p> + +<p>To remove one or more cookies from your computer:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Select one or more cookies and click Remove Cookie, or click Remove All + Cookies.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Even though you've removed the cookies now, you will reacquire those + same cookies the next time you return to the website.</p> + +<p>To prevent that from happening, select the checkbox labeled <q>Don't + allow websites that set removed cookies to set future cookies</q>. When this + checkbox is selected, websites for the cookies that you are removing are + added to the list of websites whose cookies will automatically be rejected.</p> + +<p>You must click OK for your changes to take effect.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to set your Cookies preferences and control other + aspects of cookie handling.</p> + +<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to cookies, see + <a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#cookies">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#cookie_sites">Cookie Websites</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="cookies">Privacy & Security Preferences - Cookies</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Cookies preferences panel to change + which cookies &brandShortName; will accept from and return to websites. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Cookies. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>Cookies help websites keep track of information for you, such as the + contents of your on-line shopping cart or which cities' weather you want + to know about. For a brief overview, see + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are + Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p> + +<p>You can select one of these options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Block cookies</strong>: Select this option to refuse all + cookies from websites not explicitly allowed to set cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Allow cookies for the originating website only</strong>: Select + this option if you don't want to accept or return + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">third-party + (foreign) cookies</a> for any websites other than the one you are actively + visiting.</li> + <li><strong>Allow third-party cookies for previously visited websites + only</strong>: Select this option if you want to accept or return + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">third-party + cookies</a> only for websites that stored cookies when you explicitly + visited them previously.</li> + <li><strong>Allow all cookies</strong>: Select this option to permit all + websites not explicitly blocked to set cookies on your computer.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking cookies does not remove old cookies. By + blocking cookies you only block websites from setting new cookies, and old + cookies will still be sent to websites. To completely block a website from + receiving old cookies, you need to <a href="#removing_cookies">remove its + cookies</a>. +</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: <a href="#cookie_sites">Per-website cookie permission</a> + supersedes default cookie setting. For example, if you allow a website to set + cookies, the website can set cookies even if you choose <q>Block cookies</q>. +</p> + +<p>If you allow cookies or do not change the default setting, you can also + select the following preferences:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Accept cookies normally</strong>: Select this + if you want websites to set or modify cookies without restrictions.</li> + <li><strong>Accept for current session only</strong>: Select this to delete + the cookie the next time you exit your browser.</li> + <li><strong>Accept cookies for [__] days</strong>: Select this if you + want to limit the length of time any cookie can remain on your computer, + then type the number of days.</li> + <li><strong>Ask for each cookie</strong>: Select this if you want + Cookie Manager to warn you each time a website is about to store a cookie. + In addition, you can choose <strong>except for session cookies</strong>: so + that &brandShortName; will not warn you if the website is setting cookies + which will be deleted when you exit your browser.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You can also get more information about your stored cookies:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Cookie Manager</strong>: Click this button to view + information about the cookies currently stored on your computer and which + websites are allowed to set them.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Stored Cookies tab of the Cookie + Manager. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Stored Cookies tab lists all the cookies stored on your computer, the + websites they belong to, and their current status.</p> + +<p>When you select a cookie in this list, the following information about that + cookie appears in the bottom portion of the tab:</p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> + <thead> + <tr> + <th>Item</th> + <th>Explanation</th> + </tr> + </thead> + <tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Name</td> + <td>The name assigned to the cookie by its originator.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Information</td> + <td>A string of characters containing the information a website tracks + for you. It might contain a user key or name by which you are + identified to the website, information about your interests, and so + forth.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Host or domain</td> + <td>Provides the name of the cookie's host or domain. + + <p>A <strong>host</strong> cookie is sent back, during subsequent + visits, only to the <a href="glossary.xhtml#server">server</a> that + set it.</p> + + <p>A <strong>domain</strong> cookie is sent back to any website + that's in the same domain as the website that set it. A + website's domain is the part of its URL that contains the name of + an organization, business, or school—such as netscape.com or + washington.org.</p> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Path</td> + <td>The file pathway. This is provided only if the cookie should be sent + back to all URLs that are on that path or lower. For example, + <tt>http://a.b/x/y/z.html</tt> means that the cookie can also be set + for path <tt>x/</tt>.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Send For</td> + <td>When this field is <q>For encrypted connections only</q> it means + that the browser checks the connection whenever the server asks for a + cookie and will not send it unless the connection is encrypted + (HTTPS).</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Expires</td> + <td>The date and time at which the cookie will be deactivated. The + browser regularly removes expired cookies from your computer.</td> + </tr> + </tbody> +</table> + +<p>To remove cookies, click one of these buttons:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Remove Cookie</strong>: Removes the selected cookie or cookies + from the list.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All Cookies</strong>: Removes all cookies from the + list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Select this checkbox to prevent the cookies you remove from being added back + into the list later:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't allow websites that set removed cookies to set future + cookies</strong></li> +</ul> + +<p>Even if you remove cookies now, you will reacquire those same cookies the + next time you return to the website. To prevent that from happening, select + this checkbox. When this checkbox is selected, websites for the cookies that + you are removing are added to the list of websites whose cookies will + automatically be rejected.</p> + +<p>You must click Close for your changes to take effect.</p> + +<h2 id="cookie_sites">Cookie Websites</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Cookie Websites tab of the Cookie + Manager. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Click the Cookie Websites tab.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Cookie Websites tab of the Cookie Manager lists the websites for which + your decisions have been remembered, and what your decisions were. It also + allows you to add and remove websites from the list.</p> + +<h3 id="add_cookie_sites">Adding Cookie Websites</h3> + +<p>To add cookies websites manually:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Enter the website address, e.g. <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt></li> + <li>Set the website cookie permission: + <ul> + <li><strong>Block</strong>: Click this button to add the website as a + website blocked from setting cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Session</strong>: Click this button to add the website as a + website that can set session cookies. Persistent cookies from this + website will be downgraded to session cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this button to add the website as a + website that can set cookies.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Repeat the steps to add additional websites.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="remove_cookie_sites">Removing Cookie Websites</h3> + +<p>To remove a cookie website:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Remove Website</strong>: Removes the selected website or websites + from the list.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All Websites</strong>: Removes all websites from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Once you've removed a website from this list, Cookie Manager remembers + nothing about it. If the <q>Ask for each cookie</q> option is selected in + the Cookies preferences panel, you will be warned when any website not in this + list requests permission to set a cookie.</p> + +<h1 id="using_the_password_manager">Using the Password Manager</h1> + +<p>Many websites require you to type a user name and password before you can + enter the website. For instance, personalized pages and websites containing + your financial information usually require you to log in.</p> + +<p>The user name and password you use at a particular website can be read by the + site's administrator. Potentially, that person could then attempt to log + into other websites where you may have used the same user name and password. + If this concerns you, you may wish to use a different password at every + website with which you register.</p> + +<p>Password Manager can help you remember some or all of your names and + passwords by storing them on your computer's hard disk, and entering + them for you automatically when you visit such websites.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href= + "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using + Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering + User Names and Passwords Automatically</a></li> + <li><a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager + On and Off</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing + Stored Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml">Password Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using + Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</h2> + +<p>When Password Manager is active (as it is by default), it gives you an + opportunity to save user names and passwords on your hard drive that you + enter while using the Internet.</p> + +<p>For example, after you log onto a website from a page that requests a user + name and password, a dialog box appears asking, <q>Do you want Password + Manager to remember this logon?</q> When you see this dialog box, you can + click one of the following buttons:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Yes</strong>: The next time you return to the website you'll + see that your user name and password are already filled in. All you have to + do is click the Login button (or equivalent) to send them to the + server.</li> + <li><strong>Never for this site</strong>: Password Manager will not ask in + the future if you want to save your user name and password for that + website.</li> + <li><strong>No</strong>: Password Manager won't remember the user name + and password, but will ask again the next time you visit the website.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Similarly, when you log onto an email account or an FTP site, or perform any + other action that requires the browser itself to display a special dialog box + for your login information, you can select this option in the dialog box:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use Password Manager to remember these values</strong></li> +</ul> + +<p>The next time you check your email or perform other tasks that require a + password only, the password will be submitted directly without any further + action on your part. For tasks that require you to enter both a user name and + password, you need to click a Login button or equivalent after Password + Manager fills in the information.</p> + +<p>Password Manager saves your user names and passwords on your own computer in + a file that's difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read. + See <a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored + Sensitive Information</a> for information on protecting your stored user + names and passwords with encryption technology.</p> + +<p>If the Password Manager dialog box described above does not appear when you + click Submit after typing your user name and password, Password Manager may + be turned off or the website may disallow its use.</p> + +<p>To check whether Password Manager is currently active, see + <a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On + and Off</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering User Names + and Passwords Automatically</h2> + +<p>There are two different ways that Password Manager can fill in user names + and passwords on your behalf:</p> + +<ul> + <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for a + website (using the three-button dialog box described in + <a href= + "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using + Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a>). + + <p>The next time you visit the website, Password Manager automatically fills + in your user name and password on the website's log in page. You can + then click the Login button, or equivalent, to send the information to + the server.</p> + </li> + <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for an + email account, an FTP site, or in any other situation where you type login + information in a dialog box that displays a checkbox labeled <q>Use + Password Manager to remember these values</q>. + + <p>In most cases, the next time you attempt to access that server, Password + Manager automatically fills in your user name and password in the same + dialog box. You can then click OK to send the information to the + server.</p> + + <p>In some cases, such as when you open your email account, + &brandShortName; needs to send only the password to the server, and does + so immediately without displaying the dialog box or requiring any further + action on your part.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On and + Off</h2> + +<p>Password Manager is on by default. To turn it off:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Password Manager section, deselect <q>Remember passwords</q> + to turn Password Manager off.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To turn Password Manager on, follow steps 1 and 2 above, but select the + checkbox in step 3 rather than deselecting it.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing Stored + Passwords</h2> + +<p>To see the user names and passwords you have stored and to display a list of + websites from which logon information never is saved:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Tools menu, choose Password Manager, and then choose Manage + Stored Passwords from the submenu. You see the Password Manager window with + the Passwords Saved tab opened. + <ul> + <li>To see your saved passwords, click Show Passwords and confirm your + choice.</li> + <li>To hide your passwords, click Hide Passwords.</li> + <li>To remove an entry from the list, click it and then click Remove. The + next time you visit the website, you will need to enter your user name + and password again, since Password Manager will no longer have the + information.</li> + </ul> + Click the Passwords Never Saved tab to see a list of the websites for which + you instructed Password Manager never to store user names and passwords. To + remove a website from this list, click it and then click Remove. The next + time you log into the website, you can use the stored user name and + password (if available) or indicate that you want Password Manager to save + the information for that website.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="clearing_private_data">Clearing Private Data</h1> + +<p>While browsing the web, various items of potentially private information + may be gathered and stored by &brandShortName;. This section describes the + types of such private data and options to remove them either manually by + request or automatically when shutting down &brandShortName;.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#types_of_private_data">Types of Private Data</a></li> + <li><a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="#clear_private_data_now">Clear Private Data Now</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="types_of_private_data">Types of Private Data</h2> + +<p>Several types of information are gathered and kept by &brandShortName; while + you are browsing websites. Some of these data are necessary for those sites to + function properly or more efficiently, others are for your convenience.</p> + +<p>Privacy implications vary from type to type. For example, browsing history + and cache contents provide a snapshot of your recent browsing activity which + is local to your computer; cookies or offline web content may be used by a + website to track a user directly across visits (e.g., for statistical + purposes or for targeted advertisements).</p> + +<p>In <a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">private browsing mode</a>, no + private data will be retained beyond the duration of the private session.</p> + +<p>The following private information may be stored locally by + &brandShortName;:</p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> + <thead> + <tr> + <th>Type</th> + <th>Explanation</th> + </tr> + </thead> + <tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Browsing History</td> + <td>If enabled in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history">History preferences</a>, + a history of any website pages you have <em>visited</em> is kept and + may be suggested to complete website addresses in the location bar.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Location Bar History</td> + <td>This is a history of web addresses which were <em>entered</em> + manually or copy-pasted into the location bar of the browser. This + list is available in the location bar menu.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Download History</td> + <td>Depending on the options selected in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads">Downloads + preferences</a>, a history of <em>files downloaded</em> from + websites is maintained in the Download Manager.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Saved Form and Search History</td> + <td>If enabled in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history">History preferences</a>, + text entered into <em>elements of forms</em> (e.g., user names, but not + passwords) will be stored for the specified number of days; matches are + suggested in a list when you revisit that page. If you put the search + box onto your toolbar, the history of <em>search terms</em> will be + stored as well.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Cache</td> + <td>The cache is a <em>short-term store</em> for web pages and other + data (like e-mail attachments for IMAP accounts or remote images in + messages) to avoid having these items being requested again from the + server if they were just recently accessed. The cache on your disk + may contain data up to the limit specified in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache">Cache preferences</a>.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Cookies</td> + <td>Cookies are <em>small pieces of information</em> that websites use to + keep track of users and sessions, or to store website preferences. Use + the <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies preferences</a> to + specify to what extent cookies are permitted and for how long they are + kept.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Offline Website Data</td> + <td>Websites may be permitted to store their pages' contents and + related data locally so that they are available for use <em>without + a network connection</em>. See the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#offline_apps">Offline Apps + preferences</a> for options to control this behavior and to inspect + the contents of stored offline website data.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Saved Passwords</td> + <td>If enabled in the + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords">Passwords preferences</a>, + &brandShortName; keeps <em>entered passwords</em> for later use, thus + you don't have to retype them every time you visit a website.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Authenticated Sessions</td> + <td>Websites may require <em>authentication</em> (username and password, + asked for with a pop-up dialog) and can keep track of such by + authenticated sessions. A site will ask you for your credentials + again when you proceed to the next page after this information is + cleared.</td> + </tr> + </tbody> +</table> + +<p>[<a href="#clearing_private_data">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="private_data_prefs">Privacy & Security Preferences + - Private Data</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Private Data preferences panel to + determine when and which type of private data should be deleted. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Private Data. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The <strong>Clear Private Data</strong> section provides the following + options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Always clear my private data when I close + &brandShortName;</strong>: Check this option to always initiate clearing + of the selected private data when the application is shut down.</li> + <li><strong>Ask me before clearing private data</strong>: Check this option + for &brandShortName; to prompt you with a dialog box before clearing the + selected private data. The dialog box also allows you to change the + selection, rather than clearing them without any interaction.</li> + <li><strong>When I ask &brandShortName; to clear my private data, it should + erase</strong>: For each <a href="#types_of_private_data">type of private + data</a>, a separate option is provided whether or not to clear any + stored items of this specific type. Check the respective box for each + item to be deleted by default when clearing is requested by you or + initiated on shutdown.</li> + <li><strong>Clear Now</strong>: Click this button to initiate clearing of + private data immediately, depending on the preferences selected in + this panel: + <ul> + <li>When the <q>Ask me before clearing private data</q> option is checked, + &brandShortName; opens a dialog box where you can confirm and change + any items to be cleared.</li> + <li>When <q>Ask me before clearing private data</q> is <em>not</em> + checked, all types selected to be cleared by default will be deleted + immediately without the dialog box being shown.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<!-- link up "Data Manager" below once bug 599097 has been taken care of --> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Also consider more selective alternatives to delete + private data. For example, the individual preference panels for each type may + provide additional options, and the Data Manager allows to clear private data + by type and the specific domain of a website. Rather than clearing all cookies + when shutting down &brandShortName;, you could specify to allow cookies for + sessions only, thus giving you the opportunity to establish exceptions for + selected websites for which you want to retain cookies.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#clearing_private_data">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="clear_private_data_now">Clear Private Data Now</h2> + +<p>Private data can be cleared at any time, either from the + <a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data preferences</a> by clicking + the Clear Now button, or by selecting Clear Private Data from the Tools + menu of a browser window. This initiates one of the following actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>When the <q>Ask me before clearing private data</q> option is checked + in the <a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data preference panel</a>, + &brandShortName; opens a dialog window where you can confirm and change + the <a href="#types_of_private_data">types of private data</a> to be + cleared as follows: + <ul> + <li>The defaults for the individual types are determined by the + <a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data preferences</a>. + Note that individual boxes may be disabled if no items of that + type are available for deletion.</li> + <li>Check or uncheck boxes as desired if you want to clear a different + set of private data.</li> + <li>Click <q>Clear Private Data Now</q> to clear the selected items, + or Cancel to quit the dialog.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>When <q>Ask me before clearing private data</q> is <em>not</em> checked, + all types selected in the <a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data + preferences</a> to be cleared by default will be deleted immediately + without the dialog box being shown.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#clearing_private_data">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="browsing_in_a_private_window">Browsing in a Private Window</h1> + +<p>There may be occasions where you don't want &brandShortName; to keep + track of your browsing activities. For example, when someone else quickly + wants to use your computer and you don't want your current browsing + context disturbed; or, for confidential tasks such as online banking.</p> + +<p>Opening a private window starts a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_browsing">private browsing</a> session + in which no <a href="#types_of_private_data">private data</a> on the sites + and pages you visit are made available beyond the scope and duration of that + session. Each subsequently opened private window becomes part of the same + private session. It ends when the last private window is closed.</p> + +<p>Private windows are not entirely isolated from non-private windows; private + browsing just implies that &brandShortName; will not keep any local record + of your activities in such a window. Some private data may be shared between + private but not non-private windows and vice versa, others accessed in a + read-only mode from a private window.</p> + +<p>Note that <a href="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons">Add-ons</a> like plugins + and extensions may not be subjected to these policies and may change their + settings or modify their locally kept data even in a private window.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#opening_a_private_window">Opening a Private Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#behavior_of_a_private_window">Behavior of a Private + Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#leaving_the_private_browsing_mode">Leaving the Private + Browsing Mode</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="opening_a_private_window">Opening a Private Window</h2> + +<p>A browser window can be either in regular (non-private) or in private + browsing mode. It is not possible to switch a non-private browser window + into private mode, but you can open a new private window in two ways:</p> + +<ul> + <li>From a browser window, open the File menu, choose New, then Private + Window. The new window opens with a page explaining that you are now in + private browsing mode.</li> + <li>Right-click on a link in a web page you are viewing, then select <q>Open + Link in Private Window</q> from the menu. The new private window will open, + showing the page referred to by the selected link.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Any number of private and non-private windows can be open at the same time, + but be aware in this case for which windows history information is kept.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="behavior_of_a_private_window">Behavior of a Private Window</h2> + +<p>A private window behaves differently than a non-private window in the way + it handles private data (see <a href="#types_of_private_data">Types of + Private Data</a> for detailed information of the individual categories). + Specifically, after closing a private session when closing the last private + window, no information related to that session will be retained in + &brandShortName;. Private data gathered in one private session won't + be available to any future private session either.</p> + +<h3>Recognizing a Private Window</h3> + +<p>To determine whether or not a window is in private browsing mode, have a + look at its title bar. Private windows show + <q>- <span class="noMac">&brandShortName; </span>Private Browsing</q> + <span class="noMac">rather than just <q>- &brandShortName;</q></span> + at the end of the window's title.</p> + +<h3>Navigation and Bookmarks</h3> + +<ul> + <li>Navigating within a private window is identical to a non-private + window. You can use the Back and Forward buttons as well as the Go + menu as usual.</li> + <li>Links will not be marked as visited when browsing in a private + window.</li> + <li>Bookmarks can be added in a private window in the same way as for a + non-private window. They will not be cleared once the private session + has ended.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Browsing and other Histories</h3> + +<ul> + <li>Previously established Browsing History and Location Bar History will + be available to a private window, but new sites visited and locations + entered into the location bar will not be recorded and saved.</li> + <li>Files can be downloaded as usual, but no entries will be added to the + Download Manager. The downloaded files themselves will not be removed.</li> + <li>Saved Form and Search History will be available to a private window, + thus providing suggestions for form fields or searches. However, any + new items or search terms entered will not be recorded and saved.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Cookies</h3> + +<ul> + <li>A private window can collect cookies from the sites it visits, but a + private window does not share cookies with a non-private window and vice + versa. For example, if you log into a website in a regular window, then + open a private window to continue, you likely will be asked to enter your + credentials again.</li> + <li>Cookies in a private session are accepted according to the settings, + but only retained for the duration of that session regardless of the + lifetime allowed in a non-private window.</li> + <li>Existing exceptions to the cookie policy will be honored in private + windows, and any new exceptions you create will be retained after the + private session has ended.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Cached and Offline Content</h3> + +<ul> + <li>While a private window can use the memory cache for performance, it is + not permitted to access the disk cache regardless of the settings for a + non-private window. Thus, no cached content will be available after + restarting &brandShortName;.</li> + <li>A private window cannot use any stored offline content deposited by + websites. Thus, you will not be able to use web applications while being + offline, even if they have already stored offline content locally.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Passwords and Authenticated Sessions</h3> + +<ul> + <li>No new passwords will be stored in the Password Manager when entered + in a private window.</li> + <li>Authenticated sessions do not carry over from a non-private to a private + window. Thus, you cannot continue a session started in a non-private window + in a private window or vice versa.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Preferences and Permissions</h3> + +<ul> + <li>Any changes to settings and permissions made from a private window are + handled in the same way as from a non-private window and retained after + the private session has ended.</li> + <li>Per-site preferences such as zoom levels or download locations are + observed in a private window. However, any changes you make will not be + retained, e.g., zoom levels revert to the initial value when navigating + or switching tabs.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="leaving_the_private_browsing_mode">Leaving the Private Browsing + Mode</h2> + +<p>There is no special function or command to leave the private mode, + and it is not possible to continue working in non-private mode with + a private window.</p> + +<p>To end a private browsing session, just close all private windows. + There will be no record on &brandShortName;'s side on any browsing + activities performed in any of the associated private windows.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored Sensitive + Information</h1> + +<p>If you use Password Manager to save passwords, then this sensitive + information is stored on your computer in a file that's difficult, but + not impossible, for an intruder to read.</p> + +<p>For example, if your computer is in an area where unauthorized people have + access to it, it's possible for a determined person to read the file + containing your sensitive information.</p> + +<p>For a greater degree of security, you may want to protect the file with + encryption. Encryption makes it much harder for an unauthorized person to + view your stored sensitive information.</p> + +<p>Your decision about whether to use encryption for stored sensitive data is a + tradeoff between improved security and convenience.</p> + +<p>If you use encryption, you will need to enter a master password + periodically, which can be inconvenient. If you don't, it may be easier + for a stranger who has access to your computer to steal your passwords.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master + Password</a></li> + <li><a href="#logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your + Master Password</a></li> + <li><a href="#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If + You Forget Your Master Password</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</h2> + +<p>To enable encryption of passwords you need to set a master password. If + your master password has not previously been set, you can set it at this + time:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the + Change Master Password dialog box.</li> + <li>Enter your desired master password, and retype it to confirm the + spelling.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some suggestions on + how to improve password security, see + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master Password</h2> + +<p>To change your master password:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the + Change Master Password dialog box.</li> + <li>Enter your current master password.</li> + <li>Enter your new master password, and retype it to confirm the + spelling.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some guidelines, see + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your Master + Password</h2> + +<p>Normally, you are asked for your master password once during each + &brandShortName; session during which you access any of your stored sensitive + information.</p> + +<p>It's also possible to require that your master password be requested + each time it is needed, or after a certain amount of time has passed. For + details, see <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout">Master + Password Timeout</a>.</p> + +<p>You can log out of your master password so that it must be entered again + before any sensitive information can be stored or retrieved. This is useful + if you are going to leave your computer unattended for a period of time.</p> + +<p>To log out of your master password:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Password Manager.</li> + <li>Select Log Out from the submenu.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If You Forget + Your Master Password</h2> + +<p>If you forget your master password, you won't be able to access any of + the stored password it protects. Your master password is your most important + password. Make sure you remember it or record it in a safe place.</p> + +<p>As a last resort, it's possible to reset your master password if you + are sure you can't remember it. However, resetting your master password + permanently erases all the web and email passwords, saved on your behalf by + Password Manager. You will also lose all your personal certificates + associated with the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security + Device</a>.</p> + +<p>Before taking this drastic step, read + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password">Reset Master + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are sure you can't remember or retrieve your master password, + follow these instructions to reset it:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Reset Master Password.</li> + <li>In the Reset Master Password dialog box, click Reset.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_images">Správca obrázkov</h1> + +<p>Správca obrázkov umožňuje určiť zoznam stránok, pre ktoré nechcete preberať + obrázky. Tento zákaz môže značne obmedziť vzhľad a funkčnosť stránky, môže však + byť užitočný v prípade, ak máte pomalé modemové pripojenie a vadí vám zdĺhavé + načítavanie obrázkov.</p> + +<p>Môžete tiež určiť, ako často sa budú opakovať animácie obrázkov, prípadne vypnúť + animácie úplne.</p> + +<p>Nasledujúca sekcia popisuje nastavenia pre obrázky. Predvolené nastavenia umožňujú + preberať všetky obrázky a prehrávať ich animácie.</p> + +<h2 id="images">Súkromie a bezpečnosť - Obrázky</h2> + +<p>Táto kapitola popisuje nastavenia Správcu obrázkov. Ak ich chcete zobraziť, vykonajte + nasledovné kroky:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Otvorte ponuku <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + + <span class="noMac">Upraviť</span> a kliknite na položku Možnosti.</li> + <li>V kategórii Súkromie a bezpečnosť kliknite na podkategóriu Obrázky. (Pokiaľ + nevidíte žiadnu podkategóriu, dvojitým kliknutím na kategóriu Súkromie a + bezpečnosť zobrazíte ich zoznam)</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="image_acceptance_policy">Zásady akceptovania obrázkov</h3> + +<p>Tieto nastavenia umožňujú nastaviť načítavanie obrázkov v prehliadači + &brandShortName;:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Nenačítavať obrázky</strong>: označte túto voľbu, ak chcete, aby prehliadač + &brandShortName; nezobrazoval obrázky.</li> + <li><strong>Povoliť len obrázky, ktoré pochádzajú z rovnakého servera ako stránka</strong>: + označte túto voľbu, ak chcete, aby prehliadač nezobrazoval obrázky zo serverov tretích + strán.</li> + <li><strong>Načítavať všetky obrázky</strong>: označte túto voľbu, ak chcete, aby prehliadač + zobrazoval všetky obrázky (toto je predvolené nastavenie).</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Počet animácií animovaných obrázkov</h3> + +<p>Tieto nastavenia umožňujú určiť opakovania animácií obrázkov:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Podľa nastavenia v obrázku</strong>: označte túto voľbu, ak chcete + vykonať animáciu toľkokrát, ako je určené v kóde obrázka (toto je predvolené + nastavenie).</li> + <li><strong>Raz</strong>: označte túto voľbu, ak chcete vykonať animáciu obrázka + len raz. Táto voľba potlačí nastavenie určené obrázkom.</li> + <li><strong>Nikdy</strong>: označte túto voľbu, ak chcete, aby sa animácia obrázka + nevykonala ani raz.</li> + +</ul> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63e598a961 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-sk/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Pomocník programu &brandShortName;</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Víta vás pomocník programu &brandShortName;</h1> + +<p>Ak chcete zobraziť informácie o &brandShortName; v tomto okne, <strong>kliknite + na témy v bočnom paneli naľavo</strong>.</p> + +<p>Ďalšie informácie o používaní pomocníka &brandShortName; získate v kapitole + <a href="help_help.xhtml">Ako používať pomocníka</a>.</p> + +<table width="100%" border="0"> + <tr valign="top"> + <td><h3>Pomocník na webe</h3></td> + <td><h3>Komunita Mozilla</h3></td> + </tr> + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="x-moz-url-link:app.releaseNotesURL">Poznámky k vydaniu</a></strong></p> + + <p>Najnovšie informácie o známych problémoch alebo otázkach o + &brandShortName;.</p> + </td> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozillazine.org/">MozillaZine</a></strong></p> + + <p>Najstaršia komunitná stránka poskytujúca novinky, hlasovania a + webové fóra.</p> + </td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/doc/troubleshooting">Odstraňovanie problémov</a></strong></p> + + <p>Odpovede na niektoré z najčastejšie sa objavujúcich problémov.</p> + </td> + <td> </td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/plugincheck/">Kontrola zásuvných modulov</a></strong></p> + + <p>Najaktuálnejšie informácie o zásuvných moduloch pre &brandShortName;.</p> + </td> + <td></td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td colspan="2"><h2>Podpora používateľom</h2></td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://forums.mozillazine.org/index.php">Fóra MozillaZine</a></strong></p> + + <p>Webové fóra pre používateľov Mozilly.</p> + </td> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/community#groups">Používateľské diskusné skupiny</a></strong></p> + + <p>Používateľské diskusné skupiny hostované na serveri mozilla.org.</p> + </td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="irc://moznet/seamonkey/">Chatovanie v reálnom čase</a></strong></p> + <p>Chat s používateľmi &brandShortName; cez IRC.</p> + </td> + <td></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<h2>Lokalizácia pomocníka</h2> + +<p><strong>Upozornenie:</strong> niektoré kapitoly tohto pomocníka sú dostupné len v anglickom jazyku. + Ak sa chcete spolupodieľať na ich lokalizácii, kontaktujte slovenský lokalizačný tím na e-mailovej adrese + <a href="mailto:l10n@mozilla.sk">l10n@mozilla.sk</a>. Ďakujeme.</p> + +</body> +</html> |
